<PAGE>   1
 
================================================================================
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                             ---------------------
                                   FORM 10-K
 

<TABLE>
<S>              <S>
   (MARK ONE)
      [X]        ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                 THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED,
                 EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 7, 1996).
                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                 COMMISSION FILE NO. 0-20570
                                              OR
      [  ]       TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                 THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)
                 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ____________ TO ____________
</TABLE>

 
                                   HSN, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                   DELAWARE                                      59-2712887
       (State or other jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
        incorporation or organization)                      Identification No.)
</TABLE>

 
                2501 118TH AVENUE NORTH, ST. PETERSBURG, FLORIDA
             (Address of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                     33716
                                   (Zip Code)
 
                                 (813) 572-8585
             (Registrant's telephone number, including area code):
 
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
 

<TABLE>
<C>                                            <C>
                   TITLE OF                                   NAME OF EXCHANGE
                  EACH CLASS                                  WHICH REGISTERED
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
                     NONE                                           NONE
</TABLE>

 
                             ---------------------
 
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
 
                          COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE
 
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes [X]          No [ ]
 
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.     [ ]
 
     As of March 14, 1997, there were outstanding 36,093,293 shares of Common
Stock and 10,225,056 shares of Class B Common Stock. The aggregate market value
of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 14,
1997 was $990,511,503.
================================================================================

<PAGE>   2
 
                                   HSN, INC.
 
                            FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  NO.                                                                   PAGE
  ---                                                                   ----
<S>       <C>                                                           <C>

                                   PART I

Item 1    Business....................................................    1

Item 2    Properties..................................................   16

Item 3    Legal Proceedings...........................................   18

Item 4    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders.........   18

                                  PART II

Item 5    Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
            Stockholder Matters.......................................   20

Item 6    Selected Financial Data.....................................   21

Item 7    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
            and Results of Operations.................................   21

Item 8    Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data....   33

Item 9    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
            and Financial Disclosures.................................   61

                                  PART III

Item 10   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..........   61

Item 11   Executive Compensation......................................   64

Item 12   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
            Management................................................   70

Item 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..............   75

                                  PART IV

Item 14   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form
            8-K.......................................................   76
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   3
 

                                     PART I
 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
                                    GENERAL
 
     HSN, Inc. (the "Company" or "HSNi"), formerly known as Silver King
Communications, Inc. ("Silver King"), is a holding company, the subsidiaries of
which conduct the operations of the Company's various business activities. The
Company was incorporated in July 1986 in Delaware as Silver King Broadcasting
Company, Inc. ("SKBC") as part of a strategy to broaden the viewership of Home
Shopping Network, Inc. ("Home Shopping"). SKBC subsequently changed its name to
HSN Communications, Inc. and thereafter, to Silver King. On December 28, 1992
(the "Distribution Date"), Home Shopping, the sole shareholder, distributed the
capital stock (the "Distribution") of the Company to Home Shopping's
stockholders in the form of a pro-rata tax free stock dividend.
 
     On December 19 and 20, 1996, Silver King consummated mergers with Savoy
Pictures Entertainment, Inc. ("Savoy")and Home Shopping, respectively
(collectively, the "Mergers") and changed its name to HSN, Inc. Following the
Mergers, the Company's principal areas of business are electronic retailing and
television broadcasting.
 
     THIS REPORT INCLUDES FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS RELATING TO SUCH MATTERS AS
ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE, BUSINESS PROSPECTS, NEW DEVELOPMENTS, NEW
MERCHANDISING STRATEGIES AND SIMILAR MATTERS. A VARIETY OF FACTORS COULD CAUSE
THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS AND EXPERIENCE TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE
ANTICIPATED RESULTS OR OTHER EXPECTATIONS EXPRESSED IN THE COMPANY'S
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT MAY AFFECT THE
OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE, DEVELOPMENT AND RESULTS OF THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS
INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: BUSINESS AND GENERAL ECONOMIC
CONDITIONS, COMPETITIVE FACTORS, CHANNEL SPACE AVAILABILITY AND THE COST AND
AVAILABILITY OF APPROPRIATE MERCHANDISE.
 
                                  THE MERGERS
 
SAVOY MERGER
 
     Pursuant to a merger of an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
with and into Savoy (the "Savoy Merger"), Savoy became an indirect wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company. Upon the effectiveness of the Savoy Merger, each
outstanding share of Savoy common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Savoy Common
Stock"), was converted into the right to receive .14 of a share of the Company's
common stock, par value $.01 per share ("HSNi Common Stock"), and each
outstanding option or warrant to acquire or conversion right to receive Savoy
Common Stock was assumed by the Company and converted into options or warrants
to acquire or conversion right to receive HSNi Common Stock at the .14 of a
share conversion rate. Based on the number of shares of Savoy Common Stock
issued and outstanding as of December 19, 1996, 4,205,870 shares of HSNi Common
Stock were issuable in the Savoy Merger to Savoy shareholders. Prior to the
Savoy Merger, 1,000 shares of Savoy non-voting preferred stock, par value $.01
per share, were issued, which shares were not exchanged for HSNi Common Stock in
the Savoy Merger and remain outstanding.
 
HOME SHOPPING MERGER
 
     Pursuant to the merger of a subsidiary of the Company ("Merger Sub") with
and into Home Shopping (the "Home Shopping Merger"), each share of Home Shopping
common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Home Shopping Common Stock"), issued
and outstanding immediately prior to the Home Shopping Merger, except for
certain shares which were cancelled, was converted into the right to receive .45
of a share (the "Home Shopping Common Conversion Ratio") of HSNi Common Stock
and each share of Home Shopping Class B common stock ("Home Shopping Class B
Common Stock"), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Home Shopping
Merger, except for certain shares which were cancelled, was converted into the
right to receive .54 of a share (the "Home Shopping Class B Conversion Ratio")
of the Company's Class B common stock, par value $.01 per share ("HSNi Class B
Common Stock" and, together

<PAGE>   4
 
with the HSNi Common Stock, the "HSNi Securities"). A total of 2,591,752 of the
shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock issuable to Liberty HSN, Inc. ("Liberty
HSN") pursuant to the Home Shopping Merger were not issued, but instead are
represented by the Company's contractual obligation to issue to Liberty HSN such
shares upon the occurrence of certain events, including a change in applicable
Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") regulations or other event that would
permit Liberty HSN to hold additional shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock (such
contractual right, the "Contingent Rights" and such underlying shares, the
"Contingent Rights Shares"). Based on the number of shares of Home Shopping
Common Stock and Home Shopping Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding
immediately prior to the Home Shopping Merger, 24,665,651 shares of HSNi Common
Stock and 7,809,111 shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock were issuable in the
Home Shopping Merger to Home Shopping shareholders. Each outstanding option to
acquire or conversion right to receive Home Shopping Common Stock was assumed by
the Company and converted into an option to acquire or a conversion right to
receive HSNi Common Stock at a conversion rate equal to the Home Shopping Common
Conversion Ratio.
 
     Liberty HSN is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Liberty Media
Corporation ("Liberty"), which, in turn, is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Tele-Communications, Inc. ("TCI"). Prior to the Home Shopping Merger, TCI,
through Liberty and Liberty HSN, maintained voting control over Home Shopping.
 
     Because the Home Shopping Class B shares are entitled to ten votes per
share, upon consummation of the Home Shopping Merger, the Company owned 80.1% of
the equity and 90.8% of the voting power of Home Shopping and Liberty HSN owned
19.9% of the equity and 9.2% of the voting power of Home Shopping. After the
Home Shopping Merger, pursuant to an exchange agreement, dated as of December
20, 1996 (the "Exchange Agreement"), between the Company and Liberty HSN, at
such time from time to time as Liberty HSN or its permitted transferee may be
allowed under applicable FCC regulations to hold additional shares of the
Company's stock, Liberty HSN or its permitted transferee will exchange its Home
Shopping Common Stock and its Home Shopping Class B Common Stock for shares of
HSNi Common Stock and HSNi Class B Common Stock, respectively, at the applicable
conversion ratio (such exchange and such HSNi Securities issued pursuant thereto
are referred to herein as the "Exchange" and the "Exchange Shares",
respectively). Liberty HSN, however, is obligated to effect an Exchange only
after all of the Contingent Rights Shares have been issued, subject to certain
conditions. Upon completion of the Exchange, Home Shopping would become a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
OUTSTANDING SHARES AND CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
     At December 31, 1996, 35,992,903 shares of HSNi Common Stock and 10,225,056
shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock were outstanding. Of these shares, Liberty
HSN owns 61,630 shares of HSNi Common Stock and 9,809,111 shares of HSNi Class B
Common Stock. Barry Diller, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, through BDTV INC., BDTV II INC., his own holdings and a
stockholders agreement with Liberty (the "Stockholders Agreement"), has the
right to vote approximately 1.5% of HSNi's Common Stock, or 548,618 shares, and
approximately 96% or 9,809,111 shares of HSNi's outstanding Class B Common
Stock, each share of which is entitled ten votes per share. As a result, Mr.
Diller controls 71% of the outstanding total voting power of the Company. Mr.
Diller, subject to the Stockholders Agreement, is effectively able to control
the outcome of nearly all matters submitted to a vote of the Company's
stockholders. Assuming that the Contingent Rights Shares and the Exchange Shares
are issued to Liberty HSN (and without taking into account any other
transactions that would require the Company to issue additional Company
Securities to Liberty HSN or any options to acquire HSNi Common Stock held by
Mr. Diller), HSNi Securities subject to the Stockholders Agreement would
represent in the aggregate approximately 19% of the then outstanding Common
Stock, 37% of the then outstanding equity of the Company and 78% of the then
outstanding total voting power of the Company.
 
                                        2

<PAGE>   5
 
SAVOY DEBENTURES
 
     At the effective time of the Savoy Merger, Savoy and the Company entered
into a supplemental indenture with the trustee under the indenture governing
Savoy's outstanding 7% Convertible Subordinated Debentures, due July 1, 2003
(the "Savoy Debentures"), providing for the assumption by the Company as joint
and several obligor of the Savoy Debentures and that each $1,000 principal
amount of the Savoy Debentures is convertible into the amount of HSNi Common
Stock that the holder thereof would have been entitled to receive had such Savoy
Debenture been converted into Savoy Common Stock immediately prior to
consummation of the Savoy Merger or 7.53 shares at $132.86 per share.
 
HOME SHOPPING DEBENTURES
 
     At the effective time of the Home Shopping Merger, Home Shopping and the
Company entered into a supplemental indenture with the trustee under the
indenture governing Home Shopping's outstanding 5.875% subordinated debentures
convertible into shares of Home Shopping Common Stock (the "Home Shopping
Debentures"). Pursuant to the supplemental indenture, the Company assumed the
Home Shopping Debentures as a joint and several obligor, and each $1,000
principal amount of the Home Shopping Debentures is convertible into the amount
of HSNi Common Stock that the holder would have been entitled to receive had the
Home Shopping Debenture been converted into Home Shopping Common Stock
immediately prior to consummation of the Home Shopping Merger or 37.50 shares at
$26.67 per share.
 
                          HOME SHOPPING NETWORK, INC.
 
     Home Shopping, through its Home Shopping Club, Inc. subsidiary ("HSC"),
sells a variety of consumer goods and services by means of live,
customer-interactive electronic retail sales programs which are transmitted via
satellite to cable television systems, affiliated broadcast television stations
and satellite dish receivers. Home Shopping operates two retail sales programs,
The Home Shopping Network ("HSN") and America's Store, each 24 hours a day,
seven days a week (collectively the "Programs"). The Programs are carried by
cable television systems and broadcast television stations throughout the
country. America's Store is available in one-hour segments, which enables
broadcast and cable affiliates to air America's Store in available time slots
that would not otherwise produce revenue for the affiliate.
 
     Home Shopping's retail sales and programming are intended to promote sales
and customer loyalty through a combination of product quality, product
information and entertainment. The Programs are divided into segments which are
televised live with a host who presents the merchandise and conveys information
relating to the product, including price, quality, features and benefits. Hosts
engage callers in on-air discussions regarding the currently featured product or
the caller's previous experience with Home Shopping's products. Viewers purchase
products by calling a toll-free telephone number. Home Shopping attempts to
stimulate customer loyalty by providing, among other things, marketing materials
such as The Home Shopping Network Magazine which offers discounts on Home
Shopping purchases, and features articles on products, programming and schedules
of upcoming shows.
 
     After December 31, 1996, Home Shopping converted its Spree! program to
America's Store, a program primarily devoted to jewelry and related products, as
well as certain other products. This change was designed to distinguish the
Programs and to focus America's Store in popular product areas of electronic
retailing. Home Shopping is continuing to develop this program concept.
 
                                        3

<PAGE>   6
 
     The following table highlights the changes in the estimated unduplicated
television household reach of HSN, Home Shopping's primary program, by category
of access for the year ended December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              CABLE*   BROADCAST   SATELLITE   TOTAL
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                   (In thousands of households)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>
Households -- December 31, 1995.............................  44,220    21,219       3,750     69,189
Net additions/(deletions)...................................   1,291    (1,081)         38        248
Shift in classification.....................................   2,353    (2,353)         --         --
Change in Nielsen household counts..........................      --     1,257          --      1,257
                                                              ------    ------       -----     ------
Households -- December 31, 1996.............................  47,864    19,042       3,788     70,694
                                                              ======    ======       =====     ======
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
* Households capable of receiving both broadcast and cable transmissions are
  included under cable and therefore are excluded from broadcast to present
  unduplicated household reach. Cable households included 2.3 million and 1.3
  million direct broadcast satellite ("dbs") households at December 31, 1996 and
  1995, respectively, and therefore are excluded from satellite.
 
     According to industry sources, as of December 31, 1996, there were 96.9
million homes in the United States with a television set, 64.4 million basic
cable television subscribers and 3.8 million homes with satellite dish
receivers, excluding dbs.
 
     In addition to the households in the above table, as of December 31, 1997,
approximately 11.1 million cable television households were reached by America's
Store, of which 4.3 million were on a part-time basis. Of the total cable
television households receiving America's Store, 9.7 million also receive HSN.
 
CUSTOMER SERVICE AND RETURN POLICY
 
     Home Shopping believes that satisfied customers will be loyal and will
purchase merchandise on a regular basis. Accordingly, Home Shopping has customer
service personnel and computerized voice response units (the "VRU") available to
handle calls relating to customer inquiries seven days a week, 24 hours a day.
 
     Generally, any item purchased from Home Shopping may be returned within 30
days for a full refund of the purchase price, including the original shipping
and handling charges.
 
DISTRIBUTION, DATA PROCESSING AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
 
     Home Shopping's fulfillment subsidiaries store, service and ship
merchandise from warehouses located in Salem, Virginia and Waterloo, Iowa.
During 1997, Home Shopping will move its St. Petersburg, Florida fulfillment
operations and national returns center to Salem, Virginia. Generally,
merchandise is delivered to customers within 7 to 10 business days of placing an
order.
 
     Home Shopping currently operates several Unisys main frame computers and
has extensive computer systems which track purchase orders, inventory, sales,
payments, credit authorization, and delivery of merchandise to customers. Home
Shopping commenced a review of its current computer systems during 1996 and has
taken initial steps to upgrade many of these systems.
 
     Home Shopping has digital telephone and switching systems and utilizes the
VRU which allows callers to place their orders by means of touch tone input or
to be transferred to an operator.
 
PRODUCT PURCHASING AND LIQUIDATION
 
     Home Shopping purchases merchandise made to its specifications, merchandise
from manufacturers' lines, merchandise offered under certain exclusive rights
and overstock inventories of wholesalers. During 1996, Home Shopping continued
to change its purchasing strategy to emphasize price point, variety, continuity
sales, product sourcing and events. The mix of products and source of such
merchandise depends upon a variety of factors including price and availability.
Home Shopping generally does not have long-term
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   7
 
commitments with its vendors, and there are various sources of supply available
for each category of merchandise sold.
 
     Home Shopping's product offerings include: jewelry; hardgoods, which
include consumer electronics, collectibles, housewares, and consumables;
cosmetics; softgoods, which consist primarily of apparel; and fashion
accessories. For 1996, jewelry, hardgoods, cosmetics, softgoods and fashion
accessories accounted for approximately 41%, 35%, 13%, 7% and 4%, respectively,
of Home Shopping's net sales.
 
     Home Shopping liquidates short lot and returned merchandise through its
liquidation center and three outlet stores located in the Tampa Bay, Florida
area. Damaged merchandise is liquidated by Home Shopping through traditional
channels. During January 1997, Home Shopping closed two outlet stores and one
liquidation center in Orlando, Florida.
 
TRANSMISSION AND PROGRAMMING
 
     Home Shopping produces the Programs in its studios located in St.
Petersburg, Florida. The Programs are distributed to cable television systems,
broadcast television stations, direct broadcast satellite services and satellite
dish receivers by means of Home Shopping's satellite uplink facilities to
satellite transponders leased by Home Shopping. Any cable television system,
broadcast television station or individual satellite dish owner in the United
States and the Caribbean Islands equipped with standard satellite receiving
facilities is capable of receiving the Programs.
 
     Home Shopping has lease agreements securing full-time use of three
transponders on three domestic communications satellites, although one of those
transponders has been subleased as described below. Each of the transponder
lease agreements grants Home Shopping "protected" rights. When the carrier
provides services to a customer on a "protected" basis, replacement transponders
(i.e., spare or unassigned transponders) on the satellite may be used in the
event the "protected" transponder fails. Should there be no replacement
transponders available, the "protected" customer will displace a "preemptible"
transponder customer on the same satellite. The carrier also maintains a
protection satellite and should a satellite fail completely, all "protected"
transponders would be moved to the protection satellite which is available on a
"first fail, first served" basis.
 
     Use of the transponder which Home Shopping subleases may, however, be
preempted in order to satisfy the owner's obligations to provide the transponder
to another lessee on the satellite in the event that the other lessee cannot be
restored to service through the use of spare or reserve transponders (the
"Special Termination Right"). As of June 5, 1995, Home Shopping discontinued use
of this satellite transponder for which it has a non-cancellable operating lease
calling for monthly payments of approximately $150,000 through December 31,
2006. Home Shopping subleased this satellite transponder during 1996 for a term
of 10 years with an option to cancel after four years. The monthly sublease
rental is in excess of the monthly payment.
 
     A transponder failure that would necessitate a move to another transponder
on the same satellite would not result in any significant interruption of
service to the cable systems and/or television stations which receive the
Programs. However, a failure that would necessitate a move to another satellite
may temporarily affect the number of cable systems and/or television stations
which receive the Programs (as well as all other programming carried on the
failed satellite) because of the need to install equipment or to reorient earth
stations.
 
     The terms of two of the satellite transponder leases utilized by Home
Shopping are for the life of the satellites, which are projected through 2004.
The term of the third subleased satellite is through December 31, 2006, subject
to earlier implementation of the Special Termination Right.
 
     Home Shopping's access to two transponders pursuant to long-term agreements
would enable it to continue transmission of HSN should either one of the
satellites fail. Although Home Shopping believes it is taking every reasonable
measure to ensure its continued satellite transmission capability, there can be
no assurance that termination or interruption of satellite transmissions will
not occur. Such a termination or
 
                                        5

<PAGE>   8
 
interruption of service by one or both of these satellites could have a material
adverse effect on the operations and financial condition of the Company.
 
     The availability of replacement satellites and transponder time beyond
current leases is dependent on a number of factors over which Home Shopping has
no control, including competition among prospective users for available
transponders and the availability of satellite launching facilities for
replacement satellites.
 
     The FCC grants licenses to construct and operate satellite uplink
facilities which transmit signals to satellites. These licenses are generally
issued without a hearing if suitable frequencies are available. Home Shopping
has been granted two licenses for operation of C-band satellite transmission
facilities and two licenses for operation of KU-band satellite transmission
facilities on a permanent basis in Clearwater and St. Petersburg, Florida.
 
AFFILIATION AGREEMENTS WITH CABLE OPERATORS
 
     Home Shopping has entered into affiliation agreements with cable system
operators to carry HSN, America's Store or both. Generally, the affiliation
agreements have a term of five years, are automatically renewable for subsequent
one year terms, and obligate the cable operator to assist the promotional
efforts of Home Shopping by carrying commercials regarding HSN and America's
Store and distributing Home Shopping's marketing materials to the cable
operator's subscribers. All cable operators receive a commission of five percent
of the net merchandise sales within the cable operator's franchise area
regardless of whether the sale originated from a cable or a broadcast household.
However, particularly with larger, multiple system operators, Home Shopping has
agreed to provide additional compensation. In the past, this has included the
purchase of advertising availabilities from cable operators on other programming
networks and the establishment of commission guarantees committing Home Shopping
to a certain level of payments. Although a number of these contracts remain in
effect, Home Shopping is no longer entering into agreements that provide for
advertising availabilities and commission guarantee compensation. These forms of
compensation were replaced with cable distribution fees primarily consisting of
upfront payments, based on a commitment to transmit the Programs to a certain
number of subscribers and/or performance bonus commissions that are intended to
compensate cable operators for promotional efforts which result in higher net
sales for Home Shopping.
 
                               HSNI BROADCASTING
 
     Through subsidiaries described below, the Company controlled as of December
31, 1996, 18 full power television broadcast stations, including three satellite
stations. Additionally, the Company controlled 26 low power ("LPTV") television
stations (the "LPTV Stations") and two low power translators.
 
A.  SKTV, INC.
 
     The Company, through its SKTV, Inc. subsidiary ("SKTV") and its
subsidiaries, owns and operates 12 independent full power UHF television
stations, including one television satellite station (the "SKTV Stations"). The
SKTV Stations serve ten of the 16 largest metropolitan television markets in the
United States. As of December 31, 1996, the SKTV Stations reached approximately
28.3 million television households, which is one of the largest audience reaches
of any owned and operated independent television broadcasting group in the
United States.
 
     As of December 31, 1996, SKTV held notes receivable and/or equity interests
in six other entities which hold broadcast licenses and/or authorizations in
nine television markets as described below.
 
                                        6

<PAGE>   9
 
SKTV STATIONS
 
     As of December 31, 1996, SKTV owned the following stations:
 
                           SUMMARY OF STATION MARKET
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            HOUSEHOLDS IN
                                                                             DESIGNATED                LICENSE
     TELEVISION                         CHANNEL         METROPOLITAN         MARKET AREA      DMA     EXPIRATION
       STATION         CITY OF LICENSE    NO.           AREA SERVED          ("DMA")(1)     RANK(1)      DATE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>              <C>       <C>                       <C>             <C>       <C>
WHSE-TV(2)...........  Newark, NJ         68      New York, NY                6,711,450        1        6/1/99
WHSI-TV(2)...........  Smithtown, NY      67      New York, NY                6,711,450        1        6/1/99
KHSC-TV..............  Ontario, CA        46      Los Angeles, CA             4,942,440        2       12/1/98
WEHS-TV..............  Aurora, IL         60      Chicago, Il                 3,124,340        3       12/1/97
WHSP-TV..............  Vineland, NJ       65      Philadelphia, PA            2,654,080        4        6/1/99
WHSH-TV..............  Marlborough, MA    66      Boston, MA                  2,150,110        6        4/1/99
KHSX-TV..............  Irving, TX         49      Dallas, TX                  1,848,550        8        8/1/98
KHSH-TV..............  Alvin, TX          67      Houston, TX                 1,595,350       11        8/1/98
WQHS-TV..............  Cleveland, OH      61      Cleveland, OH               1,461,410       13       10/1/97
WBHS-TV..............  Tampa, FL          50      Tampa/St. Petersburg, FL    1,411,440       15        2/1/05
WYHS-TV..............  Hollywood, FL      69      Miami, FL                   1,363,260       16        2/1/05
WHSW-TV..............  Baltimore, MD      24      Baltimore, MD                 989,470       23       10/1/01
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
(1) Estimates by Nielsen Marketing Research ("Nielsen") as of January 1997. For
    multiple ownership purposes, the FCC attributes only 50% of a market Area of
    Dominant Influence ("ADI") reach to UHF stations. Arbitron ADI's, like
    Nielsen DMA's, are measurements of television households in television
    markets throughout the country. For the Company's purposes, ADI and DMA
    measurements do not materially differ.
(2) WHSI-TV operates as a satellite of WHSE-TV and primarily rebroadcasts the
    signal of WHSE-TV. Together, the two Stations serve the metropolitan New
    York City television market and are considered one station for FCC multiple
    ownership purposes.
 
     Additionally, as of December 31, 1996, SKTV owned a 33.44% membership
interest (in profits and losses not including incentive interests) in Blackstar
L.L.C. ("Blackstar"), the parent company of the licensees of Stations WBSF(TV),
Melbourne, Florida; KBSP-TV, Salem, Oregon; and WBSX(TV), Ann Arbor, Michigan,
which serve all or portions of the metropolitan areas of Orlando, Florida;
Portland, Oregon; and Detroit, Flint and Lansing, Michigan, respectively. All of
these television stations are affiliates of Home Shopping and currently carry
Home Shopping programming on a substantially full-time basis. Blackstar also is
the parent company of the licensee of Station KEVN-TV, Rapid City, South Dakota,
and its satellite station, KIVV-TV, licensed to Lead-Deadwood, South Dakota,
both of which are affiliated with, and carry the programming of, Fox
Broadcasting Company ("Fox"). In addition, Silver King Capital Corporation, a
wholly owned subsidiary of SKTV, owns 1,000 shares of non-voting preferred stock
in Blackstar Communications, Inc., a subsidiary of Blackstar. Subject to FCC
approval, Blackstar has agreed to sell the assets of its Ann Arbor, Michigan
station to a third party. Upon the closing of the sale, the Home Shopping
affiliation agreement will terminate. Following the termination and upon the
occurrence of certain other events, SKTV is expected to have a 45% equity
interest in Blackstar.
 
     SKTV also owns a 45% nonvoting common stock interest in Roberts
Broadcasting Company, which owns Station WHSL(TV), East St. Louis, Illinois,
serving the St. Louis, Missouri metropolitan area, and a 45% nonvoting common
stock interest in Urban Broadcasting Corporation, which owns Station WTMW(TV),
Arlington, Virginia, serving the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. SKTV also
owns a 45% nonvoting common stock interest in Roberts Broadcasting Company of
Denver, which owns Station KTVJ(TV), Boulder, Colorado. KTVJ(TV) serves the
Denver, Colorado metropolitan area. All of these stations carry Home Shopping
programming.
 
     On April 26, 1996, Channel 66 of Vallejo, California, Inc.("Channel 66"),
an entity in which a subsidiary of SKTV holds a 49% nonvoting common stock
interest, consummated the acquisition of Station KPST-TV,
 
                                        7

<PAGE>   10
 
Vallejo, California which serves the San Francisco market. SKC Investments,
Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, loaned Whitehead Media of California, Inc.
("Whitehead") $7.9 million to finance the acquisition and has loaned an
additional $.7 million for construction of a new studio. Pursuant to a
Shareholder Agreement among Channel 66, SKTV and Whitehead, Whitehead has the
option to require SKTV to purchase all of Whitehead's shares of common stock in
Channel 66 between April 26, 1999 and April 25, 2001, and at any time within 180
days of the termination of the affiliation agreement between Home Shopping and
Channel 66. SKTV has the option to require Whitehead to sell all of its shares
of Common Stock in Channel 66 to SKTV between April 26, 2001 and April 25, 2002.
The Shareholder Agreement provides specific procedural requirements for
exercising these options and an appraisal method for determining the applicable
price for such purchases.
 
     SKTV has an option to purchase a 45% nonvoting common stock interest in
Jovon Broadcasting Company, the licensee of Station WJYS(TV), Hammond, Indiana,
serving the Chicago, Illinois television market. In a Memorandum Opinion and
Order and Notice of Apparent Liability released June 14, 1996, the FCC ruled
that, consistent with FCC regulations and policies, the Company may exercise
that portion of the option which will provide it with a 33% nonvoting common
stock interest in Station WJYS(TV). SKTV has a loan agreement with the station
licensee and the FCC also required that certain aspects of the loan documents
between the licensee of WJYS(TV) and SKTV be reformed. The licensee of WJYS(TV)
has filed a petition with the FCC requesting clarification as to whether the
agency intended to rewrite the option to permit a partial exercise and argues
that if it did so intend, the FCC lacked the authority to do so. The Company has
opposed that petition.
 
     The Company's 26 LPTV Stations are located in the New York, New York;
Atlanta, Georgia; St. Petersburg, Florida; St. Louis, Missouri; Knoxville,
Tennessee; Minneapolis, Minnesota; New Orleans, Louisiana; Roanoke, Virginia;
Tucson, Arizona; Tulsa, Oklahoma; Wichita, Kansas; Columbus, Ohio; Kansas City,
Missouri; Springfield, Illinois; Huntington, West Virginia; Champaign, Illinois;
Toledo, Ohio; Portsmouth, Virginia; Raleigh, North Carolina; Des Moines, Iowa;
Shreveport, Louisiana; Spokane, Washington; Pensacola, Florida; Birmingham,
Alabama; Mobile, Alabama; and Jacksonville, Florida areas. The LPTV Stations
have an average coverage radius of 10-12 miles and an average transmitter power
of 1,000-2,000 watts. This contrasts with the Company's full-power UHF
television stations which cover an average radius of 45-55 miles and have an
average transmitter power of 120,000 watts.
 
PROGRAMMING
 
     Each of the SKTV Stations, through the applicable subsidiaries, has entered
into a Television Affiliation Agreement (the "Affiliation Agreement(s)") with
Home Shopping pursuant to which each Station broadcasts HSN for approximately
164 hours per week.
 
     Home Shopping pays each SKTV Station compensation pursuant to the
applicable hourly affiliation rate for such SKTV Station under its Affiliation
Agreement. Hourly rates are based on the number of households in a Station's
service area. The Affiliation Agreements provide for higher compensation to an
SKTV Station if the SKTV Station's compensation amount, which is based upon a
formula involving Home Shopping's net sales credited to the SKTV Station,
exceeds the amount payable pursuant to the hourly affiliation rate. This
determination is made on an annual basis within 30 days of each anniversary of
the Affiliation Agreements. Following the Home Shopping Merger, a decision was
made not to pay the compensation bonus for 1996.
 
     The Company is continuing to evaluate the status of the Affiliation
Agreements following the Home Shopping Merger. The Company plans to determine on
a market by market basis whether the SKTV Stations will continue to air HSN, or
whether the Company will, instead, disaffiliate Home Shopping and the SKTV
Stations and develop and broadcast programming independently of Home Shopping. A
decision to disaffiliate in a market will depend, in part, upon channel
availability, competitive factors and the terms of the Home Shopping cable
affiliation agreements, particularly in light of the recent U.S. Supreme Court
ruling upholding the FCC's must-carry rules. See "Regulation -- Review of 'Must
Carry Rules.' "
 
     Upon disaffiliation, substantial expenditures would be required to develop
SKTV programming and promotions, which, during this developmental and
transitional stage, would not be offset by sufficient
 
                                        8

<PAGE>   11
 
advertising revenues. Additionally, the Company may also incur additional
expenses and cash outflows (including the making of up-front payments), which
could be substantial, in connection with entering into cable distribution
agreements for the purpose of securing carriage of Home Shopping programming
and/or the SKTV Stations' programming. Furthermore, disaffiliation will disrupt
Home Shopping's ability to reach some of its existing customers which may cause
a reduction in the Company's revenues. The Company believes that the process of
disaffiliation can be successfully managed to minimize these adverse
consequences.
 
     There can be no assurance that, if Home Shopping and the SKTV Stations
disaffiliate, the Company will be successful in its strategy to develop and
broadcast new programming formats, whether on a local or national basis, or that
the Company will be able to find other means of distributing its Home Shopping
programming on favorable terms to the households in the broadcast areas
currently served by SKTV Stations. The consequences of any of the foregoing
decisions will impact the business, financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
 
     In addition to analyzing disaffiliation, the Company may consider a number
of other options with respect to the SKTV Stations. These options include
selling the SKTV Stations or entering into partnership arrangements with
broadcasters and/or cable operators. The Company has made no final decision as
to how it will utilize the SKTV Stations, although preliminarily, it is planning
to disaffiliate and independently program its Miami station. The Company intends
over time to program all of these stations on a local basis, either by itself or
with partners.
 
     The Company's LPTV Stations, for the most part, carry America's Store. The
SKTV Stations carry HSN approximately 164 hours per week. Available advertising
time on the SKTV Stations is utilized to promote various Home Shopping
subsidiaries and is also sold to outside commercial clients on a per unit fixed
rate. Advertising time also is bartered in exchange for non-Home Shopping
programming. Time is available in units of 30 seconds, 60 seconds, 120 seconds,
half-hours and hours. A four-hour block on Sunday mornings at each SKTV Station
is devoted to public interest programming comprised of children's,
informational, religious, and/or ethnic programming, some of which produces
revenue. In addition, Home Shopping occasionally sponsors promotional events
geared towards the markets served by the SKTV Stations to develop viewer
awareness and loyalty to Home Shopping programming.
 
B.  SF BROADCASTING
 
     As a result of the Savoy Merger, the Company acquired Savoy's broadcasting
operations ("SF Broadcasting"). SF Broadcasting consists of SF Multistations,
Inc.("SF Multistations"), and its wholly owned subsidiaries which own KHON
(together with satellite stations KAII and KHAW, hereafter collectively referred
to as "KHON"), WALA and WVUE, and SF Broadcasting of Wisconsin, Inc. ("SF
Wisconsin") and its wholly owned subsidiaries which own WLUK. Savoy Stations,
Inc. ("Savoy Stations"), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company,
owns 50% of the common equity and 100% of the voting stock of each of SF
Wisconsin and SF Multistations. A subsidiary of Fox owns 50% of the common
equity of SF Multistations and SF Wisconsin and also owns options, subject to
certain conditions, to convert its non-voting interest into voting interests.
For a further description of these options, see "Ownership Structure" discussed
below.
 
                                        9

<PAGE>   12
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the stations
owned and operated by SF Broadcasting (the "SF Stations") and the markets in
which they operate:
 
                           SUMMARY OF STATION MARKETS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TELEVISION            METROPOLITAN      AFFILIATION/                                            LICENSE
       STATION             AREA SERVED         CHANNEL      HOUSEHOLDS IN DMA(1)   DMA RANK(1)   EXPIRATION DATE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                   <C>            <C>                    <C>           <C>
WVUE-TV..............  New Orleans, LA       FOX/8                620,760              41             6/1/97
KHON-TV(2)...........  Honolulu, HI(3)       FOX/2                382,700              69             2/1/99
KAII-TV(2)...........  Wailuku, HI
KHAW-TV(2)...........  Hilo, HI
WALA-TV..............  Mobile-Pensacola, AL  FOX/10               445,780              61             4/1/97(4)
WLUK-TV..............  Green Bay, WI(3)      FOX/11               376,380              70            12/1/97
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
(1) Estimated by Nielsen as of January 1997. Rankings are based on the relative
    size of a station's market among the 211 generally recognized Designated
    Market Areas.
(2) KAII and KHAW operate as satellite stations of KHON-TV and primarily
    re-broadcast the signal of KHON. The stations are considered one station for
    FCC multiple ownership purposes.
(3) Low power television translators K55D2 and W40AN retransmit stations KHON
    and WLUK, respectively.
(4) An application to renew the license of WALA was timely filed and is pending
    at the FCC. Under FCC rules, an existing license automatically continues in
    effect once a timely renewal application has been filed until a final FCC
    decision is issued.
 
FOX AFFILIATION
 
     As described above, each of the SF Stations has entered into affiliation
agreements with Fox (the "Fox Affiliation Agreements"). Subject to earlier
termination (as described below), the Fox Affiliation Agreements terminate on
the tenth anniversary of the commencement date of such agreement, provided that,
Fox may extend the initial term of each of the agreements for additional
successive periods of two years each if it gives the requisite written notice to
the relevant SF Station and such SF Station fails to give Fox written notice
within the prescribed time period that it rejects such an extension. Pursuant to
these agreements, Fox provides the SF Stations with programming in return for
the stations' broadcasting Fox-inserted commercials in such programming. The SF
Stations also retain the right to include a limited amount of commercials during
Fox programming and receive additional compensation based on certain performance
and other criteria. Each of the Fox Affiliation Agreements, however, is subject
to termination by Fox in certain instances including the following: (i) if
within any 12-month period a station makes or will make three or more
unauthorized preemptions of Fox programming, Fox may terminate the relevant
agreement upon 30 days prior written notice; (ii) in the event there is a
material change in certain aspects of the stations' operation, making the
affiliation (as of the date of the applicable agreement) less valuable to Fox,
Fox may terminate the relevant agreement upon 30 days prior written notice; and
(iii) upon certain transfers of control of any of the FCC licenses relating to
the SF Stations, Fox may have the right to terminate the applicable Fox
Affiliation Agreement in the manner specified in such agreement.
 
OWNERSHIP STRUCTURE
 
     After September 20, 1997, in the case of SF Wisconsin, and October 28,
1997, in the case of SF Multistations, Fox will have the option (subject to all
necessary regulatory approvals) to exchange all, but not less than all, of its
non-voting common stock of such companies for common stock with voting rights
(the "Conversion Options"). Fox has agreed not to exercise the Conversion
Options if any regulatory approval would have a material adverse effect on SF
Wisconsin or SF Multistations, as the case may be.
 
     Fox has no representatives on the board of directors of SF Broadcasting,
and does not participate in the operation of SF Broadcasting or of the
television stations. The agreement between Fox and Savoy Stations provides that
Fox's consent is required for certain fundamental corporate decisions,
including, but not limited
 
                                       10

<PAGE>   13
 
to, certain mergers or asset sales or the payment of dividends. If Fox exercises
the Conversion Options, each of Fox and Savoy Stations will be able to designate
two of the four directors of SF Wisconsin or SF Multistations.
 
FINANCING OF ACQUISITION
 
     SF Broadcasting financed their purchase of the SF Stations through (i)
$135.0 million of acquisition loans; (ii) $80.6 million of common equity
contributions from Savoy Stations and $29.4 million of common equity
contributions from Fox; and (iii) the Fox purchase of $39.0 million of preferred
stock. Since the acquisition of the SF Stations, Savoy Stations and Fox have
increased, and intend to continue to increase, their initial capital
contributions. Savoy Stations and Fox have each contributed $19.5 million in
1996 and will contribute, at a minimum, an additional $9.0 million each in 1997
according to their Capital Contribution Agreement to pay down outstanding debt.
Both Fox and Savoy Stations also contribute capital on a quarterly basis to fund
the corporate overhead of the SF Broadcasting.
 
C.  REGULATION
 
CURRENT FCC REGULATION
 
     The communications industry, including the ownership, use and transfer of
television broadcast licenses, and the broadcast of programming over television
stations owned or operated by the Company, is subject to substantial federal
regulation, particularly pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended
(the "1934 Act") and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The 1934
Act prohibits the operation of television broadcasting stations except under a
license issued by the FCC and empowers the FCC, among other matters, to issue,
renew, revoke and modify broadcast licenses, to determine the location of
stations, to establish areas to be served and to regulate certain aspects of
broadcast programming. The 1934 Act prohibits the assignment of a broadcast
license or the transfer of control of a licensee without FCC prior approval. If
the FCC determines that violations of the 1934 Act or any FCC rule have
occurred, it may impose sanctions ranging from admonishment of a licensee to
license revocation.
 
     The 1934 Act provides that a broadcast license may be granted to any
applicant if the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served
thereby, subject to certain limitations. Under regulations promulgated by the
FCC pursuant to the 1934 Act, television broadcast licenses are issued initially
for terms of five years. Upon application, and in the absence of a conflicting
application (which, prior to passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the
"1996 Act"), could be filed in limited circumstances) or an adverse finding as
to the licensee's qualifications, broadcast licenses usually have been renewed
without a hearing by the FCC for additional terms of up to five years. Such
license terms have increased. See discussion of the 1996 Act below.
 
     Current FCC regulations also impose significant restrictions on certain
positional and ownership interests in broadcast and other media. The officers,
directors and certain of the equity owners of a broadcasting company are deemed
to have "attributable interests" in the broadcasting company. In the case of a
corporation controlling or operating television stations, ownership is
attributed only to officers, directors and stockholders who own 5% or more of
the company's outstanding voting stock. Institutional investors, including
mutual funds, insurance companies and banks acting in a fiduciary capacity, may
own up to 10% of the outstanding voting stock without being subject to
attribution, provided that such stockholders exercise no control over the
management or policies of the broadcasting company.
 
     Under current FCC rules governing multiple ownership of broadcast stations,
a license to operate a television station will not be granted (unless
established waiver standards are met) to any party (or parties under common
control) that has an attributable interest in another television station with an
overlapping service area (the "Local Restriction"). The rules also currently
prohibit (with certain qualifications) the holder of an attributable interest in
a television station from also having an attributable interest in a radio
station, daily newspaper or cable television system serving a community located
within the relevant coverage area of that television station. Separately, the
FCC's "cross-interest" policy may, in certain circumstances, prohibit the common
ownership of an attributable interest in one media outlet and a non-attributable
equity
 
                                       11

<PAGE>   14
 
interest in another media outlet in the same market. On December 15, 1994, the
FCC adopted notices of proposed rulemaking to consider (i) the modification of
its attribution rules (including the exemption from attribution for holders of
non-voting stock) and "cross-interest" policy involving nonattributable equity
interests, and (ii) the modification of the Local Restriction.
 
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT OF 1996
 
     On February 8, 1996, President Clinton signed the 1996 Act, which amends
the 1934 Act. The 1996 Act, among other measures, directs the FCC to (i) modify
its rules in order to permit an entity to have an attributable interest in an
unlimited number of United States television stations so long as such stations
do not reach, in the aggregate, more than 35% of the national television
audience (the "National Restriction"); (ii) conduct a rulemaking proceeding to
determine whether to retain, modify or eliminate the Local Restriction; and
(iii) conduct a rulemaking proceeding to determine whether to extend the license
term for television stations to eight years. The 1996 Act also prohibits the
filing of conflicting applications, under any circumstances, in connection with
broadcast station license renewals, and repeals the former statutory ban on
common ownership of a broadcast television station and a cable television system
serving a community located within the relevant coverage area of the television
station. However, FCC rules continue to prohibit local broadcast/cable
cross-ownership. On March 8, 1996, the FCC issued an order that has now become
effective and that implements the National Restriction. This order makes it
possible for the Company to own all of its current stations. The Company's
current national television audience reach is estimated at 31.04 percent, but is
considered at 16.46 percent for FCC purposes due to the treatment of UHF
stations. On January 24, 1997, the FCC extended the license terms for television
stations from five to eight years. The 1996 Act also allows telephone companies
to operate cable television systems in their own service areas. On November 7,
1996, the FCC issued notices soliciting additional public comment in connection
with its pending rulemaking proceedings addressing the 1996 Act's directives and
other issues with respect to the Local Restriction, the attribution rules and
the cross-interest policy. The FCC seeks comment on, among other things, a
proposal that would effectively codify the cross-interest policy to the extent
it was applied to limit TCI's beneficial equity interest in the Company. The FCC
has proposed to prohibit common ownership of a media company and a greater than
33% non-voting equity interest in another media company in the same market, but
has requested comment on whether a higher or a lower non-voting equity benchmark
would be more appropriate. The comment cycle in this proceeding ended on March
7, 1997. It is not possible to predict the extent to which the Local Restriction
may be modified, the timing or effect of other changes in FCC rules or policies
pursuant to the 1996 Act or pending FCC rulemaking proceedings. The outcome of
each of these proceedings could have a material effect on the Company.
 
REVIEW OF "MUST-CARRY" RULES
 
     FCC regulations implementing the Cable Television Consumer Protection and
Competition Act of 1992 (the "1992 Cable Act") require each television
broadcaster to elect, at three-year intervals beginning in 1993, to either (i)
require carriage of its signal by cable systems in the station's market
("must-carry") or (ii) negotiate the terms on which such broadcast station would
permit transmission of its signal by the cable systems within its market
("retransmission consent"). On March 31, 1997, the Supreme Court upheld the
constitutionality of the must-carry provisions.
 
     This ruling means that cable operators must continue to carry local
broadcast signals subject to the provisions of the 1992 Cable Act. The ruling
enhances the value of the SKTV Stations and ensures, absent disaffiliation,
continued carriage of the Home Shopping Programs via the SKTV Stations by cable
operators. However, as discussed above, the Company is evaluating the impact of
the must-carry ruling on its desired disaffiliation of the SKTV Stations from
Home Shopping.
 
OTHER FCC REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
 
     On August 8, 1996, under the Children's Television Act of 1990 (the "CTA"),
the FCC amended its rules to establish a "processing guideline" for broadcast
television stations of at least three hours per week, averaged over a six-month
period, of "programming that furthers the educational and informational needs of
 
                                       12

<PAGE>   15
 
children 16 and under in any respect, including the child's
intellectual/cognitive or social/emotional needs." Children's "Core Programming"
has been defined as educational and informational programming that, among other
things, (i) has served the educational and informational needs of children "as a
significant purpose," (ii) has a specified educational and informational
objective and a specified target child audience, (iii) is regularly scheduled,
weekly programming, (iv) is at least 30 minutes in length, and (v) airs between
7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. Any station that satisfies the processing guideline by
broadcasting at least three weekly hours of Core Programming will receive FCC
staff-level approval of the portion of its license renewal application
pertaining to the CTA. Alternatively, a station may qualify for staff-level
approval even if it broadcasts "somewhat less" than three hours per week of Core
Programming by demonstrating that it has aired a weekly package of different
types of educational and informational programming that is "at least equivalent"
to three hours of Core Programming. Non-Core Programming that can qualify under
this alternative includes specials, public service announcements, short-form
programs and regularly scheduled non-weekly programs, with "a significant
purpose of educating and informing children." A licensee that does not meet the
processing guideline under either of these alternatives will be referred by the
FCC's staff to the Commissioners of the FCC, who will evaluate the licensee's
compliance with the CTA on the basis of both its programming and its other
efforts related to children's educational and informational programming, e.g.,
its sponsorship of Core Programming on other stations in the market, or
nonbroadcast activities "which enhance the value" of such programming. A
television station ultimately found not to have complied with the CTA could face
sanctions including monetary fines and the possible non-renewal of its broadcast
license.
 
     The CTA and FCC rules require television station licensees to identify
programs specifically designed to educate and inform children at the beginning
of each program and in published program listings. In addition, the 1996 Act
directed the broadcast and cable television industries to develop and transmit
an encrypted rating in all video programming that, when used in conjunction with
so-called "V-Chip" technology, would permit the blocking of programs with a
common rating. On January 17, 1997, an industry proposal was submitted to the
FCC describing a voluntary ratings system under which all video programming
would be designated in one of six categories. Pursuant to the 1996 Act, the FCC
has initiated a proceeding to determine whether to accept the industry proposal
or to establish and implement an alternative system for rating and blocking
video programming. The FCC has indicated that it will commence a separate
proceeding shortly addressing technical issues related to the "V-Chip." The
Company cannot predict whether the FCC will accept the industry proposal
regarding the rating and blocking of video programming, or how changes in this
proposal could affect the Company's business.
 
     The FCC is conducting a rulemaking proceeding to devise a table of channel
allotments in connection with the introduction of digital television service
("DTV"). On April 3, 1997, the FCC adopted a table of channel allotments which
allots a second broadcast channel to each full-power commercial television
station for DTV operation. While the text of the Commission's decision has not
yet been released, according to news releases, stations will be required to
phase in their DTV operations over a 5-year period. Affiliates of the four major
commercial networks in the top-10 markets are required under the FCC's decision
to begin broadcasting with a digital signal by May 1, 1999, and those in markets
11 to 30 by November 1, 1999. In addition, a number of broadcasters in the
top-10 television markets have committed to begin digital operations within the
next 18 months. The FCC will grant extensions under limited circumstances to
broadcasters who are unable to meet the implementation deadlines. Following the
transition period to DTV, broadcasters will be required to surrender their
non-DTV channels. Subject to periodic review, the FCC has set a target date of
2006 as an end-date for non-DTV service. Under certain circumstances, conversion
to DTV operations may reduce a station's geographical coverage area.
 
     The FCC's April 3 decision also provides for the early recovery of certain
spectrum located between UHF channels 60-69. As a result, certain stations
currently operating on these channels may be required to relocate to other
channels. In addition, the FCC will maintain the secondary status of LPTV
stations, which may result in the displacement of existing LPTV stations by DTV
channel allotments, particularly in major markets. The FCC has adopted certain
technical and administrative measures to minimize the impact of DTV
implementation on LPTV stations. Meanwhile, Congress is considering proposals
that would require incumbent broadcasters to bid at auctions for the additional
spectrum required to effect a transition to DTV, or,
 
                                       13

<PAGE>   16
 
alternatively, would assign additional DTV spectrum to incumbent broadcasters
and require the early surrender of their non-DTV channel for sale by public
auction. A change to digital transmission will necessitate significant capital
expenditures by the Company.
 
     The FCC is conducting a rulemaking proceeding to examine its rules
prohibiting broadcast television networks from representing their affiliated
stations for the sale of non-network advertising time and from influencing or
controlling the rates set by their affiliates for the sale of such time.
Separately, the FCC is conducting a rulemaking proceeding to consider the
relaxation or elimination of its rules prohibiting broadcast networks from (i)
restricting their affiliates' right to reject network programming, (ii)
reserving an option to use specified amounts of their affiliates' broadcast time
and (iii) forbidding their affiliates from broadcasting the programming of
another network; and to consider the relaxation of its rule prohibiting network
affiliated stations from preventing other stations from broadcasting the
programming of their network.
 
     There are additional FCC and other federal agencies, regulations and
policies, affecting the business and operations of broadcast stations. Proposals
for additional or revised rules are considered by these agencies and Congress
from time to time. It is not possible to predict the resolution of these issues
or other issues discussed above, although their outcome could, over a period of
time, affect, either adversely or favorably, the broadcasting industry generally
or the Company specifically.
 
     The foregoing does not purport to be a complete summary of all the
provisions of the 1934 Act, the 1996 Act or other Congressional acts or of the
regulations and policies of the FCC thereunder. Reference is made to the 1934
Act, as amended, the 1996 Act, other Congressional acts, such regulations and
policies, and the public notices promulgated by the FCC for further information.
 
                                MOTION PICTURES
 
     Savoy has ceased its motion picture production activities, but maintains a
film library consisting of approximately 15 films and owns rights in a number of
motion picture development properties.
 
                        ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY BUSINESSES
 
     In addition to the electronic retailing and television broadcast
businesses, the Company's subsidiaries are involved in other businesses.
 
     Vela Research, Inc. ("Vela") develops and markets high technology audio and
video MPEG compression/decompression products to the cable, broadcast, computer
and telecommunications industries.
 
     Internet Shopping Network, Inc. ("ISN") has grown to become a leading
retailer of computer hardware and software on the Internet and offers over
40,000 products from major manufacturers. ISN is also engaged in exploring other
new digital retailing vehicles.
 
     National Call Center, Inc. ("NCCI") performs direct response telemarketing
services using toll free 800 numbers and provides services on a contractual
basis to third parties using inbound and outbound telemarketing. NCCI can
perform any number of related functions, including fulfillment and credit card
clearing services.
 
INTERNATIONAL VENTURES
 
     During 1996 and 1997, Home Shopping entered into two international ventures
as a minority participant.
 
     Germany.  Home Shopping acquired a 29% interest in Home Order Television
GmbH & Co. KG ("HOT"), a venture based in Munich. HOT broadcasts television
shopping 24 hours per day, 12 of which are devoted to live shopping. HOT is
carried via cable and satellite to approximately 8.3 million households in
Germany and Austria.
 
     Japan.  Home Shopping acquired a 30% interest in Jupiter Shop Channel Co;.
Ltd, ("Shop Channel") a venture based in Tokyo. Shop Channel broadcasts
televised shopping 24 hours a day, 18 hours per week of
 
                                       14

<PAGE>   17
 
which are devoted to live shopping. Shop Channel has reached agreements to be
available in approximately 845,000 households as of April 1997.
Tele-Communications International, Inc., a subsidiary of TCI ("TCI
International") owns a 50% interest in Jupiter Programming Co;. Ltd ("JPC")
which is the 70% shareholder in the venture.
 
                                  COMPETITION
 
     The Company operates in a highly competitive environment. It is in direct
competition with businesses which are engaged in retail merchandising, other
electronic retailers, direct marketing retailers such as mail order companies,
companies that sell from catalogs, other discount retailers and companies that
market through computer technology. The Company also competes for access to its
customers and for audience share and revenue with broadcasters and conventional
forms of entertainment and information, such as programming for network and
independent broadcast television stations, basic and pay cable television
services, satellite master antenna systems, home satellite dishes and home
entertainment centers, newspapers, radio, magazines, outdoor advertising,
transit advertising and direct mail. In particular, the price and availability
of programming for cable television systems affects the availability of these
channels for the Company's Programs and the compensation which must be paid to
the cable operators for carriage of Home Shopping programming. In addition, the
Company believes that due to a number of factors, including the development of
cable operator owned programming, the competition for channel capacity has
substantially increased. With the advent of new compression technologies on the
horizon, this competition for channel capacity may substantially decrease,
although additional competitors may have the opportunity to enter the
marketplace. No predictions can be made with respect to the viability of these
technologies or the extent to which they will ultimately impact the availability
of channel capacity.
 
     Home Shopping and QVC, Inc. ("QVC") are currently the two leading
electronic retailing companies. There are other companies, some having an
affiliation or common ownership with cable operators, that now market
merchandise by means of live television. A number of other entities are engaged
in direct retail sales businesses which utilize television in some form and
which target the same markets in which the Company operates. Some of the
Company's competitors are larger and more diversified than the Company, or are
also affiliated with cable operators which have a substantial number of
subscribers. The Company cannot predict the degree of success with which it will
meet competition in the future. TCI currently owns 43% of QVC but has entered
into a stockholders agreement with Comcast Corporation (which owns 57% of QVC)
pursuant to which Comcast Corporation controls the day to day operations of QVC.
 
     In addition to the above factors, the Company's ownership of and
affiliation with broadcast television stations creates another set of
competitive conditions. These stations compete for television viewers primarily
within local markets. The Company's broadcast television stations are located in
highly competitive markets and compete against both VHF and UHF stations. Due to
technical factors, a UHF television station generally requires greater power and
a higher antenna to secure substantially the same geographical coverage as a VHF
television station. The Company also competes with new entertainment and
shopping networks for carriage on broadcast television stations. The Company
cannot quantify the competitive effect of the foregoing or any other sources of
video programming on any of the Company's affiliated television stations, nor
can it predict whether such competition will have a material adverse effect on
its operations.
 
     SF Broadcasting competes for audience share primarily on the basis of
program popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising rates. A large
amount of the SF Stations' prime time programming is supplied by Fox and their
results are totally dependent upon the performance of the Fox-supplied programs
in attracting viewers. Non-network time periods are programmed by the stations
primarily with syndicated programs purchased for cash, cash and barter, or
barter-only, and also through self-produced news, public affairs and other
entertainment programming. Other factors that are material to a television
station's competitive position include signal coverage, local program
acceptance, network affiliation, audience characteristics and assigned broadcast
frequency. SF Broadcasting also competes for programming, which involves
negotiating with national program distributors or syndicators that sell
first-run and rerun packages of programming. Those
 
                                       15

<PAGE>   18
 
stations compete for exclusive access to those programs against in-market
broadcast station competitors for syndicated products.
 
     In summary, the Company operates in a highly competitive environment in
which, among other things, technological change, changes in distribution
patterns, media innovations, data processing improvements and new entrants make
the competitive position of both the Company and its competitors extremely
difficult to predict.
 
                     TRADEMARKS, TRADENAMES AND COPYRIGHTS
 
     The Company has registered and continues to register, when appropriate, its
trade and service marks as they are developed and used, and the Company
vigorously protects its trade and service marks. The Company believes that its
marks are a primary marketing tool for promoting its identity.
 
                                   EMPLOYEES
 
     As of the close of business on December 31, 1996, the Company employed
approximately 4,750 employees with approximately 4,150 employees employed by
Home Shopping, approximately 520 employees employed by Savoy and approximately
80 employees employed by SKTV. The Company believes that it generally has good
employee relationships.
 

I
TEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
     The Company owns an approximately 480,000 square foot facility in St.
Petersburg, Florida, which houses its Home Shopping television studios,
broadcast facilities, and many of the Company's administrative offices and
training facilities.
 
     The Company also maintains executive offices at Carnegie Hall Tower, 152
West 57th Street, New York, New York which consist of approximately 12,000
square feet leased by the Company through 1998 and at The Water Garden, 2425
Olympic Boulevard, Santa Monica, California which consist of approximately
42,000 square feet, under two leases which expire in 1998.
 
     The Company owns four warehouse type facilities totaling approximately
115,000 square feet near the Company's main campus in St. Petersburg, Florida.
These facilities have been used for returns processing, retail distribution and
general storage.
 
     The Company leases a 21,000 square foot facility in Clearwater, Florida for
its video and post production operations.
 
     The Company owns and operates a warehouse consisting of 163,000 square feet
located in Waterloo, Iowa which is used as a fulfillment center.
 
     The Company operates a warehouse located in Salem, Virginia, consisting of
approximately 650,000 square feet which is leased from the City of Salem
Industrial Development Authority. On November 1, 1999, the Company will have the
option to purchase the property for $1.
 
     The Company's retail outlet subsidiary leases four retail stores in the
Tampa Bay area totaling approximately 91,925 square feet.
 
     The Company and its other subsidiaries also lease office space in
California, Colorado and New Jersey.
 
                                       16

<PAGE>   19
 
     The Company owns or leases office, studio and transmitter space for the
SKTV and SF Stations as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOCATION                                                FUNCTION                  OWNED/LEASED
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                                      <C>
Mobile, AL.............................  Offices/Studio.........................     Leased
Baldwin County, AL.....................  Transmitter............................      Owned
Mt. Wilson, CA.........................  Transmitter............................     Leased
Ontario, CA............................  Offices/Studio.........................      Owned
Riverview, FL..........................  Transmitter............................     Leased
Hollywood, FL..........................  Transmitter............................     Leased
Miramar, FL............................  Offices/Studio.........................     Leased
Pensacola, FL..........................  Offices/Studio.........................     Leased
Honolulu, HI...........................  Offices/Studio/Transmitter.............     Leased
Aurora, IL.............................  Offices/Studio.........................     Leased
Chicago, IL............................  Offices/Studio/Transmitter.............     Leased
New Orleans, LA........................  Offices/Studio.........................      Owned
Baltimore, MD..........................  Offices/Studio/Transmitter.............     Leased
Hudson, MA.............................  Offices/Studio/Transmitter.............      Owned
Newark, NJ.............................  Offices/Studio.........................      Owned
Newfield, NJ...........................  Offices/Studio.........................      Owned
Waterford Works, NJ....................  Transmitter............................     Leased
Central Islip, NY......................  Offices/Studio.........................      Owned
Middle Island, NY......................  Transmitter............................      Owned
New York, NY...........................  Offices/Transmitter....................     Leased
Parma, OH..............................  Offices/Studio/Transmitter.............     Leased
Alvin, TX..............................  Offices/Studio.........................     Leased
Cedar Hill, TX.........................  Transmitter............................     Leased
Irving, TX.............................  Offices/Studio.........................      Owned
Missouri City, TX......................  Transmitter............................     Leased
Green Bay, WI..........................  Offices/Studio/Transmitter.............      Owned
</TABLE>

 
     The Company leases the following LPTV transmitter sites:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Atlanta, GA                                    Pensacola, FL
Birmingham, AL                                 Portsmouth, VA
Champaign, IL                                  Raleigh, NC
Columbus, OH                                   Roanoke, VA
Des Moines, IA                                 Shreveport, LA
Huntington, WV                                 Springfield, IL
Jacksonville, FL                               Spokane, WA
Kansas City, MO                                St. Louis, MO
Knoxville, TN                                  St. Petersburg, FL
Minneapolis, MN                                Toledo, OH
Mobile, AL                                     Tulsa, OK
New Orleans, LA                                Tucson, AZ
New York, NY                                   Wichita, KS
</TABLE>

 
     All of the Company's leases are at prevailing market rates and with
unaffiliated parties, and the Company believes that the duration of each lease
is adequate. The Company believes that its principal properties, whether owned
or leased, are adequate for the purposes for which they are used and are
suitably maintained for such purposes. Most of the office/studio space is
substantially utilized, and where significant excess space exists, the Company
leases or subleases such space to the extent possible. The Company anticipates
no future problems in renewing or obtaining suitable leases for its principal
properties.
 
                                       17

<PAGE>   20
 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     On August 26, 1996, after announcement that Silver King, House Acquisition
Corp., a newly formed subsidiary of Silver King, Liberty HSN, and Home Shopping
had entered into the Agreement and Plan of Exchange and Merger dated as of
August 25, 1996 (the "Home Shopping Merger Agreement"), a class action complaint
titled Andre Engle v. Leo J. Hindery, et. al. was filed in the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware, in and for the County of New Castle (the "Delaware
Court"), against Home Shopping, Leo J. Hindery, Jr., Gen. H. Norman Schwarzkopf,
Eli J. Segal, Peter R. Barton, Robert R. Bennett, Barry Diller, James G. Held,
Silver King, Liberty and TCI by a shareholder of Home Shopping on behalf of a
purported class consisting of all public shareholders of Home Shopping (other
than Liberty and its controlled affiliates). Shortly thereafter, four other
class action complaints were filed against the foregoing defendants with the
Delaware Court by shareholders of Home Shopping on behalf of a purported class
consisting of all public shareholders of Home Shopping (other than Liberty and
its controlled affiliates); one of these actions also named as defendants, J.
Anthony Forstmann and Victor A. Kaufman. Plaintiffs allege, among other things,
that, by approving the Home Shopping Merger Agreement, the Home Shopping's
director defendants and, by supporting the merger, Liberty breached their
fiduciary duties to the stockholders and that the consideration to be paid to
stockholders in the Home Shopping Merger is unfair and inadequate. Plaintiffs
sought, among other things, an injunction preventing the defendants from taking
actions toward consummation of the Home Shopping Merger and related
transactions, and now seek recission or rescissory damages and an award of
unspecified compensatory damages to the members of the plaintiffs class. On
October 7, 1996, the five class action lawsuits were consolidated for all
purposes in an action titled In Re: Home Shopping Network, Inc. Shareholders
Litigation, Consolidated Civil Action No. 15179.
 
     The Company believes that the claims in the consolidated action are without
merit, and does not believe it is reasonably possible that the actions will be
successful or otherwise materially adversely affect the Company or its
businesses. There can be no assurance, however, that the plaintiffs will not be
successful, and the Company cannot estimate, based on facts available as of the
date of this Report, the possible adverse effects of such a result.
 

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS
 
     On December 19, 1996, the annual meeting of stockholders was held. At the
annual meeting, stockholders representing 2,415,945 shares of Class B Common
Stock and 7,083,132 shares of Common Stock were entitled to vote. Stockholders
present or in person by proxy, representing 2,415,945 shares of Class B Common
Stock and 6,118,028 shares of Common Stock, voted on the following matters:
 
     The stockholders of both the Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock
voting as a single class approved the Savoy Merger:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
  29,452,630          59,422            15,226
</TABLE>

 
     The stockholders of both the Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock
voting as a single class approved the Home Shopping Merger:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
  29,402,671          110,537           14,070
</TABLE>

 
     The stockholders of the Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock voting as
separate classes approved increases in the authorized capital stock of the
Company:
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
   5,239,876          116,069           11,883
</TABLE>

 
                                       18

<PAGE>   21
 
                              CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
   2,415,945            -0-               -0-
</TABLE>

 
     The stockholders of the Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock voting as
separate classes approved the change in the name of the Company:
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
   5,315,458          38,338            14,032
</TABLE>

 
                              CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
   2,415,945            -0-               -0-
</TABLE>

 
     The stockholders of the Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock voting as
separate classes approved the change in voting of the Company by classes:
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
   4,316,743         1,029,429          21,656
</TABLE>

 
                              CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
   2,415,945            -0-               -0-
</TABLE>

 
     The stockholders elected the following six directors of the Company to hold
office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors
have been duly elected:
 
     Elected by holders of Common Stock voting as a separate class:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
                                                CAST IN FAVOR       WITHHELD
                                               ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                            <C>               <C>
Bruce M. Ramer...............................     5,987,001          131,027
Sidney V. Sheinberg..........................     5,986,913          131,115
</TABLE>

 
     Elected by holders of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock voting as a
single class:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
                                                CAST IN FAVOR       WITHHELD
                                               ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                            <C>               <C>
Barry Diller.................................    30,214,603          62,875
Victor A. Kaufman............................    30,213,701          63,777
John E. Oxendine.............................    30,313,371          64,107
Richard E. Snyder............................    30,212,656          64,122
</TABLE>

 
                                       19

<PAGE>   22
 
     The stockholders of both the Common Stock and Class B Common Stock voting
as a single class approved the adoption of the Company's 1995 Stock Incentive
Plan and the Company's Directors' Stock Option Plan as follows:
 
                             1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
  24,623,019          538,326           48,149
</TABLE>

 
                          DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
  30,002,872          193,578           13,044
</TABLE>

 
     The stockholders of both the Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock
voting as a single class ratified the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the
Company's Independent Auditors:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES   NUMBER OF VOTES
 CAST IN FAVOR     CAST AGAINST       ABSTAINING
- ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<C>               <C>               <C>
  30,251,409           11,561           14,508
</TABLE>

 

                                    PART II
 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
     The Company's Common Stock is quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National
Market ("NASDAQ") (Symbol: HSNI after December 20, 1996, SKTV during the other
periods reported below)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               HIGH        LOW
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
  First Quarter.............................................  $34.75      $27.50
  Second Quarter............................................   34.50       28.00
  Third Quarter.............................................   30.50       21.25
  Fourth Quarter............................................   26.50       21.00
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
  First Quarter.............................................  $10.75      $ 8.75
  Second Quarter............................................   19.50        9.25
  Third Quarter.............................................   39.75       15.50
  Fourth Quarter............................................   40.25       28.00
</TABLE>

 
     The bid prices reported for these periods reflect inter-dealer prices,
without retail markup, markdown or commissions, and may not represent actual
transactions.
 
     There were approximately 11,907 stockholders of record as of March 14, 1997
and the closing price of HSNi Company Common Stock that day was $27.63.
 
     HSNi Common Stock began trading on December 28, 1992 on the OTC Electronic
Bulletin Board. On January 19, 1993, HSNi Common Stock was listed on the NASDAQ
Small-Cap Market. On August 26, 1993, HSNi Common Stock was listed on the NASDAQ
National Market System; which is now the Nasdaq National Market.
 
                                       20

<PAGE>   23
 
     The Company has paid no cash dividends on its common stock to date and does
not anticipate paying cash dividends in the immediate future. Additionally, the
Company's current and pending loan facilities preclude the payment of dividends.
 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           FOUR MONTHS
                                             YEAR ENDED       ENDED               YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
     SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS        DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   --------------------------------------
            OF OPERATIONS DATA                1996(1)          1995        1995      1994      1993       1992
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue...............................    $75,172        $15,980      $47,918   $46,563   $46,136   $ 46,729
Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle(2)....     (6,539)        (2,882)         115      (899)   (6,386)   (15,222)
Net earnings (loss)(3)....................     (6,539)        (2,882)         115    (3,878)   (6,386)   (15,222)
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle(4)....       (.61)          (.31)         .01      (.10)     (.72)        --
Net earnings (loss)(4)....................       (.61)          (.31)         .01      (.44)     (.72)        --
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 DECEMBER 31,                       AUGUST 31,
           SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED              ---------------------   -----------------------------------------
            BALANCE SHEET DATA                1996(1)       1995       1995       1994       1993       1992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (In thousands)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Working capital (deficit)..................  $  (24,444)  $  7,553   $  6,042   $  1,553   $  4,423   $   (594)
Total assets...............................   2,116,232    136,670    142,917    145,488    153,718    153,491
Long-term obligations......................     271,430     95,980     97,937    114,525    128,210        185
Stockholders' equity (deficit).............   1,158,749      7,471      9,278      2,614      6,396    (87,064)
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
(1) As a result of the Mergers, the results of operations for the year ended
    December 31, 1996 includes SKTV for the full year and 11 and 12 days of Home
    Shopping and Savoy, respectively. The balance sheet reflects purchase
    accounting adjustments for the consolidated entity. Commissions of $3.4
    million were not paid for 1996 as a result of the Mergers.
(2) In fiscal 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
    Standards No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("Statement 109"). The
    cumulative effect of the accounting change resulted in a charge of
    approximately $3.0 million. Prior years' financial statements were not
    restated.
(3) Beginning in fiscal 1992, the SKTV Stations were charged interest based on
    the historical cost of the SKTV Stations to SKTV and Home Shopping's then
    cost of long-term borrowings. In fiscal 1993, the SKTV Stations were charged
    interest expense on the note payable to HSN Capital Corporation ("HSNCC"), a
    wholly-owned subsidiary of Home Shopping, at a rate of 9.5% per annum. In
    fiscal 1994, the Company paid interest to HSNCC until August 1, 1994 when
    the Company repaid the long-term obligation to HSNCC.
(4) Net earnings (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 1996, the four
    months ended December 31, 1995 and for the years ended August 31, 1995, 1994
    and 1993 have been computed based upon the weighted average shares
    outstanding of 10,785,743; 9,394,696; 9,144,772; 8,881,380; and 8,851,339,
    respectively. Loss per share for fiscal year 1992 has been omitted due to
    lack of comparability.
 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSIONS AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
     HSNi is a holding company, the subsidiaries of which conduct the operations
of the Company's various business activities. The Company was incorporated in
July 1986 in Delaware as part of a strategy to broaden the viewership of Home
Shopping. On December 28, 1992, Home Shopping, the sole shareholder, distributed
the capital stock of the Company to Home Shopping's stockholders in the form of
a pro-rata stock dividend.
 
                                       21

<PAGE>   24
 
     As discussed in Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included
herein, on October 25, 1995, the Company elected to change its year end from
August 31 to December 31. This change was made effective January 1, 1996.
 
     On December 19 and 20, 1996, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding
stock of Savoy and 80.1% of the outstanding stock of Home Shopping,
respectively, and changed its name to HSN, Inc. The Mergers were accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. Following the Mergers, the Company's
principal areas of business are electronic retailing and television
broadcasting.
 
     Home Shopping, through HSC, sells a variety of consumer goods and services
by means of live, customer-interactive electronic retail sales programs which
are transmitted via satellite to cable television systems, affiliated broadcast
television stations and satellite dish receivers. Home Shopping operates the
Programs, each 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
 
     Currently the Company, through SKTV, owns and operates 12 independent full
power UHF television stations, including one television satellite station, which
primarily carry HSN.
 
     As a result of the Savoy Merger, the Company acquired SF Broadcasting which
operates four broadcast television stations affiliated with Fox. Savoy Stations
owns 50% of the common equity and 100% of the voting stock of SF Broadcasting. A
subsidiary of Fox owns 50% of the common equity of SF Broadcasting and also owns
options, subject to certain conditions, to convert its non-voting interest into
voting interests.
 
     As a result of the Mergers, the future results of operations of the Company
will change substantially from its historical results of operations as Home
Shopping had revenues in excess of $1.0 billion and an operating profit of $41.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1996, primarily derived from the retail
sales of the Programs. SF Broadcasting had revenues of $50.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996, principally derived from advertising revenues. See
"Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statements of Operations."
 
     Each of the SKTV Stations, through the applicable subsidiaries, has entered
into an Affiliation Agreement (the "Affiliation Agreement(s)") with Home
Shopping pursuant to which each Station broadcasts HSN for approximately 164
hours per week. Home Shopping pays each SKTV Station compensation pursuant to
the applicable hourly affiliation rate for such SKTV Station under its
Affiliation Agreement. The Company is continuing to evaluate the status of the
Affiliation Agreements following the Home Shopping Merger. The Company plans to
determine on a market by market basis whether the SKTV Stations will continue to
air HSN, or whether the Company will, instead, disaffiliate HSN and the SKTV
Stations and develop and broadcast programming independently of Home Shopping.
See "HSNi Broadcasting -- SKTV, Inc. -- Programming" above.
 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following discussion presents the material changes in the consolidated
results of operations of the Company which have occurred between the year ended
December 31, 1996 and the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, the pro forma year
ended December 31, 1996 versus December 31, 1995, along with material changes
between the four months ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the fiscal years
ended August 31, 1995 and 1994. Reference should also be made to the
Consolidated Financial Statements and Summary Financial Data included herein.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 VS. FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1995
 
     As a result of the acquisitions of Home Shopping and Savoy, the
consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 include
the results of these two entities for 11 days and 12 days, respectively, in
addition to the results of SKTV for the full year.
 
     All discussion included herein calculates the percentage changes using
actual dollar amounts, versus rounded dollar amounts.
 
                                       22

<PAGE>   25
 
NET REVENUES
 
BROADCASTING
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, broadcasting revenue decreased $1.2
million, or 2.7% to $43.4 million from $44.6 million for the year ended August
31, 1995. This decrease is primarily the result of the elimination of $1.1
million of SKTV revenue for the 11 days ended December 31, 1996 due to the
merger with Home Shopping. Future revenues from Home Shopping will be eliminated
in consolidation as will the same amount of Home Shopping engineering and
programming expenses. The year ended December 31, 1996 also includes $1.5
million of revenue of SF Broadcasting for the 12 days ended December 31, 1996.
 
HOME SHOPPING
 
     Home Shopping was acquired on December 20, 1996 and, accordingly, $30.6
million of revenue for the 11 day period ended December 31, 1996 is reflected in
total revenues. Home Shopping revenues are generated primarily from retail sales
of the Programs.
 
OTHER
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, other revenue decreased $2.1 million,
or 63.5%, to $1.2 million from $3.4 million for the fiscal year ended August 31,
1995. This decrease primarily is the result of a decrease in production revenue
due to the closing of the Denver Telemation facility in December 1995.
 
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 
COST OF SALES, SELLING AND MARKETING AND ENGINEERING AND PROGRAMMING
 
     Cost of sales increased $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996
compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995 as a result of the inclusion
of 11 days of Home Shopping. In addition, increases in selling and marketing and
engineering and programming of $5.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively, also
related to 11 days of activity for Home Shopping.
 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, general and administrative expenses
increased $3.9 million primarily due to the inclusion of $2.8 million of expense
as a result of the Home Shopping and Savoy mergers. The remaining increase of
$1.1 million is attributable to an equity and bonus compensation arrangement
with the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, offset by decreases in
payroll due to the restructuring of the Company in 1995.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     The increase in depreciation and amortization of $.8 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996 was primarily due to the inclusion of $1.4 million of
expense as a result of the Mergers. In addition, an increase of $.9 million was
due to goodwill amortization related to the Mergers. These increases were offset
by decreases of $1.5 million, primarily related to the closure and subsequent
sale of fixed assets related to the Denver Telemation facility.
 
                                       23

<PAGE>   26
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, net other expense increased $1.6
million compared to the year ended August 31, 1995. This increase is primarily
due to non-cash interest expense related to the acceleration of upfront bank
fees in anticipation of the refinancing of the Company's debt in early 1997,
offset by decreased interest expense attributable to a reduction in the
Company's long-term debt in 1996. In addition, $.5 million of net interest
expense was due to the inclusion of partial periods for Home Shopping and Savoy.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company's effective tax rate is higher than the statutory rate due
primarily to the amortization of goodwill and other acquired intangibles,
certain non-deductible executive compensation and a deduction for certain
dividends received. In addition, some states require separate company tax
filings which cause state income taxes to be disproportionate with consolidated
earnings.
 
MINORITY INTEREST
 
     Minority interest represents Liberty HSN's 19.9% interest in Home
Shopping's earnings and Fox's 50% interest in the SF Broadcasting loss for the
11 and 12 day periods, respectively.
 
                                       24

<PAGE>   27
 
PRO FORMA YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 VS. YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
     The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed statements of
operations of HSNi ("Combined Statements") have been prepared to give effect to
the Mergers as if they had occurred January 1, 1995. In addition, the Combined
Statements assume that SF Broadcasting was acquired by Savoy as of January 1,
1995 giving effect to the Mergers and the acquisition of SF Broadcasting using
the purchase method of accounting. During 1996, Savoy ceased its activities in
the motion picture business. Accordingly, the Combined Statements, were prepared
excluding the operating results of the Savoy motion picture business, for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
     The Combined Statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and
are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations which would have
actually been reported had any of the transactions occurred as of January 1,
1995, nor is it necessarily indicative of future results of operations.
 
        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    EXCLUDING SAVOY MOTION PICTURE BUSINESS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                 1996          1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (In thousands,
                                                               except per share data)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
NET REVENUES
  Home Shopping.............................................  $1,014,705    $  919,796
  Broadcasting and production...............................      53,215        65,257
                                                              ----------    ----------
          Total net revenues................................   1,067,920       985,053
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Cost of sales.............................................     626,090       603,440
  Other costs...............................................     311,640       356,544
  Depreciation and amortization.............................      90,862        95,667
                                                              ----------    ----------
          Total operating expenses..........................   1,028,592     1,055,651
                                                              ----------    ----------
          Operating profit (loss)...........................      39,328       (70,598)
Other income (expense), net.................................     (34,345)      (36,075)
                                                              ----------    ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes, and minority interest....       4,983      (106,673)
Income tax (expense) benefit................................     (22,582)       29,159
Minority interest...........................................       3,288        14,772
                                                              ----------    ----------
          Net loss..........................................  $  (14,311)   $  (62,742)
                                                              ==========    ==========
Loss per common share.......................................  $     (.29)   $    (1.30)
Common shares outstanding...................................      48,761        48,359
</TABLE>

 
PRO FORMA REVENUES
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, total revenues increased $82.9
million or 8.4% compared to the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase in
revenues for the year ended December 31, 1996, primarily resulted from an
increase in net sales for Home Shopping of $94.9 million, or 10.3%, to $1.015
billion from $919.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. Net sales of
HSC increased $108.3 million, or 13.8%, for the year ended December 31, 1996,
reflecting a 12.0% increase in the number of packages shipped and a 1.5%
decrease in the average price per unit sold compared to the year ended December
31, 1995. Sales by wholly-owned subsidiaries, Vela, HSN Mail Order, Inc. ("Mail
Order") and ISN increased $9.0 million, $7.8 million and $4.4 million,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1996. These increases were
partially offset by decreases related to HSN Direct Joint Venture ("HSND") and
Ortho-Vent, Inc. ("Ortho-Vent") of $17.7 million and $15.6 million,
respectively.
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, HSC's merchandise return percentage
decreased to 23.5% from 25.7%, in 1995. Management believes that the lower
return rate is primarily attributable to the decrease in the
 
                                       25

<PAGE>   28
 
average price per unit sold. Promotional price discounts remained constant at
2.8% of HSC sales for the year ended December 31, 1996, compared to 1995.
 
     The Company believes that the improvement in sales in the year ended
December 31, 1996 compared to 1995 was primarily the result of changes made by
new management to Home Shopping's merchandising and programming strategies. In
addition, Home Shopping offered a "no interest-no payment" credit promotion
through September 1996 for certain purchases made during June 1996 using Home
Shopping's private label credit card and offered a similar promotion during the
fourth quarter of 1996 with the payment deferral period extending to March 1997.
Management is taking additional steps designed to attract both first-time and
active customers which include changing the merchandising approach to broaden
product assortment, changing the sales mix, optimizing product variety and
value, maintaining the average price per unit at the desired level, improving
inventory management and better planning of programmed shows. There can be no
assurance that additional changes to Home Shopping's merchandising and
programming strategies will achieve management's intended results.
 
PRO FORMA OPERATING EXPENSES
 
COST OF SALES
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, cost of sales increased $22.7
million, or 3.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase in
cost of sales primarily relates to Home Shopping's cost of sales which increased
$22.8 million, or 3.8%, to $625.7 million from $602.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995. As a percentage of net sales, Home Shopping's cost of sales
decreased to 61.7% from 65.5% compared to the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
     Cost of sales of Home Shopping and Vela increased $17.2 million and $5.0
million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1996, compared to 1995.
These increases were partially offset by decreases related to HSND and
Ortho-Vent of $6.6 million and $9.4 million, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 1996, compared to 1995. As a percentage of Home Shopping net sales,
cost of sales decreased to 62.3% for the year ended December 31, 1996, from
68.7% in 1995.
 
     The dollar increases in Home Shopping's cost of sales relate in part to the
higher sales volume. The comparative decreases in Home Shopping's cost of sales
percentage in the year ended December 31, 1996, relate in part to warehouse
sales and other promotional events held during 1995. In addition, the 1996
product sales mix was composed of higher gross profit merchandise. Also, Home
Shopping's cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 1996 reflects a $5.4
million decrease in Home Shopping's inventory carrying adjustment. In 1997,
management expects a slight decrease in Home Shopping's cost of sales percentage
from 1996.
 
OTHER COSTS
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, other costs decreased $44.9 million,
or 12.6%, compared to the year ended December 31, 1995. This primarily relates
to a 44.1 million decrease in operating costs at Home Shopping resulting from
the sale of HSND and Ortho-Vent which decreased a total of $13.9 million,
additional costs incurred in 1995 totaling $3.1 million in connection with a
change in programming strategies and a $6.9 million decrease in expenses
resulting from management's actions to streamline operations primarily through
workforce reductions. In addition, other charges decreased $13.4 million.
Additional amounts were also incurred in 1995 relating to the Denver Telemation
facility closure, severance and payments to executives as provided for under
their employment agreements. These decreases were offset in part by an increase
in other costs of SF Broadcasting.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, depreciation and amortization expense
decreased $4.8 million, or 5.0%. This decrease primarily relates to a $5.8
million decrease in depreciation and amortization of Home Shopping assets that
became fully depreciated in 1995, the retirement of certain equipment in the
fourth quarter of 1995 and lower capital expenditure levels in the year ended
December 31, 1996, compared to 1995. Depreciation expense will increase in 1997
compared to 1996 related to increased capital expenditures in 1997.
 
                                       26

<PAGE>   29
 
In addition, amortization expense for name lists decreased $3.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996, compared to 1995, relating to the sale of
Ortho-Vent assets in the fourth quarter of 1995. These decreases were offset by
increased amortization of cable distribution fees of $4.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996, compared to 1995. Amortization of these fees is
expected to total $19.0 million in 1997 based on existing agreements.
Amortization amounts will increase if additional long-term cable contracts
containing upfront payments of cable distribution fees are consummated during
1997.
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, other expense decreased $1.7 million,
or 4.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 1995. Home Shopping's other
expense decreased $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996, compared to
the year ended December 31, 1995, resulting from litigation settlement income of
$2.1 million in 1996 which represents the reversal of amounts accrued in prior
years which were in excess of the actual settlement on certain litigation. This
income was offset by equity losses totaling $5.7 million relating to the
Company's investments in HOT and Shop Channel which were partially offset by a
gain on the sale of a controlling interest in HSND of $1.9 million and a
one-time $1.5 million payment received in the first quarter of 1996 in
connection with the termination of the Canadian Home Shopping Network license
agreement. Litigation expense for the year ended December 31, 1995, of $6.4
million, represents litigation settlements and anticipated costs in connection
with the resolution of certain pending litigation. In addition in 1995, $6.0
million in losses recorded in connection with the retirement of equipment was
offset by receipts from lawsuit settlements, royalty income and other
miscellaneous income totaling $5.6 million.
 
     The net decrease was offset in part by increased net interest expense
related to SF Broadcasting which reflects increased borrowing levels and lower
investment balances.
 
MINORITY INTEREST
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, minority interest decreased $11.5
million, or 77.7%, compared to the year ended December 31, 1995, related to
Liberty HSN's minority interest in the pretax profit of Home Shopping in 1996
compared to its pretax loss in 1995 offset by the Fox minority interest in SF
Broadcasting pretax loss in the 1996 compared to their profit in 1995.
 
FOUR MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 VS. FOUR MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
REVENUES
 
     For the four months ended December 31, 1995, net revenue decreased $1.3
million to $16.0 million from $17.3 million when compared to the same period in
1994. The decrease primarily related to the receipt of $1.8 million of
additional fees in fiscal 1995, compared to $.8 million in fiscal 1994 under the
Affiliation Agreements and a decrease of $.4 million due to a reduction in
production revenue. The Company closed the Denver Telemation facility effective
November 1995.
 
OPERATING EXPENSES
 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 
     For the four months ended December 31, 1995, general and administrative
expenses increased $1.7 million to $9.2 million from $7.5 million when compared
to the same period in 1994. An additional $1.1 million is attributable to an
equity and bonus compensation arrangement with the Company's Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer. The remaining increase was due to additional consulting and
legal expenses associated with new executive management.
 
OTHER
 
     In December 1995, the Company implemented a formal plan to increase
operating efficiency, reduce personnel at the SKTV Stations and the Company's
corporate offices and close the Denver Telemation facility. As a result, the
Company recorded a $2.6 million charge to operations for the four months ended
 
                                       27

<PAGE>   30
 
December 31, 1995, which included severance costs, facility closure and
non-cancellable lease costs and the write-down of property, plant and equipment.
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 
     For the four months ended December 31, 1995, interest income increased $.5
million to $.9 million from $.4 million when compared to the same period in
1994. The increase is primarily due to the settlement of the Company's lawsuit
against Urban Broadcasting Corporation ("Urban"). The Company did not recognize
any interest income from a note receivable from Urban in the four month period
ended December 31, 1994 until the settlement was reached and the funds were
received in May 1995.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company's effective tax rate for these periods differed from the
statutory rate due primarily to the amortization of goodwill and other acquired
intangible assets relating to acquisitions from prior years, other
non-deductible items, and state income taxes.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1995 VS. FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1994
 
REVENUES
 
     For the year ended August 31, 1995, net revenue increased $1.3 million to
$47.9 million from $46.6 million for the year ended August 31, 1994. The
increase primarily relates to the receipt of $1.3 million of additional fees in
fiscal 1995, compared to fiscal 1994, under the Affiliation Agreements.
 
     Additionally, during fiscal 1995, the Company received $.4 million from
direct response television spots which was offset by a decrease of $.4 million
due to the declining production revenue of Telemation and from the closing of
the Chicago Telemation facility in fiscal 1994 described below.
 
OPERATING EXPENSES
 
COST OF SALES
 
     For the year ended August 31, 1995, cost of sales decreased $.3 million to
$.6 million from $.9 million for the year ended August 31, 1994 due to the
declining production revenue of Telemation and the closing of the Chicago
Telemation facility in fiscal 1994 described below.
 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 
     For the year ended August 31, 1995, general and administrative expenses
increased $3.1 million to $24.4 million from $21.3 million for the year ended
August 31, 1994. The Company recognized approximately $2.0 million in additional
compensation expense in fiscal 1995 related to the issuance of 441,988 shares
attributable to an equity and bonus compensation arrangement with the Company's
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and an increase of $.8 million in legal
and consulting fees.
 
OTHER
 
     The Company closed the Chicago unit of Telemation in fiscal 1994 after
management determined that this unit could not meet the Company's financial
objectives in Chicago's highly competitive video production marketplace due to
the turnover of key employees and the need for additional capital assets.
 
     During fiscal 1994, the Company recorded a $1.2 million charge to
operations to close the Chicago unit. Approximately $.5 million was attributable
to the write-off of leasehold improvements, production equipment and other
assets and liabilities. Additionally, the Company made cash payments of $.7
million to buy out the lease obligations of the building and equipment and to
fund other miscellaneous expenses including severance payments to terminated
employees.
 
                                       28

<PAGE>   31
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 
     For the year ended August 31, 1995 net other income (expense) decreased $.5
million to $7.0 million from $7.5 million for the year ended August 31, 1994.
 
     Interest expense decreased $1.2 million to $11.0 million in fiscal 1995
from $12.2 million in fiscal 1994. The decrease is due to both a reduction in
long-term obligations and interest rates in fiscal 1995. The Company refinanced
its long-term obligation effective August 1, 1994.
 
     Interest income increased $2.1 million to $3.4 million in fiscal 1995 from
$1.3 million in fiscal 1994 primarily due to the receipt of interest from Urban
and interest earned on the Company's invested cash equivalents.
 
     Miscellaneous income from dividends decreased $2.8 million to $.6 million
in fiscal 1995 from $3.4 million in fiscal 1994. The decrease is due to the
restructuring and receipt of the preferred dividends owed to the Company by
Blackstar during fiscal 1994. On November 5, 1993, the Company amended the
shareholders' agreement with Blackstar's other shareholders. Under the terms of
the amended shareholders' agreement, Blackstar and the Company reduced the
cumulative preferred dividend rate from 14% to 9.25% retroactive to April 20,
1988. The Company received $1.0 million in cash of the total dividends in
arrears amount of approximately $2.8 million as of November 5, 1993. Additional
scheduled dividend payments of $.5 million and $.4 million were made on April 4,
1994 and July 1, 1994, respectively. In addition, on August 10, 1994, Blackstar
made a final dividend in arrears payment of $1.5 million to the Company which
brought Blackstar current on all dividends as of that date. On March 31, 1995,
the Company received the annual preferred dividend of $.5 million.
 
INCOME TAXES AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE FOR INCOME
TAXES
 
     During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted Statement 109 and reported the
cumulative effect of the change in the method of accounting for income taxes in
the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The cumulative effect of the
accounting change resulted in a charge of approximately $3.0 million. Prior
years' financial statements were not restated.
 
     The Company's effective tax rate is higher than the statutory rate of 34%
due primarily to the amortization of goodwill and other acquired intangibles,
certain non-deductible executive compensation and a deduction for certain
dividends received. In addition, states require separate company tax filings
which causes state income taxes to be disproportionate with consolidated
earnings.
 
SEASONALITY
 
     The Company believes that seasonality does impact its retailing segment but
not to the same extent it impacts the retail industry in general.
 
FINANCIAL POSITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Net cash provided by operating activities was $12.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996. In addition, in connection with the Mergers, the
Company acquired cash of $52.7 million. These cash proceeds were used
principally to repay outstanding borrowings of $39.7 million under the Company's
senior term loans (the "Facility"). Net earnings adjusted for non-cash items
totaled $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease in
working capital of $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 is
primarily the result of the Mergers and the purchase accounting adjustments
recorded in connection therewith.
 
     Accounts and notes receivable at December 31, 1996 included "FlexPay"
accounts receivable totaling $20.3 million. It is expected that the Company's
financing of "FlexPay" accounts receivable will not have a significant impact on
its liquidity position.
 
                                       29

<PAGE>   32
 
     The inventory balance is net of a carrying adjustment of $27.9 million at
December 31, 1996, which is primarily related to product which is inconsistent
with Home Shopping's new sales and merchandising philosophy.
 
     Capital expenditures were $1.1 million for the year ended December 31,
1996. Home Shopping has initiated a plan to improve and expand the capabilities
of its computer systems and accordingly, capital expenditures in 1997 are
expected to range from $25.0 to $30.0 million. When completed, Home Shopping
expects to achieve savings in its call center and fulfillment operations.
 
     The Company is considering the orderly disaffiliation of the SKTV Stations
and the development and broadcasting of independent programming. In the event of
disaffiliation, substantial capital expenditures would be required to develop
SKTV programming. SKTV expects these capital expenditures, combined with capital
expenditures for SF Broadcasting, to range from $15.0 to $20.0 million for 1997.
 
     Home Shopping has a $150.0 million revolving credit facility (the "Home
Shopping Facility") with a $25.0 million sub-limit for import letters of credit.
The Home Shopping Facility expires on August 2, 1999, and is secured by the
stock of HSC and HSN Realty, Inc. There were no outstanding borrowings under the
Home Shopping Facility as of December 31, 1996, and $138.0 million was available
for borrowing after taking into account outstanding letters of credit. As of
March 28, 1997, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Home Shopping
Facility. The Company anticipates that it will use its borrowing capacity under
the Home Shopping Facility or its replacement for working capital requirements,
capital expenditures and general corporate purposes.
 
     As a result of the Mergers, the Company is renegotiating the Facility and
the Home Shopping Facility and believes that it will obtain financing at a
higher borrowing level with terms similar to those which currently exist.
 
     On April 26, 1996, an entity in which the Company holds a 49% nonvoting
common stock interest acquired KPST-TV, Vallejo, California which serves the San
Francisco market. SKC Investments, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, loaned the
purchasing entity $7.9 million to finance the acquisition.
 
     On May 8, 1996, the Company received a prepayment of approximately $1.6
million in full satisfaction of the note receivable from Roberts. The Company
still retains a 45% nonvoting convertible common stock interest in Roberts. In
addition, during the year ended December 31, 1996, collections from other notes
receivable were $2.5 million.
 
     As discussed in Note F to the Consolidated Financial Statements included
herein, on October 10, 1996, Home Shopping entered into a binding Memorandum of
Understanding to purchase a 29% equity interest in HOT and its general partner
for $15.0 million (the "HOT Interest"). The Company has paid $5.0 million for
the HOT Interest and has recorded a $10.0 million subscription payable; $5.0
million is expected to be paid in each of April 1997 and September 1997.
 
     In addition, on November 14, 1996, Home Shopping and JPC formed Shop
Channel for the primary purpose of broadcasting televised shopping in Japan.
Home Shopping paid $1.8 million for its 30% interest in Shop Channel. The
remaining 70% interest is held by JPC.
 
     The Company has certain ongoing funding obligations as discussed in Note K
in the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.
 
     During 1997, management expects to pay cable distribution fees of $35.0 to
$40.0 million, relating to new and current contracts with cable system operators
to carry Home Shopping's programming.
 
     During 1996, the Company received cash proceeds of $1.2 million from the
exercise of .1 million options to purchase HSNi Common Stock.
 
     In management's opinion, available cash, internally generated funds and the
Home Shopping Facility or its replacement will provide sufficient capital
resources to meet the Company's foreseeable needs.
 
     During 1996, the Company did not pay any cash dividends, and none are
permitted under the Company's existing and pending credit facilities.
 
                                       30

<PAGE>   33
 

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
HSN, Inc.
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of HSN, Inc.
and subsidiaries (formerly Silver King Communications, Inc.) as of December 31,
1996 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. Our audit also included the
financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 14(a). These
consolidated financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements and schedule based on our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HSN, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as
whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth
therein.
 
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
New York, New York
February 26, 1997

 
                                       31

<PAGE>   34
 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
HSN, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of HSN, Inc.
(formerly Silver King Communications, Inc.) and subsidiaries as of December 31,
1995 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity, and cash flows for the period September 1, 1995 through December 31,
1995 and for each of the two years in the period ended August 31, 1995. Our
audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at

I
tem 14(a). These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedules based on
our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of HSN, Inc. and subsidiaries at
December 31, 1995 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
the period September 1, 1995 through December 31, 1995 and for each of the two
years in the period ended August 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules,
when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken
as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth
therein.
 
As discussed in Note B-8 to the consolidated financial statements, HSN, Inc. and
subsidiaries changed their method of accounting for income taxes effective
September 1, 1993 to conform with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 109.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Tampa, Florida
July 2, 1996

 
                                       32

<PAGE>   35
 

ITEM 8.  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              FOUR MONTHS
                                               YEAR ENDED        ENDED        YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                              DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    ----------------------
                                                  1996            1995          1995         1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
NET REVENUES
  Broadcasting ($41,128 from a related party
     in 1994)...............................    $ 43,359        $15,061        $ 44,563     $ 42,682
  Home Shopping.............................      30,588             --              --           --
  Other.....................................       1,225            919           3,355        3,881
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
          Total net revenues................      75,172         15,980          47,918       46,563
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
Operating costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales.............................      20,974            193             614          938
  General and administrative................      28,254          9,163          24,394       21,309
  Depreciation and amortization.............      15,486          4,701          14,674       15,000
  Selling and marketing.....................       4,951             --              --           --
  Engineering and programming...............       1,812             --              --           --
  Other.....................................          83          2,603              --        1,205
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
          Total operating expenses..........      71,560         16,660          39,682       38,452
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
          Operating profit (loss)...........       3,612           (680)          8,236        8,111
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense ($11,456 to a related
     party in 1994).........................     (11,841)        (3,463)        (10,963)     (12,178)
  Interest income...........................       3,238            888           3,410        1,321
  Miscellaneous.............................          44             --             570        3,352
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
                                                  (8,559)        (2,575)         (6,983)      (7,505)
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes,
  minority interest and cumulative effect of
  change in accounting principle............      (4,947)        (3,255)          1,253          606
Income tax (expense) benefit................      (1,872)           373          (1,138)      (1,505)
Minority interest...........................         280             --              --           --
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect of
  change in accounting principle............      (6,539)        (2,882)            115         (899)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
  principle for income taxes................          --             --              --       (2,979)
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
NET EARNINGS (LOSS).........................    $ (6,539)       $(2,882)       $    115     $ (3,878)
                                                ========        =======        ========     ========
Earnings (loss) per common share:
  Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect
     of change in accounting principle......    $   (.61)       $  (.31)       $    .01     $   (.10)
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
     principle..............................          --             --              --         (.34)
                                                --------        -------        --------     --------
  Net earnings (loss) per common share......    $   (.61)       $  (.31)       $    .01     $   (.44)
                                                ========        =======        ========     ========
</TABLE>

 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                       33

<PAGE>   36
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                 1996           1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $   42,606      $ 19,140
Accounts and notes receivable (net of an allowance for
  doubtful accounts of $2,679 and $68, respectively)........      56,832         4,237
Inventories, net............................................     100,527            --
Deferred income taxes.......................................      40,842         1,797
Other current assets, net...................................       7,791         1,199
                                                              ----------      --------
          Total current assets..............................     248,598        26,373
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Computer and broadcast equipment............................      95,472        76,033
Buildings and leasehold improvements........................      63,739        19,520
Furniture and other equipment...............................      20,414         2,991
                                                              ----------      --------
                                                                 179,625        98,544
          Less accumulated depreciation and amortization....      73,959        72,851
                                                              ----------      --------
                                                                 105,666        25,693
Land........................................................      14,944         3,334
Construction in progress....................................       1,365           244
                                                              ----------      --------
                                                                 121,975        29,271
OTHER ASSETS
Intangible assets, net......................................   1,545,947        59,984
Cable distribution fees, net ($40,892 to related parties)...     113,594            --
Long-term investments ($5,581 in related parties at December
  31, 1996).................................................      30,121         5,135
Notes receivable, net of current portion ($1,639 from

  related parties at December 31, 1996).....................      17,741        12,188
Deferred income taxes.......................................       1,926            --
Deferred charges and other, net.............................      36,330         3,719
                                                              ----------      --------
                                                               1,745,659        81,026
                                                              ----------      --------
                                                              $2,116,232      $136,670
                                                              ==========      ========
</TABLE>

 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                       34

<PAGE>   37
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                 1996           1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Current maturities of long-term obligations.................  $   42,906      $ 12,456
Accounts payable............................................      95,421            --
Programming fees ($9,051 to related parties)................      40,717            --
Other accrued liabilities...................................      93,998         6,364
                                                              ----------      --------
          Total current liabilities.........................     273,042        18,820
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS (net of current maturities)...........     271,430        95,980
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................          --        14,399
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES, net............................      56,875            --
MINORITY INTEREST...........................................     356,136            --
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES...............................          --            --
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock -- $.01 par value; authorized 15,000,000
  shares; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
  1996 and 1995.............................................          --            --
Common stock -- $.01 par value; authorized 150,000,000
  shares; issued and outstanding 35,992,903 and 6,996,332
  shares at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively........         360            70
Class B -- convertible common stock -- $.01 par value;
  authorized, 30,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
  10,225,056 shares at December 31, 1996; and 2,415,945
  shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31,
  1995......................................................         102            24
Additional paid-in capital..................................   1,285,277       126,119
Accumulated deficit.........................................    (116,662)     (110,123)
Unearned compensation.......................................      (5,330)       (3,621)
Note receivable from key executive for common stock
  issuance..................................................      (4,998)       (4,998)
                                                              ----------      --------
                                                               1,158,749         7,471
                                                              ----------      --------
                                                              $2,116,232      $136,670
                                                              ==========      ========
</TABLE>

 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                       35

<PAGE>   38
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          NOTE
                                                                                                       RECEIVABLE
                                                                                                        FROM KEY
                                                                                                       EXECUTIVE
                                                CLASS B                                                   FOR
                                              CONVERTIBLE   ADDITIONAL                                   COMMON
                                   COMMON       COMMON       PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED      UNEARNED       STOCK
                                    STOCK        STOCK       CAPITAL       DEFICIT      COMPENSATION    ISSUANCE      TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         (In thousands)
<S>                               <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
BALANCE AT AUGUST 31, 1993......    $ 64         $ 24       $  109,786    $(103,478)      $    --       $    --     $    6,396
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options.....       1           --               95           --            --            --             96
Net loss for the year ended
  August 31, 1994...............      --           --               --       (3,878)           --            --         (3,878)
                                    ----         ----       ----------    ---------       -------       -------     ----------
BALANCE AT AUGUST 31, 1994......      65           24          109,881     (107,356)           --            --          2,614
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options.....      --           --              180           --            --            --            180
Unearned compensation related to
  grant of stock options to key
  executive.....................      --           --            3,973           --        (3,973)           --             --
Amortization of unearned
  compensation related to grant
  of stock options to key
  executive.....................      --           --               --           --            20            --             20
Income tax benefit related to
  stock options exercised.......      --           --              421           --            --            --            421
Issuance of common stock to key
  executive.....................       4           --            9,996           --            --        (4,998)         5,002
Value of common stock in excess
  of key executive's purchase
  price.........................      --           --              926           --            --            --            926
Net earnings for year ended
  August 31, 1995...............      --           --               --          115            --            --            115
                                    ----         ----       ----------    ---------       -------       -------     ----------
BALANCE AT AUGUST 31, 1995......      69           24          125,377     (107,241)       (3,953)       (4,998)         9,278
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options.....       1           --              187           --            --            --            188
Amortization of unearned
  compensation related to grant
  of stock options to key
  executive.....................      --           --               --           --           332            --            332
Income tax benefit related to
  stock options exercised.......      --           --              555           --            --            --            555
Net loss for the four month
  period ended December 31,
  1995..........................      --           --               --       (2,882)           --            --         (2,882)
                                    ----         ----       ----------    ---------       -------       -------     ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995....      70           24          126,119     (110,123)       (3,621)       (4,998)         7,471
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options.....       1           --            1,155           --            --            --          1,156
Amortization of unearned
  compensation related to grant
  of stock options to key
  executive.....................      --           --               --           --         1,028            --          1,028
Income tax benefit related to
  stock options exercised.......      --           --              841           --            --            --            841
Issuance of common stock related
  to the Home Shopping merger...     247           78        1,044,487           --            --            --      1,044,812
Issuance of common stock related
  to the Savoy merger...........      42           --          112,675           --            --            --        112,717
Unearned compensation related to
  employee equity participation
  plan..........................      --           --               --           --        (2,737)           --         (2,737)
Net loss for year ended December
  31, 1996......................      --           --               --       (6,539)           --            --         (6,539)
                                    ----         ----       ----------    ---------       -------       -------     ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996....    $360         $102       $1,285,277    $(116,662)      $(5,330)      $(4,998)    $1,158,749
                                    ====         ====       ==========    =========       =======       =======     ==========
</TABLE>

 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                       36

<PAGE>   39
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             FOUR MONTHS        YEARS ENDED
                                                               YEAR ENDED       ENDED           AUGUST 31,
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   -------------------
                                                                  1996           1995        1995       1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net earnings (loss).......................................    $ (6,539)      $(2,882)     $   115   $  (3,878)
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...........................      18,672         4,701       14,674      15,000
    Non-cash interest expense...............................          --           288          820          --
    Deferred income taxes...................................         418          (710)         219       3,845
    Amortization of unearned compensation...................       1,028           332           20          --
    Inventory carrying adjustment...........................        (420)           --           --          --
    Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliates...........         367            --           --          --
    Minority interest.......................................        (280)           --           --          --
    (Gain) loss on retirement or sale of fixed assets.......         (34)          603         (111)         99
    Provision for (recovery of) losses on accounts and notes
      receivable............................................          23            51          179        (163)
    Non-cash compensation to key executive..................          --            --          926          --
    Changes in current assets and liabilities:
      (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable............         511          (841)          (2)        350
      Decrease in inventories...............................       9,949            --           --          --
      (Increase) decrease in other current assets...........       1,332          (229)        (397)         15
      Decrease in accounts payable..........................     (11,910)           --           --          --
      Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities............      (1,149)        1,269          999        (106)
                                                                --------       -------      -------   ---------
        NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES...........      11,968         2,582       17,442      15,162
                                                                --------       -------      -------   ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Investments in long-term notes receivable.................      (8,369)         (653)      (2,855)     (2,300)
  Proceeds from long-term notes receivable..................       4,086           999        2,868       3,280
  Proceeds from sale of fixed assets........................       2,345            66          254          34
  Capital expenditures......................................      (1,143)         (163)      (1,703)     (1,922)
  (Increase) decrease in other non-current assets...........       2,089            --         (260)        (74)
  Payment of merger costs...................................      (1,630)           --           --          --
                                                                --------       -------      -------   ---------
        NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING
          ACTIVITIES........................................      (2,622)          249       (1,696)       (982)
                                                                --------       -------      -------   ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Principal payments of long-term obligations...............     (39,763)       (6,089)     (10,475)   (132,909)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock....................       1,156           188        5,182          96
  Payment of capitalized bank fees..........................          --            --         (283)     (4,184)
  Proceeds from debt refinancing............................          --            --           --     125,000
  Cash acquired in merger...................................      52,727            --           --          --
                                                                --------       -------      -------   ---------
        NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
          ACTIVITIES........................................      14,120        (5,901)      (5,576)    (11,997)
                                                                --------       -------      -------   ---------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS........      23,466        (3,070)      10,170       2,183
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............      19,140        22,210       12,040       9,857
                                                                --------       -------      -------   ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD..................    $ 42,606       $19,140      $22,210   $  12,040
                                                                ========       =======      =======   =========
</TABLE>

 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                       37

<PAGE>   40
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A -- ORGANIZATION
 
     HSN, Inc., formerly Silver King Communications, Inc., (the "Company" or
"HSNi") is a holding company, the subsidiaries of which conduct the day-to-day
operations of the Company's various business activities. The Company's principal
business operations include electronic retailing and television broadcasting.
The consolidated financial statements include the operations of Savoy Pictures
Entertainment, Inc. and subsidiaries ("Savoy") and the operations of Home
Shopping Network, Inc. and subsidiaries ("Home Shopping") from the date of their
acquisitions (collectively, the "Mergers") on December 19, 1996 and December 20,
1996, respectively, as discussed in Note C.
 
     On October 25, 1995, the Company elected to change its annual reporting
period from a year ending August 31 to a year ending December 31, effective
January 1, 1996. All subsidiaries of the Company are on a calendar year basis,
except for SF Broadcasting of Wisconsin, Inc. and SF Multistations, Inc. and
Subsidiaries (collectively known as "SF Broadcasting") which are on a 52/53 week
fiscal year ending the last Sunday in December.
 
NOTE B -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
1. CONSOLIDATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and all wholly-owned and majority owned subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.
 
     Investments in which the Company owns a 20%, but not in excess of 50%,
interest and where it can exercise significant influence over the operations of
the investee, are accounted for using the equity method. All other investments
are accounted for using the cost method. The Company periodically evaluates the
recoverability of investments recorded under the cost method and recognizes
losses if a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary.
 
2. REVENUES
 
     Revenues from Home Shopping primarily consist of merchandise sales and are
reduced by incentive discounts and sales returns to arrive at net sales.
Revenues are recorded for credit card sales upon transaction authorization, and
for check sales upon receipt of customer payment, which does not vary
significantly from the time goods are shipped. Home Shopping's sales policy
allows merchandise to be returned at the customer's discretion, generally up to
30 days. Allowances for returned merchandise and other adjustments are provided
based upon past experience.
 
     Prior to December 20, 1996, television broadcasting revenue was principally
derived from the broadcasting of Home Shopping programming. The Company was
compensated by Home Shopping based on an applicable hourly affiliation rate per
station and, upon reaching certain sales levels, commissions on net sales.
Revenue was recognized as services were provided or when additional commissions
were earned. Subsequent to the Mergers, as discussed in Note C, intercompany
revenues and expenses are eliminated in consolidation.
 
     Broadcast advertising revenues are recognized in the period the services
are provided.
 
3. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include
cash and short-term investments. Short-term investments consist primarily of
U.S. Treasury Securities, auction preferred shares, U.S. Government agencies and
certificates of deposit with original maturities of less than 91 days.
 
                                       38

<PAGE>   41
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
4. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
     The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with the internal
development of software for use in its primary business.
 
5. INVENTORIES, NET
 
     Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost
being determined using the first-in, first-out method. Cost includes freight,
certain warehouse costs and other allocable overhead. Market is determined on
the basis of net realizable value, giving consideration to obsolescence and
other factors. Inventories are presented net of an inventory carrying adjustment
of $27.9 million at December 31, 1996.
 
6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, plant and equipment, including significant improvements, are
recorded at cost. Repairs and maintenance and any gains or losses on
dispositions are included in operations.
 
     Depreciation and amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis to
allocate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated
service lives.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 DEPRECIATION/
ASSET CATEGORY                                                AMORTIZATION PERIOD
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Computer and broadcast equipment............................        3 to 13 Years
Buildings and building improvements.........................       30 to 40 Years
Leasehold improvements......................................        4 to 20 Years
Furniture and other equipment...............................        3 to 10 Years
</TABLE>

 
     Depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant and equipment was
$4.3 million, $1.6 million, $5.3 million and $5.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996, the four months ended December 31, 1995 and the years ended
August 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
     For income tax purposes, certain assets are depreciated using allowable
accelerated methods, which result in different depreciation amounts than would
be calculated for financial statement purposes. At least annually, and more
often if circumstances dictate, the Company evaluates the recoverability of net
carrying value of its property, plant and equipment on a consolidated basis. As
part of this evaluation, the fair value of the property, plant and equipment is
estimated (in some cases with the assistance of outside real estate consultants)
based on discounted cash flows. The fair value is compared to the carrying
amount in the financial statements. A deficiency in fair value relative to
carrying amount is an indication of the need for a write-down due to impairment.
If the total of these future undiscounted cash flows were less than the carrying
amount of the property, plant and equipment, the asset would be written-down to
its fair value, and a loss on impairment recognized by a charge to earnings. The
Company's accounting policy complies with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
the Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of."
 
7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     The Company periodically analyzes the value of its intangible assets,
including cable distribution fees and deferred and other charges, to determine
if an impairment has occurred. The Company measures the potential impairment
based on the undiscounted value of expected future operating cash flows of the
assets. Based on its analysis, the Company does not believe that an impairment
of these assets has occurred.
 
                                       39

<PAGE>   42
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
8. INCOME TAXES
 
     Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 "Accounting for
Income Taxes" ("Statement 109"), deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between
the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
 
     During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted Statement 109 and reported the
cumulative effect of a change in method of accounting for income taxes. The
cumulative effect of an accounting change resulted in a charge of $3.0 million.
Prior years' financial statements were not restated. Prior to the implementation
of Statement 109, the Company accounted for income taxes using Accounting
Principles Board Opinion ("APB") 11.
 
9. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
     Primary earnings (loss) per share is based on net earnings (loss) divided
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding giving effect to
stock options, warrants and convertible debt, when dilutive. Fully diluted
earnings per share is not materially different from primary earnings per share
in any period presented.
 
     The weighted average number of common shares outstanding was 10,785,743 for
the year ended December 31, 1996, 9,394,696 for the four months ended December
31, 1995, and 9,144,772 and 8,881,380 for the years ended August 31, 1995 and
1994, respectively.
 
10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
     The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with APB
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and in cases where exercise
prices equal or exceed fair market value, recognizes no compensation expense for
the stock option grants. In cases where exercise prices are less than fair
value, compensation is recognized over the period of performance or the vesting
period.
 
     The Company is subject to the disclosure requirements of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting and Disclosure of Stock-Based
Compensation" ("Statement 123"), which encourages, but does not require,
companies to recognize stock awards based on their fair value at the date of
grant. Unaudited pro forma financial information, assuming that the Company had
adopted the measurement standards of Statement 123, is included in Note O.
 
11. MINORITY INTEREST
 
     Minority interest in the Company's consolidated balance sheet represents
Liberty HSN, Inc.'s ("Liberty HSN") 19.9% ownership in Home Shopping and Fox
Television Stations, Inc.'s ("Fox") 50% non-voting ownership interest in SF
Broadcasting which is consolidated as a result of voting and management control.
 
12. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
 
     Management of the Company is required to make certain estimates and
assumptions during the preparation of consolidated financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These estimates and
assumptions impact the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures
of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated
financial statements. They also impact the reported amount of net income during
any period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                       40

<PAGE>   43
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Significant estimates underlying the accompanying consolidated financial
statements and notes include the inventory carrying adjustment, sales return
accrual, allowance for doubtful accounts, recoverability of intangibles and
other long lived assets, and various other operating allowances and accruals.
 
13. RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
     Certain amounts in the prior years' consolidated financial statements have
been reclassified to conform to the 1996 presentation.
 
NOTE C -- MERGERS AND PRO FORMA RESULTS
 
SAVOY MERGER
 
     On August 13, 1996, HSNi entered into an amendment to the Agreement and
Plan of Merger, dated as of November 27, 1995, between HSNi and Savoy, pursuant
to which Savoy would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSNi (the "Savoy
Merger"). Each outstanding share of Savoy common stock was converted into the
right to receive .14 of a share of common stock of the Company ("HSNi Common
Stock") and each outstanding option or warrant to acquire a conversion right to
receive Savoy common stock was assumed by the Company at the .14 conversion
ratio. On December 19, 1996, HSNi consummated the Savoy Merger by issuing
4,205,870 shares of HSNi Common Stock in exchange for all the then outstanding
Savoy common stock. One thousand shares of Savoy non-voting preferred stock were
not exchanged in the Savoy Merger and remain outstanding.
 
HOME SHOPPING MERGER
 
     On August 25, 1996, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Exchange and Merger (the "Home Shopping Merger Agreement") with Home Shopping, a
newly-formed subsidiary of the Company ("Merger Sub") and Liberty HSN. On
December 20, 1996, pursuant to the Home Shopping Merger Agreement, Merger Sub
was merged with and into Home Shopping (the "Home Shopping Merger") and Home
Shopping became a subsidiary of the Company. Pursuant to the Home Shopping
Merger, each share of Home Shopping common stock ("Home Shopping Common Stock")
issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Home Shopping Merger (except for
certain shares which were cancelled) was converted into the right to receive .45
of a share (the "Common Conversion Ratio") of HSNi Common Stock, and each share
of Home Shopping Class B common stock ("Home Shopping Class B Common Stock")
issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Home Shopping Merger (all of
which shares, except for certain shares which were cancelled in the Home
Shopping Merger, were beneficially owned by Liberty HSN) was converted into the
right to receive .54 of a share (the "Class B Conversion Ratio") of the
Company's Class B common stock ("HSNi Class B Common Stock" and, together with
HSNi Common Stock, the "HSNi Securities"). A portion of the shares of HSNi Class
B Common Stock (2,591,752 shares) issuable to Liberty HSN were not issued at the
time of the Home Shopping Merger but are instead represented by the Company's
contractual obligation to issue to Liberty HSN such shares upon the occurrence
of certain events (such contractual rights, the "Contingent Rights" and such
underlying shares, the "Contingent Rights Shares"). These events relate
primarily to regulatory limitations under rules and regulations of the Federal
Communications Commission ("FCC") regarding the permitted ownership interest of
Liberty Media Corporation ("Liberty") in the Company. Additionally, in the Home
Shopping Merger each outstanding option to acquire or conversion right to
receive Home Shopping Common Stock was assumed by the Company and converted into
an option to acquire or a conversion right to receive HSNi Common Stock at a
conversion rate equal to the Common Conversion Ratio.
 
     Liberty HSN is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Liberty, which, in
turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc. ("TCI"). Prior
to the Home Shopping Merger, TCI, through Liberty and Liberty HSN, maintained
voting control over Home Shopping. Immediately prior to the Home
 
                                       41

<PAGE>   44
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Shopping Merger, Liberty HSN exchanged all of its 17,566,712 shares of Home
Shopping Common Stock and 739,141 shares of Home Shopping Class B Common Stock,
for an equal number of shares of common stock and Class B common stock,
respectively, of Merger Sub. As a result of the Home Shopping Merger, Liberty
HSN's shares of common stock and Class B common stock of Merger Sub were
converted into shares of Home Shopping Common Stock and Home Shopping Class B
Common Stock, respectively. Home Shopping was the surviving corporation in the
Home Shopping Merger.
 
     Upon consummation of the Home Shopping Merger, and because the Home
Shopping Class B Common Stock is entitled to ten votes per share on matters on
which both classes of common stock vote together as a single class, the Company
owned 80.1% of the equity and 90.8% of the voting power of Home Shopping, and
Liberty HSN owned 19.9% of the equity and 9.2% of the voting power of Home
Shopping.
 
     After the Home Shopping Merger, pursuant to an exchange agreement, dated as
of December 20, 1996, between the Company and Liberty HSN (the "Exchange
Agreement"), at such time from time to time as Liberty HSN or its permitted
transferee may be allowed under applicable FCC regulations to hold additional
shares of the Company's stock, Liberty HSN or its permitted transferees will
exchange its Home Shopping Common Stock and its Home Shopping Class B Common
Stock for shares of HSNi Common Stock and HSNi Class B Common Stock,
respectively, at the applicable conversion ratio. Liberty HSN, however, is
obligated to effect such exchange only after all of the Contingent Rights Shares
have been issued, subject to certain conditions. Upon completion of such
exchange, Home Shopping will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
     Based on the number of shares of Home Shopping Common Stock and Home
Shopping Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
Home Shopping Merger, 24,665,651 shares of HSNi Common Stock and 7,809,111
shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock were issuable in the Home Shopping Merger to
Home Shopping shareholders.
 
     Both the Savoy Merger and the Home Shopping Merger have been accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price, including expenses,
for the Savoy Merger and the Home Shopping Merger, which were $113.4 million and
$1.2 billion, respectively, have been preliminarily allocated to the assets and
liabilities of Savoy and Home Shopping based on their respective fair values at
the dates of purchase. The fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are
summarized below, along with the excess of the purchase price, including
expenses, over the fair value of net assets, which has been assigned to
goodwill:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                SAVOY       HOME SHOPPING
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Current assets..............................................  $   36,000     $  192,000
Non-current assets..........................................      65,800        258,000
Goodwill and broadcast licenses.............................     306,000      1,186,000
Current liabilities.........................................      64,000        192,000
Non-current liabilities.....................................     230,400        223,000
</TABLE>

 
     The operations of Savoy and Home Shopping have been included in the
operations of the Company since the respective dates of their acquisition. The
following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information gives
effect to the Savoy Merger and the Home Shopping Merger as if each had occurred
as of January 1, 1995. The pro forma results include certain adjustments,
including increased amortization related to goodwill, the reduction of cable and
broadcast fees for fair value adjustments related to purchase accounting and the
elimination of intercompany revenues and expenses, and are not necessarily
indicative of what the results would have been had the Mergers actually occurred
as of January 1, 1995. The pro forma information includes the operations of
Savoy's motion picture production and distribution business which generated
losses of $145.0 million and $78.2 million in 1996 and 1995, respectively. Savoy
ceased its motion picture production activities, and these losses are not
expected to continue.
 
                                       42

<PAGE>   45
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      YEARS ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------------
                                                                 1996              1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (In thousands, except per
                                                                      share data)
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>
Net revenues................................................  $1,135,191        $1,052,353
Net loss....................................................    (157,983)         (139,620)
Net loss per common share...................................       (3.24)            (2.89)
</TABLE>

 
NOTE D -- INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets include the costs associated with the acquisition of the
following assets which are amortized using the straight-line method over their
estimated lives, generally 40 years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                           --------------------      PERIOD OF
                                                              1996       1995      AMORTIZATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (In thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>       <C>
Intangible Assets:
  Goodwill...............................................  $1,193,322   $ 6,864    30 to 40 Years
  Broadcast licenses.....................................     350,118    46,287    30 to 40 Years
  Other..................................................       2,507     6,833     3 to 10 Years
                                                           ----------   -------
                                                           $1,545,947   $59,984
                                                           ==========   =======
</TABLE>

 
     Goodwill at December 31, 1996 primarily relates to the Mergers, as
discussed in Note C and is net of accumulated amortization of $4.1 million at
December 31, 1996.
 
     Broadcast licenses represent the costs of acquiring FCC licenses related to
broadcast operations and is net of accumulated amortization of $21.5 million as
of December 31, 1996.
 
     Other intangibles are net of accumulated amortization of $72.3 million as
of December 31, 1996.
 
     Intangible assets at December 31, 1995 include costs associated with the
acquisition of certain assets included in the acquisitions of the 12 UHF
television stations operated by the Company, certain broadcast licenses and
other identifiable intangibles. Intangible assets are net of total accumulated
amortization of $83.8 million as of December 31, 1995.
 
NOTE E -- CABLE DISTRIBUTION FEES
 
     In connection with the Home Shopping Merger on December 20, 1996, as
discussed in Note C, assets related to upfront fees for long term cable
contracts for carriage of Home Shopping's programming were recorded. These fees
are amortized to expense on a straight line basis over the terms of the
respective contracts, with original terms from 5 to 15 years. Amortization
expense for cable distribution fees was not significant for the 11 days ending
December 31, 1996.
 
NOTE F -- LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
     Investments accounted for under the equity method include the following:
 
     On October 10, 1996, Home Shopping, Quelle Schickedanz AG & Co., Thomas
Kirch and Dr. Georg Kofler entered into a binding Memorandum of Understanding in
connection with their joint participation in Home Order Television GmbH & Co. KG
("HOT"), Germany's first television shopping network. Definitive documents were
executed during January 1997. Home Shopping purchased a 29% equity interest in
HOT and its general partner for $15.0 million (the "HOT Interest"). Home
Shopping has paid $5.0 million for the HOT Interest and has recorded a $10.0
million subscription payable; $5.0 million is expected to be paid in
 
                                       43

<PAGE>   46
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
each of April 1997 and September 1997. The agreement contains restrictions and
other provisions regarding transfers of equity interests in HOT.
 
     The Company's investment in HOT includes the unamortized excess goodwill of
Home Shopping's investment over its equity in net assets. This goodwill amount
was $10.3 million at December 31, 1996 and is being amortized on a straight-line
basis over ten years.
 
     On November 14, 1996, Home Shopping and Jupiter Programming Co;. Ltd.
("JPC") formed Jupiter Shop Channel Co;. Ltd. ("Shop Channel") for the primary
purpose of broadcasting televised shopping in Japan. Home Shopping paid $1.8
million for its 30% interest in Shop Channel. The remaining 70% interest is held
by JPC.
 
     Through December 31, 1996, the Company's equity in losses of affiliates was
$.4 million. The Company has certain ongoing funding obligations as discussed in
Note K.
 
     Investments accounted for under the cost method include the following:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------
                                                               1996      1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
BODY BY JAKE ENTERPRISES LLC ("BBJ")
  20% interest purchased for $4,000,000.....................  $ 3,875   $   --
THE NATIONAL REGISTRY, INC. ("NRI")
  100,000 shares of Series A non-voting Preferred Stock,
     $.01 par value, with a liquidation preference of $100
     per share..............................................   10,000       --
BLACKSTAR COMMUNICATIONS, INC. ("BLACKSTAR")
  1,000 shares of Preferred Stock $5,000 per share,
     non-voting, 9.25% per annum cumulative dividend........    5,000    5,000
  4,500 shares of Series 1 Class B non-voting Convertible
     Common Stock, $10 per share, convertible on a
     one-to-one basis to Series 2 voting Common Stock.......       45       45
ROBERTS BROADCASTING COMPANY ("ROBERTS")
  4,500 shares of Series 1 Class B non-voting Convertible
     Common Stock, $10 per share convertible on a one-to-one
     basis to Series 2 voting Common Stock..................       45       45
ROBERTS BROADCASTING COMPANY OF DENVER
  45 shares Series 1 Class B non-voting Convertible Common
     Stock, $10 per share; convertible on a one-to-one basis
     to Series 2 voting Common Stock........................       --       --
URBAN BROADCASTING CORPORATION ("URBAN")
  4,500 shares of Series 1 Class B non-voting Convertible
     Common Stock, $10 per share, convertible on a
     one-to-one basis to Series 2 voting Common Stock.......       45       45
OTHER.......................................................        5       --
                                                              -------   ------
                                                              $19,015   $5,135
                                                              =======   ======
</TABLE>

 
     In addition to the investment in BBJ, Home Shopping entered into a
long-term marketing agreement with BBJ to provide for the sale and promotion of
merchandise. The Company has the option to convert the NRI investment into
6,336,154 shares of NRI common stock; however, conversion is automatic in the
event cumulative gross revenues for NRI reach $15.0 million.
 
     The Company has the option to convert the Blackstar, Roberts and Urban
non-voting common stock interests into voting common stock investments. The
Company does not currently intend to convert these interests because conversion
would be in violation of FCC rules and regulations. The Company has certain
limited approval rights related to investee corporate actions.
 
                                       44

<PAGE>   47
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Company has an option to purchase a 45% nonvoting common stock interest
in Jovon Broadcasting Company, the licensee of Station WJYS(TV), Hammond,
Indiana, serving the Chicago, Illinois television market. In a Memorandum
Opinion and Order and Notice of Apparent Liability released June 14, 1996, the
FCC ruled that, consistent with FCC regulations and policies, the Company may
exercise that portion of the option which will provide it with a 33% non-voting
common stock interest in Station WJYS(TV). SKTV has a loan agreement with the
station licensee and the FCC also required that certain aspects of the loan
documents between the licensee of WJYS(TV) and SKTV be reformed. The licensee of
WJYS(TV) has filed a petition with the FCC requesting clarification as to
whether the agency intended to rewrite the option to permit a partial exercise
and arguing that if it did so intend, the FCC lacked the authority to do so. The
Company has opposed that petition.
 
NOTE G -- NOTES RECEIVABLE
 
     The Company has notes receivable as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                               1996      1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
ROBERTS BROADCASTING COMPANY
  Note receivable, interest at 12.8%, principal and interest
     payments of $69,055 due monthly and maturing March
     1998...................................................  $    --   $ 1,613
ROBERTS BROADCASTING COMPANY OF DENVER
  Note receivable, interest at 11.5%, principal and interest
     payments of $64,330 due monthly, commencing during
     fiscal year 1996.......................................    3,492     3,700
URBAN BROADCASTING CORPORATION
  Note receivable, interest at 11.5%, principal and interest
     payments of $182,558 due monthly and maturing October
     2000...................................................    6,765     8,094
JOVON BROADCASTING CORPORATION
  Note receivable, interest at 12.8%, principal and interest
     payments of $65,100 due monthly and maturing May
     1998...................................................    1,007     1,616
VALLEJO CALIFORNIA, INC.
  Note receivable, interest at 11.5%, principal and interest
     payments of $150,000 due monthly and maturing July
     2003...................................................    8,306        --
RELATED PARTY NOTE
  Note receivable, interest at 5.0%, interest payable
     monthly, principal due one year following termination
     of the Vice Chairman's employment......................    1,000        --
OTHER (from related party)..................................      832        --
                                                              -------   -------
                                                               21,402    15,023
  Less current portion of notes receivable..................    3,661     2,835
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              $17,741   $12,188
                                                              =======   =======
</TABLE>

 
     Certain notes receivable are collateralized by stock pledges and security
interests in all of the tangible and intangible assets in the investee companies
to the full extent permitted by law. The loan made to the Vice Chairman is for
the purchase or renovation of a residence and is secured by a mortgage on that
property.
 
                                       45

<PAGE>   48
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE H -- DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS
 
     Deferred charges and other assets primarily consist of the film library and
broadcast rights acquired in connection with the acquisition of Savoy; satellite
and other deposits acquired in connection with the acquisition of Home Shopping;
and deferred financing costs. Deferred charges and other assets are net of
accumulated amortization of $4.3 million and $1.2 million as of December 31,
1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively.
 
NOTE I -- LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1996        1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Secured Senior Term Loan -- Tranche A (the "Tranche A
  Loan"); payable in quarterly installments and maturing
  July 31, 2000. The interest rate was 7.69% at December 31,
  1996. At the Company's option, the interest rate (the
  "Rate") is tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate
  ("LIBOR"), or the Alternate Base Rate ("ABR") (as
  defined), plus an applicable margin.......................  $ 34,704    $ 60,399
Secured Senior Term Loan -- Tranche B (the "Tranche B
  Loan"); payable in quarterly installments and maturing
  July 31, 2002. The Rate was 8.69% at December 31, 1996. At
  the Company's option, the Rate is tied to LIBOR, or the
  ABR, plus an applicable margin............................    33,968      48,037
Unsecured $100,000,000 5 7/8% Convertible Subordinated
  Debentures (the "Home Shopping Debentures") due March 1,
  2006 convertible into HSNi Common Stock at anytime after
  May 1, 1996, at a conversion price of $26.67 per share.
  The Debentures were sold March 1, 1996 with net proceeds
  received of $97,200,000...................................   107,007          --
Secured Broadcast Facility (the "Broadcast Facility");
  payable in 20 consecutive quarterly installments
  commencing on September 30, 1997, subject to mandatory
  prepayment out of excess SF Broadcasting cash flow (as
  defined). The interest rate was 8.3% at December 31, 1996.
  At the Company's option, Rate is tied to the ABR, or
  LIBOR, plus an applicable margin..........................    92,500          --
Secured $150,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility with a
  $25,000,000 sub-limit for import letters of credit,
  entered into on August 2, 1996, ("the Home Shopping
  Facility") which expires August 2, 1999. Borrowings can be
  used for general corporate purposes. At the Company's
  option, the Rate on borrowings is tied to the ABR or LIBOR
  plus an applicable margin. The interest rate on borrowings
  ranged from 6.31% to 8.25%................................        --          --
12% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due February 28,
  1997, convertible into HSNi Common Stock at a conversion
  price of $92.86...........................................    12,500          --
Unsecured $37,782,000 7% Convertible Subordinated Debentures
  sold at a premium due July 1, 2003 ("Savoy Debentures")
  convertible into HSNi Common Stock at a conversion price
  of $132.86 per share......................................    32,331
Other long-term obligations.................................     1,326          --
                                                              --------    --------
Total long-term obligations.................................   314,336     108,436
Less current maturities.....................................    42,906      12,456
                                                              --------    --------
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities............  $271,430    $ 95,980
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>

 
                                       46

<PAGE>   49
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     In connection with the Mergers discussed in Note C, the Company made
adjustments to reflect the fair value of the Home Shopping Debentures and the
Savoy Debentures from their historical carrying values of $97.4 million and
$38.9 million, respectively.
 
     On August 1, 1994, the Company consummated a senior secured credit facility
in an aggregate principal amount of $140.0 million (the "Facility"). The
Facility consists of the Tranche A and Tranche B loans, as described above and a
Secured Senior $15.0 million Revolving Credit Facility (the "RCF"). The RCF is
available for general corporate purposes. Borrowings under the RCF are on terms
identical to those listed above for the Tranche A Loan. The RCF requires a
commitment fee of 50 basis points per annum on the unused portion. Under the
terms of the Facility, the Company is restricted from entering into certain
corporate transactions such as the sale or issuance of debt and/or equity
securities and the payment of dividends. Under certain conditions, the Company
is required to fund prepayments in advance of scheduled principal payments.
 
     The Home Shopping Debentures are redeemable by the Company for cash at any
time on or after March 1, 1998 at specified redemption prices, plus accrued
interest, except that prior to March 1, 1999, the Home Shopping Debentures may
not be redeemed unless the closing price of HSNi Common Stock equals or exceeds
140% of the conversion price per share, or $37.33 for a specified period of
time. The Home Shopping Debentures are subordinated to all existing and future
senior debt of the Company. In connection with the Home Shopping Merger, HSNi
became a joint and several obligor with respect to the Home Shopping Debentures.
 
     The Broadcast Facility, which expires on June 30, 2002, is secured by
substantially all assets of SF Broadcasting. Restrictions contained in the
Broadcast Facility include, but are not limited to, limitations on additional
indebtedness, payment of dividends and the maintenance of various financial
covenants and ratios. Under certain limited circumstances, Savoy and Fox may be
required to contribute additional capital to SF Broadcasting if certain
covenants are not met. Savoy and Fox each made a capital contribution of $19.5
million in 1996 which was used to repay borrowings under the Broadcast Facility.
 
     The Home Shopping Facility, which expires on August 2, 1999, is secured by
the stock of HSC and HSN Realty, Inc. At December 31, 1996, there were no
outstanding borrowings under the Home Shopping Facility and $138.0 million was
available for borrowing after taking into account outstanding letters of credit.
The Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Home Shopping
Facility as of December 31, 1996. Restrictions contained in the Home Shopping
Facility include, but are not limited to, limitations on the encumbrance and
disposition of assets and the maintenance of various financial covenants and
ratios.
 
     Interest on the Savoy Debentures is payable semi-annually on January 1 and
July 1. The Savoy Debentures are redeemable at the option of the Company at
varying percentages of the principal amount each year, ranging from 105.25% to
100.75%, plus applicable interest. In connection with the Savoy Merger, HSNi
became a joint and several obligor with respect to the Savoy Debentures.
 
     Aggregate contractual maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years Ending
December 31,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (In thousands)
<S>                                                             <C>
1997........................................................       $ 42,906
1998........................................................         24,270
1999........................................................         28,749
2000........................................................         24,338
2001........................................................         35,700
Thereafter..................................................        157,977
                                                                   --------
                                                                   $313,940
                                                                   ========
</TABLE>

 
                                       47

<PAGE>   50
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE J -- INCOME TAXES
 
     A reconciliation of total income tax expense (benefit) to the amounts
computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings (loss)
before income taxes is shown as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       FOUR MONTHS      YEARS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED       ENDED         AUGUST 31,
                                                        DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   ---------------
                                                            1996           1995        1995     1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                       (In thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>      <C>
Income tax expense (benefit) at the federal statutory
  rate of 34%.........................................    $(1,682)       $(1,107)     $  426   $  206
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles........        548             61         192      188
Dividends received deduction..........................         --             --        (110)    (260)
State income taxes, net of effect of federal tax
  benefit.............................................        581             22         558      837
Non-deductible portion of executive compensation......      1,385            426         321       --
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance for
  deferred tax assets.................................        966            264        (212)     491
Other, net............................................         74            (39)        (37)      43
                                                          -------        -------      ------   ------
Income tax expense (benefit)..........................    $ 1,872        $  (373)     $1,138   $1,505
                                                          =======        =======      ======   ======
</TABLE>

 
     The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       FOUR MONTHS      YEARS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED       ENDED         AUGUST 31,
                                                        DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   ---------------
                                                            1996           1995        1995     1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                       (In thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>      <C>
Current income tax expense:
  Federal.............................................    $   602         $   104     $  110   $   --
  State...............................................        852             233        809      639
                                                          -------         -------     ------   ------
          Current income tax expense..................      1,454             337        919      639
                                                          -------         -------     ------   ------
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
  Inventory costing...................................       (479)             --         --       --
  Provision for accrued liabilities...................        609            (691)        --       --
  Depreciation for financial statements in excess of
     tax..............................................       (276)           (201)      (608)    (344)
  Amortization of goodwill and other broadcast related
     intangibles......................................        (52)             (1)         3     (365)
  Net operating loss carryover........................     (1,561)           (412)       845       --
  Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance for
     deferred tax assets..............................      1,305             264       (212)     491
  Other, net..........................................        872             331        191    1,084
                                                          -------         -------     ------   ------
          Change in net deferred tax liability........        418            (710)       219      866
                                                          -------         -------     ------   ------
          Total income tax expense (benefit)..........    $ 1,872         $  (373)    $1,138   $1,505
                                                          =======         =======     ======   ======
</TABLE>

 
                                       48

<PAGE>   51
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The tax effects of cumulative temporary differences that give rise to
significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at
December 31, 1996 and 1995, are presented below. The valuation allowance
represents that portion of deferred tax assets recorded for net losses and basis
differences on intangible assets for which it is more likely than not that the
tax benefit will not be realized.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1996        1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Current deferred tax assets:
  Net federal operating loss carryforward...................  $  85,929   $    719
  Inventory costing.........................................     30,102         --
  Provision for accrued expenses............................     11,310      1,171
  Amortization of broadcast related intangibles.............      8,767      7,900
  Other.....................................................     17,694         --
                                                              ---------   --------
          Total gross deferred tax assets...................    153,802      9,790
          Less valuation allowance..........................   (112,960)    (7,993)
                                                              ---------   --------
Current deferred tax assets after valuation allowance.......  $  40,842   $  1,797
                                                              =========   ========
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
  Broadcast and cable fee contracts.........................  $  17,010   $     --
  Depreciation for tax in excess of financial statements....     (8,704)    (3,596)
  Amortization of FCC licenses and broadcast related
     intangibles............................................    (17,734)   (10,038)
  Other.....................................................     13,095       (765)
                                                              ---------   --------
          Net deferred tax assets...........................      3,667    (14,399)
          Less valuation allowance..........................     (1,741)        --
                                                              ---------   --------
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities) after
  valuation allowance.......................................  $   1,926   $(14,399)
                                                              =========   ========
</TABLE>

 
     The Company recognized income tax deductions related to the issuance of
common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options for which no compensation
expense was recorded for accounting purposes. The related income tax benefit of
$.9 million and $.6 million as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, was
recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital.
 
     At December 31, 1996 and 1995 the Company has net operating loss
carryforwards ("NOL") for federal income tax purposes of $225.0 million and $1.8
million, respectively, which are available to offset future federal taxable
income, if any, through 2011. Approximately $217.6 million of the NOL as of
December 31, 1996, are pre-acquisition losses which are subject to certain tax
loss limitations. Accordingly, the Company has established a valuation allowance
for those pre-acquisition losses. Recognition of these tax benefits in the
future periods would be applied as a reduction of goodwill related to the
acquisition.
 
     Management believes the ultimate resolution of any tax audits for the open
years, those years ending after August 31, 1989, will not have a significant
impact on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
 
NOTE K -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company leases satellite transponders, computers, warehouse and office
space, as well as broadcast and production facilities and equipment used in
connection with its operations under various operating leases, many of which
contain escalation clauses.
 
                                       49

<PAGE>   52
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Future minimum payments under non-cancellable leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEARS ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                              (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>
1997........................................................     $ 16,016
1998........................................................        9,539
1999........................................................        7,630
2000........................................................        7,165
2001........................................................        8,788
Thereafter..................................................       26,276
                                                                 --------
                                                                 $ 75,414
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>

 
     Rent and lease expense charged to operations were $2.9 million, $.8
million, $2.7 million and $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996, the
four months ended December 31, 1995, and the years ended August 31, 1995 and
1994, respectively.
 
     In connection with the Home Shopping Merger, the Company assumed an
obligation for a satellite transponder which is no longer in use by Home
Shopping, but for which there is an obligation under a non-cancellable operating
lease calling for monthly payments ranging from $140,000 to $150,000 through
December 2006. The satellite transponder has been subleased, beginning December
1, 1996, for a term of ten years with an option to cancel after four years, for
$165,000 monthly.
 
     In connection with the Home Shopping Merger, the Company has assumed an
agreement for inbound 800 service usage with MCI Telecommunications Corporation
("MCI") ending in August 2000 which requires minimum annual payments of $9.6
million based on usage. If the Company terminates the agreement for reasons
other than cause, payment of 50% of the aggregate of the minimum amounts for the
remainder of the unexpired term will be due 30 days after the termination. Home
Shopping's payments to MCI for such services during the years ended December 31,
1996 and 1995 exceeded the above mentioned minimum.
 
     In addition, in connection with the Home Shopping Merger, the Company has
assumed an agreement with MCI covering equipment maintenance for a term from
April 1996 through April 2001, requiring minimum annual payments of $2.7
million. Upon payment of $13.4 million under the terms of the contract, the
Company is no longer required to pay any fees for these services. The Company
receives a credit for any annual fees over $3.2 million. Management expects
annual payments under this contract to exceed the minimum agreement.
 
     The Company is required to provide funding, from time to time, for
operations of Shop Channel and HOT. Future contributions to Shop Channel,
amounting to $8.7 million in the next two years, are based upon estimated
shareholder contributions set forth in the initial business plan of the venture.
Future contributions to HOT are limited as set forth in the agreement to $11.4
million over the term of the partnership. No payments were made under these
funding requirements for the year ended December 31, 1996. The amounts shown
above were translated from the respective foreign currency using conversion
rates in effect at December 31, 1996.
 
     Mr. Barry Diller, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
was granted an equity and bonus arrangement pursuant to which he will receive a
bonus payment of approximately $2.5 million on August 24, 1997, except that the
bonus will be paid immediately upon a change in control of the Company or upon
termination of Mr. Diller's employment either by the Company other than for
cause or by Mr. Diller prior to the change of control with good reason.
 
                                       50

<PAGE>   53
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE L -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK AND CLASS B -- CONVERTIBLE COMMON STOCK
 
     Holders of HSNi Common Stock have the right to elect, and the holders of
HSNi Class B Common Stock have no vote on, 25% of the entire Board of Directors,
rounded upward to the nearest whole number of directors. As to the election of
the remaining directors, the holders of HSNi Class B Common Stock are entitled
to 10 votes for each HSNi Class B Common Stock share, and the holders of the
HSNi Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. There are no cumulative
voting rights.
 
     The holders of both classes of the Company's common stock are entitled to
receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. In the
event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders
of both classes of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets of
the Company remaining after provision for payment of liabilities. HSNi Class B
Common Stock is convertible at the option of the holder into HSNi Common Stock
on a share-for-share basis. Upon conversion, the HSNi Class B Common Stock will
be retired and not subject to reissue.
 
     In February 1993, RMS Limited Partnership ("RMSLP"), the then controlling
shareholder of the Company, and Liberty entered into an Option Agreement
pursuant to which RMSLP granted an irrevocable assignable option (the "Option")
to Liberty to purchase from RMSLP 2,000,000 shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock.
In August 1996, Liberty contributed its Option to BDTV, which subsequently
exercised the Option. See further description under Diller-Liberty Stockholders'
Agreement.
 
     At the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, stockholders of record of HSNi
approved the increase in the number of authorized shares of HSNi Common Stock
from 30,000,000 shares to 150,000,000 shares, the number of authorized shares of
HSNi Class B Common Stock from 2,415,945 shares to 30,000,000 shares and the
number of authorized shares of HSNi preferred stock from 50,000 shares to
15,000,000 shares. In addition, the stockholders approved the elimination of the
separate class votes of the holders of HSNi Common Stock and HSNi Class B Common
Stock in certain specified circumstances at any time that there are at least
2,280,000 shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock outstanding.
 
NOTE RECEIVABLE FROM KEY EXECUTIVE FOR COMMON STOCK ISSUANCE
 
     In August 1995, Mr. Barry Diller became Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company. In connection with Mr. Diller's employment,
the Company agreed to sell Mr. Diller 441,988 shares of HSNi Common Stock
("Diller Shares") at $22.625 per share for cash and a non-recourse promissory
note in the amount of $5.0 million, secured by approximately 265,000 shares of
HSNi Common Stock. The promissory note is due on the earlier of (i) the
termination of Mr. Diller's employment, or (ii) the second anniversary of the
issuance of the note. The Company recognized $926,138 of compensation expense,
with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital, related to the
issuance of the Diller Shares. The compensation expense resulted from the
difference in the per share fair market value of HSNi Common Stock and the per
share purchase price.
 
DILLER-LIBERTY STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT
 
     Mr. Diller and Liberty are parties to a stockholders agreement, dated as of
August 24, 1995 (the "August Stockholders Agreement"), as amended by the first
amendment (the "First Amendment") thereto, dated as of August 25, 1996 (the
First Amendment, together with the August Stockholders Agreement, the
"Stockholders Agreement"), pursuant to which the parties thereto and certain of
their affiliates have formed the BDTV Entities, which are, collectively, the
holder of record of 9,809,111 shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock (representing
approximately 95.9% of the outstanding HSNi Class B Common Stock as of December
31, 1996). Mr. Diller is the President of each of the BDTV entities and
beneficially owns all of the
 
                                       51

<PAGE>   54
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
voting stock of each of them. Liberty currently holds all of the non-voting
common stock of each of the BDTV entities, representing in excess of 99% of the
equity of each of them, which shares are convertible under certain circumstances
into shares of voting common stock.
 
     In addition to the 9,809,111 shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock held by
the BDTV Entities, Mr. Diller, Liberty and Arrow Holdings, LLC ("Arrow"), an
entity controlled by Mr. Diller, collectively hold 548,618 shares of HSNi Common
Stock. These securities are subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement
and represent, in the aggregate, approximately 1.5% of the outstanding HSNi
Common Stock, 22% of the outstanding combined common equity of the Company and
71% of the outstanding total voting power of the Company. Assuming that all
securities to be issued to Liberty pursuant to the Contingent Rights and the
Exchange Agreement were issued (and that no other HSNi Securities were otherwise
issued), the HSNi Securities subject to the Stockholders Agreement would
represent in the aggregate approximately 19% of the then-outstanding HSNi Common
Stock, 37% of the then-outstanding equity of the Company and 78% of the
then-outstanding total voting power of the Company.
 
     Pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement, Mr. Diller exercises voting
control over HSNi Securities held by the BDTV Entities, Mr. Diller, Liberty,
Arrow and certain of their affiliates, subject to certain restrictions on Mr.
Diller's authority to vote such shares with respect to certain matters relating
to the Company and otherwise as provided in the Stockholders Agreement. Pursuant
to the Stockholders' Agreement, Mr. Diller and Liberty have agreed that HSNi
Securities owned by any of Mr. Diller, Liberty and certain of their affiliates
will not be voted in favor of the taking of any action in connection with
certain extraordinary matters except with the consent of each of Mr. Diller and
Liberty.
 
     In the Stockholders Agreement, Mr. Diller has agreed that, at any time
following the consummation of the Home Shopping Merger that Liberty or Liberty
HSN is no longer a subsidiary of TCI (and provided that a change in law, rule or
regulation or circumstance that would permit Liberty to exercise full ownership
and control over HSNi Securities (including its pro rata portion of HSNi
Securities held by the BDTV Entities represented by Liberty's equity interest in
the BDTV Entities), notwithstanding the Company's ownership of broadcast
licenses (the "Licenses") granted by the FCC (a "Change in Law") has not
theretofore otherwise occurred), Liberty may request that Mr. Diller and the
Company use all reasonable efforts to take such actions as may be reasonably
necessary in order that Liberty would be permitted to exercise full ownership
rights with respect to HSNi Securities owned by it (including its pro rata
interest in any HSNi Securities held by any BDTV Entity) (a "Restructuring
Transaction"). In the event that a Restructuring Transaction has not occurred
within 365 days following Liberty's notice of its request (or earlier, in
certain circumstances) and a Change in Law has not otherwise occurred, Liberty
would be permitted, subject to certain limitations and rights of first refusal
in favor of Mr. Diller, to sell its HSNi Securities without regard to the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Stockholders Agreement, and such
transferee would purchase HSNi Securities free and clear of any rights (other
than certain registration rights) or obligations under the Stockholders
Agreement.
 
     In view of the number of shares of HSNi Securities as to which the BDTV
Entities or Mr. Diller will have voting power in connection with the matters
described herein, it is anticipated that such persons will be able to control
the outcome of any vote of stockholders as to any proposal or matter on which
the holders of HSNi Common Stock and HSNi Class B Common Stock vote together as
a single class and the outcome of any matter as to which only the holders of
HSNi Class B Common Stock vote as a separate class. In addition, Mr. Diller,
subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, will effectively be able to
control the outcome of all matters submitted to a vote or for the consent of
stockholders (other than with respect to the election by the holders of HSNi
Common Stock of 25% of the members of the Board of Directors (rounded up to the
nearest whole number) and certain matters as to which a separate class vote of
the holder of HSNi Common Stock is required under Delaware law).
 
                                       52

<PAGE>   55
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE M -- LITIGATION
 
     The Company is engaged in various lawsuits either as plaintiff or
defendant, including certain class action lawsuits initiated in connection with
the Home Shopping Merger. In the opinion of management, the ultimate outcome of
these various lawsuits should not have a material impact on the liquidity,
results of operations or financial condition of the Company.
 
NOTE N -- BENEFIT PLANS
 
     The Company offers plans pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code (the "Plans") covering substantially all full-time employees. The Plans do
not cover those employees who are party to collective bargaining agreements. The
Company's share of the matching employer contributions is set at the discretion
of the Board of Directors or the applicable committee thereof. Contributions
were $.1 million, $14,000, $.1 million, and $.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996, the four months ended December 31, 1995 and the years ended
August 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
     In connection with the Home Shopping Merger, the Company has adopted the
Home Shopping Network, Inc. Employee Equity Participation Plan (the "Equity
Plan"). The Equity Plan covers all Home Shopping employees who have completed
one year of service, at least 1,000 hours of service, are at least 21 years of
age, are not highly compensated, and did not hold options to purchase shares of
Home Shopping Common Stock.
 
     Employees who met the eligibility requirements on December 31, 1994 and
June 30, 1995, will receive grants under the Equity Plan. The stock vests
ratably at 20% a year with the first vesting being effective as of the calendar
year in which the eligible employee has worked at least 1,000 hours. The Board
of Directors has not made any additional grants for any period subsequent to
June 30, 1995.
 
NOTE O -- STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     The Company has granted options to purchase common stock under various
stock option plans. In connection with the Mergers, the Company assumed and
converted Home Shopping and Savoy options into options to acquire HSNi Common
Stock based on the respective merger exchange ratios (see Note C), including
corresponding adjustments to the option exercise price based on the exchange
ratios. The following describes the various stock option plans, including the
options under the plans assumed and converted in connection with the Mergers:
 
     The Silver King Communications, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan provides for
the grant of options to employees or consultants of the Company, its
subsidiaries and affiliates, to purchase HSNi Common Stock for not less than
fair market value on the date of grant. These options generally vest annually
and equally over four years beginning one year from the date of grant, and
expire ten years from the date of grant. The number of shares of HSNi Common
Stock authorized under the Plan is 1,500,000 shares.
 
     The Silver King Communications, Inc. Directors' Stock Option Plan provides
for the grant of options to outside directors. Options to purchase 5,000 shares
of HSNi Common Stock are automatically granted upon appointment to the Board of
Directors and options to purchase an additional 5,000 shares are granted
annually thereafter on the date of the Company's annual meeting. These options
provide for the purchase of HSNi Common Stock at fair market value on the
trading day immediately preceding the grant date, vest over three years and
expire ten years from the date of grant. The number of shares of HSNi Common
Stock authorized under the plan is 100,000 shares.
 
     The Silver King Communications, Inc. Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan
(the "Employee Plan") provides for the grant of options to employees to purchase
common stock at the fair market value on the date of grant. The options become
exercisable in five equal, annual installments beginning on the date of grant.
The
 
                                       53

<PAGE>   56
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
options expire five years from the date they vest and become exercisable. In
connection with the downsizing of the Company's staff and the pending change in
ownership of the Company, on October 25, 1995, the Compensation/Benefits
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company resolved to accelerate the
vesting date of all existing unvested employee stock options granted under the
Employee Plan, effective December 1, 1995. The expiration dates for the
accelerated options shall remain five years from the date of their original
scheduled vesting. At December 31, 1996, no options under this plan were
available for grant.
 
     The Silver King Communications, Inc. Stock Option Plan for Outside
Directors provides for the grant of options to purchase common stock at the fair
market value on the date of grant. The options become exercisable in five equal,
annual installments beginning on the date of the grant. All options expire five
years from the date they vest and become exercisable. At December 31, 1996, no
options under this plan were available for grant.
 
     The 1996 Home Shopping Employee Plan provides for the grant of options to
purchase Home Shopping Common Stock at fair market value, subject to the
discretion of the Compensation/Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors, as
of the date of grant. The options vest annually and equally over five years,
unless otherwise specified by the Compensation/Benefits Committee of the Board
of Directors, beginning one year from the date of grant, and expire ten years
from the date of grant.
 
     The 1996 Home Shopping Director Plan provided for issuance of options to
outside directors. Options for 5,000 shares of Home Shopping Common Stock were
automatically granted upon appointment to the Board of Directors, and options
for an additional 5,000 shares were to be granted annually thereafter. Such
options provided for purchase at fair market value on the date of grant, vest
over three years, and expire five years from the date of vesting.
 
     The 1986 Home Shopping Stock Option Plan for Employees, as amended,
provided for the grant of options to purchase Home Shopping Common Stock at the
fair market value at date of grant. The options generally vest annually and
equally over five years beginning one year from the date of grant, and expire
ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 1996, no options under this
plan were available for grant.
 
     The 1986 Home Shopping Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, as amended,
provided for the grant of options to purchase Home Shopping Common Stock at fair
market value as of the date of grant. The options vest equally over two years
beginning on the date of grant and expire five years from the date they vest.
During 1992, the Board of Directors and shareholders approved certain amendments
to the plan. The amendments provided for additional option grants after five
years of service. At December 31, 1996, no options under this plan were
available for grant.
 
     The Savoy Stock Option Plan provided for the grant of options to employees
to purchase Savoy common stock at the fair market value on the date of grant.
Options generally become exercisable over a three-year period and expire ten
years from the date they vest and become exercisable. At December 31, 1996, no
options under this plan were available for grant.
 
     Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is
required by Statement 123, which also requires that the information be
determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options
granted subsequent to December 31, 1994, under the fair value method of that
statement. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant
using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions for 1996 and 1995: risk-free interest rates of 6.4%; a dividend
yield of zero; volatility factors of the expected market price of HSNi Common
Stock based on historical trends; and a weighted-average expected life of the
options of five years.
 
     The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in
estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions
and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the
input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price
volatility. Because the
 
                                       54

<PAGE>   57
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly different
from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input
assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's
opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single
measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.
 
     For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The Company's
pro forma information follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            FOUR MONTHS
                                                              YEAR ENDED       ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   AUGUST 31,
                                                                 1996           1995          1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
Pro forma net loss.........................................    $(21,225)      $(6,007)       $ (159)
Pro forma loss per share...................................    $  (1.97)      $ (1.42)       $ (.02)
</TABLE>

 
     A summary of changes in outstanding options under the stock option plans,
is as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          HSNi                                                            Home
                        (formerly                                                       Shopping
                         Silver                          Home                          1986 Plans
                          King)                        Shopping                         and Savoy
                          Plans      Price Range      1996 Plans      Price Range       1995 Plan      Price Range     Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         (In thousands, except price range)
<S>                     <C>         <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
Total Authorized......    5,996                          8,415                              987                        15,398
                          =====                          =====                           ======                        ======
Outstanding -- August
  31, 1993............      362     $ 2.00 -  2.88          --                   --          --                   --      362
  Granted.............       81     $11.75 - 18.25          --                   --          --                   --       81
  Exercised...........      (48)    $ 9.50 - 17.50          --                   --          --                   --      (48)
  Cancelled...........      (50)    $ 2.00 - 18.00          --                   --          --                   --      (50)
                          -----                          -----                           ------                        ------
Outstanding -- August
  31, 1994............      345     $ 2.00 - 18.25          --                   --          --                   --      345
  Granted.............    2,031     $ 9.75 - 25.75          --                   --          --                   --    2,031
  Exercised...........      (33)    $ 2.00 - 18.00          --                   --          --                   --      (33)
  Cancelled...........      (46)    $         2.00          --                   --          --                   --      (46)
                          -----                          -----                           ------                        ------
Outstanding -- August
  31, 1995............    2,297     $ 2.00 - 25.75          --                   --          --                   --    2,297
  Granted.............       10     $        32.75          --                   --          --                   --       10
  Exercised...........      (38)    $ 2.00 - 18.00          --                   --          --                   --      (38)
  Cancelled...........       --                 --          --                   --          --                   --        0
                          -----                          -----                           ------                        ------
Outstanding --
  December 31, 1995...    2,269     $ 2.00 - 32.75          --                   --          --                   --    2,269
  Granted or issued in
    connection with
    mergers...........      975     $21.38 - 32.88       7,328       $18.88 - 31.94         987       $7.21 - 148.21    9,290
  Exercised...........     (117)    $ 2.00 - 17.75          --                   --          (2)      $12.11 - 19.44     (119)
  Cancelled...........       --                 --          (4)      $21.39 - 25.56          --                   --       (4)
                          -----                          -----                           ------                        ------
OUTSTANDING --
  DECEMBER 31, 1996...    3,127     $ 2.00 - 32.75       7,324       $18.88 - 31.94         985       $7.21 - 148.21   11,436
                          =====                          =====                           ======                        ======
Options exercisable...      887     $ 2.00 - 32.75       1,784       $18.88 - 25.56         654       $7.21 - 148.21    3,325
                          =====                          =====                           ======                        ======
Available for grant...      625                          1,091                                0                         1,716
                          =====                          =====                           ======                        ======
</TABLE>

 
                                       55

<PAGE>   58
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The weighted average exercise prices during the year ended December 31,
1996, were $21.51, $9.11 and $24.17 for options granted or issued in connection
with the Mergers, options exercised and options cancelled, respectively. The
weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was $15.84.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                            OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                         ------------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------
                                                 WEIGHTED           WEIGHTED                             WEIGHTED
                          OUTSTANDING AT     AVERAGE REMAINING      AVERAGE        EXERCISABLE AT        AVERAGE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICE  DECEMBER 31, 1996   CONTRACTUAL LIFE    EXERCISE PRICE   DECEMBER 31, 1996   EXERCISE PRICE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          (In thousands)                                           (In thousands)
<S>                      <C>                 <C>                 <C>              <C>                 <C>
$2.00 to $10.00........          269                3.9              $ 5.02               269             $ 5.02
$10.01 to $20.00.......        7,336                8.8              $18.77             1,965             $18.47
$20.01 to $30.00.......        2,677                8.6              $23.13               723             $23.28
$30.01 to $148.21......        1.154                8.6              $37.39               368             $49.97
                             -------                ---              ------            ------             ------
                              11,436                8.6              $21.35             3,325             $21.91
                             =======                ===              ======            ======             ======
</TABLE>

 
     In October 1990, Home Shopping adopted the 1990 Executive Stock Award
Program (the "Program") pursuant to which 2,990,000 shares of common stock were
granted to certain key employees and consultants. The Program was funded
exclusively by the contribution of shares of common stock owned by a former
chairman of the board and a former president of Home Shopping. Home Shopping did
not issue any additional shares of stock in connection with the Program. The
shares granted under the Program were distributed in five equal annual
installments commencing one year from the grant date. Participants in the
Program are entitled to receive dividends, if declared, on their unvested shares
and certain officers are entitled to voting rights with respect to their
unvested shares. Forfeitures are reissued at the discretion of the
Compensation/Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
     In August 1995, in connection with Mr. Diller's employment, the Company
granted Mr. Diller an option (the "Diller Option") to acquire 1,895,847 shares
of common stock at an exercise price of $22.625 per share. In connection with
granting the Diller Option, the Company recorded unearned compensation of $4.0
million offset by a $4.0 million increase to additional paid-in capital. The
unearned compensation resulted from the difference in the exercise price and
fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant and is being
amortized over the four year vesting period of the options.
 
     Over the next three years, the Company will recognize approximately $1.8
million annually of non-cash compensation expense related to unearned
compensation related to the Diller Option and other stock award programs.
 
NOTE P -- STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
     Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 FOUR MONTHS        YEARS ENDED
                                                   YEAR ENDED       ENDED            AUGUST 31,
                                                  DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    ------------------
                                                      1996           1995         1995       1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                               <C>            <C>             <C>        <C>
CASH PAID DURING THE PERIOD FOR:
  Interest......................................     $8,939         $3,200       $10,000    $12,400
  Income taxes..................................        458            100         1,500        300
</TABLE>

 
  Supplemental information of non-cash investing and financing activities:
- - During December 1996, the Company acquired Savoy and Home Shopping by issuing
  stock as discussed in Note C.
 
                                       56

<PAGE>   59
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
- - During August 1995, in connection with the retention of the Chairman and Chief
  Executive Officer, the Company issued 220,994 shares of HSNi Common Stock to
  its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in exchange for $2,000 in cash and a
  note receivable of $5.0 million.
 
NOTE Q -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Company is involved in several agreements with related parties as
follows:
 
     The Company, through its Home Shopping subsidiary, is a partner in Shop
Channel, an entity in which TCI, through a subsidiary, has an indirect ownership
interest. In the ordinary course of business, Home Shopping has sold inventory
to Shop Channel and recorded a receivable of $.7 million for those sales and
other services provided at December 31, 1996. The Company's net investment in
Shop Channel at December 31, 1996 was $.5 million.
 
     The Company has a secured, non-recourse note receivable of $5.0 million
from its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, see Note L.
 
     The Company has a note receivable of $1.0 million from its Vice Chairman.
See Note G.
 
     Prior to the Home Shopping Merger, as discussed in Note C, the Company had
affiliation agreements with Home Shopping for which the Company received $42.4
million and $42.7 million in calendar years 1996 and 1995, respectively. As a
result of the Home Shopping Merger, these affiliation agreements are no longer
considered related party transactions and $3.4 million which had been accrued in
1996 on the books of Home Shopping was reversed.
 
     In the normal course of business, Home Shopping enters into agreements with
the operators of cable television systems and operators of broadcast television
stations for the carriage of Home Shopping programming. Home Shopping has
entered into agreements with a number of cable operators that are affiliates of
TCI. These long-term contracts provide for a minimum subscriber guarantee and
incentive payments based on the number of subscribers. Cash paid by Home
Shopping to TCI and certain of its affiliates under these contracts for cable
commissions and advertising was $11.9 million and $.8 million for calendar year
1996 and the 11 days subsequent to the Home Shopping Merger, respectively.
 
     As of December 31, 1996, SKTV Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company, owned a 33.4% membership interest in Blackstar. The Chairman and CEO of
Blackstar is a director of the Company. Home Shopping currently maintains
broadcast affiliation agreements with stations for which Blackstar is the parent
company. Home Shopping recorded affiliation payments of $4.7 million and $.1
million relating to those stations, for calendar year 1996 and the 11 days
subsequent to the Home Shopping Merger, respectively.
 
     The President of Roberts Broadcasting Company served on the Board of
Directors of the Company until January 1, 1995. Amounts receivable from or
payable to Roberts Broadcasting Company through that date are classified as
related party transactions.
 
                                       57

<PAGE>   60
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE R -- QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       QUARTER         QUARTER      QUARTER     QUARTER
                                                        ENDED           ENDED        ENDED       ENDED
                                                     DECEMBER 31,   SEPTEMBER 30,   JUNE 30,   MARCH 31,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>             <C>        <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
  Net revenues.....................................    $41,923(a)      $11,213      $10,924     $11,112
  Operating profit (loss)..........................     (1,369)(a)       1,774        1,580       1,627
  Net loss.........................................     (5,110)(a)        (371)        (452)       (606)
  Net loss per common share (b)....................       (.35)(a)        (.04)        (.05)       (.06)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
  Net revenues.....................................    $12,145         $11,658      $11,510     $11,315
  Operating profit (loss)..........................     (1,135)           (121)       2,141       1,973
  Net earnings (loss)..............................     (2,721)         (1,659)         820         153
  Net earnings (loss) per common share.............       (.30)           (.18)         .09         .02
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
(a) The operating results for the fourth quarter 1996 reflect the impact of the
    Mergers discussed in Note C.
(b) Per common shares amounts for the quarters do not add to the annual amount
    because of differences in the average common shares outstanding during each
    period.
 
NOTE S -- SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1996, four months ended December 31, 1995
and the years ended August 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, net revenue from a
significant customer, Home Shopping, accounted for more than 10% of the
Company's net revenue.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   YEARS ENDED
                                                 YEAR ENDED     FOUR MONTHS         AUGUST 31,
                                                DECEMBER 31,       ENDED        ------------------
                                                    1996        DECEMBER 31,
                                                ------------        1995         1995       1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>        <C>
Broadcasting revenue from significant
  customer....................................    $43,071         $14,300       $42,488    $41,128
Total net revenues............................    $75,172         $15,980       $47,918    $46,563
Percentage of significant customer revenue to
  total net revenue...........................       57.3%           89.5%         88.7%      88.3%
</TABLE>

 
                                       58

<PAGE>   61
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE T -- INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
 
     As a result of the Mergers, discussed in Note C, the Company operates
principally in two industry segments; retailing and broadcasting. The retailing
segment consists of Home Shopping, which primarily includes the sales of
merchandise through electronic retailing. The broadcasting segment includes the
operations of 12 broadcast television stations (including one television
satellite station), which currently transmit Home Shopping programming and six
broadcast television stations (including two television satellite stations)
which are Fox affiliates. Other results of operations and financial position
include the results of film operations in the year ended December 31, 1996 and
production and post-production services to corporations, advertising agencies,
television networks and cable operations throughout the country for the periods
prior to the Mergers and are not considered a significant segment of the
Company.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    YEARS ENDED
                                                              FOUR MONTHS            AUGUST 31,
                                         YEAR ENDED              ENDED          --------------------
                                      DECEMBER 31, 1996    DECEMBER 31, 1995      1995        1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (In thousands)
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>                  <C>         <C>
Revenue
  Retailing.........................     $   30,588            $     --         $     --    $     --
  Broadcasting......................         43,359              15,061           44,563      42,682
  Other.............................          1,225                 919            3,355       3,881
                                         ----------            --------         --------    --------
                                         $   75,172            $ 15,980         $ 47,918    $ 46,563
                                         ==========            ========         ========    ========
Operating profit (loss)
  Retailing.........................     $     (522)           $     --         $     --    $     --
  Broadcasting......................          4,175                  30            9,368      10,384
  Other(1)..........................            (41)               (710)          (1,132)     (2,273)
                                         ----------            --------         --------    --------
                                         $    3,612            $   (680)        $  8,236    $  8,111
                                         ==========            ========         ========    ========
Assets
  Retailing.........................     $1,628,818            $     --         $     --    $     --
  Broadcasting......................        355,926             135,082          140,563     142,808
  Other.............................        131,488               1,588            2,354       2,680
                                         ----------            --------         --------    --------
                                         $2,116,232            $136,670         $142,917    $145,488
                                         ==========            ========         ========    ========
Depreciation and amortization
  Retailing.........................     $    1,871            $     --         $     --    $     --
  Broadcasting......................         13,187               4,531           13,833      14,523
  Other.............................            428                 170              841         477
                                         ----------            --------         --------    --------
                                         $   15,486            $  4,701         $ 14,674    $ 15,000
                                         ==========            ========         ========    ========
Capital Expenditures
  Retailing.........................     $      447            $     --         $     --    $     --
  Broadcasting......................            696                 163              998       1,304
  Other.............................             --                  --              705         618
                                         ----------            --------         --------    --------
                                         $    1,143            $    163         $  1,703    $  1,922
                                         ==========            ========         ========    ========
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
(1) Includes a $1.2 million charge to operations to close the Chicago unit of
    Telemation, Inc. in fiscal 1994.
 
     The Company operates almost exclusively within the United States.
Broadcasting revenue is principally derived from the broadcasting of Home
Shopping programming. Other assets primarily relate to the Savoy motion picture
business.
 
                                       59

<PAGE>   62
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE U -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The additional disclosure below of the estimated fair value of financial
instruments was made in accordance with the requirements of Statements of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 107. The estimated fair value amounts have
been determined by the Company using available market information and
appropriate valuation methodologies when available. The carrying value of all
current assets and current liabilities approximates fair value due to their
short-term nature.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                DECEMBER 31, 1996         DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                              ----------------------    ----------------------
                                              CARRYING       FAIR       CARRYING       FAIR
                                               AMOUNT        VALUE       AMOUNT        VALUE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................  $  42,606    $  42,606    $  19,140    $  19,140
Long-term investments.......................     30,121       30,121        5,135        5,135
Other non-current assets....................     36,330       36,330        3,719        3,719
Long-term obligations.......................   (314,336)    (314,336)    (108,436)    (108,436)
</TABLE>

 
NOTE V -- SAVOY SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
     The Company has not presented separate financial statements and other
disclosures concerning Savoy because management has determined that such
information is not material to holders of the Savoy Debentures, all of which
have been assumed by the Company as a joint and several obligor. The information
presented is reflected at Savoy's historical cost basis.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS                            ----------------------------------
OF OPERATIONS                                                 1996         1995        1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     (In thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>         <C>
Net sales................................................  $  117,951    $ 92,599    $ 85,763
Cost of sales............................................     254,009     164,464     125,056
Operating loss...........................................    (136,058)    (71,865)    (39,293)
Net loss.................................................    (156,074)    (73,744)    (59,453)
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED                                          ---------------------
BALANCE SHEETS                                                  1996         1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Current assets..............................................  $ 61,901     $238,730
Non-current assets..........................................   302,195      391,524
Current liabilities.........................................    60,716      151,879
Non-current liabilities.....................................   124,198      194,443
Minority interest...........................................   112,717       68,963
</TABLE>

 
NOTE W -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
     Savoy and Fox each made a capital contribution to SF Broadcasting of $9.0
million on March 27, 1997 which was used to repay borrowings under the Broadcast
Facility. On that date, SF Broadcasting entered into an Amendment and Waiver to
the Broadcast Facility which provided a waiver of certain covenants for the
quarters ended September 30, 1996 and December 31, 1996 and amended the cash
flow to interest expense ratio for the first two quarters of 1997.
 
                                       60

<PAGE>   63
 
NOTE X -- PRO FORMA QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The following unaudited pro forma quarterly results of the Company have
been prepared using the purchase method of accounting to give effect to the
Mergers as if they had occurred January 1, 1996. During 1996, Savoy ceased its
activities in the motion picture business and accordingly, the results below
were prepared excluding the operating results of the Savoy motion picture
business.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        QUARTER                QUARTER              QUARTER         QUARTER
                                         ENDED                  ENDED                ENDED           ENDED
                                   DECEMBER 31, 1996     SEPTEMBER 30, 1996      JUNE 30, 1996   MARCH 31, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                <C>                 <C>                       <C>             <C>
Net Revenues:
  Home Shopping..................      $280,783               $234,321             $243,988         $255,613
  Broadcasting and production....        15,810                 13,157               12,818           11,430
                                       --------               --------             --------         --------
          Total net revenues.....       296,593                247,478              256,806          267,043
Operating Expenses:
  Cost of sales..................       172,336                137,070              151,744          164,940
  Other costs....................        85,289                 75,964               74,441           75,946
  Depreciation and
     amortization................        22,895                 22,776               22,625           22,566
                                       --------               --------             --------         --------
          Total operating
            expenses.............       280,520                235,810              248,810          263,452
                                       --------               --------             --------         --------
          Operating profit
            (loss)...............        16,073                 11,668                7,996            3,591
Other income (expense), net......       (13,900)                (6,552)              (5,456)          (8,437)
                                       --------               --------             --------         --------
Income (loss) before income
  taxes, and minority interest...         2,173                  5,116                2,540           (4,846)
Income tax (expense) benefit.....        (7,244)                (6,830)              (5,235)          (3,273)
Minority interest................         1,338                    362                  336            1,252
                                       --------               --------             --------         --------
          Net loss...............      $ (3,733)              $ (1,352)            $ (2,359)        $ (6,867)
                                       ========               ========             ========         ========
Earnings (loss) per common
  share..........................      $   (.08)              $   (.03)            $   (.05)        $   (.14)
                                       ========               ========             ========         ========
</TABLE>

 

I
TEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
 
  Not Applicable
 

                                    PART III
 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
INFORMATION REGARDING DIRECTORS
 
     Barry Diller, age 55, has been a director and the Chairman of the Board and
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company since August 24, 1995. He became a
director of Home Shopping on August 24, 1995 and has served as Chairman of the
Board since November 24, 1995. He was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of QVC from January 1993 until February 28, 1995. From 1984 to 1992, Mr.
Diller served as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Fox,
Inc. Prior to joining Fox, Inc., Mr. Diller served for ten years as Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Paramount Pictures Corporation. Mr.
Diller is a director of Golden Books Family Entertainment, Inc. He also serves
on the Board of the Museum of Television and Radio and is a member of the Board
of Chairman of Councilors for the University of Southern California's School of
Cinema-Television. Mr. Diller also serves on the Board of Directors for the AIDS
Project Los Angeles and the New York Public Library and the Executive Board for
the Medical Sciences of University of California, Los Angeles.
 
                                       61

<PAGE>   64
 
     James G. Held, age 47, has been a director of the Company since December
1996. He was appointed as a director pursuant to the terms of the Home Shopping
Merger Agreement. He previously had served as a director of Home Shopping since
February 1996. Since November 1995, Mr. Held has been President and Chief
Executive Officer of Home Shopping. From January 1995 to November 1995, Mr. Held
served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Adrienne Vittadini, Inc. an
apparel manufacturer and retailer. Between September 1993 and January 1995, Mr.
Held was a senior executive of QVC, first as Senior Vice President in charge of
new business development and later as Executive Vice President of merchandising,
sales, product planning and new business development. For eleven years prior to
that, until September 1993, Mr. Held was employed in different executive
positions at Bloomingdale's, Inc.
 
     Victor A. Kaufman, age 53, has been a director since December 1996. Mr.
Kaufman has served in the Office of the Chairman for the Company since January
27, 1997. Prior to that time, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Savoy since March 1992 and a director of Savoy since February 1992. Mr.
Kaufman was the founding Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Tri-Star
Pictures, Inc. ("Tri-Star") from 1983 until December 1987, at which time he
became President and Chief Executive Officer of its successor company, Columbia
Pictures Entertainment, Inc. ("Columbia"). He resigned from these positions at
the end of 1989 following the acquisition of Columbia by Sony USA, Inc. Mr.
Kaufman joined Columbia in 1974 and served in a variety of senior positions at
Columbia and its affiliates prior to the founding of Tri-Star.
 
     John E. Oxendine, age 53, has been a director of the Company since December
1996. He is the founder and since 1987, has been Chairman of Blackstar
Communications, Inc. ("BCI"), a company that currently owns and operates three
television stations affiliated with the Company. Since the fall of 1994, he has
also served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Blackstar LLC, the owner
of BCI and, through a subsidiary of station KEVN-TV, Rapid City, South Dakota
and its satellite station, KIVV-TV, licensed to Lead-Deadwood, South Dakota.
From 1981 to 1995, Mr. Oxendine served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of Broadcast Capital Fund, Inc. Mr. Oxendine is also a member of the Board of
the nonprofit Monterey Institute.
 
     Bruce M. Ramer, age 63, has been a director of the Company since February
1996 and has been a principal of the law firm Gang, Tyre, Ramer & Brown, Inc.
for more than five years. He is Chairman of the Board of Directors of Geffen
Playhouse, Los Angeles and was formerly a member of the Board of Directors of
Rebuild L.A. Mr. Ramer is also Executive Director of the Entertainment Law
Institute of the University of Southern California Law School, a member of the
Board of Councilors and a member of the Board of Trustees of Loyola Marymount
University.
 
     Gen. H. Norman Schwarzkopf, age 62, has been a director of the Company
since December 1996. He was appointed as a director pursuant to the terms of the
Home Shopping Merger Agreement. He previously had served as a director of Home
Shopping since May 1996. Since his retirement from the military in August 1991,
General Schwarzkopf has been an author, a participant in several television
specials and is currently working with NBC on additional television programs.
From August 1990 to August 1991, he served as Commander-in-Chief, United States
Central Command and Commander of Operations, Desert Shield and Desert Storm.
General Schwarzkopf has 35 years of service with the military. He is also on the
Board of Governors of the Nature Conservancy, Chairman of the Starbright Capital
Campaign, co-founder of the Boggy Creek Gang, a member of the University of
Richmond Board of Trustees, and serves on the Boards of Directors of Borg-Warner
Security Corporation, Remington Arms Company, Washington Water Power, Pentzer
Corporation, Kuhlman Corporation and Cap CURE, Association for the Cure of
Cancer of the Prostate.
 
     Eli J. Segal, age 54, has been a director of the Company since December
1996. He was appointed as director pursuant to the terms of the Home Shopping
Merger Agreement. He previously had served as a director of Home Shopping since
February 1996. Mr. Segal has served as a consultant to Bits & Pieces, Inc., a
direct mail consumer product company, since February 1996; as a consultant to
Sirius Thinking Ltd., an independent television producer, since January 1997;
and as Chairman of the Board of School Sports, Inc., a magazine celebrating the
world of high school sports, since December 1996. Mr. Segal previously served as
Assistant to the President of the United States from January 1993 to February
1996. In that connection, Mr. Segal was also confirmed by the United States
Senate as the first Chief Executive Officer of the
 
                                       62

<PAGE>   65
 
Corporation for National Service. Prior to that, Mr. Segal served as President
of Bits & Pieces, Inc. from 1984 to January 1993, and publisher of GAMES
magazine, a monthly publication from 1990 to January 1993.
 
     Sidney J. Sheinberg, age 62, has been a director of the Company since
February 1996. He served as President and Chief Operating Officer and as a
director of MCA INC. from June 1973 until October 1995. Since October 1995, Mr.
Sheinberg has been a partner of The Bubble Factory, an entertainment company.
Mr. Sheinberg served as a director of Cineplex Odeon Corporation from May 1986
until October 1995.
 
     Richard E. Snyder, age 63, has been a director of the Company since
December 1996. He has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since May 1996
and President since February 1996 of Golden Books Family Entertainment, Inc.
(formerly Western Publishing Group). Prior to that time, Mr. Snyder had, since
1994, been an independent business consultant and investor. He was the Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of Simon & Schuster from 1975 to 1994. Mr. Snyder is
also a director of Reliance Group Holdings, Inc. and Children's Blood
Foundation. Mr. Snyder is a member of the Society of Fellows of the American
Museum of Natural History, the Council on Foreign Relations and the Board of
Overseers for the University Libraries of Tufts University.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The following sets forth certain information concerning the persons who
currently serve as executive officers of the Company and who do not serve on the
Company's Board of Directors.
 
     Brian J. Feldman, age 37, has served as Controller of the Company since
January 27, 1997 and Vice President and Controller of Home Shopping since March
1996. He served as Controller, Deputy Controller and Assistant Controller for
Home Shopping from May 1989 to March 1996.
 
     James G. Gallagher, age 38, has served as Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary of the Company since January 27, 1997 and as Executive Vice
President and General Counsel of Home Shopping since October 14, 1996. Prior to
joining Home Shopping, Mr. Gallagher served in a variety of capacities,
including most recently as Group Counsel at American Express Travel Related
Services Company, Inc. from July 1988 to September 1996.
 
     Mary Ellen Pollin, age 51, has served as Vice President -- Human Resources
for the Company since January 27, 1997. She joined Home Shopping in December
1995 as Executive Vice President of Administration. From July 1995 to December
1995, she served as Executive Director of Russell Reynolds Associates, an
executive recruiting firm. From July 1993 to June 1995, she served as Vice
President of J.D. Ross International. From May 1990 to June 1993, she was
Director of Recruitment and Executive Placement at Barneys New York. From 1988
to 1990, she served as Vice President, Human Resources of Conran's Habitat.
During the nine years prior to this, Ms. Pollin worked for Bloomingdale's, Inc.
in various human resource capacities.
 
     Jed B. Trosper, age 42, joined Home Shopping in January 1997 as Executive
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and assumed the roles of
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of HSNi on January 27,
1997. He previously served as President of Blessing White from September 1995 to
December 1996 and Chief Financial Officer for several of the portfolio companies
of General Atlantic Partners including Blessing/White, Inc., Record World, Inc.,
and Comprehensive Learning Concepts, Inc. from 1990 to 1995. Mr. Trosper was
Chief Financial Officer of Modell's Sporting Goods, Inc. and held various
financial positions at JC Penney Company, Inc., Bloomingdale's, Inc., and S.E.
Nichols Company, Inc. from 1977 to 1990.
 
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
 
     For the 1996 fiscal year, James J. Miller and John E. Oxendine each failed
to file on a timely basis a Form 3 stock ownership report reflecting their
initial beneficial ownership of Company securities acquired in connection with
the Home Shopping Merger. Douglas Binzak and Adam Ware each failed to file on a
timely basis a Form 5 stock ownership report reflecting a change in the term of
certain stock options held by each of them.
 
                                       63

<PAGE>   66
 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
COMPENSATION OF OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
 
     Effective January 1, 1996, upon the recommendation of the
Compensation/Benefits Committee, the Board approved an increase of the annual
retainer for each director who is not an employee of the Company from $10,000 to
$30,000 per year. The Company also pays each such director $1,000 for each of
the Board of Directors meetings and each of the Board committee meetings
attended, plus reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by such
director in connection with such attendance at any meeting of the Board of
Directors or one of its committees.
 
     At a meeting of the Compensation/Benefits Committee on February 13, 1996,
the Compensation/Benefits Committee recommended, and the Board approved, the
termination of the previous director option plan and the adoption of the
Company's Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Directors' Stock Option Plan.") The
stockholders approved the Directors' Stock Option Plan on December 19, 1996.
 
     Under the Directors' Stock Option Plan, directors who are not employees of
the Company and who became directors of the Company on or after February 13,
1996 receive an annual grant of options to purchase 5,000 shares of HSNi Common
Stock. The exercise price per share of HSNi Common Stock subject to such options
is the fair market value of HSNi Common Stock on the date of grant, which is
provided to be the mean of the high and low sale price on such date on any stock
exchange on which HSNi Common Stock is listed or as reported by the Nasdaq
National Market, or, in the event that HSNi Common Stock is not so listed or
reported, as determined by an investment banking firm selected by the
Compensation/Benefits Committee. Such options vest in increments of 1,667 shares
on each of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant, and 1,666 shares on
the third. The options expire ten years from the date of grant. For directors
who became directors on February 13, 1996, December 19, 1996 and December 20,
1996, the exercise price per share of the annual grant was $32.88, $21.38 and
$23.25, respectively.
 
     Home Shopping entered into a three year consulting arrangement with General
Schwarzkopf during April 1996 which remains in effect following the Home
Shopping Merger. Under the terms of the arrangement, General Schwarzkopf
received options to purchase 22,500 shares of HSNi Common Stock at an exercise
price of $22.22 per share. The options vest over a three year period commencing
April 3, 1997 and are exercisable for a ten year period. In addition, option
grants in the amount of 2,250 shares each were made in January 1997 to Messrs.
Schwarzkopf and Segal at an exercise price of $25.56 and $21.39 per share,
respectively. These options vest over a two year period and are exercisable for
a period of five years from the date that they vest. The option grants replace
options that were terminated as a result of the Home Shopping Merger.
 
                                       64

<PAGE>   67
 
SUMMARY OF EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION
 
     The following sets forth the annual and long-term compensation for services
to the Company for the year ended December 31, 1996 and four months ended
December 31, 1995 and the fiscal years ended August 31, 1995 and 1994 of those
persons who were, at December 31, 1996, (i) the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, (ii) the other four most highly compensated officers of the Company
whose compensation exceeded $100,000 for fiscal year 1996.
 
                         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(1)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            ANNUAL COMPENSATION                        LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                               ---------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                                                               RESTRICTED
                               FISCAL                           OTHER ANNUAL     STOCK        STOCK       ALL OTHER
                                YEAR      SALARY      BONUS     COMPENSATION     AWARDS      OPTIONS     COMPENSATION
  NAME & PRINCIPAL POSITION     (1)         ($)        ($)         ($)(2)         ($)          (#)           ($)
  -------------------------    ------     -------   ---------   ------------   ----------   ---------    ------------
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Barry Diller.................   1996            0   1,618,722(4)         0         0                0     1,280,508(3)(8)
  Chairman and                  1995*           0     833,333(4)         0         0        6,610,000(5)    424,892(8)
  Chief Executive               1995(6)         0      47,945(4) 1,892,401(7)      0        1,895,847(8)     25,200(8)
  Officer
Douglas Binzak...............   1996(9)   207,500           0            0         0          110,000       115,328(9)
  Executive Vice President --
    Broadcasting
Michael Drayer...............   1996      120,750           0            0         0                0         1,000(3)
  Executive Vice                1995*      41,135           0            0         0                0       183,911(10)
  President,                    1995      116,484       4,000            0         0            2,500         1,000(3)
  General Counsel               1994      102,653           0            0         0                0         1,000(3)
  and Secretary
Lia Afriat-Hernandez.........   1996      107,701           0            0         0                0       174,385(3)(10)
  Executive Vice                1995*      34,923           0            0         0                0             0
  President --                  1995       97,858       3,500            0         0            2,500         1,000(3)
  Compliance/                   1994       76,731           0            0         0                0         1,000(3)
  Programming
Adam Ware....................   1996(9)   142,789           0            0         0          100,000       106,563(9)
  Executive Vice President --
    Broadcasting
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
 (1) Effective January 1, 1996, the Company's year end was changed from August
     31 to the calendar year end. For purposes of the Summary Compensation
     Table, "1996" refers to the calendar year 1996, "1995*" refers to the four
     months ended December 31, 1995, and "1995" and "1994" refer to the fiscal
     years ended August 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 (2) Disclosure of perquisites and other personal benefits, securities or
     property received by a Named Executive Officer is only required where the
     aggregate amount of such compensation exceeded the lesser of $50,000 or 10%
     of the total of the Named Executive Officer's salary and bonus for the
     year.
 (3) Includes the Company's contributions under its 401(k) Retirement Savings
     Plan (the "401(k) Plan"). Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, the Board of
     Directors may elect to match a portion of employee contributions up to a
     maximum amount of $1,000 per year, which contributions vest in equal
     installments over a five-year period. Mr. Drayer and Ms. Hernandez are each
     fully vested in the 401(k) Plan.
 (4) Pursuant to the Equity Compensation Agreement between Mr. Diller and the
     Company, Mr. Diller received a bonus payment of approximately $2.5 million
     on August 24, 1996. The Company accrued seven days of this bonus in fiscal
     1995 and four months for 1995*.
 (5) Reflects 625,000 options granted to Mr. Diller as a result of completion of
     the Home Shopping and Savoy Mergers and also includes 5,985,000 options to
     purchase HSNi Common Stock resulting from the conversion of options to
     purchase Home Shopping Common Stock granted to Mr. Diller in November 1995
     as Chairman of Home Shopping.
 (6) Mr. Diller was appointed Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
     of the Company on August 24, 1995.
 
                                       65

<PAGE>   68
 
 (7) This figure includes $966,263 in compensation paid to Mr. Diller to fund
     his tax liability in connection with his acquisition of HSNi Common Stock
     pursuant to the Equity Compensation Agreement, and $926,138 in non-cash
     income to Mr. Diller based upon the difference between the fair market
     value of HSNi Common Stock on the date of purchase and the price per share
     paid for the stock by Mr. Diller.
 (8) Pursuant to the Equity and Bonus Compensation Agreement, Mr. Diller was
     granted options in 1995 to purchase 1,895,847 shares of HSNi Common Stock,
     vesting over a four-year period, at an exercise price below the fair market
     value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. The Company has
     amortized unearned compensation of $19,046 in 1995, $331,038 in 1995*, and
     $993,135 in 1996. In addition, Mr. Diller has an interest-free, secured,
     non-recourse promissory note in the amount of $4,997,779 payable to the
     Company which was used to purchase 220,994 shares of HSNi Common Stock. As
     a result, Mr. Diller has compensation for imputed interest of $6,154 in
     1995, $93,854 in 1995* and $286,373 in 1996.
 (9) Messrs. Binzak and Ware were employed by the Company during June 1996. On
     November 12, 1996, Messrs. Binzak's and Ware's options were amended to
     reduce the option price from $32.88 and $33.00, respectively, to $25.25,
     the closing price of HSNi Common Stock on the date of amendment. As a
     result, included in all other compensation is $115,328 and $106,563 for
     Messrs. Binzak and Ware, respectively, relating to the repricing of these
     options.
(10) Includes amounts accrued for termination benefits of $183,911 and $173,385
     for Mr. Drayer and Ms. Hernandez, respectively.
 
OPTION GRANTS
 
     Set forth in the table below is information with respect to options to
purchase the Company's Common Stock granted to the Company's named executive
officers ("Named Executive Officers") during the year ended December 31, 1996.
The grants were made under the new 1995 Stock Incentive Plan ("Stock Incentive
Plan").
 
     The Stock Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation/Benefits
Committee, which has the sole discretion to determine the selected officers,
employees and consultants to whom incentive or non-qualified options, SARs,
restricted stock and performance units may be granted. As to such awards, the
Compensation/Benefits Committee also has the sole discretion to determine the
number of shares subject thereto and the type, terms, conditions and
restrictions thereof. The exercise price of an incentive stock option granted
under the Stock Incentive Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of
the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. In addition, an option granted
under the Stock Incentive Plan terminates within ten years of the date of grant.
To date, only non-qualified stock options have been granted under the Stock
Incentive Plan.
 
                                       66

<PAGE>   69
 
                      OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR(1)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PERCENT                                        POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                          NUMBER OF       OF TOTAL                                       AT ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                          SECURITIES     OPTIONS TO                                     STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                          UNDERLYING     EMPLOYEES      EXERCISE PRICE                        OPTION TERMS(3)
                           OPTIONS     GRANTED IN THE     PER SHARE       EXPIRATION    ----------------------------
          NAME            GRANTED(#)    FISCAL YEAR         ($/SH)         DATE(2)         5%($)           10%($)
          ----            ----------   --------------   --------------    ----------    ------------    ------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>              <C>               <C>           <C>             <C>
Barry Diller............         0             --              --               --                --              --
  Chairman and Chief
  Executive Officer
Douglas Binzak..........   110,000           34.4%          25.25(4)      6/10/2006        1,746,755       4,426,200
  Executive Vice
  President --
  Broadcasting
Adam Ware...............   100,000           31.3%          25.25(4)      6/17/2006        1,587,959       4,024,200
  Executive Vice
  President --
  Broadcasting
Michael Drayer..........         0             --              --               --                --              --
  Executive Vice
  President, General
  Counsel and Secretary
Lia Afriat-Hernandez....         0             --              --               --                --              --
  Executive Vice
  President --
  Compliance/
  Programming
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
(1) Under the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan, the Compensation/Benefits
    Committee retains discretion, subject to plan limits, to modify the terms of
    outstanding options and to reprice such options.
(2) Under the Stock Incentive Plan, the Compensation/Benefits Committee
    determines the exercise price, vesting schedule and exercise periods for
    option grants made pursuant to that Plan. Options granted during the year
    ended December 31, 1996, generally become exercisable in four equal, annual
    installments commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date. Each
    such option expires ten years from the date of grant.
(3) Gains are reported net of the option exercise price, but before taxes
    associated with exercise. These amounts represent certain assumed rates of
    appreciation only. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are
    dependent on the future performance of HSNi Common Stock, overall stock
    market conditions, as well as on the option holders' continued employment
    through the vesting period. The amounts reflected in this table may not
    necessarily be achieved.
(4) On November 12, 1996, Messrs. Binzak's and Ware's options were amended to
    reduce the option price from $32.88 and $33.00, respectively, to $25.25, the
    closing price of HSNi Common Stock on that date.
 
                                       67

<PAGE>   70
 
OPTION EXERCISES
 
     The following table provides information concerning the exercise of stock
options by the Company's Named Executive Officers during the year ended December
31, 1996 and the year-end value of all unexercised options held by such persons.
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                           AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                OPTIONS HELD AT           IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                                  YEAR END(#)                 YEAR-END($)(1)
                              ACQUIRED ON      VALUE      ---------------------------   ---------------------------
NAME                          EXERCISE(#)   REALIZED($)   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ----                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Barry Diller(2).............       0             0         2,126,461      6,379,386      7,806,645     23,419,933
  Chairman and Chief
     Executive Officer
Douglas Binzak(3)...........       0             0                 0        110,000              0              0
  Executive Vice
     President --
     Broadcasting
Adam Ware(3)................       0             0                 0        100,000              0              0
  Executive Vice
     President --
     Broadcasting
Michael Drayer(4)...........       0             0            14,500              0        250,500              0
  Executive Vice President,
     General Counsel and
     Secretary
Lia Afriat-Hernandez(4).....       0             0            12,040              0        202,037              0
  Executive Vice
     President --
     Compliance/Programming
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
(1) Represents the difference between the $23.75 closing price of HSNi Common
    Stock on December 31, 1996 and the exercise price of the options, and does
    not include the federal and state taxes due upon exercise.
(2) Mr. Diller's options consist of options to purchase (i) 625,000 shares of
    HSNi Common Stock granted in 1995 pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan, (ii)
    1,895,847 shares of HSNi Common Stock granted during 1995 pursuant to the
    Equity Compensation Agreement and (iii) 5,985,000 shares of HSNi Common
    Stock resulting from the conversion of options to purchase Home Shopping
    Common Stock . One quarter of each of these options were exercisable as of
    December 31, 1996. The value of in-the-money options at year end reflect
    only those options where the closing price of HSNi Common Stock at December
    31, 1996 was greater than the exercise price of the option.
(3) The exercise price of the option was greater than the market closing price
    of HSNi Common Stock on December 31, 1996.
(4) Mr. Drayer and Ms. Afriat-Hernandez are no longer employed by the Company.
 
                                       68

<PAGE>   71
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The members of the Compensation/Benefits Committee currently are Eli J.
Segal and Sidney J. Sheinberg. Kenneth T. MacDonald, Vincent F. Barresi, Michael
A. Green and Russell I. Pillar served on the Committee during 1996. Except as
set forth below, none of these directors was ever an officer or employee of the
Company or its subsidiaries.
 
     In fiscal year 1994, the Audit Committee approved a consulting agreement
whereby Mr. Barresi, a member of the Board of Directors and the Audit and
Compensation/Benefits Committees, would seek to enhance the Company's revenue
through the increased sale of station airtime and satellite earth station uplink
time, and the leasing of station tower and building space. Mr. Barresi was
compensated at the rate of $6,000 per month plus a 10% commission on net
receipts directly attributable to his efforts and reasonable and prudent
expenses. The consulting agreement was effective March 4, 1994 and terminated
December 31, 1994. Mr. Barresi remains entitled to a 10% commission on net
receipts directly attributable to his efforts. For the year ended, December 31,
1996, Mr. Barresi was compensated in the total amount of $46,000. Mr. Barresi
abstained from voting on all Audit Committee matters pertaining to the
consulting agreement.
 
                                       69

<PAGE>   72
 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 1996, information
relating to the beneficial ownership of HSNi Common Stock by (i) each person
known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares
of HSNi Common Stock, (ii) each director, (iii) the Chief Executive Officer of
the Company and the other four most highly compensated officers of the Company
whose compensation exceeded $100,000 for the year 1996, and (iv) all executive
officers and directors of the Company as a group:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME AND ADDRESS                    NUMBER OF    PERCENT    PERCENT OF VOTES
                OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                    SHARES     OF CLASS   (ALL CLASSES)(1)
                -------------------                  ----------   --------   ----------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>        <C>
Capital Research & Management Co &
  The Capital Group Companies, Inc(2)..............   3,846,250     10.8%           2.8%
  333 South Hope Street
  Los Angeles, CA 90071
Denver Investment Advisers, LLC....................   3,126,243      8.7%           2.3%
  1225 17th St., 26th Floor
  Denver, CO 80202
Fidelity Investments(3)............................   2,920,040      8.1%           2.1%
  82 Devonshire Street
  Boston, MA 02109-3614
Snyder Capital Management, Inc.....................   1,962,325      5.5%           1.4%
  350 California Street
  Suite 1460
  San Francisco, CA 94104
Tele-Communications, Inc.(4).......................   9,870,741     21.4%          21.4%
  5619 DTC Parkway
  Englewood, CO
Barry Diller(5)....................................  12,484,190     27.0%          27.0%
Douglas Binzak(6)..................................           0        *              *
James G. Held(7)...................................     281,272        *              *
Victor A. Kaufman(8)...............................     142,000        *              *
John E. Oxendine(9)................................           0        *              *
Bruce M. Ramer(9)..................................           0        *              *
Gen. H. Norman Schwarzkopf(10).....................         750        *              *
Eli J. Segal(11)...................................         750        *              *
Sidney J. Sheinberg(9).............................           0        *              *
Richard E. Snyder(9)...............................           0        *              *
Adam Ware(12)......................................           0        *              *
Michael Drayer(13).................................      14,500        *              *
Lia Afriat-Hernandez(14)...........................      12,343        *              *
All executive officers and directors as a
  group (16 persons)...............................  12,996,071     28.4%          28.1%
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
   * The percentage of shares beneficially owned does not exceed 1% of the
     class.
 
     Unless otherwise indicated, beneficial owners listed herein may be
     contacted at the Company's corporate headquarters address, 2501 118th
     Avenue North, St. Petersburg, FL 33716. The percentage of votes listed
     assumes the conversion of any shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock owned by
     such listed person, but does not assume the conversion of HSNi Class B
     Common Stock owned by any other person. Under the rules of the Commission,
     a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security
 
                                       70

<PAGE>   73
 
     if that person has or shares "voting power," which includes the power to
     vote or to direct the voting of such security, or "investment power," which
     includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such
     security. A person is also deemed to be the beneficial owner of any
     securities of which that person has the right to acquire beneficial
     ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be
     deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be
     deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which that person has
     no beneficial interest.
 
 (1) The percent of votes for all classes is based on one vote for each share of
     HSNi Common Stock and ten votes for each share of HSNi Class B Common
     Stock. However, the percent of votes for TCI and Mr. Diller assume that all
     of their HSNi Class B Common Stock has been converted into HSNi Common
     Stock, and therefore, there is no HSNi Class B Common Stock outstanding.
 (2) Includes 3,141,250 shares of HSNi Common Stock and 705,000 shares as a
     result of the assumed conversion of $18,800,000 principal amount of the
     Home Shopping Debentures into HSNi Common Stock.
 (3) Includes 2,238,479 shares of HSNi Common Stock and 681,651 shares as a
     result of the assumed conversion of $15,763,000 principal amount of the
     Home Shopping Debentures into HSNi Common Stock.
 (4) Includes beneficial ownership of 9,809,111 shares of HSNi Class B Common
     Stock, which may be converted at any time into an equal number of shares of
     HSNi Common Stock, and 61,630 shares of HSNi Common Stock. The number of
     shares does not include any shares or options to purchase shares held and
     voted by Mr. Diller outside the BDTV entities as to which shares TCI
     disclaims beneficial ownership.
 (5) The number of shares includes 486,988 shares owned by Mr. Diller and vested
     options to purchase 2,126,461 shares but does not include unvested options
     to purchase 6,379,386 shares granted to Mr. Diller. Such number also
     includes 9,809,111 shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock beneficially owned
     by Mr. Diller as the sole voting shareholder of the BDTV Entities which
     hold such shares, which shares are convertible into HSNi Common Stock, and
     61,630 shares of HSNi Common Stock held by Liberty HSN with respect to
     which Mr. Diller may be deemed to be a beneficial owner because he has
     voting control of such shares. Such number does not include the Exchange
     Shares or the Contingent Rights Shares. See "Item 1 -- The Mergers -- Home
     Shopping Merger" for further discussion.
 (6) Does not include unvested options to purchase 110,000 shares of HSNi Common
     Stock pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.
 (7) Includes vested options, granted pursuant to the 1996 Home Shopping
     Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Home Shopping Employee Plan"). Does not
     include unvested options to purchase 843,750 shares pursuant to that plan.
     Includes 22 shares under the Home Shopping Retirement Savings Plan.
 (8) Includes the conversion of 500,000 shares of Savoy Common Stock and 250,000
     shares of Savoy Restricted Stock pursuant to the Savoy Merger. Includes
     28,000 vested options to purchase HSNi Common Stock assumed by the Company
     pursuant to the Savoy Merger. Includes 9,000 shares of vested options to
     purchase HSNi Common Stock resulting from the conversion of options granted
     pursuant to the Home Shopping Employee Plan. Does not reflect unvested
     options to purchase 100,000 shares of HSNi Common Stock granted pursuant to
     the Stock Incentive Plan and unvested options to purchase 36,000 shares of
     HSNi Common Stock resulting from conversion of options granted pursuant to
     the Home Shopping Employee Plan.
 (9) Does not reflect unvested options to purchase 5,000 shares of HSNi Common
     Stock pursuant to the Directors' Stock Option Plan.
(10) Does not include unvested options to purchase 5,000 shares of HSNi Common
     Stock pursuant to the Directors' Stock Option Plan. Does not include
     unvested options to purchase 1,500 shares of HSNi Common Stock under the
     Home Shopping Directors' Stock Option Plan which were converted pursuant to
     the terms of the Home Shopping Merger. Does not include unvested options to
     purchase 22,500 shares of HSNi Common Stock granted under the Home Shopping
     Employee Plan pursuant to a consulting agreement with Home Shopping.
(11) Does not include unvested options to purchase 5,000 shares of HSNi Common
     Stock pursuant to the Directors' Stock Option Plan. Does not include
     unvested options to purchase 1,500 shares of HSNi
 
                                       71

<PAGE>   74
 
     Common Stock under the Home Shopping Directors' Stock Option Plan which 
     were converted pursuant to the terms of the Home Shopping Merger.
(12) Does not include unvested options to purchase 100,000 shares of HSNi Common
     Stock pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.
(13) Includes 14,500 vested options granted under the Company's Stock Option and
     Restricted Stock Plan.
(14) Includes vested options to purchase 12,040 vested options granted under the
     Company's Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan.
 
     The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 1996, information
relating to the beneficial ownership of HSNi Class B Common Stock:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PERCENT OF
                  NAME AND ADDRESS                     NUMBER OF   PERCENT         VOTES
                 OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                   SHARES(1)   OF CLASS   (ALL CLASSES)*
                 -------------------                   ---------   --------   ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>        <C>
Barry Diller(2)......................................  9,809,111     95.9          71.0%
Tele-Communications, Inc.(2).........................  9,809,111     95.9          71.0%
  5619 DTC Parkway
  Englewood, CO
BDTV INC.(2).........................................  9,809,111     95.9          71.0%
  and BDTV II INC.
  2425 Olympic Boulevard
  Santa Monica, CA 90404
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
  * Excludes shares of HSNi Common Stock owned by any of the listed persons.
(1) All or any portion of shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock may be converted
    at any time into an equal number of shares of HSNi Common Stock.
(2) Liberty, a wholly owned subsidiary of TCI, and Mr. Diller have entered into
    the Stockholders Agreement pursuant to which Liberty and Mr. Diller have
    formed BDTV, to which Liberty assigned the Liberty Option, and BDTV II INC.
    (together with BDTV, the "BDTV Entities") On August 13, 1996, BDTV exercised
    the Liberty Option, thereby acquiring 2,000,000 shares of HSNi Class B
    Common Stock. On December 20, 1996, Liberty contributed 7,809,111 shares of
    HSNi Class B Common Stock to BDTV II. Mr. Diller also owns 441,988 shares of
    HSNi Common Stock and options to purchase 8,505,847 shares of HSNi Common
    Stock, 2,126,461 of which are currently vested representing 5.9% of the
    issued and outstanding shares of HSNi Common Stock as of December 31, 1996.
    Moreover, if the BDTV Entities converted their beneficially owned HSNi Class
    B Common Stock into HSNi Common Stock, such shares would represent
    approximately 21.2% of the issued and outstanding shares of HSNi Common
    Stock. The BDTV Entities may be issued additional Class B Common Stock upon
    issuance of the Contingent Shares and conversion of the Exchange Shares in
    accordance with the terms of the Home Shopping Merger. TCI disclaims
    beneficial ownership of all HSNi Securities held by Mr. Diller or his
    affiliates but not any of HSNi Securities held by the BDTV Entities. Mr.
    Diller owns all of the voting stock of BDTV Entities and Liberty owns all of
    the non-voting stock, which non-voting stock represents in excess of 99% of
    the equity of the BDTV Entities. HSNi Securities held by the BDTV Entities
    are subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement.
 
                   THE DILLER-LIBERTY STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
 
     Mr. Diller and Liberty are parties to a stockholders agreement, dated as of
August 24, 1995 (the "August Stockholders Agreement"), as amended by the first
amendment (the "First Amendment") thereto, dated as of August 25, 1996 (the
First Amendment, together with the August Stockholders Agreement, the
"Stockholders Agreement"), pursuant to which the parties thereto and certain of
their affiliates have formed the BDTV Entities, which are the holders of record
of 9,809,111 shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock (representing approximately
95.9% of the outstanding HSNi Class B Common Stock as of December 31, 1996). Mr.
Diller is the President of each of the BDTV Entities and beneficially owns all
of the voting stock of each of them. Liberty currently holds all of the
non-voting common stock of each of the BDTV Entities,
 
                                       72

<PAGE>   75
 
representing in excess of 99% of the equity of each of them, which shares are
convertible under certain circumstances into shares of voting common stock.
 
     In addition to the 9,809,111 shares of HSNi Class B Common Stock held by
the BDTV Entities, Mr. Diller, Liberty and Arrow Holdings, LLC ("Arrow"), an
entity controlled by Mr. Diller, collectively hold 548,618 shares of HSNi Common
Stock. These securities are subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement
and represent, in the aggregate, approximately 1.5% of the outstanding HSNi
Common Stock, 22% of the outstanding combined common equity of the Company and
71% of the outstanding total voting power of the Company. Assuming that all
securities to be issued to Liberty pursuant to the Contingent Rights and the
Exchange Agreement were issued (and that no other HSNi Securities were otherwise
issued), the HSNi Securities subject to the Stockholders Agreement would
represent in the aggregate approximately 19% of the then-outstanding HSNi Common
Stock, 37% of the then-outstanding equity of the Company and 78% of the
then-outstanding total voting power of the Company.
 
     Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, Mr. Diller exercises voting control
over HSNi Securities held by the BDTV Entities , Mr. Diller, Liberty, Arrow and
certain of their affiliates, subject to certain restrictions on Mr. Diller's
authority to vote such shares with respect to certain matters relating to the
Company and otherwise as provided in the Stockholders Agreement. Pursuant to the
Stockholders Agreement, Mr. Diller and Liberty have agreed that HSNi Securities
owned by any of Mr. Diller, Liberty and certain of their affiliates will not be
voted in favor of the taking of any action in connection with certain
extraordinary matters except with the consent of each of Mr. Diller and Liberty.
 
     In the Stockholders Agreement, Mr. Diller has agreed that, at any time
following the consummation of the Home Shopping Merger that Liberty or Liberty
HSN is no longer a subsidiary of TCI (and provided that a change in law, rule or
regulation or circumstance that would permit Liberty to exercise full ownership
and control over HSNi Securities (including its pro rata portion of HSNi
Securities held by the BDTV Entities represented by Liberty's equity interest in
the BDTV Entities ), notwithstanding the Company's ownership of broadcast
licenses granted by the FCC (a "Change in Law") has not theretofore otherwise
occurred), Liberty may request that Mr. Diller and the Company use all
reasonable efforts to take such actions as may be reasonably necessary in order
that Liberty would be permitted to exercise full ownership rights with respect
to HSNi Securities owned by it (including its pro rata interest in any HSNi
Securities held by any BDTV Entity) (a "Restructuring Transaction"). In the
event that a Restructuring Transaction has not occurred within 365 days
following Liberty's notice of its request (or earlier, in certain circumstances)
and a Change in Law has not otherwise occurred, Liberty would be permitted,
subject to certain limitations and rights of first refusal in favor of Mr.
Diller, to sell its HSNi Securities without regard to the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Stockholders Agreement, and such transferee would
purchase HSNi Securities free and clear of any rights (other than certain
registration rights) or obligations under the Stockholders Agreement.
 
     In view of the number of shares of HSNi Securities as to which the BDTV
Entities or Mr. Diller will have voting power in connection with the matters
described herein, it is anticipated that such persons will be able to control
the outcome of any vote of stockholders as to any proposal or matter on which
the holders of HSNi Common Stock and HSNi Class B Common Stock vote together as
a single class and the outcome of any matter as to which only the holders of
HSNi Class B Common Stock vote as a separate class. In addition, Mr. Diller,
subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, will effectively be able to
control the outcome of all matters submitted to a vote or for the consent of
stockholders (other than with respect to the election by the holders of HSNi
Common Stock of 25% of the members of the Board of Directors (rounded up to the
nearest whole number) and certain matters as to which a separate class vote of
the holders of HSNi Common Stock is required under Delaware law).
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS
 
  Employment Contracts
 
     The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Douglas Binzak,
dated as of February 13, 1996, and an employment agreement with Adam Ware, dated
May 28, 1996, pursuant to which each such individual serves as an officer of the
Company (Messrs. Binzak and Ware are referred to herein individually as
 
                                       73

<PAGE>   76
 
an "Executive" and collectively as the "Executives"). The employment agreement
with Mr. Binzak provides for an annual base salary of $415,000, with possible
increases at the sole discretion of the Board, and a term of five years. The
employment agreement with Mr. Ware provides for an annual base salary of
$275,000 for the first year, $300,000 for the second year and $325,000 for the
third year of his employment with the Company, and a term of three years. Each
such employment agreement provides that, if the Company terminates the
Executive's employment other than for Cause (as defined in such employment
agreement), or if the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason (as
defined in such employment agreement), the Company will pay to the Executive a
lump sum payment equal to his accrued and unpaid annual salary, bonuses and
vacation pay, as well as any previously deferred compensation, and will continue
to make periodic payments of his annual base salary for the remainder of his
contract term (less any amounts such Executive receives from another employer
during that time). If the Company terminates the Executive's employment for
Cause, if the Executive terminates his employment with the Company other than
for Good Reason, or if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
death or disability, the Company will pay to the Executive or his estate his
accrued and unpaid annual salary, bonuses and vacation pay, as well as any
previously deferred compensation. Neither of these employment agreements provide
for any obligations of any of the parties upon a change in control of the
Company.
 
  Equity and Bonus Compensation Agreement
 
     As of August 24, 1995, the Company and Mr. Diller entered into the Equity
and Bonus Compensation Agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell
Mr. Diller 220,994 shares of HSNi Common Stock at $22.625 per share in cash (the
"Initial Diller Shares") and an additional 220,994 shares of HSNi Common Stock
for the same per share price (the "Additional Diller Shares") payable by means
of a cash payment of $2,210 and an interest-free, secured, non-recourse
promissory note in the amount of $4,997,779. The promissory note is secured by
the Additional Diller Shares and by that portion of the Initial Diller Shares
having a fair market value on the purchase date of 20% of the principal amount
of the promissory note. In addition, the Company granted options to Mr. Diller
options to purchase 1,895,847 shares of HSNi Common Stock at $22.625 per share
(the "Diller Options"). The Diller Options were granted in tandem with
conditional SARs which become exercisable only in the event of a change in
control of the Company and in lieu of exercise of the Diller Options. The
Initial and Additional Diller Shares and the Diller Options were issued to Mr.
Diller below the market price of $24.75 on August 24, 1995.
 
     Mr. Diller also was granted a bonus arrangement, contractually independent
from the promissory note, pursuant to which he received a bonus payment of
approximately $2.5 million on August 24, 1996 and will receive a further such
payment on August 24, 1997, except that the bonuses will be paid immediately
upon a Change in Control of the Company or upon termination of Mr. Diller's
employment either by the Company other than for Cause or by Mr. Diller prior to
a Change of Control with good reason (as such terms are defined in the Equity
and Bonus Compensation Agreement). Mr. Diller also received $966,263 for payment
of taxes by Mr. Diller due to the compensation expense which resulted from the
difference in the per share fair market value of HSNi Common Stock and the per
share purchase price of the Initial Diller Shares and Additional Diller Shares.
 
  Termination Agreement
 
     The Company has entered into a termination agreement with Michael Drayer,
the previous Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. This
agreement provides that, upon termination other than for cause, Mr. Drayer will
receive a lump sum cash payment equal to his effective annual salary as of the
date of his termination, plus any earned and unused vacation and sick time, plus
the amount of any contribution otherwise payable for his benefit under the
401(k) Plan for the year in which termination occurs, plus any additional
severance as provided for under the Company's standard executive severance
policy in effect as of the date of the agreement. The termination agreement also
provides that Mr. Drayer will receive paid medical benefits for a one-year
period following termination or until alternative medical coverage is obtained.
 
                                       74

<PAGE>   77
 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     Mr. Diller, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company and Chairman of the Board of Home Shopping, is the sole holder of the
voting stock of the BDTV Entities. Liberty was the controlling shareholder of
Home Shopping prior to the Home Shopping Merger and, by virtue of its interest
in the BDTV Entities, may, subject to certain regulatory and other requirements,
acquire a controlling interest in the Company.
 
     During April 1996, Home Shopping sold a majority of its interest in HSN
Direct Joint Venture, its infomercial operation, for $5.9 million to certain
entities controlled by Flextech P.L.C., a company controlled by TCI. Home
Shopping received $4.9 million in cash at closing and is due an additional $1.0
million payable in four equal annual installments commencing on February 1,
1997. Home Shopping will retain a 15% interest in the venture and a related
corporation.
 
     During 1996, Home Shopping, along with JPC formed Shop Channel, a
television shopping venture based in Tokyo. TCI International, a subsidiary of
TCI owns a 50% interest in JPC, the 70% shareholder in the venture. Home
Shopping owns a 30% interest in the venture. During 1996, Home Shopping
contributed $1,770,000 to the venture. In addition, Home Shopping sold inventory
and provided services in the amount of $730,000 to Shop Channel during 1996.
 
     During 1994, a subsidiary of Home Shopping and Black Entertainment
Television, Inc. ("BET") entered into an agreement to promote a direct response
marketing program and a shop-at-home show concept known as "BET Shop." That
agreement terminated in December 1996. TCI beneficially owns an 18.3% interest
in BET.
 
     In the normal course of business, Home Shopping enters into agreements with
the operators of cable television systems and operators of broadcast television
stations for the carriage of Home Shopping programming. Home Shopping has
entered into agreements with a number of cable operators that are affiliates of
TCI. These long-term contracts provide for a minimum subscriber guarantee and
incentive payments based on the number of subscribers. Payments by Home Shopping
to TCI and certain of its affiliates under these contracts for cable commissions
and advertising were approximately $11.4 million for the calendar year ended
December 31, 1996. In addition, Home Shopping received $212,000 in payments
during calendar year 1996 for rental of a satellite transponder from a wholly
owned subsidiary of TCI.
 
     On January 27, 1997, the Board of Directors approved a three year
consulting arrangement with Leo J. Hindery, Jr., a former member of the Board of
Directors of Home Shopping and the former managing General Partner and Chief
Executive Officer of InterMedia Partners. Mr. Hindery subsequently was appointed
President of TCI. TCI has an approximate 49% limited partnership interest in
InterMedia Partners. Home Shopping had entered into cable carriage agreements
with InterMedia on terms and conditions that are consistent with Home Shopping's
other cable agreements. Home Shopping paid Intermedia $.5 million in calendar
year 1996 for cable commissions and advertising. Under the consulting
arrangement, Mr. Hindery received fully vested options to purchase 40,500 shares
of HSNi Common stock at an exercise price of $32.78. These options expire in one
third increments in 1998, 1999 and 2000. Mr. Hindery also received an additional
2,250 options at an exercise price of $25.86. Of those options, 750 were vested
at the date of grant and 750 vest during May 1997 and 1998 and will expire five
years from the date of vesting.
 
     As of December 31, 1996, SKTV owned a 33.447% membership interest in
Blackstar. Mr. Oxendine serves as Chairman and CEO of Blackstar. Home Shopping
currently maintains broadcast affiliation agreements with Stations WBSF-TV,
Melbourne, Florida; KBSP-TV, Salem, Oregon; and WBSX-TV, Ann Arbor, Michigan for
which Blackstar is the parent company. Home Shopping recorded affiliation
payments of $4.7 million relating to the Blackstar stations in calendar year
1996. See "HSNi Broadcasting -- SKTV, Inc. -- The Stations."
 
     As part of the employment agreement entered into by Home Shopping and Mr.
Held, Home Shopping agreed to lend Mr. Held $1.0 million for the purpose of
purchasing a residence in the Tampa/St. Petersburg area. During September 1996,
Mr. Held received that loan from Home Shopping. The loan bears interest at 5%
per annum, and the principal and any accrued and unpaid interest becomes due and
payable in the event
 
                                       75

<PAGE>   78
 
that Mr. Held is terminated for any reason, on the first anniversary of such
termination, or immediately in the event that the residence is sold or
transferred. In the event that, after completion of improvements to be
undertaken within a reasonable period of time following the purchase of the
residence, the fair market value of the residence is less than $800,000, Mr.
Held is required to repay a portion of the principal amount of the loan equal to
the difference.
 

                                    PART IV
 

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     (a) List of Documents filed as part of this Report
 

<TABLE>
<S>  <C>  <C>
(1)  --   Consolidated Financial Statements
          Report of Independent Auditors -- Ernst & Young LLP.
          Independent Auditors' Report -- Deloitte & Touche LLP.
          Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended
          December 31, 1996, the Four Months Ended December 31, 1995,
          and the Years Ended August 31, 1995 and 1994.
          Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996, and
          1995.
          Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Year
          Ended December 31, 1996, the Four Months Ended December 31,
          1995, and the Years Ended August 31, 1995 and 1994.
          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended
          December 31, 1996, the Four Months Ended December 31, 1995,
          and the Years Ended August 31, 1995 and 1994.
          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)  --   Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE                                                                       PAGE
 NUMBER                                                                       NUMBER
- --------                                                                      ------
<C>        <S>  <C>                                                           <C>
    II     --   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts...........................    83
</TABLE>

 
     The reports of the Company's independent auditors with respect to the
above-listed financial statement schedule appear on pages 31 and 32.
 
     All other financial statements and schedules not listed have been omitted
since the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial
Statements or the notes thereto, or is not applicable or required.
 

<TABLE>
<S>  <C>  <C>
(3)  --   Exhibits (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation
          S-K)
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
- -------                              -----------
<C>     <C>  <S>
  2.1    --  Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Silver King
             Communications, Inc., Thames Acquisition Corporation and
             Savoy Pictures Entertainment, Inc., as amended and restated
             August 13, 1996 filed as Appendix A to the Company's
             Definitive Proxy Statement, November 20, 1996, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
  2.2    --  Agreement and Plan of Exchange and Merger by and among
             Silver King Communications, Inc., House Acquisition Corp.,
             Home Shopping Network, Inc. and Liberty HSN, Inc. as of
             August 25, 1996 filed as Appendix B to the Company's
             Definitive Proxy Statement, November 20, 1996, is hereby
             incorporated by reference.
  3.1    --  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
             Company filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 10-K,
             August 31, 1994, is incorporated herein by reference.
  3.2    --  Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
  3.3    --  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company filed as Exhibit
             3.2 to the Company's Form 10-K, August 31, 1994, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
</TABLE>

 
                                       76

<PAGE>   79
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
- -------                              -----------
<C>     <C>  <S>
  4.1    --  Indenture dated as of March 1, 1996, for Home Shopping and
             United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee relating
             to Home Shopping's 5.87% Convertible Subordinated Debentures
             due March 1, 2006, filed as Exhibit 4.0 to Home Shopping's
             Form S-3 Registration No. 333-10511, August 20, 1996, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
  4.2    --  First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 20, 1996,
             among Home Shopping Network, Inc., Silver King
             Communications, Inc. and United States Trust Company of New
             York, as Trustee filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Home Shopping Form
             8-K/A, December 19, 1996, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
  4.3    --  Indenture, dated as of June 25, 1993, for the Savoy 7%
             Convertible Subordinated Debentures due July 1, 2003, filed
             as Exhibit 4(d) to Savoy's S-1 Registration Statement No.
             33-63192, is incorporated herein by reference.
  4.4    --  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 24, 1993,
             for the Savoy 7% Convertible Debentures due July 1, 2003,
             filed as Exhibit 4(e) to Savoy's S-1 Registration Statement
             No. 33-70160, is incorporated herein by reference.
  4.5    --  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 17,
             1993, for the Savoy 7% Convertible Debentures due July 1,
             2003, filed as Exhibit bearing the same title in Savoy's
             Form 10-K December 31, 1993, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
  4.6    --  Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 19, 1996
             for the Savoy 7% Convertible Debentures due July 1, 2003,
             filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Savoy's Form 8-K, December 19, 1996,
             is incorporated herein by reference.
  4.7    --  Form of Common Stock Certificate.
 10.1    --  Form of Affiliation Agreements between the Company and Home
             Shopping filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Registration
             Statement on Form 10, as amended, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
*10.2    --  Form of 1992 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan between
             the Company and Home Shopping filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the
             Company's Registration Statement on Form 8, as amended, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
 10.3    --  1986 Stock Option Plan for Employees dated August 1, 1986,
             filed as Exhibit 10.33 to the Company's Form S-1
             Registration Statement No. 33-8560, dated October 15, 1986,
             is incorporated herein by reference.
*10.4    --  Form of Retirement Savings and Employment Stock Ownership
             Plan filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Registration
             Statement on Form 8, as amended, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
 10.5    --  Form of Indemnification Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.10 to
             the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10, as amended,
             is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.6    --  Credit Agreement by and between the Company and Chemical
             Bank and other participating lenders filed as Exhibit 10.15
             to the Company's Form 10-K, August 31, 1994, is incorporated
             herein by reference.
 10.7    --  Consulting Agreement, as amended, by and between the Company
             and Vincent F. Barresi filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the
             Company's Form 10-K, August 31, 1994, is incorporated herein
             by reference.
 10.8    --  Form of Loan Agreement, as amended, by and between Silver
             King Capital Corporation, Inc. and Roberts Broadcasting
             Company of Denver filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's
             Form 10-K, August 31, 1994, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
 10.9    --  Form of Shareholder Agreement by and among Silver King
             Capital Corporation, Inc., Roberts Broadcasting Company of
             Denver, Michael V. Roberts and Steven C. Roberts filed as
             Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Form 10-K, August 31, 1994,
             is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.10   --  Amendment to Credit Agreement by and between the Company and
             Chemical Bank and other participating lenders dated August
             31, 1994 filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form 10-K,
             August 31, 1995, is incorporated herein by reference.
</TABLE>

 
                                       77

<PAGE>   80
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
- -------                              -----------
<C>     <C>  <S>
 10.11   --  Termination Agreements by and between the Company and James
             M. Lawless, Steven H. Grant, Michael Drayer and Joan E.
             Halfaker dated October 30, 1995, filed as Exhibit 10.22 to
             the Company's Form 10-K, August 31, 1995, are incorporated
             herein by reference.
 10.12   --  Limited Liability Company Agreement (the "LLC"), Funding
             Agreement and Form of First Amendment to LLC, Registration
             Rights Agreement and associated documents between the
             Company, the Class A Shareholders of Blackstar
             Communications, Inc. and Fox Television Stations, Inc. dated
             June 27, 1995 and August 18, 1995, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to
             the Company's Form 10-K, August 31, 1995, are incorporated
             herein by reference.
*10.13   --  1986 Stock Option Plan for Employees dated August 1, 1986,
             filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Home Shopping's Form S-1
             Registration Statement No. 33-8560, dated October 15, 1986,
             is incorporated herein by reference.
*10.14   --  First, Second, Third and Fourth Amendments to the 1986 Stock
             Option Plan for Employees filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Home
             Shopping's Form 10-K, December 31, 1993, are incorporated
             herein by reference.
*10.15   --  Form of 1990 Executive Stock Award Program dated October 17,
             1990, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Home Shopping's
             Form 10-K, August 31,1991, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
 10.16   --  Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Home Shopping and
             The National Registry Inc. dated April 28, 1992, filed as
             Exhibit 10.29 to Home Shopping's Form 10-K, August 31, 1992,
             is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.17   --  Form of Amendment dated as of July 28, 1994, to Affiliation
             Agreements between Home Shopping Club, Inc. and SKC filed as
             Exhibit 10.19 to Home Shopping's Form 10-K, December 31,
             1994, is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.18   --  Credit Card Program Agreement, dated as of February 16,
             1994, by and among Home Shopping, participating subsidiaries
             and General Electric Capital Corporation filed as Exhibit
             10.30 to Home Shopping's Form 10-K, December 31, 1993, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
*10.19   --  Amended and Restated Home Shopping Network, Inc. Retirement
             Savings Plan and Trust Agreements, which incorporates by
             reference the Home Shopping Network, Inc. Retirement Savings
             and Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust filed as Exhibit
             10.33 to Home Shopping's Form 10-K, December 31, 1993, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
*10.20   --  Home Shopping Network, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan and
             Part-Time Employee Stock Purchase Plan filed as Exhibit
             10.30 to Home Shopping's Form 10-K, December 31, 1994, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
*10.21   --  Home Shopping Network, Inc. Employee Equity Participation
             Plan and Agreement and Declaration of Trust filed as Exhibit
             10.31 to Home Shopping's Form 10-K, December 31, 1994, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
*10.22   --  Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan for
             Employees filed as Exhibit A to the Home Shopping Definitive
             Proxy Statement, March 28, 1996, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
*10.23   --  Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan for
             Outside Directors filed as Exhibit B to the Home Shopping
             Definitive Proxy Statement, March 28, 1996, is incorporated
             herein by reference.
 10.24   --  Binding Term Sheet for the Stockholders Agreement dated
             August 24, 1995, between Barry Diller and Liberty Media
             Corporation and the First Amendment thereto dated August 25,
             1996, filed as Appendix I to the Company's Definitive Proxy
             Statement, November 20, 1996, are incorporated herein by
             reference.
 10.25   --  Exchange Agreement dated as of December 20, 1996 by and
             between the Registrant and Liberty HSN, Inc.
*10.26   --  Equity and Bonus Compensation Agreement dated as of August
             24, 1995 between Barry Diller and the Company.
</TABLE>

 
                                       78

<PAGE>   81
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
- -------                              -----------
<C>     <C>  <S>
*10.27  --  Silver King Communications, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan
            filed as Appendix G to the Company's Definitive Proxy
            Statement, November 20, 1996, is incorporated herein by
            reference.
*10.28  --  Silver King Communications, Inc. Directors' Stock Option
            Plan filed as Appendix H to the Company's Definitive Proxy
            Statement, November 20, 1996, is incorporated herein by
            reference.
*10.29  --  Employment Agreement between the Company and Douglas Binzak
            dated as of February 13, 1996.
*10.30  --  Employment Agreement between the Company and Adam Ware dated
            as of May 28, 1996.
*10.31  --  Employment Agreement between Home Shopping and James G.
            Held, dated as of November 24, 1995 filed as Exhibit 10.35
            to Home Shopping's Form 10-K, December 31, 1995, is
            incorporated herein by reference.
*10.32  --  Employment Agreement between Home Shopping and Mary Ellen
            Pollin, dated as of December 15, 1995 filed as Exhibit 10.36
            to Home Shopping's Form 10-K, December 31, 1995, is
            incorporated herein by reference.
*10.33  --  Employment Agreement between Home Shopping and James G.
            Gallagher, dated as of October 14, 1996.
 10.34  --  Letter Agreement dated April 3, 1996 between Home Shopping
            Network, Inc. and Gen. H. Norman Schwartzkopf.
 10.35  --  Shareholders Agreement dated December 12, 1996 Relating to
            Jupiter Shop Channel Co;. Ltd among Jupiter Programming Co;.
            Ltd, Home Shopping Network, Inc. and Jupiter Shop Channel
            Co;. Ltd.
 10.36  --  Services and Trademark License Agreement dated as of
            December 12, 1996 between Home Shopping Network, Inc. and
            Jupiter Shop Channel Co;. Ltd.
 10.37  --  Purchase and Sale Agreement among Home Shopping Network
            GmbH, Home Shopping Network, Inc., Quelle Schickedanz AG &
            Co, Mr. Thomas Kirch and Dr. Georg Kofler dated January 16,
            1997.
 10.38  --  Joint Venture Agreement Between Quelle Schickedanz AG & Co.,
            Home Shopping Network, Inc., Home Shopping Network GmbH, Mr.
            Thomas Kirch and Dr. Georg Kofler, filed as Exhibit 5.3 to
            the Purchase and Sale Agreement.
 10.39  --  License Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 between Ronald
            A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. and Home Shopping
            Network, Inc.
 10.40  --  Shareholder Agreement dated as of April 26, 1996 by and
            among Channel 66 of Vallejo, California, Inc., Whitehead
            Media of California, Inc. and Silver King Capital
            Corporation, Inc.
 10.41  --  Loan Agreement dated as of April 26, 1996 by and between SKC
            Investments, Inc. and Channel 66 of Vallejo, California,
            Inc.
 10.42  --  Credit Agreement dated as of August 2, 1996, among Home
            Shopping Network, Inc., as borrower, Home Shopping Club,
            Inc. and HSN Realty, Inc., as guarantors, the Chase
            Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, LTCB Trust Company,
            as Collateral Agent, the Bank of New York Company, Inc., as
            Documentation Agent and the Lenders filed as Exhibit 10.38
            to Home Shopping's Form 10-Q, June 30, 1996, is incorporated
            herein by reference.
 10.43  --  Pledge Agreement dated as of August 2, 1996, made by Home
            Shopping Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in favor of
            LTCB Trust Company, a New York trust company, as collateral
            agent for the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement
            dated as of August 2, 1996, among the Pledgor, as borrower,
            Home Shopping Club, Inc. and HSN Realty, Inc., as
            guarantors, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative
            Agent, LTCB Trust Company, as Collateral Agent, The Bank of
            New York Company, Inc., as Documentation Agent, and the
            Lenders, filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Home Shopping's Form
            10-Q, June 30, 1996, is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.44  --  Joint Venture and License Agreement, dated as of June 12,
            1992, between Savoy Pictures Entertainment, Inc. and Home
            Box Office, Inc. (confidential treatment for portions
            thereof granted), filed as an exhibit bearing the same title
            in Savoy's S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-57596, is
            incorporated herein by reference.
</TABLE>

 
                                       79

<PAGE>   82
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
- -------                              -----------
<C>     <C>  <S>
 10.45   --  License Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1992, among Savoy
             Pictures Entertainment, Inc. and Home Box Office, Inc.
             (confidential treatment of portions thereof granted), filed
             as an exhibit bearing the same title in Savoy's S-1
             Registration Statement No. 33-57596, is incorporated herein
             by reference.
 10.46   --  Warrant Agreement, dated as of March 2, 1992, between Savoy
             Pictures Entertainment, Inc. and Allen & Company
             Incorporated, filed as an exhibit bearing the same title in
             Savoy's S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-57596, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
 10.47   --  Warrant Agreement, dated as of March 2, 1992, between Savoy
             Pictures Entertainment, Inc. and GKH Partners, L.P., filed
             as an exhibit bearing the same title in Savoy's S-1
             Registration Statement No. 33-57596, is incorporated herein
             by reference.
 10.48   --  Warrant Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1994 between Savoy
             and GKH Partners, L.P., filed as an exhibit bearing the same
             title in Savoy's Form 10-Q, March 31, 1994, is incorporated
             herein by reference.
 10.49   --  Subscription and Shareholders Agreement, dated as of October
             28, 1994 by and among SF Multistations, Inc., FTS
             Investments, Inc. and Savoy Stations, Inc., filed as an
             exhibit bearing the same title in Savoy's Form 8-K, August
             22, 1995, is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.50   --  Subscription and Shareholders Agreement, dated as of October
             28, 1994 by and among SF Broadcasting of Wisconsin, Inc.,
             FTS Investments, Inc. and Savoy Stations, Inc., as amended,
             filed as an exhibit bearing the same title in Savoy's Form
             8-K, August 22, 1995, is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.51   --  Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1995, among Savoy, the
             financial institutions from time to time part thereto and
             Chemical Bank as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,
             filed as Exhibit 10 to Savoy's Form 10-Q, June 30, 1995, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
 10.52   --  First Amendment and Waiver, dated as of March 11, 1996, to
             the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1995, among Savoy,
             the financial institutions party thereto and Chemical Bank,
             as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, filed as
             Exhibit 10(r) to Savoy's Form 10-K, December 31, 1995, is
             incorporated herein by reference.
 10.53   --  Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among SF
             Broadcasting of Green Bay, Inc., SF Broadcasting of Mobile,
             Inc., SF Broadcasting of New Orleans, Inc., and SF
             Broadcasting of Honolulu, Inc., the financial institutions
             from time to time party thereto, Chemical Bank, as
             administrative agent and as collateral agent, First Union
             National Bank of North Carolina, as managing agent, and The
             Bank of New York, Natwest Bank, N.A. and Banque Paribas as
             co-agents, filed as an exhibit bearing the same title in
             Savoy's Form 8-K, August 22, 1995, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
 10.54   --  Station Affiliation Agreement, dated as of April 28, 1995,
             between Fox Broadcasting Company and SF Broadcasting of
             Green Bay, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10(u) to Savoy's Form
             10-K, December 31, 1995, is incorporated herein by
             reference.
 10.55   --  Station Affiliation Agreement, dated as of August 22, 1995,
             between Fox Broadcasting Company and SF Broadcasting of
             Honolulu, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10(v) to Savoy's Form 10-K,
             December 31, 1995, is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.56   --  Station Affiliation Agreement, dated as of August 22, 1995,
             between Fox Broadcasting Company and SF Broadcasting of
             Mobile, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10(w) to Savoy's Form 10-K,
             December 31, 1995, is incorporated herein by reference.
 10.57   --  Form of Amendment and Waiver to the Credit Agreement, dated
             as of June 30, 1995, among SF Broadcasting of New Orleans,
             Inc., SF Broadcasting of Mobile, Inc., SF Broadcasting of
             Honolulu, Inc. and SF Broadcasting of Green Bay, Inc., as
             borrowers, the financial institutions from time to time
             party thereto, and The Chase Manhattan Bank (formerly known
             as Chemical Bank)(as administrative agent and collateral
             agent), filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Savoy's Form 10-Q,
             September 30, 1996, is incorporated herein by reference.
</TABLE>

 
                                       80

<PAGE>   83
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
- -------                              -----------
<C>     <C>  <S>
*10.58  --  Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (including form of
            Stock Options Agreement) filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Savoy's
            Registration Statement No. 33-70740, is incorporated herein
            by reference.
*10.59  --  Savoy 1995 Stock Option Plan filed as Exhibit 10(t) to
            Savoy's Form 10-K, December 31, 1995, is incorporated herein
            by reference.
 21     --  Subsidiaries of the Company.
 23.1   --  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 23.2   --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 27     --  Financial Data Schedule (for SEC use only).
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
* Reflects management contracts and compensatory plans.
 
     (b) Reports on Form 8-K.
 
     On December 23, 1996, the Company filed a report on Form 8-K setting forth
the approval by the shareholders of the Company, Savoy and the Home Shopping of
the Savoy Merger and the Home Shopping Merger which were consummated on December
19, 1996 and December 20, 1996, respectively. The Company also reported the name
change for the Company approved by the shareholders on December 19, 1996.
 
                                       81

<PAGE>   84
 

                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
April 10, 1997
                                          HSN, INC.
                                          By:        /s/ BARRY DILLER
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                        Barry Diller
                                            Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated on April 10, 1997.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                            TITLE
                      ---------                                            -----
<S>                                                    <C>
                  /s/ BARRY DILLER                     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------  Officer
                    Barry Diller
 
                 /s/ JAMES G. HELD                     Director and Vice Chairman
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   James G. Held
 
                /s/ JED B. TROSPER                     Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
- -----------------------------------------------------  Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)
                  Jed B. Trosper
 
               /s/ BRIAN J. FELDMAN                    Controller (Chief Accounting Officer)
- -----------------------------------------------------
                 Brian J. Feldman
 
                /s/ VICTOR KAUFMAN                     Director and Office of the Chairman
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Victor Kaufman
 
               /s/ JOHN E. OXENDINE                    Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                 John E. Oxendine
 
                                                       Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Bruce M. Ramer
 
                                                       Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
              H. Norman Schwarzkopf
 
                 /s/ ELI J. SEGAL                      Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Eli J. Segal
 
             /s/ SIDNEY J. SHEINBERG                   Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Sidney J. Sheinberg
 
              /s/ RICHARD E. SNYDER                    Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                Richard E. Snyder
</TABLE>

 
                                       82

<PAGE>   85
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                           HSN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      BALANCE      CHARGED       CHARGED                        BALANCE
                                        AT           TO            TO                             AT
                                     BEGINNING    COSTS AND       OTHER       DEDUCTIONS --       END
DESCRIPTION                          OF PERIOD    EXPENSES     ACCOUNTS(2)     DESCRIBE(1)     OF PERIOD
- -----------                          ---------    ---------    -----------    -------------    ---------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
  Year ended December 31, 1996.....    $ 68         $  23        $2,751           $(163)        $2,679
                                       ====         =====        ======           =====         ======
  Four months ended December 31,
     1995..........................    $ 82         $  51        $   --           $ (65)        $   68
                                       ====         =====        ======           =====         ======
  Year ended August 31, 1995.......    $ 73         $ 179        $   --           $(170)        $   82
                                       ====         =====        ======           =====         ======
  Year ended August 31, 1994.......    $236         $(163)       $   --           $  --         $   73
                                       ====         =====        ======           =====         ======
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 
(1) Write-off fully reserved accounts receivable.
(2) Amount relates to mergers with Savoy Pictures Entertainment, Inc. and
    subsidiaries and Home Shopping Network, Inc. and subsidiaries.
 
                                       83





<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 3.2




                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

               AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                        SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



     Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, Silver King Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (the "Corporation"), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Corporation unanimously adopted
resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendments to the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:


           RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
      of the Corporation be amended by restating Article I to read in its
      entirety as follows:

                 The name of the corporation is HSN, Inc.

           FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of
      Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by restating the first
      paragraph of Article IV to read in its entirety as follows:





                                     - 1 -


<PAGE>   2

                 The corporation shall have the authority to issue one hundred
            fifty million (150,000,000) shares of $.01 par value Common Stock,
            thirty million (30,000,000) shares of $.01 par value Class B Common
            Stock, and fifteen million
 (15,000,000) shares of $.01 par value
            Preferred Stock.

           FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of
      Incorporation of the Company be amended by deleting Article IV, section
      A, subsection (3) in its entirety.

           FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of
      Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by restating Article IV,
      section A, subsection (4) to read in its entirety as follows:

                 (3)  Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote one
            vote for each share of Common Stock held as of the applicable date
            on any matter that is submitted to a vote or to the consent of the
            Stockholders of the corporation.  Except as otherwise provided
            herein or by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
            the holders of Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock
            shall at all times vote on all matters (including the election of
            directors) together as one class.

           FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of
      Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by deleting Article IV,
      section B, subsection (3) in its entirety.


           FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of
      Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by restating Article IV,
      section B, subsection (4) to read in its entirety as follows:

                 (3)  Each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to
            vote ten votes for each share of Class B Common Stock held as of
            the applicable



                                     - 2 -



<PAGE>   3


            date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or to
            the consent of the Stockholders of the corporation.  Except as
            otherwise provided herein or by the General Corporation Law of the
            State of Delaware, the holders of Common Stock and the holders of
            Class B Common Stock shall at all times vote on all matters
            (including the election of directors) together as one class.

     SECOND:  That at the annual meeting of stockholders held on December 19,
1996, the holders of a majority of shares of Common Stock and Class B Common
Stock of the Corporation voted to approve said amendments in accordance with
the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Corporation and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     THIRD:  That the said amendments were duly adopted in accordance with
Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     FOURTH:  That the capital of the Company shall not be reduced under or by
reason of the said amendments.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Silver King Communications, Inc. has caused this
certificate to be signed by Michael Drayer, its Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, this 20th day of December, 1996.





                                     - 3 -


<PAGE>   4



                                         SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                         By
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Michael Drayer
                                           Executive Vice President,
                                           General Counsel and
                                           Corporate Secretary







                                     - 4 -




<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.7

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     
                     NUMBER                                      HSN, INC.                                 SHARES
                      HSN
                                            INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

<S>                                                         <C>                                  <C>            
                                                            COMMON STOCK                         SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
                                                                                                         CUSIP 40429R 10 9
THIS CERTIFIES THAT



                                                             SPECIMEN


IS THE OWNER OF 

           FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF

HSN, INC. transferable on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by his duly authorized attorney upon
surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held
subject to all the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as now and hereafter amended, and of the By-laws of the Company
(copies thereof being on file with the Secretary of the Company) and the holder hereof, by accepting this certificate, expressly
assents thereto. This certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

        Witness the seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

        Dated:

                                                             
           ------------------------                                              ---------------------------
           CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD                      HSN, INC.                           SECRETARY
        AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER                   CORPORATE                                     
                                                        SEAL
                                                        1986
                                                      DELAWARE
</TABLE>



COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: 
   THE BANK OF NEW YORK
      TRANSFER AGENT AND
 REGISTRAR

By

         AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE







<PAGE>   2
                                   HSN, INC.


THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS,
A STATEMENT OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE,
PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES
THEREOF AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES
AND/OR RIGHTS.

        The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:


<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                <C>
TEN COM - as tenants in common                               UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -      Custodian
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                                                          -------          -------      
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right of                                                         (Cust)          (Minor)       
          survivorship and not as tenants                                                       under Uniform Gifts to Minors     
          in common                                                                             Act                           
                                                                                                    ------------------------------ 
                                                                                   (State)                 
                     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,__________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

        PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
             IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- ----------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
              (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  

                                                                                                     : shares
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint

                                                                                                     Attorney
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated
      ----------------------------------------

                                     
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             NOTICE:    THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS
                                        WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
                                        ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.


            SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION
                                        (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH
                                        MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT
                                        TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
</TABLE>














<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.25






                              EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

                                      
                         DATED AS OF DECEMBER 20, 1996

                                BY AND BETWEEN

                       SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                      
                                      AND
                                      
                              LIBERTY HSN, INC.

<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     Page
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
ARTICLE 1        DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
         SECTION 1.2      Additional Defined Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

ARTICLE 2        EXCHANGE OF SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
         SECTION 2.1      Right to Exchange the Exchange Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
         SECTION 2.2      Disputes Concerning Occurrence of an Issuance Event
                          and Available Silver King Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         SECTION 2.3      Mechanics of the Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

ARTICLE 3        EXCHANGE RATE ADJUSTMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
         SECTION 3.1      Exchange Rate Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
         SECTION 3.2      Adjustment for Consolidation or Merger of Silver King . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
         SECTION 3.3      Notice of Adjustment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         SECTION 3.4      Notice of Certain Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         SECTION 3.5      Exchange Rate Adjustments for Actions of the
                          Surviving Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

ARTICLE 4        GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SILVER KING AND LIBERTY HSN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         SECTION 4.1        . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         SECTION 4.2        . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

ARTICLE 5        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SILVER KING WITH RESPECT TO EACH EXCHANGE  . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         SECTION 5.1      Organization and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         SECTION 5.2      Authorization of the Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         SECTION 5.3      Validity of Silver King Shares, etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
         SECTION 5.4      No Approvals or Notices Required; No Conflict with Instruments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24



ARTICLE
 6        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ELIGIBLE HOLDER WITH RESPECT TO EACH EXCHANGE  . . . . . . . .  25
         SECTION 6.1      Ownership and Validity of Surviving Exchange Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         SECTION 6.2      No Approvals or Notices Required; No Conflict with Instruments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

ARTICLE 7        COVENANTS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
         SECTION 7.1      Notification of Issuance Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         SECTION 7.2      Transfer of Surviving Corporation s Assets and
                          Liabilities to Subsidiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
         SECTION 7.3      Treatment of Silver King Class B Stock and Silver King
                          Common Stock upon a Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
                                                                                                                         
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     Page
                                                                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
         SECTION 7.4      Reservation of Silver King Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
         SECTION 7.5      Certain Obligations Upon Insolvency or Bankruptcy
                          of Surviving Corporation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
         SECTION 7.6      Reasonable Efforts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
         SECTION 7.7      Notification of Certain Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         SECTION 7.8      Certain Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         SECTION 7.9      Additional Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

ARTICLE 8        MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
         SECTION 8.1      Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
         SECTION 8.2      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
         SECTION 8.3      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
         SECTION 8.4      Entire Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         SECTION 8.5      Assignment; Binding Effect; Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         SECTION 8.6      Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
         SECTION 8.7      Extension; Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
         SECTION 8.8      Survival  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
         SECTION 8.9      Tax Interpretation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
         SECTION 8.10     General Interpretation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35        
         SECTION 8.11     Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36        
         SECTION 8.12     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36        
         SECTION 8.13     Applicable Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36        
                                                                                                                         
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   4


                               EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

         EXCHANGE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 20,1996, by and between
SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Silver King"), and
LIBERTY HSN, INC., a Colorado corporation ("Liberty HSN").

                                   RECITALS:

         WHEREAS, Silver King, House Acquisition Corp., a direct subsidiary of
Silver King ("Silver Sub"), Home Shopping Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("HSN") and Liberty HSN have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Exchange and
Merger (the "Merger Agreement"), dated as of August 25, 1996, pursuant to
which, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, HSN will be
merged with and into Silver Sub (the "Merger"), with the result that (i) HSN
would be the surviving corporation in the Merger (the "Surviving Corporation"),
(ii) HSN would become a subsidiary of Silver King and (iii) the stockholders of
HSN would be entitled to receive shares of Silver King stock in exchange for
their shares of HSN stock, subject to certain exceptions with respect to
certain shares of HSN stock held by Liberty HSN (which are being exchanged for
shares of Silver Sub prior to the Merger as described below);

         WHEREAS, immediately prior to the Pre-Merger Exchange (as defined
below), Liberty HSN owned 17,566,702 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value
$.01 per share, of HSN ("HSN Common Stock"), and 20,000,000 shares of Class B
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of HSN ("HSN Class B Stock"), but
because of limitations based on certain regulations, orders and policies of the
Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC"), Liberty HSN is not permitted to
receive all of the shares of Silver King stock it would otherwise be entitled
to receive in exchange for its shares of HSN stock in the Merger;

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, simultaneous with the
execution of this Agreement and immediately prior to the Effective Time of the
Merger, Liberty HSN is exchanging (the "Pre-Merger Exchange") its 17,566,702
shares of HSN Common Stock and 739,141 shares of its 20,000,000 shares of HSN
Class B Stock for an equal number of shares of common stock and class B common
stock of Silver Sub, which shares of Silver Sub will be converted in the Merger
into an equal number of shares of the Surviving Corporation's Common Stock and
the Surviving Corporation s Class B Common Stock.


         WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Merger, Liberty HSN will own
(subject to certain adjustments as provided in the Merger Agreement) 17,566,702
shares of Surviving Common Stock and 739,141 shares of Surviving Class B
Stock;

         WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each
share of Surviving Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock will be exchanged
for a number of shares of Silver King Common Stock and Silver King Class B
Stock, respectively, determined in accordance with






<PAGE>   5

this Agreement at such time and from time to time as Liberty HSN or its
permitted transferee hereunder is entitled or otherwise permitted under FCC
Regulations to own the additional Silver King Securities issuable upon the
exchange of Surviving Corporation stock.

         WHEREAS, it is a condition to the parties obligation to consummate the
Merger that Silver King and Liberty HSN have entered into this Exchange
Agreement;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  DEFINITIONS

         SECTION 1.1      Defined Terms. The definitions set forth in this
Article shall apply to the following terms when used with initial capital
letters in this Agreement.

                 "Agreement to Transfer" shall mean an agreement by a holder of
Exchange Securities to transfer, directly or indirectly, the Silver King
Securities issuable upon an Exchange of Exchange Securities owned by such
holder to one or more third parties who are entitled or otherwise permitted to
Own (in accordance with FCC Regulations) such Silver King Securities (including
in connection with a public offering of Silver King Securities effected
pursuant to the Liberty Group s demand and piggyback registration rights under
the Stockholders Agreement).

                 "Available Silver King Amount" shall mean, as of the date of
determination, the number equal to the difference between (x) the maximum
number of Silver King Securities which the holder of the Exchange Securities
or, in the case of an Exchange in connection with an Agreement to Transfer, the
Transferee, would, under the FCC Regulations then in effect, then be permitted
to Own (in accordance with FCC Regulations), and (y) the number of Silver King
Securities then Owned (for purposes of the FCC Regulations) by such holder of
Exchange Securities or such Transferee, as applicable, in each case, giving
effect to the voting power of the stock Owned or to be Owned by such holder.

                 "Available Surviving Share Amount" shall mean as of the date
of determination, the  aggregate number of shares of Surviving Common Stock and
or Surviving Class B Stock which may be exchanged at the then applicable
Exchange Rate for shares of Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B
Stock, as applicable, in each case, rounded down to the nearest whole number,
which number of shares of Surviving Common Stock and/or Surviving Class B Stock
(or such combination thereof as is chosen by the holder seeking to exchange
such Exchange Securities) will result in the issuance to such holder upon such
exchange of the Available Silver King Amount of Silver King Securities.

                 "BDTV" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Stockholders Agreement.





                                     -2-

<PAGE>   6


                 "BDTV II" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Stockholders Agreement.

                 "BDTV Entity" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
the Stockholders Agreement.

                 "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,
Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, New York
are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to remain closed.

                 "Class B Exchange Rate" shall mean the kind and amount of
securities, assets or other property that as of any date are issuable or
deliverable upon exchange of a share of Surviving Class B Stock.  The Class B
Exchange Rate shall initially be .54 of a share of Silver King Class B Stock
and shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, as set forth in Article
3 of this Agreement.  In the event that pursuant to Article 3, the Surviving
Class B Stock becomes exchangeable for more than one class or series of capital
stock of Silver King or another Person, the term "Class B Exchange Rate," when
used with respect to any such class or series, shall mean the number or
fraction of shares or other units of such capital stock that as of any date
would be issuable upon exchange of a share of Surviving Class B Stock.

                 "Closing Price" shall mean, on any Trading Day, (i) the last
sale price (or, if no sale price is reported on that Trading Day, the average
of the closing bid and asked prices) of a share of Silver King Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market on such Trading Day, or (ii) if the primary trading
market for the Silver King Common Stock is not the Nasdaq National Market, then
the closing sale price regular way on such Trading Day, or, in case no such
sale takes place on such Trading Day, the reported closing bid price regular
way on such Trading Day, in each case on the principal exchange on which such
stock is traded, or (iii) if the Closing Price on such Trading Day is not
available pursuant to one of the methods specified above, then the average of
the bid and asked prices for the Silver King Common Stock on such Trading Day
as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to
time by the Silver King Board of Directors for that purpose.

                 "Common Exchange Rate" shall mean the kind and amount of
securities, assets or other property that as of any date are issuable or
deliverable upon exchange of a share of Surviving Common Stock.  The Common
Exchange Rate shall initially be .45 of a share of Silver King Common Stock and
shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, as set forth in Article 3 of
this Agreement.  In the event that pursuant to Article 3 the Surviving Common
Stock becomes exchangeable for more than one class or series of capital stock
of Silver King or another Person, the term "Common Exchange Rate," when used
with respect to any such class or series, shall mean the number or fraction of
shares or other units of such capital stock that as of any date would be
issuable upon exchange of a share of Surviving Common Stock.

                 "Contingent Right" shall mean the right of Liberty HSN to
receive the Contingent Shares pursuant to the Merger Agreement.





                                     -3-

<PAGE>   7


                 "Contingent Shares" shall mean the shares of Silver King Class
B Stock (or other securities) which Silver King is obligated to issue to
Liberty HSN following the Effective Time pursuant to Section 2(d) and Exhibit A
of the Merger Agreement.

                 "Convertible Securities" shall mean rights, options, warrants
and other securities which are exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible
into shares of capital stock of any Person at the option of the holder thereof;
provided, however, that the term Convertible Securities shall not include the
Silver King Class B Stock or Surviving Class B Stock.

                 "Current Market Price" on the Determination Date for any
issuance of rights, warrants or options or any distribution in respect of which
the Current Market Price is being calculated, shall mean the average of the
daily Closing Prices of the Silver King Common Stock for the shortest of:

                 (a)      the period of 20 consecutive Trading Days commencing
30 Trading Days before such Determination Date,

                 (b)      the period commencing on the date next succeeding the
first public announcement of the issuance of rights, warrants or options or the
distribution in respect of which the Current Market Price is being calculated
and ending on the last full Trading Day before such Determination Date, and

                 (c)        the period, if any, commencing on the date next
succeeding the Ex-Dividend Date with respect to the next preceding issuance of
rights, warrants or options or distribution for which an adjustment is required
by the provisions of Section 3.1(a)(i)(4), 3.1(b) or 3.1(c), and ending on the
last full Trading Day before such Determination Date.

                 If the record date for an issuance of rights, warrants or
options or a distribution for which an adjustment is required by the provisions
of Section 3.1(a)(i)(4), or Section 3.1(b) or (c) (the "preceding adjustment
event") precedes the record date for the issuance or distribution in respect of
which the Current Market Price is being calculated and the Ex-Dividend Date for
such preceding adjustment event is on or after the Determination Date for the
issuance or distribution in respect of which the Current Market Price is being
calculated, then the Current Market Price shall be adjusted by deducting
therefrom the fair market value (on the record date for the issuance or
distribution in respect of which the Current Market Price is being calculated),
as determined in good faith by the Silver King Board of Directors, of the
capital stock, rights, warrants or options, assets or debt securities issued or
distributed in respect of each share of Silver King Common Stock in such
preceding adjustment event.  Further, in the event that the Ex-Dividend Date
(or in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification, the
effective date with respect thereto) with respect to a dividend, subdivision,
combination or reclassification to which Section 3.1(a)(i)(1), Section 3.1
(a)(i)(2), Section 3.1(a)(i)(3) or Section 3.1(a)(i)(5) applies occurs during
the period applicable for calculating the Current Market Price, then the
Current Market Price shall be calculated for such period in a manner determined
in good faith by the Silver King Board of Directors to reflect the





                                     -4-

<PAGE>   8

impact of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification on the
Closing Prices of the Silver King Common Stock during such period.

                 "Determination Date" for any issuance of rights, warrants or
options or any dividend or distribution to which Section 3.1(b) or (c) applies
shall mean the earlier of (i) the record date for the determination of
stockholders entitled to receive the rights, warrants or options or the
dividend or distribution to which such paragraph applies and (ii) the
Ex-Dividend Date for such rights, warrants or options or dividend or
distribution.

                 "Effective Time" shall mean the effective time of the Merger.

                 "Eligible Holder" shall mean, in the case of any Exchange, the
applicable holder of Exchange Securities who is entitled to effect an Exchange
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including an Exchange in connection
with an Agreement to Transfer.

                 "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                 "Exchange Notice" shall mean the written notice required to be
delivered to notify Silver King or an Eligible Holder, as the case may be, of
the exercise of an Exchange Right.

                 "Exchange Securities" shall mean the Surviving Common Stock
and the Surviving Class B Stock received by Liberty HSN in the Merger in
respect of the shares of Silver Sub common stock and Silver Sub class B common
stock received in the Pre-Merger Exchange.

                 "Ex-Dividend Date" shall mean the date on which "ex-dividend"
trading commences for a dividend, an issuance of rights, warrants or options or
a distribution to which any of Section 3.1(a), (b), or (c) applies, in the
Nasdaq National Market or on the principal exchange on which the Silver King
Common Stock is then quoted or traded.

                 "FCC Regulations" shall mean as of the applicable date,
collectively, all federal communications statutes and all rules, regulations,
orders, decrees and policies (including the FCC s Memorandum Opinion and Order
released March 11, 1996 and its Memorandum Opinion and Order released June 14,
1996) of the FCC as then in effect, and any interpretations or waivers thereof
or modifications thereto.

                 "HSR Act" shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                 "Issuance Event" shall mean the occurrence of any event or the
existence of any fact  or circumstance which would permit, under applicable FCC
Regulations, a holder of Exchange Securities to Own a greater number of Silver
King Securities than such holder currently Owns.  For purposes of this
Agreement, an Issuance Event which occurs (i) as a result of an order of the
FCC, shall be deemed to occur on the date that any such order becomes final and
non-appealable, or (ii)





                                     -5-

<PAGE>   9

as a result of a change in law or regulation of the FCC, shall be deemed to
occur on the date such law or regulation was promulgated, enacted or adopted
or, if later, the date such law or regulation becomes effective.

                 "Liberty" shall mean Liberty Media Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.

                 "Liberty Group" shall mean Liberty, Tele-Communications, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation, and their respective controlled affiliates, including
Liberty HSN.

                 "Other Property" shall mean any security (other than Silver
King Common Stock or Silver King Class B Stock), assets or other property
deliverable upon the surrender of shares of Surviving Common Stock or Surviving
Class B Stock for Exchange in accordance with this Agreement.

                 "Own" shall mean record, beneficial or other ownership, direct
or indirect, of securities which are attributable to a Person or otherwise
owned by a Person in accordance with applicable FCC Regulations.  The terms
"Ownership" and "Owner" shall have correlative meanings.

                 "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company,
trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political
subdivision thereof, or other entity, whether acting in an individual,
fiduciary or other capacity.

                 "Proxy Statement" shall mean the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus filed with the SEC on November 20, 1996, by Silver King,
HSN and Savoy with respect to the Merger and the Savoy Merger.

                 "Redemption Securities" shall mean securities of an issuer
other than Silver King that are distributed by Silver King in payment, in whole
or in part, of the call, redemption, exchange or other acquisition price for
Redeemable Capital Stock.

                 "Restrictive Condition" means any limitation or restriction
imposed on a Person as a result of such Person's acquisition of Silver King
Securities upon an Exchange of any Exchange Securities, or the imposition of
any restriction or limitation of the type referred to in clause (i) of Section
7.9(a) or any requirement that such Person dispose or divest of any Silver King
Securities or interest therein (including any interest in BDTV, BDTV II or any
BDTV Entity) in connection with or as a result of such Exchange.

                 "Savoy" shall mean Savoy Pictures Entertainment, Inc., a
Delaware corporation.

                 "Savoy Merger" shall mean the merger between a wholly owned
subsidiary of Silver King and Savoy pursuant to the Savoy Merger Agreement.





                                     -6-

<PAGE>   10

                 "Savoy Merger Agreement" shall mean the Agreement and Plan of
Merger, as amended and restated as of August 13, 1996, by and among Silver
King, Thames Acquisition Corp. and Savoy.

                 "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                 "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                 "Silver King Class B Stock" shall mean the Class B Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share, of Silver King, or any shares into which such
shares shall be converted or exchanged and shall include, where appropriate, in
the case of any reclassification, recapitalization or other change in the
Silver King Class B Stock following the Merger, or in the case of a
consolidation or merger of Silver King with or into another Person following
the Merger affecting the Silver King Class B Stock, such capital stock to which
a holder of Silver King Class B Stock shall be entitled upon the occurrence of
such event.

                 "Silver King Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share of Silver King, or any shares into which such shares shall
be converted or exchanged and shall include, where appropriate, in the case of
any reclassification, recapitalization or other change in the Silver King
Common Stock following the Merger, or in the case of a consolidation or merger
of Silver King with or into another Person following the Merger affecting the
Silver King Common Stock, such capital stock to which a holder of Silver King
Common Stock shall be entitled upon the occurrence of such event.

                 "Silver King Securities" shall mean the Silver King Common
Stock and the Silver King Class B Stock.

                 "Stockholders Agreement" shall mean the letter agreement
between Barry Diller and Liberty, dated August 24, 1995, and the attached term
sheet, as amended by the letter agreement, dated as of August 25, 1996, between
Liberty and Mr. Diller, pursuant to which Liberty and Mr. Diller have entered
into certain agreements with respect to the equity securities of Silver King,
BDTV, BDTV II, any BDTV Entities and the Surviving Corporation and with respect
to the Merger, all as described therein, except that in the event such letter
agreements and term sheet are superseded by a definitive Stockholders
Agreement, "Stockholders Agreement" shall refer to such definitive Stockholders
Agreement.

                 "Surviving Class B Stock" shall mean the Class B Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation, or any shares into
which such shares shall be converted or exchanged (other than shares of Silver
King Class B Stock) and shall include, where appropriate, in the case of any
reclassification, recapitalization or other change in the Surviving Class B
Stock following the Merger, or in the case of a consolidation or merger of the
Surviving Class B Stock with or into another Person following the Merger
affecting the Surviving Class B Stock, such





                                     -7-

<PAGE>   11

capital stock to which a holder of Surviving Class B Stock shall be entitled
upon the occurrence of such event.

                 "Surviving Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation, or any shares into which
such shares shall be converted or exchanged (other than shares of Silver King
Common Stock) and shall include, where appropriate, in the case of any
reclassification, recapitalization or other change in the Surviving Common
Stock following the Merger, or in the case of a consolidation or merger of the
Surviving Common Stock with or into another Person following the Merger
affecting the Surviving Common Stock, such capital stock to which a holder of
Surviving Common Stock shall be entitled upon the occurrence of such event.

                 "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the primary trading
market for the Silver King Common Stock is open for the transaction of
business.

                 "Transferee" shall mean a Person who, pursuant to an Agreement
to Transfer entered into with a holder of Exchange Securities, is or will
become the Owner of Silver King Securities issuable upon the Exchange of
Exchange Securities.  Such holder of the Exchange Securities, prior to the
consummation of any such Agreement to Transfer, is sometimes referred to herein
as the "Transferor."

         SECTION 1.2      Additional Defined Terms.  The following additional
terms listed below shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Section (or
other provisions hereof) indicated opposite such term:


<TABLE>                                                     
<CAPTION>
 Term                                               Section       
 ----                                               -------       
 <S>                                                <C>           
 Additional Contingent Right                        7.5(a)        
 Adjustment Event                                   3.3           
 Contract                                           5.4(d)        
 Contract Consent                                   5.4(c)        
 Contract Notice                                    5.4(c)        
 Exchange                                           2.1(c)        
 Exchange Date                                      2.3(d)        
 Exchange Right                                     2.1(c)        
 FCC                                                Introduction  
 Governmental Consent                               5.4(b)        
 Governmental Entity                                5.4(b)        
 Governmental Filing                                5.4(b)        
 HSN                                                Introduction  
 HSN Class B Stock                                  Introduction  
 HSN Common Stock                                   Introduction  
 Liberty HSN                                        Introduction  
 Merger                                             Introduction  
 Merger Agreement                                   Introduction  
 NASD                                               5.3           
</TABLE>



                                     -8-

<PAGE>   12


<TABLE>
 <S>                                          <C>
 Pre-Merger Exchange                          Introduction      
 Redeemable Capital Stock                     3.1(a)(ii)        
 Redemption Event                             3.1(d)            
 Response Notice                              2.3(a)            
 Restructuring Transaction                    7.5(b)            
 Silver King                                  Introduction      
 Silver King Bylaws                           5.1               
 Silver King Charter                          5.1               
 Silver King Exchange Shares                  2.1(c)            
 Silver King Preferred Stock                  4.1(a)            
 Silver Sub                                   Introduction      
 Surviving Corporation                        Introduction      
 Surviving Exchange Shares                    2.1(c)            
 Surviving Sub                                7.2               
 Transaction                                  3.2(a)            
 Violation                                    5.4(d)            
</TABLE>
         


                                   ARTICLE 2

                               EXCHANGE OF SHARES

         SECTION 2.1      Right to Exchange the Exchange Securities.  (a) Any
holder of Exchange Securities who is entitled or otherwise permitted to Own
additional Silver King Securities in accordance with paragraph (c) of this
Section 2.1 shall have the right, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, to exchange (i) a number of shares of Surviving Common Stock at the
then applicable Common Exchange Rate (as of the Exchange Date (as defined
below)) and/or (ii) a number of shares of Surviving Class B Stock at the then
applicable Class B Exchange Rate (as of the Exchange Date), in each case,
rounded down to the nearest whole number, which would result in the issuance to
such holder of a number of shares of Silver King Securities equal to the then
Available Silver King Amount.  An Eligible Holder shall also be entitled to
receive upon such Exchange, the kind and amount of securities, assets or other
property (other than shares of Silver King Securities) for which such shares of
Surviving Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock are then exchangeable
pursuant to Article 3 hereof.  In the event more than one class of Surviving
Corporation stock is available for Exchange, the Eligible Holder shall be
entitled to elect the number of shares of each class of Surviving Corporation
stock to be so exchanged.

                 (b)      At such time as a holder of Exchange Securities is
entitled or otherwise permitted to Own additional Silver King Securities in
accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.1, Silver King shall have the
right, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to require an
Eligible Holder to exchange (i) a number of shares of Surviving Common Stock at
the then applicable Common Exchange Rate (as of the Exchange Date) for shares
of Silver King Common Stock and/or (ii)  a number of shares of Surviving Class
B Stock at the then applicable Class B Exchange Rate (as of the Exchange Date)
for shares of Silver King Class B Stock, in each case,



                                     -9-

<PAGE>   13
rounded down to the nearest whole number, which would result in the issuance to
such holder of a number of shares of Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver
King Class B Stock, as applicable, equal to the then Available Silver King
Amount.  An Eligible Holder shall also be entitled to receive upon such
Exchange, the kind and amount of securities, assets or other property (other
than shares of Silver King Securities) for which such shares of Surviving
Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock are then exchangeable pursuant to
Article 3 hereof.  In the event more than one class of Surviving Corporation
stock is available for Exchange, the Eligible Holder shall be entitled to elect
the number of shares of each class of Surviving Corporation stock to be so
exchanged.

                 (c)      A holder of Exchange Securities shall be deemed to be
entitled or otherwise permitted to own additional Silver King Securities (i)
upon the occurrence of an Issuance Event or (ii) in connection with an
Agreement to Transfer; provided that in the case of clause (ii), all conditions
to such transfer (other than the issuance of the applicable number of Silver
King Securities and other than any conditions which are capable of being
satisfied only at the closing of such transfer) have been satisfied. In the
case of an Exchange in connection with an Agreement to Transfer, such holder
shall be deemed to be entitled or otherwise permitted to Own the number of
additional Silver King Securities which are the subject of such agreement and
which the applicable Transferee is entitled or otherwise permitted to Own.  The
right of an Eligible Holder or of Silver King to cause the exchange of shares
of Surviving Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock for shares of Silver King
Securities pursuant to this Section 2.1 is herein referred to as the "Exchange
Right" and each such exchange is herein referred to as an "Exchange."  The
shares of Surviving Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock to be exchanged
pursuant to an Exchange are herein referred to as the "Surviving Exchange
Shares" and the shares of Silver King Common Stock and Silver King Class B
Stock to be received in exchange for such Surviving Exchange Shares in an
Exchange are herein referred to as the "Silver King Exchange Shares."

                 (d)      Except pursuant to an Agreement to Transfer, no
Exchange Securities shall be exchangeable by a member of the Liberty Group
under this Agreement until all Contingent Shares issuable to Liberty HSN
pursuant to the Contingent Right have been so issued or until the Contingent
Right has expired; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not affect the
Liberty Group s right to assign its rights under this Agreement to any
permitted transferee of Exchange Securities (or interests therein) or the
rights of any such permitted transferee to exchange such Exchange Securities.

                 (e)      It shall be a condition to the obligation of a holder
of Exchange Securities to consummate an Exchange pursuant to this Agreement
that:

                 (i) such Exchange not be taxable to such holder; provided,
         however, that to the extent that (x) the taxability of such Exchange
         was caused by or resulted from (1) any action or inaction by Liberty
         HSN or another member of the Liberty Group (other than any action or
         inaction specifically contemplated or required by the Merger
         Agreement, this Agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement), (2) the
         laws and regulations in effect at the Effective Time or (3) any
         difference in the tax position of an Eligible Holder relative to the
         tax position of Liberty HSN, such that, had such Exchange been
         effected by Liberty HSN, this condition





                                     -10-

<PAGE>   14

         would have been satisfied, or (y) the taxes applicable to such
         Exchange would have accrued or been payable by Liberty HSN had all of
         the Exchange Securities been issued to Liberty HSN in the Merger at
         the Effective Time pursuant to the laws and regulations in effect at
         the Effective Time, such Eligible Holder shall not be entitled to
         assert the failure of this condition; and

                 (ii) such Exchange not result in the creation or imposition of
         any Restrictive Condition with respect to such Eligible Holder or with
         respect to any shares received in the Exchange.

                 (f)      Silver King s right and obligation to effect an
Exchange shall be deferred to the extent that the number of Silver King
Securities which would then otherwise be required to be issued to all Eligible
Holders upon the Exchange of their Exchange Securities is less than 25,000
(which number shall be adjusted to give effect to any stock splits, reverse
splits, recapitalizations or the like); provided, however, that any such
Exchange Securities not then required to be exchanged as a result of the
provisions of this paragraph shall be exchanged at such time as such number of
Silver King Securities issuable upon the Exchange of all Exchange Securities
then required to be exchanged equals or exceeds such number, at which time,
subject to the other conditions herein, the parties shall execute each such
Exchange.  The deferral set forth in this paragraph (f) shall not be applicable
in the event that upon the Exchange of all of outstanding Exchange Securities
by an Eligible Holder, such holder would be entitled to receive in the
aggregate less than 25,000 Silver King Securities.

         SECTION 2.2      Disputes Concerning Occurrence of an Issuance Event
and Available Silver King Amount.   The determination of whether or not a
holder is entitled or otherwise permitted to Own additional Silver King
Securities and the determination of the Available Silver King Amount issuable
to the applicable Eligible Holder, shall be made in the good faith reasonable
determination of the Person exercising the Exchange Right based upon FCC
Regulations.  In the event of any dispute between Silver King and a holder of
Exchange Securities with respect to whether a holder is entitled or otherwise
permitted to Own additional Silver King Securities or the determination of the
Available Silver King Amount issuable to such Eligible Holder, such dispute
shall be resolved by delivery to Silver King and such holder of a written
opinion addressed to each of Silver King and such holder (which opinion shall
be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Silver King and such holder
and shall not be subject to material qualifications or limitations) of counsel
to Silver King specializing in FCC matters as to the matters that are the
subject of any such dispute.  Such opinion shall be delivered within 10
Business Days after notice by either Silver King or such holder to the other
party that the matter is outstanding and has not been resolved between them.
In the event that no such opinion is delivered within ten (10) Business Days
after such notice, the matter shall be resolved in favor of such holder.

         SECTION 2.3      Mechanics of the Exchange.   (a) An Eligible Holder
may exercise the Exchange Right set forth in Section 2.1(a) above by delivering
an Exchange Notice to Silver King. Silver King may exercise the Exchange Right
set forth in Section 2.1(b) above by delivering an Exchange Notice to the
applicable Eligible Holder.  If Silver King delivers the Exchange Notice,





                                     -11-

<PAGE>   15

such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
which have entitled or otherwise permitted such holder to Own additional Silver
King Securities, the Available Silver King Amount, a brief description of the
method used to calculate such amount and the Common Exchange Rate and the Class
B Exchange Rate in effect at such time.  If an Eligible Holder delivers the
Exchange Notice, such notice shall include the same information, to the extent
known by such holder, and shall also set forth the number and type of Surviving
Corporation stock such holder desires to exchange; if Silver King delivers the
Exchange Notice, the applicable Eligible Holder shall notify Silver King in
writing (the "Response Notice") of the number and type of Surviving Corporation
stock such holder desires to exchange within ten (10) Business Days following
receipt of the Exchange Notice, and in the event such holder fails to notify
Silver King within such ten-day period, Silver King may, subject to the other
terms and conditions herein, determine the number and type of shares to be
exchanged.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, in the event that an Eligible Holder desires to exchange a number of
shares of Surviving Class B Stock which would require the issuance of a number
of shares of Silver King Class B Stock which would cause such Eligible Holder,
because of the voting power thereof, to violate FCC Regulations, such Eligible
Holder shall only be required to exchange the number of Exchange Securities set
forth in such notice which such Eligible Holder can exchange (if any) without
violating any FCC Regulations, notwithstanding that such Eligible Holder could
have exchanged a greater number of Exchange Securities had such Eligible Holder
elected to exchange fewer shares of Surviving Class B Stock and more shares of
Surviving Common Stock.  Each Exchange Notice shall be irrevocable, and upon
receipt of an Exchange Notice and satisfaction of the conditions to such
Exchange, Silver King and such Eligible Holder, shall be obligated to effect
such Exchange.

                 (b)      Subject to the resolution of any disputes pursuant to
Section 2.2 and subject to Section 2.1(d), (e) and (f), as promptly as
practicable following receipt or delivery by Silver King of an Exchange Notice,
each of Silver King and the applicable Eligible Holder shall, and shall cause
each of its respective subsidiaries and the officers, directors and employees
of such Person and such Person's subsidiaries to, (i) make any and all required
applications or filings with, and seek any required consents, approvals or
waivers from, any governmental or regulatory agencies (including, but not
limited to, with the FCC and under the HSR Act), (ii) use all reasonable
efforts to obtain any and all such consents, approvals or waivers and the
termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act, in each case,
which are reasonably necessary in connection with the applicable Exchange, and
(iii) use reasonable efforts to cooperate with, and express its support for,
such other party's efforts to obtain any such consents, approvals and waivers.
Upon receipt of such consents, approvals or waivers or the expiration or
termination of such waiting period, as the case may be, Silver King or the
Eligible Holder, as the case may be, shall notify the other of such receipt,
expiration or termination.  Upon the receipt of all such required consents,
approvals or waivers and the termination of any applicable waiting period under
the HSR Act, such Eligible Holder of the shares of Surviving Common Stock and
Surviving Class B Stock specified in the applicable Exchange Notice or Response
Notice shall surrender for exchange the appropriate stock certificate(s)
pursuant to Section 2.3(c) hereof.

                 (c)      At such time as all required consents, approvals,
waivers and terminations described in Section 2.3(b) have been obtained or
waived and provided that the conditions set forth





                                     -12-

<PAGE>   16

in Section 2.2(e) have been satisfied, the Eligible Holder shall surrender
such holder's certificate or certificates for the Exchange Securities to be
exchanged, with appropriate stock powers attached, duly endorsed, at the office
of Silver King or any transfer agent for Silver King s stock, together with a
written notice to Silver King that such holder is exchanging all or a specified
number of shares of Surviving Common Stock and/or Surviving Class B Stock, as
applicable, represented by such certificate or certificates and stating the
name or names in which such holder desires the certificate or certificates for
Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock, as applicable, to be
issued. Promptly thereafter, Silver King shall issue and deliver to such holder
or such holder s nominee or nominees, a certificate or certificates
representing the Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock to
be issued, conveyed and delivered to such Eligible Holder pursuant to Section
2.1, with any necessary documentary or transfer tax stamps duly affixed and
canceled, dated the applicable Exchange Date (as defined below), and such
certificates shall be issued to and registered in the name of the applicable
Eligible Holder or in such other name as such Eligible Holder shall request.
Certificates representing Silver King stock to be issued hereunder may include
appropriate legends based on federal and state securities laws.

                 (d)      Each Exchange shall be deemed to have been effected
at the close of business on the date (the "Exchange Date") of receipt by Silver
King or any such transfer agent of the certificate or certificates and notice
referred to in paragraph (c) above and, in any case, no later than five (5)
Business Days after all applicable conditions to such Exchange have been
satisfied.  Each Exchange shall be at the Common Exchange Rate or the Class B
Exchange Rate, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the close of
business on the Exchange Date.  If any transfer is involved in the issuance or
delivery of any certificate or certificates for shares of Silver King Common
Stock or Silver King Class B Stock in a name other than that of the registered
holder of the shares of Surviving Common Stock or Surviving Class B Stock, as
applicable, surrendered for exchange, such holder shall also deliver to Silver
King a sum sufficient to pay all stock transfer taxes, if any, payable in
respect of such transfer or evidence satisfactory to Silver King that such
stock transfer taxes have been paid.  Except as provided above, Silver King
shall pay any issue, stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance or
delivery.

                 (e)      The Person or Persons entitled to receive the shares
of Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock, as applicable,
issuable on such Exchange shall be treated for all purposes as the record
holder or holders of such shares of Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King
Class B Stock, as applicable, as of the close of business on the Exchange Date;
provided, however, that no surrender of Exchange Securities on any date when
the stock transfer books of Silver King are closed for any purpose shall be
effective to constitute the Person or Persons entitled to receive the shares of
Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock, as applicable,
deliverable upon such Exchange as the record holder(s) of such shares of Silver
King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock, as applicable, on such
date, but such surrender shall be effective (assuming all other requirements
for the valid Exchange of such shares have been satisfied) to constitute such
Person or Persons as the record holder(s) of such shares of Silver King Common
Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock, as applicable, for all purposes as of
the opening of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer
books are open, and such Exchange shall be at the Common Exchange Rate or the
Class B Exchange Rate, as applicable, in effect on the





                                     -13-

<PAGE>   17

Exchange Date as if the stock transfer books of Silver King had not been closed
on such date. Without limiting the first sentence of this paragraph (e), as of
the close of business on an Exchange Date, the rights and obligations of the
holder of the applicable Surviving Exchange Shares, as a holder thereof, shall
cease (other than with respect to such holder's right to receive the applicable
number of shares of Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock
and its obligation to deliver the applicable certificate(s) for shares of
Silver King stock as provided herein).

                 (f)      Holders of shares of Surviving Common Stock and/or
Surviving Class B Stock at the close of business on a record date for any
payment of declared dividends on such shares shall be entitled to receive the
dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding dividend payment date
notwithstanding the effective Exchange of such shares following such record
date and prior to the corresponding dividend payment date.

                 (g)      If the shares of Surviving Common Stock or Surviving
Class B Stock represented by a certificate surrendered for exchange are
exchanged in part only, then simultaneously with any such Exchange, Silver King
shall cause the Surviving Corporation to issue and deliver to the registered
holder, without charge therefor, a new certificate or certificates representing
in the aggregate the number of unexchanged shares.


                                   ARTICLE 3

                           EXCHANGE RATE ADJUSTMENTS

         SECTION 3.1      Exchange Rate Adjustments.  The Common Exchange Rate
and the Class B Exchange Rate each shall be subject to adjustment from time to
time as provided below in this Section 3.1.

                 (a)(i)   If Silver King shall, after the Effective Time:

                 1.       pay a stock dividend or make a distribution on the
                          outstanding shares of Silver King Common Stock and/or
                          Silver King Class B Stock in shares of Silver King
                          Common Stock or Silver King Class B Stock,

                 2.       subdivide or split the outstanding shares of Silver
                          King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock
                          into a greater number of shares,

                 3.       combine the outstanding shares of Silver King Common
                          Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock into a smaller
                          number of shares,

                 4.       pay a dividend or make a distribution on the
                          outstanding shares of Silver King Common Stock and/or
                          Silver King Class B Stock in shares of its capital
                          stock (other than Silver King Common Stock, Silver
                          King Class B Stock or rights, warrants or options for
                          its capital stock), or





                                     -14-

<PAGE>   18


                 5.       issue by reclassification of its outstanding shares
                          of Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class
                          B Stock (other than a reclassification by way of
                          merger or binding share exchange that is subject to
                          Section 3.2) any shares of its capital stock (other
                          than rights, warrants or options for its capital
                          stock),

         then, in any such event, the Common Exchange Rate (in the case of such
         an event affecting the Silver King Common Stock) and/or the Class B
         Exchange Rate (in the case of an event affecting the Silver King Class
         B Stock), in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on
         the record date for determination of stockholders entitled to receive
         such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such
         subdivision, split, combination or reclassification, as the case may
         be, shall be adjusted so that the holder of any shares of Surviving
         Common Stock (in the case of such an event affecting the Silver King
         Common Stock) and/or Surviving Class B Stock (in the case of such an
         event affecting the Silver King Class B Stock) shall thereafter be
         entitled to receive, upon exchange of shares of Surviving Common Stock
         and/or Surviving Class B Stock, the number of shares of Silver King
         Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock, or other capital stock
         (or a combination of the foregoing) of Silver King which such holder
         would have owned or been entitled or otherwise permitted to receive
         immediately following such event if such holder had exchanged his
         shares of Surviving Common Stock and/or Surviving Class B Stock, as
         the case may be, immediately prior to the record date for, or
         effective date of, as applicable, such event.

                 (ii)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an event listed in
         clause (4) or (5) above would result in the shares of Surviving Common
         Stock and/or Surviving Class B Stock being exchangeable for shares or
         units (or a fraction thereof) of more than one class or series of
         capital stock of Silver King and any such class or series of capital
         stock provides by its terms a right in favor of Silver King to call,
         redeem, exchange or otherwise acquire all of the outstanding shares or
         units of such class or series (such class or series of capital stock
         being herein referred to as "Redeemable Capital Stock") for
         consideration that may include Redemption Securities, then the Common
         Exchange Rate and/or the Class B Exchange Rate, as the case may be,
         shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (a) and in lieu
         thereof, the holders of such shares of Surviving Common Stock and/or
         Surviving Class B Stock shall be entitled to the rights contemplated
         by paragraph (c) with the same effect as if the dividend or
         distribution of such Redeemable Capital Stock or the issuance of the
         additional class or series of such Redeemable Capital Stock by
         reclassification had been a distribution of assets of Silver King to
         which such paragraph (c) is applicable.

                 (iii)    The adjustment contemplated by this paragraph (a)
         shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall
         occur.  For a dividend or distribution, the adjustment shall become
         effective at the opening of business on the Business Day next
         following the record date for such dividend or distribution.  For a
         subdivision, split, combination or reclassification, the adjustment
         shall become effective immediately after the effectiveness of such
         subdivision, split, combination or reclassification.





                                     -15-

<PAGE>   19


                 (iv)     If after an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (a)
         a holder of Surviving Common Stock (in the case of an adjustment to
         the Common Exchange Rate) and/or Surviving Class B Stock (in the case
         of an adjustment to the Class B Exchange Rate) would be entitled to
         receive upon exchange thereof shares of two or more classes or series
         of capital stock of Silver King, the Common Exchange Rate or the Class
         B Exchange Rate, as applicable, shall thereafter be subject to
         adjustment upon the occurrence of an action contemplated by this
         Section 3.1 taken with respect to any such class or series of capital
         stock other than Silver King Common Stock or Silver King Class B
         Stock, on terms comparable to those applicable to the Silver King
         Common Stock and the Silver King Class B Stock pursuant to this
         Section 3.1.

                 (b)(i)   If Silver King shall, after the Effective Time,
         distribute rights, warrants or options to all or substantially all
         holders of its outstanding shares of Silver King Common Stock and/or
         Silver King Class B Stock entitling them (for a period not exceeding
         forty-five days from the record date referred to below) to subscribe
         for or purchase shares of Silver King Common Stock (or Convertible
         Securities for shares of Silver King Common Stock) at a price per
         share (or having an exercise, exchange or conversion price per share,
         after adding thereto an allocable portion of the exercise price of the
         right, warrant or option to purchase such Convertible Securities,
         computed on the basis of the maximum number of shares of Silver King
         Common Stock issuable upon exercise, exchange or conversion of such
         Convertible Securities) less than the Current Market Price on the
         applicable Determination Date, then, in any such event, the Common
         Exchange Rate and the Class B Exchange Rate shall each be adjusted by
         multiplying each such exchange rate in effect immediately prior to the
         opening of business on the record date for the determination of
         stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction, of
         which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Silver King
         Common Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of
         additional shares of Silver King Common Stock so offered pursuant to
         such rights, warrants or options to the holders of Silver King Common
         Stock (and to holders of Convertible Securities for shares of Silver
         King Common Stock) for subscription or purchase (or into which the
         Convertible Securities for shares of Silver King Common Stock so
         offered are exercisable, exchangeable or convertible), and of which
         the denominator shall be the number of shares of Silver King Common
         Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional
         shares of Silver King Common Stock which the aggregate offering price
         of the total number of shares of Silver King Common Stock so offered
         (or the aggregate exercise, exchange or conversion price of the
         Convertible Securities for shares of Silver King Common Stock so
         offered, after adding thereto the aggregate exercise price of the
         rights, warrants or options to purchase such Convertible Securities)
         to the holders of Silver King Common Stock (and to such holders of
         Convertible Securities for shares of Silver King Common Stock) would
         purchase at such Current Market Price.

                 (ii)     The adjustment contemplated by this paragraph (b)
         shall be made successively whenever any such rights, warrants or
         options are distributed, and shall become effective immediately after
         the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to
         receive such distribution.  If all of the shares of Silver King Common
         Stock (or all of the Convertible





                                     -16-

<PAGE>   20

         Securities for shares of Silver King Common Stock) subject to such
         rights, warrants or options have not been issued when such rights,
         warrants or options expire (or, in the case of rights, warrants or
         options to purchase Convertible Securities for shares of Silver King
         Common Stock which have been exercised, if all of the shares of Silver
         King Common Stock issuable upon exercise, exchange or conversion of
         such Convertible Securities have not been issued prior to the
         expiration of the exercise, exchange or conversion right thereof),
         then the Common Exchange Rate and the Class B Exchange Rate shall
         promptly be readjusted to the Common Exchange Rate and the Class B
         Exchange Rate which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon
         the issuance of such rights, warrants or options been made on the
         basis of the actual number of shares of Silver King Common Stock (or
         such Convertible Securities) issued upon the exercise of such rights,
         warrants or options (or the exercise, exchange or conversion of such
         Convertible Securities).

                 (iii)    No adjustment shall be made under this paragraph (b)
         if the adjusted Common Exchange Rate or the Class B Exchange Rate
         would be lower than the Common Exchange Rate or the Class B Exchange
         Rate, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such adjustment,
         other than in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the last sentence
         of paragraph (b)(ii).

                 (c)(i)   If Silver King shall, after the Effective Time, (x)
         pay a dividend or make a distribution to all or substantially all
         holders of its outstanding shares of Silver King Common Stock and/or
         Silver King Class B Stock of any assets (including cash) or debt
         securities or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities
         (excluding dividends or distributions referred to in paragraph (a)
         (except as otherwise provided in clause (y) of this sentence) and
         distributions of rights, warrants or options referred to in paragraph
         (b)), or (y) pay a dividend or make a distribution to all or
         substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Silver King
         Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock of Redeemable Capital
         Stock, or issue Redeemable Capital Stock by reclassification of the
         Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock, and
         pursuant to paragraph (a) such Redeemable Capital Stock is to be
         treated the same as a distribution of assets of Silver King subject to
         this paragraph (c), then, in any such event, from and after the record
         date for determining the holders of Silver King Common Stock and
         Silver King Class B Stock entitled to receive such dividend or
         distribution, a holder of Surviving Common Stock and/or Surviving
         Class B Stock that exchanges such shares in accordance with the
         provisions of this Agreement will upon such Exchange be entitled to
         receive, in addition to the shares of Silver King Common Stock or
         Silver King Class B Stock for which such shares of Surviving Common
         Stock or Surviving Class B Stock, as applicable, are then
         exchangeable, the kind and amount of assets or debt securities or
         rights, warrants or options to purchase securities comprising such
         dividend or distribution that such holder would have received if such
         holder had exchanged such shares of Surviving Common Stock or
         Surviving Class B Stock immediately prior to the record date for
         determining the holders of Silver King Common Stock or Silver King
         Class B Stock entitled to receive such distribution.





                                     -17-

<PAGE>   21

                 (ii)     The adjustment pursuant to the foregoing
         provisions of this paragraph (c) shall be made successively
         whenever any dividend or distribution or reclassification to
         which this paragraph (c) applies is made, and shall become
         effective immediately after (x) in the case of a dividend or
         distribution, the record date for the determination of
         stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution
         or (y) in the case of a reclassification, the effective date
         of such reclassification.

                 (d)      In the event that a holder of Surviving Common Stock
and Surviving Class B Stock would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the
Exchange Right pursuant to this Agreement any Redeemable Capital Stock and
Silver King redeems, exchanges or otherwise acquires all of the outstanding
shares or other units of such Redeemable Capital Stock (such event being a
"Redemption Event"), then, from and after the effective date of such Redemption
Event, the holders of shares of Surviving Common Stock and Surviving Class B
Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive upon the Exchange of such
shares (in addition to the consideration such holders are otherwise entitled to
receive pursuant to their Exchange Rights), in lieu of shares or any units of
such Redeemable Capital Stock, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other
assets receivable upon the Redemption Event (less any consideration paid to
Silver King by a holder of Silver King stock in connection with such holders
receipt of Redemption Securities upon such Redemption Event (other than the
surrender of shares of Redeemable Capital Stock)) by a holder of the number of
shares or units of such Redeemable Capital Stock for which such shares of
Surviving Common Stock or Surviving Class B Stock could have been exchanged
immediately prior to the effective date of such Redemption Event (assuming, to
the extent applicable, that such holder failed to exercise any rights of
election with respect thereto and received per share or unit of such Redeemable
Capital Stock the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets received
per share or unit by a plurality of the non-electing shares or units of such
Redeemable Capital Stock)(as such type and amount of securities may be adjusted
in accordance with this Agreement to reflect events or actions subsequent to
the Redemption Event), and from and after the effective date of such Redemption
Event the holders of the Surviving Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock
shall have no other exchange rights under these provisions with respect to such
Redeemable Capital Stock.

                 (e)      If this Section 3.1 shall require that an adjustment
be made to the Common Exchange Rate and/or the Class B Exchange Rate, such
adjustment shall apply to any Exchange effected after the record date for the
event which requires such adjustment notwithstanding that such Exchange is
effected prior to the occurrence of the event which requires such adjustment.

                 (f)      All adjustments to the Common Exchange Rate or the
Class B Exchange Rate shall be calculated to the nearest 1/1000th of a share.
No adjustment in either such exchange rate shall be required unless such
adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent
therein; provided, however, that any adjustment which by reason of this
paragraph is not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into
account in any subsequent adjustment.  No adjustment need be made for a change
in the par value of the Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B
Stock.  To the extent the shares of Surviving Common Stock or Surviving Class B
Stock become exchangeable for cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to
the cash and no interest shall accrue on such cash.





                                     -18-

<PAGE>   22





                 (g)      Silver King shall be entitled, to the extent
permitted by law, to make such increases in the Common Exchange Rate or the
Class B Exchange Rate, in addition to those referred to above in this Section
3.1, as Silver King determines to be advisable in order that any stock
dividends, subdivisions of shares, reclassification or combination of shares,
distribution of rights, options or warrants to purchase stock or securities, or
a distribution of other assets hereafter made by Silver King to its
stockholders shall not be taxable.

                 (h)      There shall be no adjustment to the Common Exchange
Rate or the Class B Exchange Rate in the event of the issuance of any stock or
other securities or assets of Silver King in a reorganization, acquisition or
other similar transaction except as specifically provided in this Section 3.1
or, if applicable, Section 3.2.  In the event this Section 3.1 requires
adjustments to the Common Exchange Rate or the Class B Exchange Rate under more
than one of paragraph (a)(iv), (b) or (c), and the record dates for the
dividends or distributions giving rise to such adjustments shall occur on the
same date, then such adjustments shall be made by applying first, the
provisions of paragraph (a), second, the provisions of paragraph (c) and third,
the provisions of paragraph (b).  The holders of shares of Surviving Class B
Stock shall not be entitled to any additional or further adjustment to the
Class B Exchange Rate in connection with the convertibility of Silver King
Class B Stock to Silver King Common Stock.

         SECTION 3.2      Adjustment for Consolidation or Merger of Silver
King.  (a)  In case of any consolidation or merger to which Silver King is a
party, or in the case of any sale or transfer to another corporation of the
property and assets of Silver King as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety, or in case of any statutory exchange of securities with another
corporation (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a
"Transaction"), in each case as a result of which shares of Silver King Common
Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock shall be reclassified or converted into
the right to receive stock, securities or other property (including cash) or
any combination thereof, proper provision shall be made so that each share of
Surviving Common Stock and/or Surviving Class B Stock which is not converted
into the right to receive stock, securities or other property in connection
with such Transaction pursuant to paragraph (b) below shall, after consummation
of such Transaction, be subject to exchange at the option of the holder into
the kind and amount of stock, securities or other property receivable upon
consummation of such Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Silver
King Common Stock or Silver King Class B Stock, as applicable (and/or any Other
Property into which the Surviving Common Stock or Surviving Class B Stock may
be exchangeable in accordance with this Agreement) into which such share of
Surviving Common Stock or Surviving Class B Stock, as the case may be, might
have been exchanged immediately prior to consummation of such Transaction
(assuming in each case that such holder of Silver King Common Stock or Silver
King Class B Stock  (or such Other Property) failed to exercise rights of
election, if any, as to the kind or amount of stock, securities or other
property receivable upon consummation of such Transaction (provided that if the
kind or amount of stock, securities or other property receivable upon
consummation of such Transaction is not the same for each non-electing share,
then the kind and amount of stock, securities or other property receivable upon
consummation of such Transaction for each non-electing share shall be deemed to
be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the
non-electing shares)).  In connection with the foregoing, (i) effective
provision shall be made, in the Articles or Certificate of Incorporation of the
resulting





                                     -19-

<PAGE>   23

or surviving corporation or otherwise or in any contracts of sale or transfer
with respect to the Transaction, so that the provisions set forth herein for
the protection of the Exchange Rights of Surviving Common Stock and Surviving
Class B Stock shall thereafter be made applicable, as nearly as reasonably may
be, to any such other securities and assets deliverable upon Exchange of
Surviving Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock; and (ii) any such resulting
or surviving corporation or transferee shall expressly assume the obligation to
deliver, upon the exercise of Exchange Rights, such securities, cash or other
assets as the holders of the Surviving Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock
shall be entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions hereof, and to make
provision for the protection of the Exchange Rights of the Surviving Common
Stock and Surviving Class B Stock, as provided in clause (i) of this sentence.
The kind and amount of stock or securities into which the shares of Surviving
Common Stock and Surviving Class B Stock shall be exchangeable after
consummation of such Transaction shall be subject to adjustment, as nearly as
may be practicable, as described in Section 3.1 following the date of
consummation of such Transaction.

                 (b)      Silver King shall not become a party and shall not
permit any of its subsidiaries to become a party to any Transaction with
respect to the foregoing unless the terms of the agreements relating to such
transaction include obligations of the applicable parties consistent with this
Section 3.2.

         SECTION 3.3      Notice of Adjustment.  Whenever the Common Exchange
Rate and/or the Class B Exchange Rate is adjusted as provided in Section 3.1,
3.2 or 3.5 (an "Adjustment Event"), Silver King shall:

                 (a)      compute the adjusted Common Exchange Rate or Class B
Exchange Rate, as applicable, in accordance herewith and prepare a certificate
signed by an officer of Silver King setting forth the adjusted Common Exchange
Rate and/or Class B Exchange Rate, as the case may be, the method of
calculation thereof and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such
adjustment is based, all in reasonable detail; and

                 (b)      promptly mail a copy of such certificate and a notice
to the holders of the outstanding shares of Surviving Common Stock (in the case
of an adjustment to the Common Exchange Rate) or Surviving Class B Stock (in
the case of an adjustment to the Class B Exchange Rate).

The notice of adjustment and such certificate shall be mailed at or prior to
the time Silver King mails an interim statement, if any, to its stockholders
covering the fiscal quarter during which the facts requiring such adjustment
occurred, but in any event within 45 days following the end of such fiscal
quarter; provided, that if an Adjustment Event occurs following delivery of an
Exchange Notice but prior to the Exchange Date, Silver King shall mail the
notice of adjustment as soon as practicable following the Adjustment Event but
in no event later than five days prior to the applicable Exchange Date.





                                     -20-

<PAGE>   24

         SECTION 3.4      Notice of Certain Transactions.  In case, at any time
while any of the Exchange Securities are outstanding,

                 (a)      Silver King takes any action which would require an
adjustment to the Common Exchange Rate and/or the Class B Exchange Rate;

                 (b)      Silver King shall authorize (x) any consolidation,
merger or binding share exchange to which Silver King is a party, for which
approval of the stockholders of Silver King is required or (y) the sale or
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Silver King; or

                 (c)      Silver King shall authorize the voluntary
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Silver King or Silver King is the
subject of an involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up;
then Silver King shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained
for the purpose of exchange of the shares of Surviving Common Stock and
Surviving Class B Stock, and shall cause to be mailed to each holder of
Exchange Securities at its last address as it shall appear on the stock
register, at least 10 days before the record date (or other date set for
definitive action if there shall be no record date), a notice stating the
action or event for which such notice is being given and the record date for
(or such other date) and the anticipated effective date of such action or
event; provided, however, that any notice required hereunder shall in any event
be given no later than the time that notice is given to the holders of the
Silver King Common Stock or Silver King Class B Stock.

         SECTION 3.5      Exchange Rate Adjustments for Actions of the
Surviving Corporation.   In the event of the occurrence of any of the
transactions or other events described in paragraphs (a)-(d) of Section 3.1 or
in Section 3.2 with respect to the Surviving Common Stock or the Surviving
Class B Stock, or otherwise affecting the Surviving Corporation, the Common
Exchange Rate and/or the Class B Exchange Rate shall be appropriately adjusted
in the manner contemplated by Sections 3.1 and 3.2, mutatis  mutandis, so that
each Eligible Holder s Exchange Securities thereafter shall become exchangeable
for the kind and amount of Silver King Securities, upon the Exchange of such
holder's Exchange Securities, that such holder would have received had such
holder exchanged all of its Exchange Securities pursuant to this Agreement
immediately prior to the applicable Determination Date (or other comparable
date) for such transaction or other event. In addition to its obligation to
adjust the Exchange Rates, Silver King s other rights and obligations set forth
in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 shall also apply to the extent applicable in the
event of an adjustment pursuant to this Section 3.5.   Silver King agrees that
it will not cause or permit to occur any such transaction or other event which
would result in any adjustment to the Common Exchange Rate or the Class B
Exchange Rate unless the terms of the agreement relating to such transaction or
other event include obligations of the applicable parties consistent with the
foregoing.  The provisions of this paragraph shall apply similarly to
successive transactions or other events to which this paragraph would otherwise
be applicable.





                                     -21-

<PAGE>   25


                                   ARTICLE 4

                   GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                          SILVER KING AND LIBERTY HSN

         SECTION 4.1      Representations and Warranties of Silver King. Silver
King hereby represents and warrants:

                 (a)      As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock
of Silver King consists of (a) 30,000,000 shares of Silver King Common Stock
and 2,415,945 shares of Silver King Class B Common Stock, and (b) 50,000 shares
of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, of Silver King (the "Silver King
Preferred Stock"), none of which have been designated as to class or series.
At the close of business on December 12, 1996, (i) 7,093,132 shares of Silver
King Common Stock were issued and outstanding and 2,415,945 shares of Silver
King Class B Common Stock were issued and outstanding, all of which Silver King
Common Stock and Silver King Class B Common Stock are validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable and not subject to any preemptive rights and (ii) no
shares of Silver King Common Stock were held in treasury by Silver King or by
subsidiaries of Silver King.  The statement in the Proxy Statement with respect
to the number of outstanding options to purchase Silver King Common Stock is
true and complete in all material respects as of the date such Proxy Statement
was cleared for mailing by the SEC.  No change in such capitalization has
occurred between December 12, 1996 and the date hereof except issuances of
Silver King Common Stock upon exercise of outstanding options.  As of the date
hereof, no shares of Silver King Preferred Stock were issued or outstanding.

                 (b)      Silver King has all necessary corporate power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations
hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The
execution and delivery of this Agreement by Silver King and the consummation by
Silver King of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Silver King, and no
other corporate proceedings on the part of Silver King are necessary to
authorize this Agreement or consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

                 (c)      This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and
delivered by Silver King and, assuming the due authorization, execution and
delivery by Liberty HSN, constitutes the legal and binding obligation of Silver
King, enforceable against Silver King in accordance with its terms, subject to
(a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting or relating to creditors rights generally and (b) the availability of
injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

         SECTION 4.2      Representations and Warranties of Liberty HSN.
Liberty HSN hereby represents and warrants:





                                     -22-

<PAGE>   26

                 (a)      Liberty HSN has all necessary corporate power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations
hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The
execution and delivery of this Agreement by Liberty HSN, and the consummation
by Liberty HSN of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and
validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Liberty
HSN, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Liberty HSN are
necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby.

                 (b)      This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and
delivered by Liberty HSN and, assuming the due authorization, execution and
delivery by Silver King, constitutes the legal and binding obligation of
Liberty HSN, enforceable against Liberty HSN in accordance with its terms,
subject to (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
similar laws affecting or relating to creditors rights generally and (b) the
availability of injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                   SILVER KING WITH RESPECT TO EACH EXCHANGE

         With respect to each Exchange, Silver King shall be deemed to have
made, as of the applicable Exchange Date, the following representations and
warranties to each Eligible Holder effecting such Exchange and, if applicable,
to any Transferee who shall receive the shares issuable upon such Exchange
pursuant to an Agreement to Transfer:

         SECTION 5.1      Organization and Qualification.  Silver King (i) is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation; (ii) has all requisite corporate
power and authority to carry on its business as it is now conducted and to own,
lease and operate the properties it now owns, leases or operates at the places
currently located and in the manner currently used and operated and (iii) is
duly qualified or licensed and in good standing to do business in each
jurisdiction in which the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the
nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification or license
necessary, except, in the case of clause (iii) where the failure to be so
qualified or licensed, or in good standing would not have a material adverse
effect on the business, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Silver
King and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Silver King has delivered or made
available to such Eligible Holder true and complete copies of its certificate
of incorporation and by-laws, each as amended to date and currently in effect
(respectively, the "Silver King Charter" and the "Silver King Bylaws").  The
Silver King Charter and the Silver King Bylaws are in full force and effect and
neither Silver King nor the Surviving Corporation is in violation of its
respective certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

         SECTION 5.2      Authorization of the Exchange.     The consummation
of such Exchange by Silver King has been duly and validly authorized by the
board of directors of Silver King and by any necessary action of the Silver
King stockholders.  Silver King has full corporate power and authority





                                     -23-

<PAGE>   27

to perform its obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange
and to consummate such Exchange.  No other corporate proceedings on the part of
Silver King or any of its subsidiaries are necessary to authorize the
consummation of such Exchange.

         SECTION 5.3      Validity of Silver King Shares, etc.  The shares of
Silver King Common Stock and/or Silver King Class B Stock to be issued by
Silver King to such Eligible Holder (and, if applicable, a Transferee) pursuant
to such Exchange, upon issuance and delivery in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully
paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any liens, claims, charges,
security interests,  preemptive rights, pledges, voting or stockholder
agreements, options or encumbrances of any kind whatsoever (other than any of
the foregoing arising under the Stockholders Agreement or any Federal or state
securities laws), will not be issued in violation of any preemptive rights and
will vest in such Eligible Holder (and, if applicable, such Transferee) full
rights with respect thereto, including the right to vote such Silver King
Exchange Shares on all matters properly presented to the stockholders of Silver
King to the extent set forth in the Silver King Charter.  The issuance of the
Silver King Exchange Shares will not violate the rules, regulations and
requirements of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD")
or of the principal exchange or trading market on which the Silver King Common
Stock is then quoted or traded (including, without limitation the NASD policies
set forth in Section 6(i) and (j) of Part III of Schedule D of the NASD By-Laws
and the Policy of the Board of Governors with respect to Voting Rights set
forth in Part III of Schedule D of the NASD By-Laws or any similar policies of
such other exchange or trading market).  The issuance of the Silver King Common
Stock pursuant to such Exchange has been registered under the Securities Act.

         SECTION 5.4      No Approvals or Notices Required; No Conflict with
Instruments.  The performance by Silver King of its obligations under this
Agreement in connection with such Exchange and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by such Exchange, including the issuance of the
Silver King Exchange Shares in such Exchange, will not:

                 (a)      conflict with or violate the Silver King Charter or
the Silver King Bylaws or the charter or bylaws of the Surviving Corporation or
any other subsidiary of Silver King, in each case as amended to date;

                 (b)      require any consent, approval, order or authorization
of or other action by any court, administrative agency or commission or other
governmental authority or instrumentality, foreign, United States federal,
state or local (each such entity a "Governmental Entity" and each such action a
"Governmental Consent") or any registration, qualification, declaration or
filing with or notice to any Governmental Entity (a "Governmental Filing"), in
each case on the part of or with respect to Silver King or the Surviving
Corporation or any other subsidiary of Silver King, the absence or omission of
which would, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse
effect on the transactions contemplated hereby or on the business, assets,
results of operations or financial condition of Silver King and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

                 (c)      require, on the part of Silver King or the Surviving
Corporation or any other subsidiary of Silver King, any consent by or approval
of (a "Contract Consent") or notice to





                                     -24-

<PAGE>   28

(a "Contract Notice") any other person or entity (other than a Governmental
Entity), the absence or omission of which would, either individually or in the
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated
hereby or on the business, assets, results of operations or financial condition
of Silver King and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

                 (d)      conflict with, result in any violation or breach of
or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give
rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation
or the loss of any material benefit under or the creation of any lien, security
interest, pledge, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, restriction on
transfer, voting restriction or agreement, or any other restriction or
encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on any assets pursuant to (any such
conflict, violation, breach, default, right of termination, cancellation or
acceleration, loss or creation, a "Violation") any "Contract" (which term shall
mean and include any note, bond, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease,
franchise, permit, authorization, license, contract, instrument, employee
benefit plan or practice, or other agreement, obligation, commitment or
concession of any nature) to which Silver King or the Surviving Corporation or
any other subsidiary of Silver King is a party, by which Silver King, the
Surviving Corporation or any other subsidiary of Silver King or any of their
respective assets or properties is bound or pursuant to which Silver King or
the Surviving Corporation or any other subsidiary of Silver King is entitled to
any rights or benefits, except for such Violations which would not, either
individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the
transactions contemplated hereby or on the business, assets, results of
operations or financial condition of Silver King and its subsidiaries, taken as
a whole; or

                 (e)      result in a Violation of, under or pursuant to any
law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Silver King or
the Surviving Corporation or any other subsidiary of Silver King or by which
any of their respective properties or assets are bound, except for such
Violations which would not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a
material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                   ARTICLE 6

             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ELIGIBLE HOLDER
                         WITH RESPECT TO EACH EXCHANGE

         As of each Exchange Date, the Eligible Holder who is seeking or
required to exchange its Surviving Exchange Shares shall be deemed to have made
the following representations and warranties to Silver King; provided, that it
shall be a condition to Silver King's obligation to effect any such Exchange in
connection with an Agreement to Transfer that the applicable Transferee and
Transferor pursuant to such Agreement to Transfer shall be deemed to have made
to Silver King the representations set forth in paragraphs (a)-(e) of Section
6.2 (as such matters relate to, and taking into account, such Transferee's
ownership of the Silver King Securities it will receive upon the consummation
of such Exchange and the transfers contemplated by such Agreement to Transfer):





                                     -25-

<PAGE>   29

         SECTION 6.1      Ownership and Validity of Surviving Exchange Shares.
Such Eligible Holder owns beneficially and of record the Surviving Exchange
Shares, free of any liens, claims, charges, security interests, pledges, voting
or stockholder agreements, encumbrances or equities (other than any of the
foregoing arising under this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, or the
Stockholders Agreement or any Federal or state securities laws).

         SECTION 6.2      No Approvals or Notices Required; No Conflict with
Instruments.  The consummation of such Exchange will not:

                 (a)      if applicable, conflict with or violate such Eligible
Holder's organizational documents;

                 (b)      require any Governmental Consent or Governmental
Filing, in each case on the part of or with respect to each of such Eligible
Holder, the absence or omission of which would, either individually or in the
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on such Exchange;

                 (c)      require, on the part of such Eligible Holder any
Contract Consent or Contract Notice, the absence or omission of which would,
either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on such
Exchange;

                 (d)      conflict with or result in any Violation of any
Contract to which such Eligible Holder is a party, or by which such Eligible
Holder, or any of its assets or properties is bound, except for such Violations
which would not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material
adverse effect on such Exchange; or

                 (e)      result in a Violation of, under or pursuant to any
law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to such Eligible
Holder or by which any of its properties or assets are bound, except for such
Violations which would not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a
material adverse effect on such Exchange.

provided, that any such representation pursuant to this Section 6.2 by an
Eligible Holder in connection with an Agreement to Transfer shall take into
account the transactions contemplated to occur immediately following the
Exchange pursuant to the Agreement to Transfer.


                                   ARTICLE 7

                         COVENANTS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS

         For so long as there remain outstanding any Exchange Securities, the
parties covenant and agree as follows:

         SECTION 7.1      Notification of Issuance Event.  At any time Silver
King or any of its subsidiaries or an Eligible Holder (i) plans or proposes to
take any action which has resulted, or is





                                     -26-

<PAGE>   30

reasonably likely to result, in an Issuance Event or (ii) becomes aware of any
event, fact or circumstance which results in an Issuance Event, Silver King or
the Eligible Holder, respectively, shall (x) in the case of clause (i), prior
to taking such action and (y) in the case of clause (ii), promptly upon
becoming so aware, give notice of such Issuance Event to each holder of
Exchange Securities or Silver King, as the case may be, which notice shall set
forth in reasonable detail the facts, circumstances or events which will result
or have resulted, as the case may be, in the occurrence of such Issuance Event.
No notice shall be required pursuant to this Section 7.1 unless the number of
shares issuable pursuant to such Issuance Event, together with any other shares
which are then issuable in accordance with this Agreement, meet the threshold
set forth in Section 2.1(f).

         SECTION 7.2      Transfer of Surviving Corporation's Assets and
Liabilities to Subsidiary. Silver King agrees that as soon as reasonably
practicable following the Merger, it will use its reasonable best efforts to
take and cause any of its subsidiaries to take any actions necessary (including
making all required Government Filings and seeking and obtaining all necessary
Government Consents and Contract Consents) in order to assign to a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Surviving Corporation ("Surviving Sub") all of the material
assets (other than the capital stock of Surviving Sub) and material liabilities
of the Surviving Corporation and to cause Surviving Sub to assume or guarantee
all such material liabilities and to obtain the release from the applicable
parties of the Surviving Corporation from all such material liabilities.
Following such transfer, Silver King shall not permit the Surviving Corporation
to own any assets other than the capital stock of the Surviving Sub, and shall
not permit the Surviving Corporation to be or become subject to any material
liabilities.  Silver King and Liberty HSN agree that Silver King s reasonable
best efforts for purposes of this Section 7.2 shall not require Silver King to
seek or obtain the consent or waiver of the holders of the convertible
debentures issued under the Indenture (as defined in the Merger Agreement and
as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time) to such assignment and
transfer.

         SECTION 7.3      Treatment of Silver King Class B Stock and Silver
King Common Stock upon a Distribution. So long as there are any shares of
Surviving Class B Stock outstanding that are Exchange Securities, Silver King
agrees that it will not (i) reclassify, subdivide or combine the Silver King
Common Stock without reclassifying, subdividing or combining the Silver King
Class B Stock, on an equal per share basis, or (ii) reclassify, subdivide or
combine the Silver King Class B Stock without reclassifying, subdividing or
combining the Silver King Common Stock, on an equal per share basis.

         SECTION 7.4      Reservation of Silver King Securities.  Silver King
agrees to at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights,
out of the aggregate of its authorized but unissued Silver King Common Stock
and Silver King Class B Stock, for the purpose of effecting any Exchange of
shares of Surviving Common Stock or Surviving Class B Stock pursuant to this
Agreement, the full number of shares of Silver King Common Stock and Silver
King Class B Stock, then deliverable upon the Exchange of all then outstanding
Exchange Securities (assuming for this purpose that all of the outstanding
Exchange Securities are held by a single holder), and shall reserve an
additional number of shares of Silver King Common Stock equal to the number of
shares issuable upon the conversion of shares of Silver King Class B Stock
issuable pursuant to this Agreement





                                     -27-

<PAGE>   31

         SECTION 7.5      Certain Obligations Upon Insolvency or Bankruptcy of
Surviving Corporation.  (a)   In the event that the Surviving Corporation
should become insolvent or, within the meaning of any federal or state
bankruptcy law, commence a voluntary case or consent to the entry of any order
of relief or for the appointment of any custodian for its property or a court
of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree for relief against the
Surviving Corporation appointing a custodian or ordering its liquidation, and
Liberty HSN determines in good faith that the equity of the Surviving
Corporation is reasonably likely to be impaired or extinguished in connection
therewith, then upon the request of Liberty HSN, its rights under this
Agreement shall be converted into the deferred right to receive from Silver
King the number of shares of Silver King Common Stock and Silver King Class B
Stock which Liberty HSN would then have had the right to acquire upon the
Exchange of all Exchange Securities then outstanding (such deferred right, the
"Additional Contingent Right").  The terms and conditions of the Additional
Contingent Right shall be identical to those of the Contingent Right mutatis
mutandis; provided, that the Remaining Shares Issuable (as defined in Exhibit A
to the Merger Agreement) pursuant to the Additional Contingent Right shall
automatically become issuable, subject to regulatory approval, on the fifth
anniversary of the date the Additional Contingent Right is deemed to have been
granted.

                 (b)      In connection with the grant of the Additional
Contingent Right, Silver King shall thereafter be obligated to use all
reasonable efforts to consummate a Restructuring Transaction (as defined below)
on or before the third anniversary of the date of the grant of the Additional
Contingent Right.  In the event that such Restructuring Transaction has not
been consummated by such fifth anniversary and the Additional Contingent Right
has not been satisfied in full by such date, Silver King shall thereafter be
required to use its best efforts to cause all Silver King Securities issuable
in respect of the Additional Contingent Right to be issued prior to the seventh
anniversary thereof.  Such efforts shall include, without limitation (but
subject to applicable fiduciary obligations) engaging in a Restructuring
Transaction, completing an equity offering, or other corporate restructuring or
causing all of the equity interests in Silver King to be acquired by a third
party in a transaction which is tax free to the stockholders of Silver King, in
any case which would result in all Contingent Shares issuable to Liberty HSN
pursuant to the Additional Contingent Right being issued to it and Liberty HSN
being entitled or otherwise permitted to hold such Silver King Securities or
other properties receivable by it in such transaction free of any governmental
or regulatory restrictions and to exercise full rights of ownership with
respect thereto.  "Restructuring Transaction" shall mean a transaction, the
effect of which would be to permit Liberty or Liberty HSN, as the case may be
(subject to Liberty's obligations under the Stockholders Agreement), to
exercise full ownership rights (including voting rights) with respect to the
Silver King Securities owned by it (including its pro rata interest in any
Silver King Securities held by BDTV, BDTV II or a BDTV Entity) or issuable to
it in connection with the Contingent Right and the Additional Contingent Right
(which transaction could include, without limitation, filing any required
applications with the FCC and any other governmental or regulatory agency to
obtain any required FCC or other governmental or regulatory consents and
approvals, and/or any restructuring of Silver King's assets, liabilities and
businesses).

         SECTION 7.6      Reasonable Efforts.  (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and applicable law, in connection with an
Exchange, each of the Eligible Holder exercising its





                                     -28-

<PAGE>   32

Exchange Right and Silver King shall use its reasonable efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things
reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective such
Exchange as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt or delivery by
Silver King of an Exchange Notice, including such actions or things as Silver
King or such Eligible Holder may reasonably request in order to cause the
consummation of an Exchange following the receipt or delivery by Silver King of
an Exchange Notice.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such
Eligible Holder and Silver King shall (and shall cause their respective
subsidiaries, and use their reasonable efforts to cause their respective
affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants and
representatives, to) consult and fully cooperate with and provide reasonable
assistance to each other in (i) obtaining all necessary Governmental Consents
and Contract Consents, and giving all necessary Contract Notices to and making
all necessary Governmental Filings and other necessary filings with and
applications and submissions to, any Governmental Entity or other person or
entity; (ii) lifting any permanent or preliminary injunction or restraining
order or other similar order issued or entered by any court or Governmental
Entity in connection with an Exchange; (iii) providing all such information
about such party, its subsidiaries and its officers, directors, partners and
affiliates and making all applications and filings as may be necessary or
reasonably requested in connection with any of the foregoing; and (iv)  in
general, consummating and making effective the transactions contemplated
hereby; provided, however, that, other than in connection with the performance
of its obligations with respect to the consummation of a Restructuring
Transaction as provided in Section 7.5(b), in order to obtain any such Consent,
or the lifting of any injunction or order referred to in clauses (i) and (ii)
of this sentence, neither such Eligible Holder nor Silver King shall be
required to (x) pay any consideration, to divest itself of any of, or otherwise
rearrange the composition of, its assets or to agree to any conditions or
requirements which could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse or
burdensome to its respective businesses, assets, financial condition or results
of operations, or (y)  amend, or agree to amend, in any material respect any
Contract.  Prior to making any application to or filing with any Governmental
Entity or other person or entity in connection with an Exchange, each of Silver
King and the applicable Eligible Holder shall provide the other party with
drafts thereof and afford the other party a reasonable opportunity to comment
on such drafts.

                 (b)      In addition to the foregoing paragraph (a), Silver
King shall take such reasonable action which may be necessary in order that (i)
it may validly and legally deliver fully paid and nonassessable shares of
Silver King Common Stock or Silver King Class B Stock upon any surrender of
shares of Surviving Common Stock or Surviving Class B Stock, as applicable, for
exchange pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) the delivery of shares of Silver King
Common Stock and Silver King Class B Stock in accordance with this Agreement is
exempt from the registration or qualification requirements of the Securities
Act and applicable state securities laws or, if no such exemption is available,
that the offer and Exchange of such shares of Silver King Common Stock and
Silver King Class B Stock have been duly registered or qualified under the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, (iii) the shares of Silver
King Common Stock (including the shares of Silver King Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of any shares of Silver King Class B Stock), delivered upon
such Exchange are listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market or on a
national securities exchange (upon official notice of issuance) and (iv) the
shares of Silver King Common Stock or Silver King Class B Stock, as applicable,
delivered upon such Exchange are free of





                                     -29-

<PAGE>   33

preemptive rights and any liens or adverse claims (other than any of the
foregoing created or caused by the Person receiving such shares in such
Exchange).

         SECTION 7.7      Notification of Certain Matters.  Silver King shall
give prompt notice to each holder of Exchange Securities, and each holder of
Exchange Securities shall give prompt notice to Silver King, of the occurrence,
or failure to occur, of any event, which occurrence or failure to occur would
be likely to cause (a) any representation or warranty to be made as of an
applicable Exchange Date to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect,
(b) any material failure of Silver King or such holder of Exchange Securities,
as the case may be, or of any officer, director, employee or agent thereof, to
comply with or satisfy any covenant or agreement to be complied with or
satisfied by it under this Agreement or (c) the failure to be satisfied of any
condition to Silver King's or such holder's respective obligations to
consummate an Exchange.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the delivery of any
notice pursuant to this Section shall not limit or otherwise affect the
remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice.

         SECTION 7.8         Certain Information.    So long as any Exchange
Securities remain outstanding, Silver King shall provide promptly upon
availability to each holder of Exchange Securities (a) quarterly and annual
consolidated financial statements and reports (including a balance sheet and
related income statement and the notes related thereto) prepared with respect
to the Surviving Corporation and (b) such additional financial and other
information with respect to the Surviving Corporation and its subsidiaries as
the holders of a majority of the Exchange Securities may from time to time
reasonably request.

         SECTION 7.9      Additional Covenants.   (a) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement or the Merger Agreement to the contrary (but
excluding actions specifically contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger
Agreement), and in addition to the rights granted to the holders of Exchange
Securities pursuant to this Agreement and any other voting rights granted by
law to the holders of the Exchange Securities, without the consent of the
holders of a majority of the Exchange Securities (which consent, in the case of
clauses (ii) through (v) below, will not be unreasonably withheld), Silver King
will not (and will not cause or permit any of its subsidiaries to) cause or
permit the Surviving Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to take any action
that would, or could reasonably be expected to, or fail to take any action
which failure would or could reasonably be expected to:

                 (i)       make the ownership by any holder of the Exchange
         Securities or any other material assets of such holder unlawful or
         result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order or decree
         (including the FCC Regulations) or impose material additional
         restrictions or limitations on such holder s full rights of ownership
         of the Exchange Securities or the ownership of its other material
         assets or the operation of its businesses (provided, that for 
         purposes of the foregoing, to the extent that a condition, restriction 
         or limitation upon Silver King or the Surviving Corporation    
         or their respective subsidiaries relates to or is based upon or would
         arise as a result of, any action or the consummation of a transaction
         by the Liberty Group, such condition, restriction or limitation shall
         be deemed to be such a condition, restriction or limitation on the
         Liberty Group (regardless of whether it is a party to or





                                     -30-

<PAGE>   34

         otherwise would be legally obligated thereby) to the extent that the
         taking of an action or the consummation of a transaction by the
         Liberty Group would result in BDTV, Silver King, or any of their
         respective subsidiaries being in breach or violation of any law, rule,
         regulation, order or decree or otherwise causing such rule,
         regulation, order or decree to terminate or expire or would otherwise
         result in Liberty HSNs ownership of the Exchange Securities or any 
         other material assets being illegal or in violation of any law, rule, 
         regulation, order or decree);

                 (ii)      cause the acquisition or ownership by any holder of
         any Exchange Securities (upon the exchange of Liberty HSN's shares of
         HSN Common Stock and HSN Class B Stock for Silver Sub shares pursuant
         to Section 1.1 of the Merger Agreement immediately prior to the
         Effective Time or upon any subsequent exchange or conversion of
         Surviving Common Stock or Surviving Class B Stock (other than in
         connection with an Exchange)) to be taxable to such holder;

                 (iii)     cause the Exchange of Exchange Securities for Silver
         King Securities and/or Redeemable Capital Stock or Redemption
         Securities to be a taxable transaction to the holder thereof;

                 (iv)      result in the Surviving Corporation being unable to
         pay its debts as they become due or becoming insolvent; or

                 (v)      otherwise restrict, impair, limit or otherwise
         adversely affect the right or ability of a holder of Exchange
         Securities at any time to exercise the Exchange Right under this
         Agreement (including, but not limited to, any repurchase of shares of
         Silver King Securities by Silver King);

         provided, however, that with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) hereof,
         if (x) such acquisition, ownership or Exchange is taxable to a holder
         of the Exchange Securities as a result of (1) any action or failure to
         act by such holder (other than due to an action or inaction by the
         Liberty Group or such holder specifically contemplated or required by
         this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement),
         (2) the laws and regulations in effect at the Effective Time or (3)
         any difference in the tax position of an Eligible Holder relative to
         the tax position of Liberty HSN or (y) the taxes applicable to such
         acquisition, ownership or exchange would have accrued or been payable
         by Liberty HSN had all of the Exchange Securities been issued to
         Liberty HSN in the Merger at the Effective Time, then compliance with
         the covenants set forth in such clauses (ii) and (iii) shall be deemed
         waived by such holder of Exchange Securities and
         provided, further, that with respect to the covenants set forth in
         clauses (i) and (v) hereof, such covenants shall not apply to any
         such consequence that would be suffered or otherwise incurred by
         a holder of Exchange Securities, solely as a result of such holder
         being subject to additional or different regulatory restrictions and
         limitations than those applicable to Liberty HSN.





                                     -31-

<PAGE>   35

                 (b)      If the Exchange of Exchange Securities is taxable to
an Eligible Holder as a result of a change in law or regulation or as a result
of any action taken by Silver King (but not due to an action or unreasonable
inaction by such holder (other than due to an action or inaction specifically
contemplated or required by this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, or the
Stockholders Agreement)) after the Effective Time Silver King acknowledges and
agrees that it shall be obligated to provide to such holder upon such Exchange
of Exchange Securities, a number of additional shares of Silver King Securities
sufficient on an after-tax basis to pay any such resulting tax; provided,
however, that Silver King shall have no obligation under this paragraph (b) to
the extent such Exchange is taxable to an Eligible Holder solely as a result of
any difference in the tax position of such Eligible Holder relative to the tax
position of Liberty HSN.

                 (c)      So long as any Exchange Securities are outstanding,
Silver King shall not declare or pay any cash dividends, or make any
distribution of its properties or assets to the holders of Silver King
Securities (other than a distribution of Silver King Securities which is tax
free to the holders of Silver King Securities) or cause, or permit to occur, a
Redemption Event, unless prior thereto Silver King shall have made arrangements
reasonably acceptable to the holders of the Exchange Securities to protect such
holders with respect to any adverse tax consequence incurred by such holder
(other than the obligation of such holder to pay tax solely in respect of (i)
the amount of such dividend or distribution or (ii) the amounts received
pursuant to such Redemption Event, in each case as if such holder had been a
holder of Silver King Securities on and after the Effective Date), resulting
from the declaration and payment of such dividend or the making of such
distribution or such Redemption Event; provided, however, that Silver King
shall have no obligation under this paragraph (c) to the extent such adverse
tax consequence is incurred by an Eligible Holder solely as a result of any
difference in the tax position of such Eligible Holder relative to the tax
position of Liberty HSN.

                 (d)      So long as any Exchange Securities are outstanding,
Silver King will not (i) merge with or into any person, or consolidate with any
person, (ii) sell or transfer to another corporation or other person the
property of Silver King as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or
(iii) otherwise engage in any statutory exchange of Silver King Securities with
another corporation or other person, in each case as a result of which shares
of Silver King Securities would be reclassified or converted into the right to
receive stock, securities or other property (including cash) or any combination
thereof, unless in connection with any such transaction (and immediately prior
to the consummation thereof) each holder of the Exchange Securities would be
entitled to exchange all Exchange Securities for Silver King Securities (and
own and exercise full rights of ownership of such Silver King Securities
following such transaction) or each holder of such Exchange Securities would be
entitled to own and exercise full rights of ownership of the stock, securities
or other property receivable by a holder of the number and kind of Silver King
Securities receivable by such holder upon such Exchange of Exchange Securities;
provided, however, that Silver King shall have no obligation under this
paragraph (d) to the extent that Liberty HSN would be entitled to own and
exercise such rights had Liberty HSN held all outstanding Exchange Securities
at the time of such transaction.





                                     -32-

<PAGE>   36

                 (e)      Silver King shall not become a party and shall not
permit any of its subsidiaries to become a party to any transaction with
respect to the foregoing unless the terms of the agreements relating to such
transaction include obligations of the applicable parties consistent with this
Section 7.9.


                                   ARTICLE 8

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 8.1      Further Assurances.  From and after the Effective
Time, each of Silver King, Liberty HSN and any Eligible Holder shall, at any
time and from time to time, make, execute and deliver, or cause to be made,
executed and delivered, such instruments, agreements, consents and assurances
and take or cause to be taken all such actions as may reasonably be requested
by any other party hereto to effect the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

         SECTION 8.2      Expenses.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all
costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of
counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party
incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not any Exchange shall occur.

         SECTION 8.3      Notices.  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and
other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given on (i) the day
on which delivered personally or by telecopy (with prompt confirmation by mail)
during a Business Day to the appropriate location listed as the address below,
(ii) three Business Days after the posting thereof by United States registered
or certified first class mail, return receipt requested, with postage and fees
prepaid or (iii) one Business Day after deposit thereof for overnight delivery.
Such notices, requests, demands, waivers or other communications shall be
addressed as follows:

         (a)     if to Silver King to:

                 Silver King Communications, Inc.        
                 12425 28th Street North                 
                 St. Petersburg, Florida 33716           
                 Attention:  General Counsel             
                 Telecopier No.: (813) 572-1349          





                                     -33-

<PAGE>   37
                                                                              
                  with a copy to:                                             
                                                                              
                  Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz                              
                  51 West 52nd Street                                         
                  New York, NY 10019-5150                                     
                  Attention: Pamela S. Seymon, Esq.                           
                  Telecopier No.: (212) 403-2000                              
                                                                              
         (b)      if to a member of the Liberty Group, to:                    
                                                                              
                  Liberty Media Corporation                                   
                  8101 East Prentice Avenue, Suite 500                        
                  Englewood, Colorado 80111                                   
                  Attention: Peter M. Barton, President                       
                  Telecopier No.: (303) 721-5415                              
                                                                              
                  with a copy to:                                             
                                                                              
                  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.                                       
                  599 Lexington Avenue                                        
                  New York, New York 10022                                    
                  Attention: Frederick H. McGrath Esq.                        
                  Telecopier No.: (212) 705-5125                              
                                                                              
         (c)      If to a holder of Exchange Securities other than a member of
                  the Liberty Group, at the address stated for such holder on
                  the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation;     

or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in
writing to the other party.

         SECTION 8.4      Entire Agreement.  This Agreement (including the
documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral and
written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         SECTION 8.5      Assignment; Binding Effect; Benefit.  Neither this
Agreement nor any of the rights, benefits or obligations hereunder may be
assigned by Silver King without the prior written consent of the other party
hereto.  The rights of the Liberty Group under this Agreement shall be
assignable to any person acquiring Exchange Securities (or any interest therein
(including an interest in any BDTV Entity)); provided, that this provision
shall not affect the rights and obligations of the parties to the Stockholders
Agreement.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding
upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their
respective successors and assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or
implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties or their
respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or





                                     -34-

<PAGE>   38

liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.  No assignment permitted
hereunder shall be effective until the assignee shall have agreed in writing to
be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

         SECTION 8.6      Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended, superseded
or canceled, only by a written instrument specifically stating that it amends,
supersedes or cancels this Agreement, executed by each of Silver King and a
member of the Liberty Group.

         SECTION 8.7      Extension; Waiver.  In connection with an Exchange,
an Eligible Holder exercising its Exchange Right, or Silver King may, to the
extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time specified herein for the
performance of any of the obligations of the other Person, (ii) waive any
inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other Person
contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, (iii) waive
compliance by the other Person with any of the agreements or covenants of such
other Person contained herein or (iv) waive any condition to such waiving
Person s obligation to consummate such Exchange to any of such waiving Person's
other obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement on the part of Silver
King or such Eligible Holder to any such extension or waiver shall be valid
only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such Person.  Any
such extension or waiver by any Person shall be binding on such Person but not
on any other Person entitled to the benefits of the provision of this Agreement
affected unless such other Person also has agreed to such extension or waiver.
No such waiver shall constitute a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any
subsequent or other breach or failure to comply strictly with the provisions of
this Agreement.  The failure of any Person to insist on strict compliance with
this Agreement or to assert any of its rights or remedies hereunder or with
respect hereto shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or remedies in the
future.  Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent or approval by any
Person, such consent or approval shall be effective if given in writing in a
manner consistent with the requirements for a waiver of compliance as set forth
in this Section 8.7.

         SECTION 8.8      Survival.  The covenants and agreements in Articles
2, 3, and 7 and elsewhere in this Agreement shall survive until all of the
Exchange Securities have been exchanged for Silver King Securities.

         SECTION 8.9      Tax Interpretation.  Whenever it is necessary for
purposes of this Agreement to determine whether an Exchange is taxable or
tax-free, such determination shall be made without regard to any interest
imputed pursuant to Section 483 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.  For purposes of this Agreement, a Person's "tax position" shall not
include or take into account any offsets against any tax which are peculiar to
such Person (such as tax credits, loss carry-overs, and current losses).

         SECTION 8.10     General Interpretation.  When a reference is made in
this Agreement to Sections, Articles or Schedules, such reference shall be to a
Section, Article or Schedule (as the case may be) of this Agreement unless
otherwise indicated.  When a reference is made in this Agreement to a "party"
or "parties", such reference shall be to a party or parties to this Agreement
unless otherwise indicated.  The table of contents and headings contained in
this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this





                                     -35-

<PAGE>   39

Agreement.  Whenever the words "include", "includes" or "including" are used in
this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without
limitation".  The use of any gender herein shall be deemed to be or include the
other genders and the use of the singular herein shall be deemed to be or
include the plural (and vice versa), wherever appropriate.  The use of the
words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and words of similar import shall refer
to this entire Agreement, and not to any particular article, section,
subsection, clause, paragraph or other subdivision of this Agreement, unless
the context clearly indicates otherwise.  Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, for purposes of this Agreement, Silver King shall not be deemed
to be a subsidiary or an affiliate of Liberty HSN, and the subsidiaries,
directors, officers, employees and affiliates of Silver King shall not be
deemed to be subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees or affiliates of
Liberty HSN.

         SECTION 8.11     Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or
the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining
provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or
circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or
unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be
affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, provided that, if any provision
hereof or the application thereof shall be so held to be invalid, void or
unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then such court may
substitute therefor a suitable and equitable provision in order to carry out,
so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of the invalid,
void or unenforceable provision.  To the extent that any provision shall be
judicially unenforceable in any one or more states, such provision shall not be
affected with respect to any other state, each provision with respect to each
state being construed as several and independent.

         SECTION 8.12     Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which
together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 8.13     Applicable Law.  This Agreement and the legal
relations between the parties shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws
rules thereof.





                                     -36-

<PAGE>   40

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Exchange
Agreement as of the date first above written.


                                   SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                   
                                   
                                   /s/ Michael Drayer
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   By:    Michael Drayer
                                   Title: Executive Vice President, General 
                                          Counsel and Corporate Secretary
                                   
                                   
                                   LIBERTY HSN, INC.
                                   
                                   
                                   /s/ Robert R. Bennett
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   By:    Robert R. Bennett
                                   Title: Executive Vice President





                                     -37-



<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 10.26



                    EQUITY AND BONUS COMPENSATION AGREEMENT


     AGREEMENT by and between Silver King Communications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and Barry Diller (the "Executive"), dated as of
the 24th day of August, 1995.

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has approved
the Term Sheet entered into by the Company and the Executive, dated as of the
date hereof, relating to the subject matter hereof (the "Term Sheet"); and

     WHEREAS, the Term Sheet provides for the grant to the Executive of options
to purchase the common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Stock"), of the
Company (the "Options") in tandem with the LSARs (as defined herein), on terms
and conditions set forth in the Term Sheet; and

     WHEREAS, the Term Sheet provides that the Executive will serve as Chairman
of the Board and/or Chief Executive Officer and/or President of the Company on
certain terms and conditions; and



                                     - 1 -


<PAGE>   2



     WHEREAS, the Term Sheet also provides for the payment of certain bonuses
to the Executive; and

     WHEREAS, Executive and the Company wish to set forth the terms and
conditions of the Options and such bonuses as well as certain other matters
covered by the Term Sheet more fully in this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED
 AS FOLLOWS:

     1.  Options.  (a)  Grant.  The Company hereby grants the Executive the
Options, consisting of the right to purchase 1,895,847 shares of Stock for an
exercise price of $22.625 per share.  The terms of the Options are subject to
adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (e) of this Section 1 and
to the other terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.

     (b)  Exercisability and Termination.  Except as provided in paragraph (d)
of this Section 1, the Options shall become exercisable as follows:  with
respect to 473,962 shares on August 24 of each of 1996, 1997 and 1998; and with
respect





                                     - 2 -


<PAGE>   3


to the remaining 473,961 shares on August 24, 1999.  All Options, whether then
exercisable or not, shall terminate and cease to be exercisable as follows:

            (i) if the Company terminates the Executive's employment for Cause,
       immediately upon the effective date of such termination; and

            (ii) if the Executive terminates his employment with the Company
       other than for Good Reason, at the close of business on the 90th day
       (or, if such day is not a business day, at the close of business on the
       first business day after such day) following the effective date of such
       termination; and

            (iii) in all other cases, at the close of business on August 24,
       2005.

     (c)  Method of Exercise.  (i)  Notice.  Subject to the provisions of this
Section 1, the Executive may exercise one or more Options at any time when they
are exercisable by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying:
(A) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Options are being
exercised; (B) the method of withholding of taxes that the Executive has chosen
pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 9, if not previously specified; and (C)
whether the Executive elects to pay the exercise price by (1) tendering to the
Company previously owned shares of Stock with an aggregate




                                     - 3 -



<PAGE>   4




Fair Market Value (calculated as of the day before the date of exercise) equal
to the aggregate exercise price of the Options being exercised or (2) delivering
to the Company (I) a copy of an irrevocable instruction from the Executive to an
underwriter or broker directing such underwriter or broker to sell shares of
Stock to be acquired by the exercise of such Options in an amount (net of
brokers' and underwriters' fees, commissions or discounts) sufficient to pay
such exercise price in full, and promptly remit to the Company the amount of
such exercise price, all of which arrangements shall be reasonably satisfactory
to the Company, (II) irrevocable instructions from the Executive to the Company
to withhold from the shares of Stock to be acquired by the exercise of such
Options a number of shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise
sufficient to pay such exercise price in full or (III) a combination of
the foregoing (in the case of (I), (II) or (III), a "Cashless Exercise").

     (ii) Payment of Exercise Price.  Upon the exercise of an Option, except to
the extent the Executive pays the applicable exercise price by means of a
Cashless Exercise, the



                                     - 4 -



<PAGE>   5


Executive shall pay the applicable exercise price in cash, by bank check or such
other instrument as the Company may accept.

     (iii) Issuance of Stock.  As soon as practicable after receiving (A)
payment of the applicable exercise price of an Option that is exercised or (B)
the certificates for the shares of Stock referred to in clause (C)(1) of
subparagraph (c)(i) of this Section 1, or (c) the instructions referred to in
clause (C)(2)(I) or (II), as applicable, of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (c)
of this Section 1 with respect to the exercise of an Option by Cashless
Exercise and the Company's reasonable satisfaction with the arrangements in
respect thereof, as applicable, but subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)
of Section 9 (pertaining to the withholding of taxes), the Company shall issue
to the Executive in accordance with his instructions one or more stock
certificates in respect of the Stock acquired by that exercise (net of any
shares to be retained by the Company pursuant to clause (C)(1) of subparagraph
(c)(i) of this Section 1), which certificates shall be registered in the name
of the Executive and shall bear an appropriate legend substantially in the
following form:




                                     - 5 -

<PAGE>   6





                      The securities represented by this certificate
                      have not been registered under the Securities Act
                      of 1933 or under the securities laws of any
                      state, and may not be sold or otherwise disposed
                      of except pursuant to an effective registration
                      statement under said Act and applicable state
                      securities laws or an applicable exemption to the
                      registration requirements of such Act or laws.

In addition, such securities shall also bear an appropriate legend referring to
any restrictions on the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition
of such Stock contained in any stockholders agreement to which the Executive is
a party.  When the Executive has given proper notice of exercise of an Option
and has paid the applicable exercise price in full as provided above, the
Executive shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding
the Stock acquired by such exercise (including, if applicable, the right to
vote the shares or express consent and the right to receive dividends).

     (d)  Effect of a Change in Control.  (i)  Options.  Upon a Change in
Control, all Options that have not previously become exercisable or been
terminated shall become exercisable.



                                      - 6 -


<PAGE>   7



     (ii)  LSARs.  With respect to each Option that has not been exercised or
terminated as of the date a Change in Control occurs, from and after the date
of the Change in Control until the termination of the Options in accordance
with Section 1 above, the Executive shall have the right (an "LSAR"), in lieu of
exercising such Option in accordance with Section 1 above, upon notice to the
Company of his election to exercise an LSAR, to surrender such Option to the
Company for cancellation in exchange for cash in an amount equal to the amount
by which the Change in Control Price per share of the Stock on the date of such
election exceeds the exercise price per share of Stock under such Option,
multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to such Option as to which
the right granted under this paragraph (d) of Section 1 is being exercised;
provided, however, that if the Change in Control occurs within six months of the
date of this Agreement, no such election shall be made before the expiration of
six months from the date of this Agreement.

     (e)  Other Terms and Conditions of Options and LSARs.  (i)
Nontransferability.  No Option or LSAR shall be transferable by the Executive
except (i) by will or by the laws




                                     - 7 -


<PAGE>   8


of descent and distribution or (ii) with the consent of the Board of Directors
of the Company.  Any transfer or purported transfer in violation of this
paragraph shall be void and of no effect.  All Options and LSARs shall be
exercisable, during the Executive's lifetime, only by the Executive or by the
guardian or legal representative of the Executive, it being understood that for
purposes of this Section 1, references to the Executive include the guardian and
legal representative of the Executive and any person to whom an Option and the
related LSAR is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

     (ii)  Adjustments.  (A)  Dividends, Etc.  The number and kind of
securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Options and the exercise price
of the Options shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon certain
events, as follows:
                    (2) If the Company pays a dividend in shares of Stock,
               makes a distribution to all holders of shares of any class of
               its capital stock in shares of Stock, subdivides its outstanding
               shares of Stock into a greater number of shares, or combines its
               outstanding shares of Stock into a smaller number of shares of
               Stock, then the number of shares of Stock purchasable upon
               exercise of the Options shall be adjusted so that the Executive
               shall be entitled to receive the kind and number of shares or
               other securities of the Company that it


                                     - 8 -



<PAGE>   9


               would have owned and/or been entitled to receive as a result of
               any of the events described above, had such Options been
               exercised immediately before such event, effective immediately
               after the effective date of such event.

                    (3) Whenever the number of shares of Stock purchasable upon
               the exercise of the Options is adjusted pursuant to this
               subparagraph (ii)(A) of paragraph (e) of Section 1, the exercise
               price per share shall also be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by
               multiplying the exercise price per share immediately before such
               adjustment by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
               of shares of Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Options
               immediately before such adjustment, and the denominator of which
               is the number of shares of Stock so purchasable immediately
               thereafter.

                    (4) In the event that at any time, as a result of an
               adjustment made pursuant to this subparagraph (ii)(A) of
               paragraph (e) of Section 1, the Options shall become exercisable
               for any securities of the Company other than shares of Stock,
               thereafter the number of such other securities so purchasable
               upon exercise of the Options and the exercise price of such
               securities shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a
               manner and on terms as equivalent as practicable to the
               provisions of this subparagraph (A) with respect to the shares
               of Stock.

     (B)  Preservation of Purchase Rights Upon Reclassification, Consolidation,
etc.  In case of any reclassification or change of outstanding Stock or other
securities purchasable upon exercise of the Options (other than a change in par
value or as a result of a subdivision or combination of shares of Stock),
recapitalization, separation



                                     - 9 -


<PAGE>   10



(including a spin-off or other distribution of stock or property of
the Company), reorganization, any dividend or distribution not described in
subparagraph (ii)(A)(1) of this paragraph (e) of Section 1, or any
consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation (other than a
consolidation or merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation that
does not result in any reclassification of or change in the outstanding shares
of Stock) or partial or complete liquidation, or any sale or conveyance to
another corporation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
(other than by mortgage or pledge), then the Company or such successor or
purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall undertake to assure that:
(1) the Options shall be exercisable, upon payment of the applicable exercise
price in effect immediately before such action, for the kind and amount of
shares and other securities and property that the Executive would have owned
and/or been entitled to receive after such action, had such Options been
exercised immediately before such action; and (2) each such Option, and the
applicable exercise price, shall be subject to adjustments, which shall, to the
greatest extent practicable, be equivalent to, and subject to the same terms
and provisions as, the adjustments provided for 




                                     - 10 -


<PAGE>   11



in this paragraph (e) of Section 1.  The provisions of this paragraph shall
similarly apply to successive reclassifications, consolidations, mergers, sales
and conveyances.

     (C)  LSARs.  Upon any adjustments of an Option pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of this subparagraph (ii), corresponding adjustments to the related
LSAR shall also be made.

     (D)  Post-Adjustment References.  Following an adjustment under this
paragraph (e) of Section 1, all references in this Section 1 to the number of
Options and LSARs, the number and kind of shares of Stock subject thereto, and
the exercise price thereof, shall be deemed to refer to such number, kind and
exercise price as adjusted.

     2.  Bonuses.  (a) Initial Bonus.  The Company shall pay the Executive a
bonus (the "Initial Bonus") equal to the amount such that, after payment of all
Taxes on the Initial Bonus, the Executive will retain an amount sufficient to
pay all Taxes that he is required to pay as a result of the





                                     - 11 -


<PAGE>   12



purchase of the Initial Shares and the Additional Shares, determined as set
forth in this Section 2.  The determination of the amount of the Initial Bonus
shall be made by the Accounting Firm based upon the assumption that the
Executive pays all applicable Taxes at the highest marginal rate thereof, and
such determination shall be final and binding upon the Company and the
Executive.  The Accounting Firm shall notify the Company and the Executive of
the amount of the Initial Bonus as so determined on or before October 15, 1995,
and the Company shall pay the Initial Bonus to the Executive in a single cash
lump sum payment within five business days after receipt of such notice.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the amount of the Initial Bonus
exceed $1,000,000.

     (b)  Additional Bonuses.  In addition to the Initial Bonus, the Company
shall pay the Executive the following bonuses (the "Additional Bonuses"):  on
August 24, 1996, the Company shall pay the Executive, in a single cash lump sum
payment, $2,498,889.63, and on August 24, 1997, the Company shall pay the
Executive, in a single cash lump sum payment, $2,498,889.62; provided, however,
that the Additional Bonuses shall be payable immediately in full (to the extent
not



                                     - 12 -


<PAGE>   13


theretofore paid) upon the first to occur of (i) a Change in Control of the
Company, or (ii) the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company
for any reason other than (A) by the Company at any time for Cause or (B) by
the Executive at any time before the Control Date without Good Reason;
provided, further, that in the event the Executive's employment is terminated
for Cause prior to the date on which an Additional Bonus is otherwise due, the
obligation of the Company to pay any such Additional Bonus shall terminate.
Except as provided in paragraph (d) of Section 9 with respect to the withholding
of taxes, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have the right to offset
all or any portion of the Additional Bonuses against any amount owed by the
Executive to the Company.

     (c)  Severance Bonus.  If the Executive's employment with the Company is
terminated on or before August 24, 1996 for any reason other than by the
Company for Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive an additional bonus (the
"Severance Bonus") equal to two times the amount (if any) by which
$4,999,989.25 exceeds the Fair Market Value, on the date of such termination,
of the Additional Shares; provided,


                                    - 13 -
                                      

<PAGE>   14



however, that the Severance Bonus shall in no event exceed $2,000,000.

     (d) Penalty for Late Payment of Additional and Severance Bonuses.  Subject
to the provisions of this Agreement, in the event that the Company does not pay
when due all or any portion of any of the bonuses provided for in paragraph (b)
or (c) of this Section 2, and the Executive shall have provided the Company
with written notice that such bonus is due and has not been timely paid in
full, the Company shall have three business days after receipt of such notice
to pay such unpaid amount (the "Late Payment Date").  If any portion of such
unpaid amount remains unpaid at the close of business on the Late Payment Date,
the remaining unpaid amount shall be increased by 20% (as so increased, the
"Unpaid Bonus").  The amount of the Unpaid Bonus shall accrue interest from and
after the Late Payment Date until the date of payment at the short-term
applicable federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the Unpaid Bonus, together with all
such accrued interest, shall be immediately due and payable.



                                     - 14 -


<PAGE>   15



     3.  Registration.  Upon request by the Executive, the Company shall use
all reasonable efforts promptly to effect a registration of Stock owned by the
Executive without cost to the Executive, other than underwriting discounts and
commissions, any broker or dealer fees or commissions and the fees and expenses
of any special accounting required in connection with the registration, which
shall be paid by the Executive; provided, however, that the Company shall not
be obligated to effect any registration pursuant to this paragraph if counsel
designated by the Company (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Executive) delivers an opinion to the Executive to the effect that the number
of shares of Stock specified in such request for registration could then be
sold by the Executive within a three-month period under Rule 144 (or any
successor provision then in effect) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the Executive is then entitled to sell Stock pursuant to said Rule
144.  Such registration shall be effected pursuant to registration rights
customary under the circumstances.

     4.  Nonexclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or
limit the Executive's continuing or





                                     - 15 -



<PAGE>   16



future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the
Company or any of its stockholders or affiliated companies and for which the
Executive may qualify.  Furthermore, nothing in this Agreement shall limit or
otherwise affect such rights or obligations as the Executive may have, subject
to paragraph (f) of Section 9, under any other contract or agreement with the
Company or any of its stockholders or affiliated companies.

     5.  Certain Additional Payments by the Company.  (a) Anything in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the
event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to
or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or
distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but
determined without regard to any additional payments required under this
Section 5) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section
4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive
with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such
interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise
Tax"), then the Executive shall be entitled to


                                     - 16 -



<PAGE>   17


receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that
after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties
imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income
taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise
Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the
Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

     (b) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Section 5, all
determinations required to be made under this Section 5, including whether and
when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and
the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made
by the Accounting Firm in its reasonable discretion and good faith, which shall
provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive
within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there
has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  All
fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.
Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 5, shall be paid
by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the




                                     - 17 -



<PAGE>   18



Accounting Firm's determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm
shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the
uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that
Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been
made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made
hereunder.  In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to
paragraph (c) of Section 5 and the Executive thereafter is required to make a
payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the
Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid
by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

     (c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the
Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the
Company of the GrossUp Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon as
practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed
in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such
claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The Executive
shall not pay such


                                     - 18 -



<PAGE>   19


claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which
the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on
the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).  If the
Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period
that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

            (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the
       Company relating to such claim;

            (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as
       the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time,
       including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with
       respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

            (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively
       to contest such claim; and

            (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating
       to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and
payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation on the foregoing provisions
of this paragraph (c) of Section 5, the



                                     - 19 -

<PAGE>   20



Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and,
at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals,
proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of
such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the
tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner,
and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any
administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more
appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the
Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the
Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an
interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or
penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with
respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided
that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes
for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested
amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.
Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues
with




                                     - 20 -


<PAGE>   21

respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive
shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue
raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


     (d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount paid or advanced
by the Company pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) of Section 5, the Executive
becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such amount, the
Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of
paragraph (c) of Section 5) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such
refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes
applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount
advanced by the Company pursuant to paragraph (c) of Section 5, a determination
is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its
intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days
after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be
required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the
extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.




                                     - 21 -

<PAGE>   22



     6.  Certain Other Terms and Conditions of Employment.  (a)  Expense
Reimbursement.  The Company shall pay, or shall reimburse the Executive for, the
Executive's out-of-pocket expenses related to his employment by the Company, on
a basis consistent with such reimbursements from his prior employer.

     (b)  Incentive Compensation Plans.  In addition to the compensation
provided for in this Agreement, and subject to any required approval of the
Board, the Executive shall be entitled, during his employment by the Company,
to participate in any and all incentive compensation plans of any kind
(including without limitation short-term and long-term plans and programs and
cash-based and stock-based plans and programs) maintained by the Company from
time to time for its management and/or key employees.

     (c)  Indemnification.  If Executive or his affiliates are or become a
party or are threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, the Company shall indemnify the Executive and


                                     - 22 -





<PAGE>   23


his affiliates against, and hold them harmless from, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any and all claims, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses), judgments, fines and settlements (if such
settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld), whether involving third parties or otherwise, incurred
by or asserted against the Executive and his affiliates (including without
limitation contests between the Company and the Executive, or between either of
them and any third party, and including without limitation contests involving
any payment pursuant to this Agreement) in connection with or arising from
the Executive's serving as Chairman of the Board and/or Chief Executive Officer
of the Company (and, if applicable, President of the Company) and the Executive
and his affiliates' entering into any and all definitive agreements contemplated
by or entered into pursuant to the Term Sheet, including without limitation the
stockholders agreement.  The right of indemnification shall include the
advancement and payment of any and all expenses of the Executive and his
affiliates in connection with any matter for which the Executive may be entitled
to indemnification.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Executive nor his
affiliates shall be


                                     - 23 -


<PAGE>   24


entitled to indemnification with respect to any action, suit or proceeding by or
on behalf of the Company in which the Executive is finally determined to have
breached the Stock Pledge Agreement.

     (d)  Legal Fees.  The Company shall pay and/or reimburse the Executive for
all legal fees and expenses incurred by him and his affiliates in connection
with the negotiation of the Term Sheet and any and all definitive agreements
contemplated by or entered into pursuant to the Term Sheet, including without
limitation the stockholders agreement.

     7.  Definitions.  The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in
this Section 7.


     (a) The "Accounting Firm" means Price Waterhouse or any other nationally
recognized firm of certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the
Company that the Executive may designate.

     (b) The "Additional Bonuses" has the meaning assigned to it in paragraph
(b) of Section 2.







                                     - 24 -



<PAGE>   25

     (c) The "Additional Shares" means the Additional Shares as defined in the
Term Sheet, together with any other security into which the Additional Shares
may be converted as a result of any reclassification, stock split,
consolidation, merger or other change in the number or kind of security
represented by the Additional Shares.

     (d) The "Board" has the meaning assigned to it in the second paragraph of
this Agreement.

     (e) A "Cashless Exercise" has the meaning assigned to it in subparagraph
(i) of paragraph (c) of Section 1.

     (f) "Cause" means the willful and continued failure of the Executive
substantially to perform his duties to the Company (other than as a result of
physical or mental illness or injury), after the Board delivers to the
Executive a written demand for substantial performance that specifically
identifies the manner in which the Board believes that he has not substantially
performed his duties.





                                     - 25 -


<PAGE>   26




     (g) A "Change in Control of the Company" means any transaction in which
any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act")), other than the Executive, Liberty Media Corporation ("Liberty"), Roy M.
Speer ("Speer"), and their respective affiliates (within the meaning of Rule
12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any trusts or foundations
established by Speer (a "Person"), acquires (i) beneficial ownership (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of equity
securities of the Company representing a majority of the voting power of the
then-outstanding equity securities of the Company; (ii) all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company; or (iii) in the event that the Executive and
Liberty, and the members of their respective Stockholder Groups, collectively
cease to beneficially own equity securities of the Company representing a
majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding equity securities of the
Company (for such purpose, treating any shares of Class B Common Stock of the
Company then still subject to the Liberty Option as if they were owned by
Liberty and/or the Executive), the greatest of (w) equity securities of


                                     - 26 -



<PAGE>   27



the Company representing 25 percent of the voting power of the then-outstanding
equity securities of the Company, (x) equity securities of the Company having
an aggregate voting power in excess of the aggregate voting power represented
by the equity securities of the Company then owned by Liberty and the members of
its Stockholder Group, and (y) equity securities of the Company having an
aggregate voting power in excess of the aggregate voting power represented by
the equity securities of the Company then owned by the Executive and the members
of his Stockholder Group, and (z) at any time when Liberty and the Executive (or
their respective affiliates) are parties to a stockholders agreement relating to
the ownership and voting of equity securities of the Company, the Executive and
his Stockholder Group own at least 1,000,000 shares of Stock (taking into
account all shares of Stock issuable upon exercise of all unexercised Options,
whether or not then exercisable, any other options to purchase, or securities
convertible into, shares of Stock owned by the Executive and the members of his
Stockholder Group, the Additional Shares and any other shares of Stock owned by
the Executive and the members of his Stockholder Group), and the Executive is
Chairman of the Board and/or Chief Executive Officer and/or President of the
Company,



                                     - 27 -
   

<PAGE>   28



equity securities of the Company having an aggregate voting power in
excess of the aggregate voting power represented by the equity securities of the
Company then owned by Liberty and the Executive and the members of their
respective Stockholder Groups, collectively.

     (h) The "Change in Control Price" means the higher of (i) the highest
reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Stock in any transaction
reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or other national
exchange on which such shares are listed or on NASDAQ during the 60-day period
prior to and including the date of a Change in Control or (ii) if the Change in
Control is the result of a tender or exchange offer or merger, consolidation or
other similar transaction (a "Corporate Transaction"), the highest price per
share of Stock paid in such tender or exchange offer or Corporate Transaction;
provided, however, that if the Change in Control occurs within six months of the
date of this Agreement, then the Change in Control Price shall be the Fair
Market Value of the Stock on the date the LSAR is exercised.  To the extent that
the consideration paid in any such transaction described above consists all or
in part of securities or other noncash


                                     - 28 -



<PAGE>   29


consideration, or, for purposes of the proviso in the preceding sentence, to
determine the Fair Market Value of the Stock if such value is not otherwise
determinable pursuant to the definition of "Fair Market Value" contained herein,
the value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be determined
in good faith by the Board.

     (i) The "Code" has the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (a) of Section
5.

     (j) The "Company" means the Company as defined in the first paragraph of
this Agreement and any successor to its business and/or assets that assumes and
agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

     (k) The "Control Date" means the date on which the Liberty Option shall
have been validly exercised.

     (l) The "Excise Tax" has the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (b) of
Section 5.




                                     - 29 -



<PAGE>   30



     (m) The "Executive" has the meaning assigned to it in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.

     (n) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any given date, the mean between the
highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Stock in the over-the-counter
market, as reported by NASDAQ, or, if the Stock is listed on a national
securities exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction
reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national
security exchange on which the Stock is listed or admitted to trading, on that
date or, if there are no reported sales on that date, on the next day after
that date on which there are such reported sales.

     (o) "Good Reason" means the assignment to the Executive of any duties
inconsistent in any respect with his position as Chairman of the Board and/or
CEO and/or President, as the case may be, of the Company, or any other action
by the Company that results in a diminution in his position, authority, duties
or responsibilities; any reduction of the Executive's compensation or benefits
below what is required by the terms of his employment with the Company; and any
purported



                                     - 30 -


<PAGE>   31



termination of the Executive's employment by the Company other than for Cause.

     (p) The "Initial Bonus" has the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (a) of
Section 2.

     (q) The "Initial Shares" means the 220,994 shares of Stock purchased by
the Executive in exchange for cash as of August 24, 1995.

     (r) The "Liberty Option" means the option, held by Liberty on the date
hereof, to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company from RMS
Limited Partnership.

     (s) The "LSARs" has the meaning assigned to it in subparagraph (ii) of
paragraph (d) of Section 1.

     (t) "NASDAQ" means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
Automated Quotations System.

     (u) The "Options" has the meaning assigned to it in the third paragraph of
this Agreement.



                                     - 31 -



<PAGE>   32



     (v) The "Severance Bonus" has the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (c)
of Section 2.

     (w) The "Stock" means the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per
share.

     (x) "Stockholder Group" means, in the case of Liberty, Liberty and the
controlled affiliates of Liberty and Tele-Communications, Inc. and, in the case
of the Executive, the Executive and his 90-percent owned and controlled
affiliates.

     (y) "Taxes" means all federal, state and local income and other applicable
taxes.

     (a) The "Term Sheet" has the meaning assigned to it in the second
paragraph of this Agreement.

     (aa) An "Underpayment" has the meaning assigned to it in paragraph (b) of
Section 5.





                                     - 32 -


<PAGE>   33

     8.  Successors.  (a)  This Agreement is personal to the Executive and
without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the
Executive except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's
guardian and legal representatives.  The Executive shall be entitled to assign
any rights of the Executive under this Agreement to any corporation or other
entity at least 90% owned by the Executive, in which case all references in
this Agreement to the Executive shall thereafter refer to such corporation or
other entity, as the case may be, and such corporation or entity shall thereupon
become bound hereby, provided, that prior to such time as the Executive ceases
to own at least 90% of such corporation or entity, the Executive shall cause
such rights to be reassigned to the Executive or another corporation or entity
at least 90% owned by the Executive.

     (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Company and its successors and assigns.





                                     - 33 -


<PAGE>   34




     (c)  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect,
by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of
the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place,
except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (e) of Section
1.

     9.  Miscellaneous.  (a)  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this Agreement
are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.  This
Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement executed
by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

     (b)  Notices.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or
by facsimile, overnight




                                     - 34 -




<PAGE>   35


courier, or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows:

     If to the Executive:

              1940 Coldwater Canyon
              Beverly Hills, CA  90210

              Facsimile:  (310) 247-9153

     If to the Company:

              12425 28th Street North
              St. Petersburg, FL  33716

              Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
              General Counsel

              Facsimile:  (813) 572-1488

or to such other address or facsimile number as any party shall have furnished
to the others in writing in accordance with this paragraph (b) of Section 9.
Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the
addressee.

     (c) Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of
this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision of this Agreement.





                                     - 35 -


<PAGE>   36




     (d) Withholding Taxes.  No later than the date as of which an amount first
becomes includible in the gross income of the Executive for federal income tax
purposes with respect to any Options under this Agreement, the Executive shall
pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding
the payment of, any Taxes that are required by law to be withheld with respect
to such amount.  The obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be
conditional on such payment or arrangements.

     (e) No Waiver.  The failure of the Executive or the Company to insist upon
strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert
any right the Executive or the Company may have under this Agreement shall not
be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or
right of this Agreement.

     (f) Entire Agreement.  The Executive and the Company acknowledge that this
Agreement supersedes any prior agreement (including the Term Sheet) between the
parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.






                                     - 36 -


<PAGE>   37


     (g) Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which
together shall constitute one and the same original.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand
and, pursuant to authorization from their respective governing authorities, the
Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on their behalf,
all as of the day and year first above written.

                                    ____________________________
                                    Barry Diller


                                    SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                    By__________________________





                                     - 37 -




<PAGE>   1
                                                        EXHIBIT 10.29

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     AGREEMENT by and between Silver King Communications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and Douglas Binzak (the "Executive"), dated as of
the 13th day of February, 1996.

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has
determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders
to employ the Executive as an Executive Vice President of its Broadcasting
Division (the "Broadcasting Division") and the Executive desires to serve in
that capacity;

     NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

     1.  Employment Period.  The Company shall employ the Executive, and the
Executive shall serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement, for the period beginning two weeks following the first date on
which the Executive ceases to be an employee of Fox Broadcasting Company (which
date Executive represents is no 




<PAGE>   2



later than July 4, 1996) (the "Commencement Date") and ending on the fifth 
anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Employment Period").

     2.  Position and Duties.  (a)  During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall be employed as an Executive Vice President of the Broadcasting
Division, with responsibilities for the Company's
 broadcasting properties. In
such capacity, the Executive shall report to the most senior person in the
Broadcasting Division (the "Broadcasting Head") who, it is contemplated, will   
be the President of the Broadcasting Division.  The Broadcasting Head will
report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "CEO").  Until the
appointment of the Broadcasting Head, the Executive shall report to the CEO.
During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be responsible for strategy
and implementation of development of the Company's broadcast properties,
subject to direction of the Broadcasting Head or CEO, as the case may be.

     (b)  During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation
and sick leave to which 


                                     -2-


<PAGE>   3


the Executive is entitled, the Executive shall devote full attention
and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the
Company and use the Executive's reasonable best efforts to carry out such
responsibilities faithfully and efficiently.

     (c)  The Executive's services shall, subject to required travel, be
performed primarily in Los Angeles, California.

     3.  Compensation.  (a)  Base Salary.  During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary") of
$415,000, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the
Company.  During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be 
reviewed for possible increase at least annually, with any increase being at 
the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.  The term "Annual Base Salary" 
shall thereafter refer to the Annual Base Salary as so increased.


                                     -3-

<PAGE>   4

     (b)  Bonus.  In addition to the Annual Base Salary, the Executive shall be
eligible to participate in an incentive bonus plan or program to be adopted by
the Company or the Network during the first year of the Employment Period, with
the amount and timing of any such bonus awarded thereunder (a "Bonus") to be
determined pursuant to such plan or program.

     (c)  Other Benefits.  During the Employment Period:  (i) the Executive
shall be eligible to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement
plans, practices, policies and programs of the Company maintained for the
benefit of peer executives of the Company, provided that in determining the
Executive's participation in such plans the Stock Options granted to the
Executive under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan shall be taken into
account; and (ii) the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may
be, shall be eligible for participation in, and shall receive all benefits
under, all welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by
the Company (including, without limitation, those benefits currently 



                                      -4-


<PAGE>   5

provided by the Company and listed on Schedule I hereto) to the same extent as
peer executives of the Company (it being understood that the Company shall be 
entitled to modify or discontinue any such benefits so long as the benefits 
provided to the Executive, in the aggregate, are no less favorable than those 
set forth on Schedule I hereto).

     (d)  Expenses.  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred
by the Executive in carrying out the Executive's duties under this Agreement,
provided that the Executive complies with the generally applicable policies,
practices and procedures of the Company for submission of expense reports,
receipts, or similar documentation of such expenses.

     (e)  Fringe Benefits.  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to fringe benefits and perquisites in accordance with the plans,
practices, programs and policies of the Company as in effect at the time with
respect to peer executives of the Company, 


                                      -5-


<PAGE>   6

including, without limitation, an automobile allowance of $1,200 per calendar
month and first-class hotel and travel accommodations on all commercial
carriers for travel related to the business of the Company.

     (f)  Office and Support Staff.  During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall be entitled to an  office in Los Angeles and an executive
assistant of his choice, subject to the Company's reasonable approval.

     (g)  Vacation.  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to three weeks of paid vacation annually.

     4.  Termination of Employment.  (a)  Death or Disability.  The Executive's
employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive's death during the
Employment Period.  The Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive's
employment because of the Executive's Disability during the Employment Period.
"Disability" means that (i) the Executive has been unable, 



                                     -6-


<PAGE>   7



for a period of 180 consecutive days, to perform the Executive's duties
under this Agreement, as a result of physical or mental illness or injury, and
(ii) a physician selected by the Company or its insurers, and acceptable to the
Executive or the Executive's legal representative, has determined that the
Executive's incapacity is total and permanent.  A termination of the
Executive's employment by the Company for Disability shall be communicated to
the Executive by written notice, and shall be effective on the 30th day after
receipt of such notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"),
unless the Executive returns to full-time performance of the Executive's duties
before the Disability Effective Date.

     (b)  By the Company.  The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause.  "Cause" means:

                  A. a material breach of the terms of this Agreement after the
             Company has given the Executive notice of such breach and a
             reasonable opportunity to cure.


                                     -7-



<PAGE>   8



                  B. illegal conduct or gross misconduct by the Executive, in
             either case that results in material and demonstrable damage to
             the business or reputation of the Company.

     (c)  Good Reason.  (i)  The Executive may terminate employment for Good
Reason.  "Good Reason" means a material breach by the Company of the provisions
of this Agreement after the Executive has given the Company notice of such
breach and a reasonable opportunity to cure.

     (ii) A termination of the Executive's employment by the Executive without
Good Reason shall be effected by giving the Company at least 10 business days'
advance written notice of the termination.

     (d)  Date of Termination.  The "Date of Termination" means the date of the
Executive's death, the Disability Effective Date, the date on which the
termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for Cause or by the
Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, as the case may be, is
effective.

     5.  Obligations of the Company upon Termination.  (a)  By the Company
Other Than for Cause, Death or Disability or By



                                      -8-


<PAGE>   9


the Executive for Good Reason.  If, during the Employment Period, the Company
terminates the Executive's employment, other than for Cause or Disability or by
reason of the Executive's death, or the Executive terminates employment for
Good Reason, the Company, in complete satisfaction of its obligations under
this Agreement, shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within ten
business days after the Date of Termination the Executive's accrued but unpaid
cash compensation (the "Accrued Obligations"), which shall equal the sum of (1)
any portion of the Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of
Termination that has not yet been paid, (2) any compensation previously
deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings
thereon) that has not yet been paid; and (3) any accrued but unpaid Bonuses and
vacation pay; and, subject to Section 7 hereof, shall also continue to pay the
Executive his Annual Base Salary for the remainder of the Employment Period at
regular payroll intervals.

     (b)  Death or Disability.  If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period, the
Company shall pay 


                                      -9-


<PAGE>   10

the Accrued Obligations to the Executive or the Executive's estate or legal
representative, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within ten business days
after the Date of Termination, and the Company shall have no further
obligations under this Agreement.

     (c)  Cause Other than for Good Reason.  If the Executive's employment is
terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason
during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay the Executive the Accrued
Obligations and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive.
The payment of Accrued Obligations shall not prejudice the Company in pursuing
remedies at law or in equity as a result of a breach by the Executive of this
Agreement.

     6.  Non-exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or
limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program,
policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies
for which the Executive may qualify, nor, subject 




                                      -10-


<PAGE>   11

to paragraph (f) of Section 10, shall anything in this Agreement limit or
otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or
agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Vested benefits
and other amounts that the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any
plan, policy, practice or program of, or any contract or agreement with, the
Company or any of its affiliated companies on or after the Date of Termination
shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice, program,
contract or agreement, as the case may be, except as explicitly modified by
this Agreement.

     7.  Mitigation.  In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek
other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts
payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement,
provided that if the Executive obtains other employment during the Employment
Period, the amounts otherwise required to be paid hereunder (other than Accrued
Obligations) shall be reduced by any amounts he is paid as a result of such
other employment during the Employment Period.



                                     -11-


<PAGE>   12


     8.  Confidential Information; Nonsolicitation; No Conflict.  (a)  The
Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all
secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company
or any of its affiliated companies and their respective businesses that the
Executive obtains during the Executive's employment by the Company or any of
its affiliated companies and that is not public knowledge (other than as a
result of the Executive's violation of this paragraph (a) of Section 8)
("Confidential Information").  The Executive shall not communicate, divulge or
disseminate Confidential Information at any time during or after the
Executive's employment with the Company, except in the good faith performance
of his duties hereunder, with the prior written consent of the Company or as
otherwise required by law or legal process.

     (b)  The Executive agrees that he will not, for a period of one year after
the expiration or termination of the Executive's employment with the Company,
without the prior written consent of the Company, solicit the employment 


                                    -12-




<PAGE>   13


of, any person who is or at any time during the six month period immediately    
preceding the date of expiration or termination of the Executive's employment
with the Company was an employee (not including any clerical or secretarial
employee), representative, officer or director of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.

     (c) Executive represents to the Company that neither his commencement of
employment hereunder nor the performance of his duties hereunder conflicts with
any contractual commitment on his part to any third party or violates or
interferes with any rights of any third party (it being understood that the
Company is aware that the Executive is prohibited from soliciting the
employment of Fox employees for a two-year period).

     9.  Successors.  (a)  This Agreement is personal to the Executive and,
without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by
the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives.




                                      -13-


<PAGE>   14


     (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Company and its successors and assigns.

     (c)  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect,
by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of
the business and/or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place.  As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean both the Company as
defined above and any such successor that assumes and agrees to perform this
Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

     10.  Miscellaneous.  (a)  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this Agreement
are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or 


                                      -14-


<PAGE>   15

effect.  This   Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written
agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and
legal representatives.

     (b)  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows:

     If to the Executive:

             Douglas Binzak
             620 Alta Avenue
             Santa Monica, California  90402

             with copy to :

             Kleinberg Lopaz Lange Brisbin & Cuddy
             2049 Century Park East, Suite 3180
             Los Angeles, California  90067

             Attention:  Robert Lange

     If to the Company:

             Silver King Communications, Inc.
             12425 28th Street, North
             St. Petersburg, Florida  33716

             Attention:  Corporate Secretary




                                      -15-


<PAGE>   16


or to such other address as either party furnishes to the other in writing in
accordance with this paragraph (b) of Section 10.  Notices and communications
shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

     (c)  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this
Agreement.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or
unenforceable in part, the remaining portion of such provision, together with
all other provisions of this Agreement, shall remain valid and enforceable and
continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent consistent with law.

     (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company
may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state,
local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or
regulations.


                                    -16-



<PAGE>   17



     (e)  The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of, or to assert any right under, this Agreement
shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other
provision of or right under this Agreement.

     (f)  The Executive and the Company acknowledge that this Agreement
supersedes any other agreement between them concerning the subject matter
hereof.

     (g)  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, and said counterparts shall constitute but one and
the same instrument.



                                      -17-




<PAGE>   18



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand
and, pursuant to the authorization of its Board of Directors, the Company has
caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the
day and year first above written.





                                      Douglas Binzak



                                      SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                      By



                                      -18-





<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 10.30


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     AGREEMENT by and between Silver King Communications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and Adam Ware (the "Executive"), dated as of the
28th day of May, 1996.

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has
determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders
to employ the Executive as an Executive Vice President of its Broadcasting
Division (the "Broadcasting Division") and the Executive desires to serve in
that capacity;

     NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

     1.  Employment Period.  The Company shall employ the Executive, and the
Executive shall serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement, for the period beginning on June 10, 1996 (the "Commencement
Date") and ending on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (the
"Employment Period").








                                     - 1 -


<PAGE>   2


     2.  Position and Duties.  (a)  During the Employment Period, the Executive
shall be employed as an Executive Vice President of the Broadcasting Division,
with responsibilities for the Company's broadcasting properties.  In such
capacity, the Executive shall report to the most senior person in the
Broadcasting Division (the "Broadcasting Head") who, it is contemplated,
 will be
the President of the Broadcasting Division.  The Broadcasting Head will report
to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "CEO").  Until the
appointment of the Broadcasting Head, the Executive shall report to the CEO.
During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be responsible for strategy
and implementation of development of the Company's broadcast properties, subject
to direction of the Broadcasting Head or CEO, as the case may be.

     (b)  During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation
and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive shall devote
full attention and time during normal business hours to the business and
affairs of the Company and use the Executive's






                                     - 2 -



<PAGE>   3


reasonable best efforts to carry out such responsibilities faithfully and
efficiently.

            (c)  The Executive's services shall, subject to required travel, be
performed primarily in Los Angeles, California.

     3.  Compensation.  (a)  Base Salary.  During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), payable
in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company as follows:
(i) from the Commencement Date until (but not including) the first anniversary
thereof, the Annual Base Salary shall be $275,000; (ii) from the first
anniversary of the Commencement Date until (but not including) the second
anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Annual Base Salary shall be $300,000;
and (iii) from the second anniversary of the Commencement Date through the end
of the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be $325,000.










                                     - 3 -


<PAGE>   4


     (b)  Bonus.  In addition to the Annual Base Salary, the Executive shall be
eligible to participate in an incentive bonus plan or program to be adopted by
the Company or the Broadcasting Division during the first year of the
Employment Period, with the amount and timing of any such bonus awarded
thereunder (a "Bonus") to be determined pursuant to such plan or program.

     (c)  Other Benefits.  During the Employment Period:  (i) the Executive
shall be eligible to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement
plans, practices, policies and programs of the Company maintained for the
benefit of peer executives of the Company, provided that in determining the
Executive's participation in such plans the Stock Options granted to the
Executive under the Company's 1995 Stock Incentive Plan shall be taken into
account; and (ii) the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may
be, shall be eligible for participation in, and shall receive all benefits
under, all welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by
the Company (including, without limitation, those benefits currently provided



                                     - 4 -


<PAGE>   5




by the Company and listed on Schedule I hereto) to the same extent as peer
executives of the Company (it being understood that the Company shall be
entitled to modify or discontinue any such benefits so long as the benefits
provided to the Executive, in the aggregate, are no less favorable than those
set forth on Schedule I hereto).

     (d)  Expenses.  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred
by the Executive in carrying out the Executive's duties under this Agreement,
provided that the Executive complies with the generally applicable policies,
practices and procedures of the Company for submission of expense reports,
receipts, or similar documentation of such expenses.

     (e)  Fringe Benefits.  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall
be entitled to fringe benefits and perquisites in accordance with the plans,
practices, programs and policies of the Company as in effect at the time with
respect to peer executives of the Company,









                                     - 5 -




<PAGE>   6

including, without limitation, an automobile allowance of $1,000 per calendar
month and first-class hotel and travel accommodations on all commercial carriers
for travel related to the business of the Company.

     (f)  Office and Support Staff.  During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall be entitled to an office in Los Angeles and an executive
assistant of his choice, subject to the Company's reasonable approval.

     (g)  Vacation.  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to three weeks of paid vacation annually.

     4.  Termination of Employment.  (a)  Death or Disability.  The Executive's
employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive's death during the
Employment Period.  The Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive's
employment because of the Executive's Disability during the Employment Period.
"Disability" means that (i) the Executive has been unable,










                                     - 6 -



<PAGE>   7



for a period of 180 consecutive days, to perform the Executive's duties under
this Agreement, as a result of physical or mental illness or injury, and (ii) a
physician selected by the Company or its insurers, and acceptable to the
Executive or the Executive's legal representative, has determined that the
Executive's incapacity is total and permanent.  A termination of the Executive's
employment by the Company for Disability shall be communicated to the Executive
by written notice, and shall be effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), unless the Executive
returns to full-time performance of the Executive's duties before the Disability
Effective Date.

     (b)  By the Company.  The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause.  "Cause" means:

                  A. a material breach of the terms of this Agreement after the
             Company has given the Executive notice of such breach and a
             reasonable opportunity to cure.








                                     - 7 -



<PAGE>   8



          B. illegal conduct or gross misconduct by the Executive, in
     either case that results in material and demonstrable damage to the
     business or reputation of the Company.

     (c)  Good Reason.  (i)  The Executive may terminate employment for Good
Reason.  "Good Reason" means a material breach by the Company of the provisions
of this Agreement after the Executive has given the Company notice of such
breach and a reasonable opportunity to cure.

     (ii) A termination of the Executive's employment by the Executive without
Good Reason shall be effected by giving the Company at least 10 business days'
advance written notice of the termination.

     (d)  Date of Termination.  The "Date of Termination" means the date of the
Executive's death, the Disability Effective Date, the date on which the
termination of the Executive's employment by the Company for Cause or by the
Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, as the case may be, is
effective.

     5.  Obligations of the Company upon Termination.  (a)  By the Company
Other Than for Cause, Death or Disability or By



                                     - 8 -


<PAGE>   9



the Executive for Good Reason.  If, during the Employment Period, the Company
terminates the Executive's employment, other than for Cause or Disability or by
reason of the Executive's death, or the Executive terminates employment for
Good Reason, the Company, in complete satisfaction of its obligations under
this Agreement, shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within ten
business days after the Date of Termination the Executive's accrued but unpaid
cash compensation (the "Accrued Obligations"), which shall equal the sum of (1)
any portion of the Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of
Termination that has not yet been paid, (2) any compensation previously
deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings
thereon) that has not yet been paid; and (3) any accrued but unpaid Bonuses and
vacation pay; and, subject to Section 7 hereof, shall also continue to pay the
Executive his Annual Base Salary for the remainder of the Employment Period at
regular payroll intervals.

     (b)  Death or Disability.  If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period, the
Company shall pay







                                     - 9 -



<PAGE>   10




the Accrued Obligations to the Executive or the Executive's estate or legal
representative, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within ten business days
after the Date of Termination, and the Company shall have no further obligations
under this Agreement.

     (c)  Cause Other than for Good Reason.  If the Executive's employment is
terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason
during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay the Executive the Accrued
Obligations and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive.
The payment of Accrued Obligations shall not prejudice the Company in pursuing
remedies at law or in equity as a result of a breach by the Executive of this
Agreement.

     6.  Non-exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or
limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program,
policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies
for which the Executive may qualify, nor, subject





                                     - 10 -



<PAGE>   11



to paragraph (f) of Section 10, shall anything in this Agreement limit or
otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or
agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Vested benefits
and other amounts that the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any
plan, policy, practice or program of, or any contract or agreement with, the
Company or any of its affiliated companies on or after the Date of Termination
shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice, program,
contract or agreement, as the case may be, except as explicitly modified by this
Agreement.

     7.  Mitigation.  In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek
other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts
payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement,
provided that if the Executive obtains other employment during the Employment
Period, the amounts otherwise required to be paid hereunder (other than Accrued
Obligations) shall be reduced by any amounts he is paid as a result of such
other employment during the Employment Period.






                                     - 11 -


<PAGE>   12

     8.  Confidential Information; Nonsolicitation; No Conflict.  (a)  The
Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all
secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company
or any of its affiliated companies and their respective businesses that the
Executive obtains during the Executive's employment by the Company or any of
its affiliated companies and that is not public knowledge (other than as a
result of the Executive's violation of this paragraph (a) of Section 8)
("Confidential Information").  The Executive shall not communicate, divulge or
disseminate Confidential Information at any time during or after the
Executive's employment with the Company, except in the good faith performance
of his duties hereunder, with the prior written consent of the Company or as
otherwise required by law or legal process.

     (b)  The Executive agrees that he will not, for a period of one year after
the expiration or termination of the Executive's employment with the Company,
without the prior written consent of the Company, solicit the employment




                                     - 12 -



<PAGE>   13



of, any person who is or at any time during the six month period immediately
preceding the date of expiration or termination of the Executive's employment
with the Company was an employee (not including any clerical or secretarial
employee), representative, officer or director of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.

     (c) Executive represents to the Company that neither his commencement of
employment hereunder nor the performance of his duties hereunder conflicts with
any contractual commitment on his part to any third party or violates or
interferes with any rights of any third party (it being understood that the
Company is aware that the Executive is prohibited from soliciting the
employment of Fox employees for a two-year period).

     9.  Successors.  (a)  This Agreement is personal to the Executive and,
without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by
the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives.




                                     - 13 -


<PAGE>   14




     (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Company and its successors and assigns.

     (c)  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect,
by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of
the business and/or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place.  As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean both the Company as
defined above and any such successor that assumes and agrees to perform this
Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

     10.  Miscellaneous.  (a)  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this Agreement
are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or





                                     - 14 -


<PAGE>   15



effect.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written
agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and
legal representatives.

     (b)  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows:

             If to the Executive:

             Adam Ware
             c/o Robert Lange
             Kleinberg Lopez Lange Brisbin & Cuddy
             2049 Century Park East, Suite 3180
             Los Angeles, California  90067


             If to the Company:

             Silver King Communications, Inc.
             12425 28th Street, North
             St. Petersburg, Florida  33716

             Attention:  Corporate Secretary


or to such other address as either party furnishes to the other in writing in
accordance with this paragraph (b) of





                                     - 15 -


<PAGE>   16


Section 10.  Notices and communications shall be effective when actually
received by the addressee.

     (c)  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this
Agreement.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or
unenforceable in part, the remaining portion of such provision, together with
all other provisions of this Agreement, shall remain valid and enforceable and
continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent consistent with law.

     (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company
may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state,
local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or
regulations.

     (e)  The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of, or to


                                     - 16 -



<PAGE>   17



assert any right under, this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of
such provision or right or of any other provision of or right under this
Agreement.

     (f)  The Executive and the Company acknowledge that this Agreement
supersedes any other agreement between them concerning the subject matter
hereof.

     (g)  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, and said counterparts shall constitute but one and
the same instrument.










                                     - 17 -


<PAGE>   18





     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand
and, pursuant to the authorization of its Board of Directors, the Company has
caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the
day and year first above written.





                                                 Adam Ware



                                      SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                      By




                                     - 18 -



<PAGE>   1
                                                              EXHIBIT 10.33



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into as of this
14th day of October, 1996 (the "Effective Date") by and between James G.
Gallagher (the "Employee") and Home Shopping Network, Inc. (the "Company").

         WHEREAS, the Company through its divisions or subsidiaries desires to
employ the Employee; and

         WHEREAS, the Employee is desirous of being employed by the Company and
committing to serve the Company on the terms herein provided.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the forgoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein contained, the parties agree as
follows:

         1.      Position, Responsibilities and Term of Employment.

                 1.01     Employment and Duties.  Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ the Employee to
perform the duties of Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
of the Home Shopping Network division of the Company and Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary of HSN, Inc. and the Employee accepts such
employment and agrees to perform in a diligent, careful and proper manner such
reasonable responsibilities and duties commensurate with such position as may
be assigned to Employee
 by the officers or other designees of the Company
commencing October 14, 1996 (the "Commencement Date").  During the term and as
long as employment with the Company continues, Employee shall comply with the
Company's policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

                 1.02     Term.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement,
the term of this Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and shall
continue for a two (2) year period from the Commencement Date (the "Term"),
unless sooner terminated as provided in paragraph 4.

         2.      Compensation.

                 2.01     Signing Bonus.  Upon execution hereof by both
parties, the Company shall pay to Employee Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000),
net of applicable taxes, as a one time signing bonus.

                 2.02     Salary.  From and after the Commencement Date and
during the remaining Term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay Employee a
salary at the rate of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) per year in
accordance with Company policy.  Salary may be reviewed during the Term of this
Agreement in accordance with Company policy and adjusted accordingly hereunder
(but not downward).  Employee shall be paid once every two (2) weeks or in such
other regular periodic installments, at least as frequently as monthly, as
salary payments are generally made by the Company to its employees.

<PAGE>   2


                 2.03     Participation in Benefit Plans.  The Employee shall
be entitled to participate in, or receive benefits under, any of Company's
employee benefit plans solely in accordance with the terms of such plans and,
as provided to other senior level executives of the Company.  In addition,
Employee shall be granted options to purchase Fifteen Thousand Seven Hundred
Fifty (15,750) shares of HSN, Inc. common stock pursuant to the Company's 1996
Stock Option Plan for Employees (the "Plan").  Such options shall be reflected
in a separate agreement which will, in accordance with the Plan, govern all
rights and obligations with respect to the vesting and expiration of such
options.

                 2.04     Vacation Days.  The Employee shall be entitled to
four weeks of paid vacation per year which shall accrue and be available in
accordance with Company policy.  Employee shall receive paid holidays and sick
days in accordance with the Company's policies and procedures.

                 2.05     Bonus Plans.  The Employee shall be eligible to
participate in the Company's bonus plans, as the same may exist from time to
time, commencing fiscal year 1996.

                 2.06     Deductions.  All amounts payable under this Agreement
shall be subject to such deductions as may from time to time be required to be
made pursuant to law or governmental regulation or by agreement with or consent
of Employee.

         3.      Moving Expenses.  The Company shall pay to Employee his moving
expenses from his current primary residence to the Tampa Bay area in accordance
with the Company's policies and procedures.

         4.
                 Termination by Company for Any Reason.

                 4.01     Termination for Cause.  Employee's employment under
this Agreement may be terminated by the Company, prior to expiration of the
Term, for Cause upon at least 30 days prior written notice.  The term "Cause"
shall mean only one or more of the following: (i) Employee's conviction by a
court of competent jurisdiction (which conviction, through lapse of time or
otherwise, is not subject to appeal) of any felony, fraud or business crime;
(ii) Employee's possession or use of illegal drugs or prohibited substance, or
Employee's excessive drinking of alcoholic beverages that impairs his ability
to perform his duties under this Agreement; (iii) Employee's commission of a
tort, or act of fraud, upon the Company; (iv) a breach by Employee of any of
the covenants made by Employee in Sections 5 and 6 hereof; or (v) Employee's
continuous failure or refusal to perform his duties under this Agreement and
his failure to remedy such failure or refusal after sixty (60) days written
notice and opportunity to cure. If the Company terminates this Agreement for
Cause, the Company shall pay to Employee his salary under this Agreement, until
the date of termination specified in the Company's notice of termination.

                 4.02     Termination without Cause.  If the Company terminates
this Agreement without Cause (other than as a result of Employee's death or
disability), Company shall (A) pay to Employee  as liquidated damages and not
as a penalty, (1) Employee's salary under this Agreement until the date of
termination and (2) the amount of salary Employee would have received under
this

                                      2

<PAGE>   3

Agreement during the remainder of the then current Term if this Agreement had
not been terminated and (B) maintain or pay the cost of maintaining during the
remainder of the then current Term all medical and other health insurance
benefits and coverage previously provided to Employee by the Company.  Payment
of such salary amounts shall be made periodically as described in Section 2.02.
Employee shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for
in this paragraph 4.02 by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the amount
of any such payment shall be reduced by any compensation received by Employee
as a result of his employment by any other person, firm or corporation.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees it shall not make any claim
or assertion of failure to mitigate, if Employee has not secured other
employment, for up to one (1) year following Employee's termination.  As a
condition precedent to receipt of such damages, Employee shall be required, at
the time of termination, to execute a general release and waiver in favor of
the Company.

                 4.03     Disability.  In the event that Employee shall be
physically or mentally disabled so as not to be able to perform his duties
pursuant to this Agreement for any period of three months or more, the Company
shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment upon written notice of
such termination to Employee, whereupon the Company shall continue to pay
Employee his salary under this Agreement until the date of termination
specified in Company's notice of termination.

                 4.04     Death.  This Agreement shall terminate upon the date
of death of Employee, and the Company shall be obligated to pay to the
Employee's estate his salary under this Agreement until the end of the calendar
month in which his death occurred.

         5.      Covenant and Confidential Information.

                 (a)      Non-Competition.  During Employee's employment with
the Company and for eighteen (18) months thereafter (but in no event less than
forty-two (42) months from the Commencement Date), the Employee shall not,
directly or indirectly, on behalf of the Employee or on behalf of or with any
other person, enterprise or entity, in any individual or representative
capacity, engage or participate in any business that is in competition with any
subsidiary or affiliate of Home Shopping Network, Inc. in the United States of
America in the field of on-line retail or electronic retailing.  The Employee's
obligations under this paragraph shall continue during the Term and for the
period after the Term set forth above, and shall not, for any reason, cease
upon termination of the Employee's employment with the Company (whether by a
wrongful discharge or otherwise).

                 (b)      Non-Solicitation.  Employee shall not, during the
eighteen (18) months following Employee's employment with the Company (but in
no event less than forty-two (42) months from the Commencement Date), solicit
the employment of any employee of the Company or its subsidiaries on behalf of
any other person, firm, corporation, entity or business organization, or
otherwise interfere with the employment relationship between any employee of
the Company and the Company.





                                       3

<PAGE>   4




                 (c)      Confidential Information.

                          (i)     Definition.  "Confidential Information" means
any information that relates to or is used in the business or operations of the
Company or any of its Affiliates and that is not generally known to the public,
or that is competitively sensitive to the Company or any of its Affiliates,
including without limitation, customer lists, marketing methods, merchandise
sources, methods of merchandising deemed proprietary by the Company, product
and assortment selection, sales and price lists, product research or data,
vendors, contractors, financial information, business plans and methods or
other trade secrets of the Company, and all information that the Company or any
of its Affiliates is required to keep confidential pursuant to any
confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement or that is otherwise delivered to
the Company or any of its Affiliates in confidence.  Confidential Information
includes information in any form whatsoever, including without limitation oral
information, any notes, documents, files, records and information in any other
written form, any magnetic, electric, digital and other recording medium, and
any products, equipment, technology and any other tangible object.

                          (ii)    Confidentiality Obligation.  The Employee
shall preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information
and shall not, without the prior written consent of an executive officer of the
Company or except as required in the course of the Employee's employment with
the Company, (i) remove any Confidential Information from the Company's
premises or disclose, make available or transmit in any manner any Confidential
Information to any other person, enterprise or entity, or (ii) use, directly or
indirectly, any Confidential Information for the Employee's own benefit or for
the benefit of any other person, enterprise or entity.  The Employee's
obligations under this Paragraph 5(c)(ii) shall continue during the Term and
indefinitely after the term, and shall not, for any reason, cease upon
termination of the Employee's employment with the Company (whether by wrongful
discharge or otherwise).

                 (d)      Proprietary Rights; Assignment.  All Employee
Developments shall be made for hire by the Employee for the Company.  "Employee
Developments" means any idea, discovery, invention, design, method, technique,
improvement, enhancement, development, computer program, machine, algorithm or
other work or authorship that (A) relates to the business or operations of the
Company or any of its Affiliates, or (B) results from or is suggested by any
undertaking assigned to the Employee or work performed by the Employee for or
on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether created alone or
with others, during or after working hours.  All Confidential Information and
all Employee Developments shall remain the sole property of the Company and its
Affiliates.  The Employee shall acquire no proprietary interest in any
Confidential Information or Employee Developments developed or acquired during
the term.  To the extent the Employee may, by operation of law or otherwise,
acquire any right, title or interest in or to any Confidential Information or
Employee Development, the Employee hereby assigns to the Company all such
proprietary rights.  The Employee shall, both during and after the Term, upon
the Company's request, promptly execute and deliver to the Company all such
assignments, certificates and instruments, and shall promptly perform such
other acts, as the Company may from time to time in its discretion deem





                                       4

<PAGE>   5

necessary or desirable to evidence, establish, maintain, perfect, protect,
enforce or defend the Company's rights in Confidential Information and Company
Developments.

                 (e)      Remedies for Breach. Employee expressly agrees and
understands that the remedy at law for any breach by Employee of this Paragraph
5 will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not usually
susceptible to being measured in monetary terms.  Accordingly, it is
acknowledged that upon Employee's violation of any provision of this Paragraph
5, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent
jurisdiction (including without limitation in Pinellas or Hillsborough County,
Florida) immediate injunctive relief and obtain a temporary order restraining
any threatened or further breach as well as an equitable accounting of all
profits or benefits arising out of such violation.  Nothing in this Paragraph 5
shall be deemed to limit the Company's remedies at law or in equity for any
breach by Employee of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 5 which may be
pursued or available of by the Company.

                 (f)      Tolling of Periods.  In the event Employee shall
violate any provision of this Paragraph 5 as to which there is a specific time
period during which Employee is prohibited from taking certain actions or from
engaging in certain activities, as set forth in such provision, then, such
violation shall toll the running of such time period from the date of such
violation until such violation shall cease.

                 (g)      Acknowledgment.  Employee has carefully considered
the nature and extent of the restrictions upon Employee and the rights and
remedies conferred upon the Company under this Paragraph 5, and Employee
acknowledges and agrees that the same are reasonable in time and territory, are
designed to eliminate competition, which otherwise would be unfair to the
Company, do not stifle the inherent skill and experience of Employee, would not
operate as a bar to Employee's sole means of support, are fully required to
protect the legitimate interests of the Company, do not confer a benefit upon
the Company disproportionate to the detriment to Employee and are material
provisions without which the Company would not employ Employee pursuant to this
Agreement.

         6.      Time to be Devoted by Employee.  Employee agrees to devote
substantially all of his business time, attention, efforts and abilities to the
business of the Company and to use his best efforts to promote the interests of
the Company.

         7.      Delivery of Materials.   Employee agrees that upon the
termination of his employment he will deliver to the Company all documents,
papers, materials and other property of the Company relating to its affairs
which may then be in his possession or under his control.

         8.      Assignment.

                 This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties
hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto but,
except as to any such successor or assignee of the Company, neither this
Agreement nor any rights or benefits hereunder may be assigned by the Company
or the Employee.





                                       5

<PAGE>   6




         9.      Miscellaneous.

                 9.01     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement embodies the entire
agreement and understanding between the Company and Employee relating to the
subject matter hereof.  This Agreement supersedes and cancels all prior
agreements between Company and Employee, whether written or oral, relating to
the employment of Employee.

                 9.02     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with, and governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of
Florida.

                 9.03     Notice.  Any notice, request, or instruction to be
given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when personally
delivered or three days after being sent by United States certified mail,
postage prepaid, with return receipt requested to, the parties at their
respective addresses set forth below:

                          (a)  To the Company:   Home Shopping Network, Inc.
                                                 2501 118th Avenue North
                                                 St. Petersburg, FL 33716
                                                 Attn:  Legal Department

                          (b)  To the Employee:  James G. Gallagher
                                                 837 S. Dakota Avenue
                                                 Tampa, FL 33606

                 9.04     Severability.  If any paragraph, subparagraph or
provision hereof is found for any reason whatsoever to be invalid or
inoperative, that paragraph, subparagraph or provision shall be deemed
severable and shall not affect the force and validity of any other provision of
this Agreement.  If any covenant herein is determined by a court to be overly
broad thereby making the covenant unenforceable, the parties agree and it is
their desire that such court shall substitute a reasonable judicially
enforceable limitation in place of the offensive part of the covenant and that
as so modified the covenant shall be as fully enforceable as if set forth
herein by the parties themselves in the modified form.  The covenants of
Employee in this Agreement shall each be construed as an agreement independent
of any other provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or
cause of action of Employee against the Company, whether predicated on this
Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by
the Company of the covenants in this Agreement.

                 9.05     Amendment and Waiver.  This Agreement may not be
amended, supplemented or waived except by a writing signed by the party against
which such amendment or waiver is to be enforced.  The Waiver by any party of a
breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate to, or be construed
as a waiver of, any other breach of that provision nor as a waiver of any
breach of another provision.





                                       6

<PAGE>   7


                 9.06     Arbitration of Dispute.   Except as set forth in
Section 5, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or to the breach thereof or to Employee's employment by the Company
(other than claims expressly excluded by statute) shall be settled exclusively
by binding arbitration conducted in the City of Tampa, Florida in accordance
with the commercial rules of the American Arbitration Association then in
effect (the "Rules"), by a single, independent arbitrator selected by the
Company and Employee.  If the parties can not agree on an arbitrator, within
thirty (30) days of the commencement of an arbitration proceeding hereunder,
either party may request that the American Arbitration Association select a
candidate, with experience in employment law, in accordance with the Rules.
The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding.  Judgment upon the
award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction thereof.  The cost of any arbitration proceeding conducted
hereunder shall be borne equally between Employee and the Company unless
otherwise determined by the arbitrator.  By signing this Agreement, Employee
agrees that all disputes, except as set forth in the first sentence hereof,
will be decided by mutual arbitration, and Employee is giving up any right to a
jury trial or court trial.

                 9.07     Survival of Rights and Obligations.  All rights and
obligations of the Employee or the Company arising during the term of this
Agreement shall continue to have full force and effect after the date that this
Agreement terminates or expires.

                 9.08     Confidentiality.  The parties agree that
confidentiality is an important element of this Agreement and that neither party
will disclose its terms to another employee or other third party, except that
the Company may disclose this Agreement to such of its employees it deems
necessary or otherwise as may be required by any securities law or other law or
regulation.

                 9.09     Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two
counterparts, each of which is an original but which shall together constitute
one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement as of
the Effective Date.

EMPLOYEE                                 HOME SHOPPING NETWORK, INC.


/s/ James G. Gallagher                   By: /s/
- ---------------------------------           ---------------------------------
James G. Gallagher
                                         Name:
                                              -------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                                -----------------------------





                                       7



<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.34
 
                                 April 3, 1996
 
Honorable H. Norman Schwarzkopf
400 N. Ashley, Suite 3050
Tampa, Florida 33602
 
     Re: Consulting Agreement
 
Dear General Schwarzkopf:
 
     This letter constitutes the agreement between you and Home Shopping
Network, Inc. (the "Company") regarding consulting services that you have agreed
to provide to the Company.
 
     You have agreed to consult with and advise senior executive officers of the
Company, from time to time, on matters relating to the Company's business, both
domestic and international. It is understood that you will not be required to
devote any specific time to your services as a consultant hereunder, but shall
respond to requests from the Company on a reasonable basis based upon your other
time commitments. You will not be expected to travel or attend meetings with
third parties unless you specifically agree to do so. Any travel undertaken at
the Company's request will be reimbursed by the Company.
 
     In consideration of your services as consultant to the Company, you will be
granted options to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company's common stock under
the 1996 Stock Option Plan for Employees. Your options will vest in equal
installments over a three year period from the date
 of this letter, and
otherwise will conform to the provisions of the Stock Option Plan. The exercise
price for your options will be based on the closing price of the Company's
common stock on the day action is taken by the Compensation/Benefits Committee
of the Board of Directors to approve the grant of the options.
 
     This agreement will continue in force for three years from the date set
forth above.
 
     We are delighted to have the benefit of your assistance and counsel and
look forward to working with you. Please sign and return a copy of this letter
to confirm the terms of this consulting agreement.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          James G. Held
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Accepted and agreed to:
 
- ---------------------------------------------------------
H. Norman Schwarzkopf



<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.35

                            DATED 12TH DECEMBER 1996


                        (1) JUPITER PROGRAMMING CO;. LTD

                        (2) HOME SHOPPING NETWORK, INC.

                        (3) JUPITER SHOP CHANNEL CO;. LTD
                        


                          -----------------------------

                             SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

                                   Relating to
                          Jupiter Shop Channel Co;. Ltd

                          -----------------------------


<PAGE>   2

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 12th day of December 1996

BETWEEN

(1)      JUPITER PROGRAMMING CO;. LTD a company incorporated in Japan whose
         principal place of business is at Tokyo Opera City Tower 35F, 20-2,
         3-chome, Nishi-Shinjuku, Shinjuku-ku Tokyo 163-14 Japan ("JPC").

(2)      HOME SHOPPING NETWORK INC., a company incorporated in the State of
         Delaware United States of America whose principal place of business is
         at 2501 118th Avenue North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, USA ("HSN").

(3)      JUPITER SHOP CHANNEL CO;. LTD a company incorporated in Japan whose
         principal place of business is at Tokyo Opera City Tower 35F, 20-2,
         3-Chome, Nishi-Shinjuku, Shinjuku-ku Tokyo 163-14 Japan ("the
         Company").

WHEREAS:

(A)      JPC and HSN are from the date of this Agreement the owners of all the
         issued share capital of the Company.

(B)      JPC and HSN propose that the Company will carry on the Business (as
         hereinafter defined).

(C)      JPC and HSN are entering into this Agreement in order to record the
         basis of their relationship as shareholders in the Company and to
         establish the manner in
 which the business affairs of the Company will
         be conducted.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1.       DEFINITIONS

1.1      In this Agreement and the recitals hereto the following words and
         expressions shall save as otherwise specifically provided have the
         following meanings:

         "Applicable Law": with respect to a Party, any domestic or foreign,
         federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, rule, administrative
         interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, directive,
         judgement, decree or other requirement of any Governmental Authority
         applicable to such Party or its properties, business or assets;

         "Approved Public Company": a company or its subsidiary whose securities
         are either publicly traded on the Nasdaq National Market (USA), the New
         York Stock Exchange (NYSE), the American Stock Exchange (ASE), the
         Tokyo Stock Exchange (TSE), the Osaka Stock Exchange (OSE), Nagoya
         Stock Exchange (NSE) or the London Stock Exchange (LSE) (other than an
         electronic retailing company whose principal place of business is in
         the United States of America) and which is approved where necessary
         pursuant to Clause 8.1(b);

         "the Articles": the articles of incorporation of the Company prepared
         by JPC so as to make them as simple as possible and so as only to
         include minimum mandatory legal requirements in the agreed form as set
         out in Schedule I (Japanese and its English



                                       1



<PAGE>   3

translation) or as they may be altered from time to time in accordance with this
Agreement;

"Associate": in relation to any Shareholder, another company in which the
Shareholder owns at least ten per cent (10%) of the issued voting shares of that
company;

"the Board": the board of Directors of the Company from time to time acting by
quorate meeting or as otherwise empowered in this Agreement or in the Articles;

"the Business": the ownership management and operation of a television shopping
business in the Territory of which the principal element will be a live shopping
television channel;

"Business Plan": any total macro (annual or longer) business plan (other than
the Initial Business Plan) in a form substantially similar to the Initial
Business Plan prepared for the Company on an annual basis and reviewed prior to
the period to which it relates and then approved by the Board on an annual
basis;

"Capital Expenditure": the total amount of capital expenditure as set out in the
Initial Business Plan or any Business Plan (as the case may be);

"Closing": as defined in the Subscription Agreement;

"Control": a person shall be taken to have control of a Shareholder if it
exercises, or is able to exercise or is entitled to exercise or is entitled to
acquire direct or indirect control over the Shareholder's affairs including if
it possesses or is entitled to: 

(1)      a majority of the share capital or voting rights of the Shareholder; or

(2)      a majority of any distributions from the Shareholder or assets on a
         winding up of the Shareholder.

and "Controlled" shall be construed accordingly;

"Deed of Adherence": the deed substantially in the form of the draft set out in
Schedule III;

"Directors": the directors (full time and part time) appointed by the
Shareholders for the time being of the Company;

"Encumbrance": any mortgage, charge, pledge, option, attachment, restriction,
assignment, security interest, title retention, preferential right, equity or
trust arrangement, lien, right of set-off, hypothecation, encumbrance or any
security interest whatsoever howsoever created or arising, including any
analogous security interest under local law (other than arising solely by the
operation of law);

"Fair Value": in respect of each Share the same proportion of the fair market
value of the Company as a whole on the date of service of the Transfer Notice
(or deemed date thereof) as it bears to the whole of the issued ordinary share
capital of the Company stated as a price per Share as certified by the Referees
on the basis of a sale thereof as between a willing vendor and a willing
purchaser on the assumption that the Shares will be purchased in one lot by a
purchaser contracting on arm's length terms, who has no other interest in the
Company and (if the Company is then continuing as a going



                                       2

<PAGE>   4

concern) on the assumptions that all the Shares were ordinary shares of the same
class and that the Company will continue in business as a going concern and
having regard to any goodwill attaching to the Company, but without taking
account (if that be the case) that the relevant Shares represent a minority,
majority or controlling interest in the Company;

"Foreign Shareholder": HSN and any other non-Japanese Shareholder from time to
time;

"Governmental Authority": any foreign, domestic, federal, territorial, state or
local governmental authority, quasi-governmental authority, court, government or
self regulatory organisation, commission, tribunal, organisation or any
regulatory, administrative or other agency, or any political or other
subdivision, department or branch of any of the foregoing;

"HSN Directors": the Directors nominated by HSN;

"HSN Trademarks": those of the HSN registered trademarks licensed to the Company
from tune to time by HSN;

"HSN Shares": those Shares beneficially owned by HSN including any held by a
lawful nominee on behalf of HSN;

"Initial Business Plan": the five year business plan as agreed between the
Shareholders and set out in Schedule II;

"in writing" or "written": includes any communication made by letter or
facsimile;

"JPC Directors": the Directors nominated by JPC;

"Last Business Plan": the last Business Plan approved by the Board; 

"Management Agreement": the management agreement to be entered into between the
Company (1) and JPC (2) in the form agreed by the Shareholders as set out in
Schedule 1 of the Subscription Agreement;

"Operating Cash Flow": the total amount of operating cash flow as set out in the
Initial Business Plan or any Business Plan (as the case may be);

"Operating Expenses": the items of expenditure as set out in Section 3 headed
"Expenses" of the Initial Business Plan;

"Party" or "Parties": a party or the parties to this Agreement;

"person": any individual, firm, company or other incorporated or unincorporated
body;

"Prescribed Price":

(a)      in relation to a voluntary Transfer of Shares in respect of which a
         Transfer Notice shall have been served pursuant to Clause 10.6.1, the
         price per Share offered by the Proposed Transferee (as defined in
         Clause l0.6.1(a))



                                       3

<PAGE>   5

(b)      in relation to a Transfer of Shares in respect of which a Transfer
         Notice shall be deemed to have been served pursuant to Clause 11,
         such price as the Shareholders may agree per Share, or in default of
         agreement within 30 days after the date on which the Transfer Notice is
         deemed to be served, following a reference by any of the Shareholders,
         such price per Shares as the Referees (acting as experts and not
         arbitrators and whose determination shall be final and binding on the
         Shareholders) shall determine to be:

         (i)      in the case of Clause 11.1(a) the Fair Value; and

         (ii)     in the case of Clause 11.1(b) the Fair Value less a
                  discount of 30%;

"President": the president from time to time of the Company nominated by JPC;

"Referees": One reputable outside firm of professional accountants knowledgeable
about the Business appointed by the Company acting as experts and not as
arbitrators who decision shall be final and binding;

"Representative Director": the Representative Director of the Company from time
to time appointed by JPC;

"Services and Trademark Licence Agreement": the serices agreement to be entered
into between the Company (1) and HSN (2) in the form agreed by the Shareholders
as set out in Schedule II of the Subscription Agreement;

"Shareholder": a holder of a Share or Shares being JPC and/or HSN or any other
Shareholder who may execute a Deed of Adherence;

"Shares": ordinary shares of the Company, as authorised by the Articles;

"Subscription Agreement": the subscription agreement dated 14th November 1996
and entered into between JPC and HSN;

"Subsidiary": in relation to any Shareholder, another company in which the
Shareholder owns at least fifty per cent (50%) of the issued voting shares of
that Company;

"Territory": the country of Japan and such other countries as the Board may from
time to time unanimously determine;

"Transfer": any sale, assignment, transfer or grant of lease; and 

"Yen" and "Y": the lawful currency of Japan;

1.2      References in this Agreement to Clauses, sub-Clauses, paragraphs and
         Schedules are references to those contained in this Agreement.

1.3      The Schedules to this Agreement are an integral part of this Agreement
         and references to this Agreement include references to such Schedules.

1.4      Clause headings are for ease of reference only and shall not be taken
         into account in construing this Agreement.



                                       4

<PAGE>   6

2.       PURPOSE OF THE COMPANY

         The primary object of the Company shall be to carry on the Business.
         The Business shall be conducted in the best interests of the Company
         and its Shareholders collectively on sound commercial principles so as
         to generate the maximum achievable value for the Shareholders.

3        SHARES IN THE COMPANY

         Pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement, the capital of the
         Company is held at the date of this Agreement as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Number of Shares       Percentage
                           ----------------       ----------
               <S>             <C>                    <C> 
               JPC              9,100                  70%
               HSN              3,900                  30%
               Total           13,000                 100%
</TABLE>



4.       FINANCE

4.1      The Shareholders agree that the funding requirements for the Company
         will be as determined by the Board from time to time in accordance with
         any Business Plan and the Shareholders shall provide funding in
         proportion to their prevailing shareholding ratios on terms and at
         times such funding is required as so determined by the Board.

4.2      Notwithstanding Clause 4.1, JPC and HSN agree that in so far as they
         may have the right to approve a Business Plan pursuant to Clause 8.1(a)
         neither of them will withhold their consent to the funding
         requirements in such Business Plan where they are for amounts (in
         aggregate or otherwise) up to and including those set out in the
         Initial Business Plan and JPC and HSN confirm that they are obligated
         to provide funding in proportion to their prevailing shareholding
         ratios for amounts (in aggregate or otherwise) up to and including
         those set out in the Initial Business Plan irrespective of when funding
         is required.

4.3      Without prejudice to the obligations of HSN under Clauses 4.1 and 4.2
         at any time after HSN loses its right of approval pursuant to Clause
         8.4 HSN shall remain obligated to provide funding (in proportion to its
         prevailing shareholding ratio) for:

         (a)      the Operating Cash Flow in any Business Plan which provides
                  that the total amount of the Operating Expenses in such
                  Business Plan has not increased by more than ten per cent
                  (10%) over:

                  (i)      the total amount of the Operating Expenses in the
                           Initial Business Plan (or if greater the total amount
                           of the Operating Expenses in the Last Business Plan
                           for which HSN is obliged to provide its share of
                           funding of Operating Cash Flow); and

                  (ii)     after the expiration of the Initial Business Plan,
                           the total amount of the Operating Expenses in the
                           Last Business Plan for which HSN is obliged to
                           provide its share of funding of Operating Cash Flow;
                           and



                                       5

<PAGE>   7

         (b)      the total amount of the Capital Expenditure in the Initial
                  Business Plan (or if greater the total amount of the Capital
                  Expenditure for which HSN is obliged to provide its share of
                  funding in the Last Business Plan) and after the expiration of
                  the Initial Business Plan the Capital Expenditure for the
                  particular year for which HSN is obliged to provide its share
                  of funding in the Last Business Plan.

4.4      In the event that the increase in the total amount of the Operating
         Expenses pursuant to Clause 4.3 is more than ten per cent (10%), HSN
         shall remain obligated to provide funding (in proportion to its
         prevailing shareholding ratio) for:

         (a)      the Operating Cash Flow but adjusted for the difference
                  between the total amount of the Operating Expenses in the
                  Business Plan for the particular year and the total amount of
                  the Operating Expenses in the Initial Business Plan (or if
                  greater the total amount of the Operating Expenses in the Last
                  Business Plan for which HSN is obliged to provide its share of
                  funding of Operating Cash Flow) or (after the expiration of
                  the Initial Business Plan ) in the Last Business Plan
                  increased by ten per cent (10% (which based on the
                  shareholding ratios at the date of this Agreement can as an
                  example be expressed by way of the formula: "HSN funding = 30%
                  [0CFact - (OEact - OE110) + CAPEXlbp"); and

         (b)      the total amount of the Capital Expenditure in the Initial
                  Business Plan (or if greater the total amount of the Capital
                  Expenditure in the Last Business Plan) and after the
                  expiration of the Initial Business Plan the Capital
                  Expenditure for the particular year for which HSN is obliged
                  to provide its share of funding in the Last Business Plan;

         but for additional funding above and beyond the funding that HSN is
         obliged to provide as set out above HSN may elect whether to
         participate or not.

4.5      Notwithstanding Clause 12 in the event HSN so elects not to participate
         in the additional funding pursuant to Clause 4.4, the relevant Business
         Plan shall remain in full force and effect (and HSN shall continue to
         have no right of approval) and the Board and management of the Company
         shall have the right to decide in their sole discretion how best to
         fund such shortfall and whether this should be through internal working
         capital or external finance and should the Board decide to fund either
         by:

         (a)      requesting additional capital from the other existing
                  Shareholder(s) (other than HSN), then such Shareholders shall
                  receive Shares proportionate to the additional capital it or
                  they contribute (and HSN's equity percentage will be diluted
                  accordingly); or

         (b)      introducing new capital from one or more new Shareholders,
                  then solely in such circumstances HSN will have no right of
                  approval in respect of such new Shareholders pursuant to
                  Clause 8.1(b) and Clause 10.6.1(a) shall not apply.

5.       THE BOARD, AUDITORS AND MANAGEMENT

5.1      Subject to Clause 5.2 the Board shall initially comprise six (6)
         Directors. On the date of this Agreement JPC shall have the right to
         nominate four (4) Directors and HSN shall have the right to nominate
         two (2) Directors (subject to Clause 5.8) and to remove and replace any
         such appointees and, to the extent that Japanese law and regulations
         permit, such Directors appointed by JPC and HSN need not be



                                       6

<PAGE>   8

         Japanese nationals or resident in Japan. Such rights shall be
         exercisable at a Shareholders Meeting and the Shareholders shall be
         required to vote in favour of resolutions proposed by JPC or HSN
         appointing or removing directors nominated by JPC and HSN respectively
         so that such persons may be properly appointed or removed. Any
         appointee so removed shall automatically cease to hold the office and
         status to which he or she had been appointed.

5.2      The Company shall (where necessary) have three (3) statutory auditors
         of which one (1) shall be full time and the other two (2) part time and
         JPC shall have the right to appoint all of them.

5.3      The Board shall act by majority vote only. JPC and HSN shall use their
         reasonable endeavours to procure that a quorum is present at any
         meeting of the Board. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the
         business of the Board shall consist of four (4) Directors of which at
         least three (3) must be JPC Directors. The business to be conducted
         shall be limited to that referred to in the agenda accompanying the
         notice of meeting unless it is in the proper commercial interests of
         the Company for any new business to be considered. In the event that a
         quorum is not present on a first call of a Board Meeting as prescribed
         in Clause 5.5(b), the Board Meeting shall be reconvened on the day
         being three weeks thereafter (which may be shortened by the written    
         consent of all JPC and HSN Directors) and any matter on the agenda can
         be decided by those Directors attending and Clause 8.1 shall be
         construed accordingly. Notice of any such reconvened meeting shall be
         given to all Directors not in attendance at the original inquorate
         meeting.

5.4      One JPC Director shall be the President and the Representative Director
         and shall be responsible for conducting delegating and managing the day
         to day business and affairs of the Company subject to the provisions of
         this Agreement and the Articles and to those other matters which are
         otherwise required to be decided by the Board or general meeting of the
         Company.

5.5      Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company (so far as it
         is legally able) shall and JPC and HSN shall exercise their respective
         powers and rights in relation to the Company so as to ensure that the
         Company shall:

         (a)      convene and hold a formal meeting of the Board at least once
                  in every period of three months;

         (b)      procure that not less than two weeks' prior written notice of
                  any meeting of the Board shall be given to the Directors, that
                  every such notice shall be accompanied by a written agenda (in
                  Japanese and English) specifying the business of such meeting
                  (provided, however, that such fourteen day period may be
                  shortened with the consent of all JPC and HSN Directors);

         (c)      provide each Director with a management report and quarterly
                  financials (in Japanese and English) at least seven days prior
                  to every meeting of the Board;

         (d)      carry on and conduct the Business and its affairs on a
                  commercial basis, in a proper, lawful and efficient manner and
                  for its own benefit and in accordance with and within the
                  parameters prescribed by Clause 2;

         (e)      transact all its business on arm's length terms;



                                       7

<PAGE>   9

         (f)      ensure that all the Business and affairs of the Company are
                  undertaken and transacted by the Company in accordance with
                  this Agreement;

         (g)      at all times observe and duly perform its obligations under
                  the Articles and this Agreement.

5.6      A synopsis of each Board meeting shall be prepared in both Japanese and
         English by the Company which shall distribute them to JPC and HSN.

5.7      Immediately preceding formal meetings of the Board, there will be
         informal discussions in English between those JPC Directors and HSN
         Directors attending the relevant Board Meeting on all the matters which
         are the subject of such Board Meeting and all Directors attending such
         Board Meeting shall participate. All Board Meetings shall be conducted
         in the English language.

5.8      For whatever reason other than pursuant to Clause 10.4 but without
         prejudice to the obligations of the Shareholders in this Agreement,
         each time a Shareholder's equity interest declines by at least fifteen
         per cent (15%) of the total number of the Shares it shall procure the
         resignation from the Board of one Director (per fifteen percent (15%)
         of the Shares) it has nominated to the Board or where it does not own
         at least fifteen percent (15%) of the total number of the Shares then
         it shall not be entitled to nominate any Directors and shall procure
         the resignation from the Board of all Directors it has nominated to the
         Board. Such Shareholder shall procure that, in his or her resignation,
         such Director shall deliver to the Company a letter acknowledging that
         he or she has no claim outstanding for director's fees or compensation
         for wrongful dismissal or unfair dismissal or entitlement to any
         payment for redundancy or in respect of any other moneys or benefits
         due to him or her from the Company arising out of such resignation
         other than those arising or accrued due prior to the effective date
         of such resignation. If the Company pays any amount to a Director
         resulting from a claim by such Director in connection with the
         resignation of such Director then the Shareholder who nominated such
         Director shall reimburse such amount to the Company.

5.9      JPC shall have the right to nominate the Chief Operating Officer, the
         Chief Financial Officer and any other executive officers and staff of
         the Company.

6.       AGREEMENT TO PERFORM

6.1      Each Shareholder undertakes with the other or others generally to use
         its reasonable endeavours to promote (and not do anything detrimental
         to) the Business and the Company in accordance with Clause 2.

6.2      Each Shareholder shall at all times exercise its respective powers and
         votes as a shareholder of the Company to ensure that (to the extent
         that the same is within such powers and voting rights) the Company
         will comply with all of its obligations under this Agreement and the
         Articles.

7.       INFORMATION

7.1      Each Shareholder shall exercise its rights and powers so far as it is
         able to procure that the Company shall:



                                       8

<PAGE>   10

         (a)      at all times keep true, accurate and up to date books and
                  records of all the affairs of the Company;

         (b)      subject to Clause 9, at all times make available to each other
                  and their duly authorised representatives full and complete
                  access (including copying facilities) to the books, records,
                  accounts, documents, data, information and premises of the
                  Company.

7.2      Without prejudice to Clause 7.1 the Company shall at its own cost
         prepare and send to JPC and HSN and each Director:

         (a)      within four (4) weeks from the end of each calendar month
                  unaudited financial statements of the Company for that month
                  and cumulative financial statements for the current accounting
                  period up to and including the end of each six calendar month
                  period all in a form agreed by the Board but prepared in
                  accordance with Japanese GAAP (generally accepted accounting
                  principles); and

         (b)      within ninety (90) days from the end of each financial year
                  audited accounts of the Company prepared in accordance with
                  Japanese GAAP and certified by the auditors of the Company.

7.3      HSN may at its own cost (reimbursing the Company where necessary) have
         periodic partial or full audited accounts for the Company prepared for
         its own use in accordance with US GAAP so long as it notifies the
         Company of its intention to do so and ensures that HSN and its auditors
         and representatives at all times cooperate with the Company and the
         Company's auditors and that HSN and its employees, representatives and
         auditors do not materially interfere with or interrupt the Company's
         business and operations.

8.       IMPORTANT MATTERS

8.1      For so long as any Shareholder owns directly or indirectly fifteen per
         cent (15%) or more of the total number of the Shares a decision
         relating to any of the following matters shall require the unanimous
         approval (which is not to be unreasonably withheld) of such
         Shareholder's Directors at the relevant Board meeting (and when
         necessary the unanimous approval (which is not to be unreasonably
         withheld) of such Shareholders at a Shareholders meeting) and the
         Shareholders shall exercise all voting rights and other powers of
         control available to them in relation to the Company and the Directors
         so as to procure (insofar as they are able by the exercise of such
         rights) that the Company shall not without such approval:

         (a)      approve any Business Plan for the Company or implement any
                  material amendment to or material departure from the same save
                  that no approval shall be necessary where any amendment,
                  variation or departure does not exceed in any one year an
                  aggregate amount equal to ten per cent (10%) of the amounts of
                  the Operating Expenses for the particular year as set out in
                  the Initial Business Plan for the period of five (5) years
                  from the date of this Agreement and thereafter five per cent
                  (5%) of the amounts of the Operating Expenses of the Company
                  for that particular year;

         (b)      approve any third party who is to become a Shareholder (either
                  by acquiring, issued or granted an option to acquire Shares)
                  other than either an



                                       9

<PAGE>   11

                  Associate of JPC, a Subsidiary of JPC or (subject to JPC
                  retaining fifty one per cent (51%) of the Shares) any
                  broadcaster or services/systems provider;

         (c)      make any material change to the Articles (other than a change
                  relating to the share capital of the Company and related
                  Shares resulting from the implementation of the Initial
                  Business Plan and any Business Plan);

         (d)      other than in the ordinary course of business enter into any
                  contract with a Shareholder or Director which is not on arms
                  length and bona fide terms and which is for an annual amount
                  in excess of ten million yen;

         (e)      enter into any sub-license or contract with a third party for
                  the use of the HSN Trademarks;

         (f)      make any material change in the nature of the Business;

         (g)      other than in the ordinary course of business merge or
                  amalgamate with any third party or transfer the whole or any
                  material part of the undertaking, property and/or assets of
                  the Company (or any interest therein).

         (h)      other than in the ordinary course of business create, acquire
                  or dispose of any subsidiary or otherwise acquire or dispose
                  of any shares, securities or other interest in any company or
                  business or permit any subsidiary to issue or allot any share
                  or security or grant or create any option or right to acquire
                  any share or security except to the Company;

         (i)      take or permit the taking of any step to have the Company
                  voluntarily wound up or voluntarily to take advantage of any
                  provisions of winding up legislation or similar legislation;

         (j)      other than for the protection of the Company institute any
                  material litigation, arbitration or tribunal proceedings
                  against any person (other than HSN for whom no approval shall
                  be necessary).

8.2      Where appropriate, if the Directors shall not have approved any
         Business Plan for the Company before the commencement of the period to
         which it is to relate, the Shareholders shall procure that the Company
         shall continue to carry on the business on the basis of the Last
         Business Plan of the Company but with the amounts of the Operating
         Expenses as set out in the Initial Business Plan for the year in
         question and thereafter from the Last Business Plan increased by five
         per cent (5%) until the matter is resolved pursuant to Clauses 8.3 and
         8.4.

8.3      In the event that the relevant Directors or Shareholders (as the case
         may be) do not approve any of the matters as required in Clause 8.1
         then they will use all reasonable endeavours to reach agreement. If no
         agreement is reached within ten (10) business days from the date the
         matter is put to the Board or the Shareholders (as the case may be) for
         approval then the President of each Shareholder (or an authorised
         representative designated by such President) will use all reasonable
         endeavours to try and reach agreement.

8.4      Where the matter requiring agreement is pursuant to Clause 8.1(a) then
         if no agreement can be reached within a further fifteen (15) business
         days after the expiry of the ten (10) business days referred to in
         Clause 8.3 JPC shall forthwith be entitled



                                       10

<PAGE>   12

         (which HSN and any other Shareholder hereby acknowledges) to treat the
         failure to reach agreement as the deemed confirmation by HSN and the
         other Shareholder(s) whose President or representative does not agree
         with JPC's President or representative that HSN and such other
         Shareholders (and its/their Directors) will upon the expiry of such
         fifteen (15) business day period no longer have a right of approval
         under Clause 8.1 in respect of those matters requiring approval
         pursuant to Clause 8.1(a) for the remaining term of this Agreement
         and this Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

8.5      Where the matter requiring agreement is pursuant to Clause 8.1(i)
         then if no agreement can be reached within a further fifteen (15)
         business days after the expiry of the ten (10) business days referred
         to in Clause 8.3 the Shareholder who does not agree that the Company
         should be wound up ("the Acquiring Shareholder") shall be entitled (by
         written notice within ten (10) business days after the expiry of such
         fiurther fifteen (15) business day period) in its entire discretion to
         treat the occurrence of the failure to reach agreement as the deemed
         service by the other Shareholder(s) of a Transfer Notice pursuant to
         Clause 10.6 the provisions of which shall accordingly apply mutatis
         mutandis save that:

         (i)      there shall be no right to withdraw the Transfer Notice;

         (ii)     the Prescribed Price shall be determined in accordance with
                  paragraph (b)(i) of the definition of "Prescribed Price" in
                  Clause 1.1; and

         (iii)    the provisions of Clause 10.6 shall be construed on the basis
                  that there is no proposed third party purchaser of the Shares
                  other than the Acquiring Shareholder,

         and if the Acquiring Shareholder is HSN and it does not serve notice as
         aforesaid then it shall forthwith no longer have a right of approval
         under Clause 8.1 in respect of those matters requiring approval
         pursuant to Clause 8.1 (i) for the remaining term of this Agreement and
         this Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

9.       CONFIDENTIALITY

9.1      Each Shareholder shall at all times keep secret and confidential and
         shall not use (and shall procure that its Subsidiaries, officers
         employees and agents shall keep secret and confidential and shall not
         use) any information which it may have or acquire in relation to the
         customers, business, finances, assets or affairs of the Company or in
         relation to each other and their Subsidiaries or which, in consequence
         of the negotiation or operation of, or the exercise of rights under,
         this Agreement it may have or acquire in relation to the customers,
         business or affairs of each other or their Subsidiaries, save for any
         information:

         (a)      which is publicly available or becomes publicly available
                  through no act of that Shareholder;

         (b)      which is disclosed to that Shareholder by a third party which
                  did not acquire the information under an obligation of
                  confidentiality;

         (c)      which is independently acquired by that Shareholder as the
                  result of work carried out by an employee to whom no
                  disclosure of such information had been made;



                                       11

<PAGE>   13

         (d)      which (after full consultation with the other Shareholder) is
                  required to be disclosed by any law (including any order of a
                  court of competent jurisdiction) or the rules of any stock
                  exchange or governmental, revenue or other regulatory
                  authority, whether or not having the force of law; or

         (e)      which any Shareholder feels necessary to disclose in relation
                  to the development of the Business provided that such
                  Shareholder shall first obtain consent from the Board for the
                  proposed disclosure.

9.2      The provisions of this Clause shall survive for a period of five (5)
         years after termination of this Agreement.

10.      TRANSFER OF SHARES

10.1     The Shareholders agree and undertake with each other that they shall
         procure that a Transfer or purported Transfer of Shares may only be
         made or registered in accordance with this Agreement and the Articles.

10.2     The Shareholders shall procure that the Company does not and the
         Company shall refuse to register any Transfer of any Share other than a
         Transfer permitted by or made in accordance with the provisions of this
         Agreement.

10.3     The Shareholders agree and undertake that no Transfer of any Shares may
         be made or registered prior to _______ (save pursuant to Clauses 10.4, 
         10.9 and 11).

10.4     JPC may at any time transfer or sell all of its Shares to a Subsidiary
         of JPC or some of its Shares to an Associate of JPC or (subject to
         approval pursuant to Clause 8.1(b) where JPC is not retaining fifty one
         (51) or more percent of the Shares) to any broadcaster or
         services/systems provider in whatever multiples and on whatever terms
         it desires.

10.5     If any Shareholder proposes to Transfer any Shares to any person ("the
         Transferee") then it shall be a condition precedent to the
         effectiveness of such Transfer and the registration thereof that the
         parties to this Agreement, the Transferee and (if required by the
         Board) a guarantor acceptable to it of the Transferee's obligations
         hereunder shall execute a Deed of Adherence in the form set out in
         Schedule II and deliver a legal opinion in a form, and from legal
         counsel, acceptable to the other Shareholders concerning the issues
         warranted and represented by them in Clauses 2 and 3 of the Deed of
         Adherence.

10.6     Save pursuant to Clauses 10.4, 10.9 and 11, any Shareholder must
         comply with this Clause 10.6 before selling or transferring its Shares:

10.6.1   Any Shareholder who wishes to sell or transfer its Shares (a "Vendor")
         after _______ shall give notice in writing to the Company and the other
         Shareholders of such wish (a "Transfer Notice") identifying:

         (a)      the party to whom it proposes to sell all (but not some only
                  of) its Shares which person must be an Approved Public Company
                  if it is not a Shareholder pursuant to the provisions of this
                  Clause 10 (the "Proposed Transferee");



                                       12

<PAGE>   14

         (b)      the name of the Proposed Transferee's ultimate parent company
                  and controlling shareholder(s), if any;

         (c)      the Prescribed Price and other terms of the proposed sale.

                  The Transfer Notice shall not be effective if it does not
                  contain such information (unless it is a deemed Transfer
                  Notice pursuant to Clause 11). The Transfer Notice shall
                  constitute the Company as the Vendor's agent for the sale of
                  all, but not some only, of the Shares held by the Vendor (and
                  in the case of a Foreign Shareholder those shares (if any)
                  also registered in the name of a third party nominated by the
                  Foreign Shareholder pursuant to Clause 10.8 ("the Sale
                  Shares") to the other Shareholder(s) or any person procured or
                  nominated by the other Shareholder(s) (as it may in its
                  absolute discretion determine) at the Prescribed Price. The
                  Transfer Notice shall be accompanied by the Vendor's share
                  certificates and a duly executed transfer in blank in respect
                  thereof and (save as hereinafter provided) may not be
                  withdrawn.

10.6.2   In any case where there is a Transfer Notice (whether deemed or not)
         and the determination of the Prescribed Price has been referred to the
         Referees, the Company shall as soon as it receives the Referees'
         certificate serve a certified copy thereof on the Shareholders. The
         fees and expenses of the Referees shall be borne as to one half by the
         Vendor and as to the other half by the purchasers (if any) of the Sale
         Shares.

10.6.3   Within ten (10) business days of receipt of the Transfer Notice by the
         Company or, where a Referees' certificate is required, within ten (10)
         business days of receipt by the Company of the Referees' certificate,
         the Company shall give notice in writing to the other Shareholder(s)
         specifying the number of Sale Shares and the Prescribed Price therefore
         and offering the Sale Shares for sale to the other Shareholder(s) at
         the Prescribed Price. Such notice shall be accompanied by a copy of the
         Transfer Notice and, if applicable, the Referees' certificate and shall
         require each other Shareholder to state in writing within thirty (30)
         days of the date of the notice:

         (a)      that it is willing to purchase a stated amount of the Sale
                  Shares at the Prescribed Price; or

         (b)      (except in the case of a deemed Transfer Notice pursuant to
                  Clause 11) that it consents to the sale of all of Sale Shares
                  within ten (10) days thereof to the Proposed Transferee at the
                  Prescribed Price.

         In the event that no notice is received within the said period of
         thirty (30) days or (except in the case of a deemed Transfer Notice
         pursuant to Clause 11) notice(s) have been given pursuant to Clause
         10.6.3(a) but not collectively in respect of all the Sale Shares then
         such other Shareholder(s) shall be deemed to have served a notice
         pursuant to Clause 10.6.3(b) at the end of such thirty (30) day period.

10.6.4   In the event that a notice is served pursuant to Clause 10.6.3(a) in
         respect of all of the Sale Shares the Company shall, by notice,
         allocate the Sale Shares to (or amongst) the other Shareholder(s) or
         its (their) nominees in accordance with its willingness as stated in
         the notice given pursuant to that clause and (if more than one) pro
         rata to the number of Shares for the time being held by it (but so that
         no such other Shareholder shall be obliged to purchase more than the
         Sale Shares so notified by it) as aforesaid). Such Shareholder(s) as
         aforesaid shall within fifteen (15) days thereafter complete the



                                       13

<PAGE>   15

         purchase from the Vendor of the Sale Shares so allocated to them at the
         Prescribed Price. The Vendor shall be bound to transfer the Sale Shares
         comprised in the notice to the other Shareholder(s) or its (their)
         nominees at the Prescribed Price, and if it makes default in so doing
         the Company may receive the purchase money and the relevant Directors
         appointed to the Board by the other Shareholder(s) may authorise some
         person to execute a transfer of the Sale Shares in accordance with the
         aforesaid allocation in favour of the other Shareholder(s) or its
         (their) nominees as aforesaid ("the Shareholder Purchaser") and the
         Company shall hold the purchase money in trust for the Vendor. The
         receipt by the Company of the purchase money shall be a good discharge
         to the Shareholder Purchaser and after its name has been entered in the
         Company's Register of Members in exercise of the aforesaid power, the
         validity of the proceedings shall not be questioned by any person. If
         such purchase is not completed (for any reason other than the Vendor's
         default) within such period of fifteen (15) days, then the
         certificates and duly completed transfer in respect of the Sale Shares
         shall be returned to the Vendor and consent shall be deemed to have
         been given pursuant to Clause 10.6.3(b) and the provisions of Clause
         10.6.3 shall apply.

10.6.5   In the event that a notice is given or deemed to be given by the other
         Shareholders pursuant to Clause 10.6.3(b) the Vendor shall be at
         liberty to sell all of the Sale Shares at any time within fifteen (15)
         days after the date of such notice (or, if no actual notice is given
         pursuant to Clause 10.6.3, the expiry of the period of thirty (30) days
         provided for under Clause 10.6.3) to the Proposed Transferee at the
         Prescribed Price and otherwise upon no more favourable terms than those
         offered to the other Shareholder(s) and as stated in the Transfer
         Notice PROVIDED THAT: - 

         (a)      if prior to completion of the said sale an event has occurred
                  in relation to the Proposed Transferee which, if the Proposed
                  Transferee had been a member of the Company at the date of the
                  Transfer Notice, would have meant that a deemed Transfer
                  Notice arose under Clause 11 then the identity of the
                  Proposed Transferee shall need to be reapproved and failing
                  such re-approval the Transfer Notice shall be deemed to have
                  been withdrawn by the Vendor and such sale shall not take
                  place. At completion of any such sale the Proposed Transferee
                  shall deliver to the other Shareholder an undertaking that no
                  such event has occurred; and

         (b)      if any Shareholder (other than JPC) has with its notice
                  Pursuant to Clause 10.6.3(b) stated that it wishes the
                  Proposed Transferee to also purchase all (but not part only)
                  of its Shares at the Prescribed Price then the Vendor shall
                  procure that the Proposed Transferee shall also purchase such
                  Shares at the Prescribed Price in the event that the Vendor
                  does actually sell its Shares to the Proposed Transferee.

10.6.6   The Board shall refuse to register any Transfer of any Share other than
         a Transfer permitted by or under and made in accordance with the
         preceding provisions of Clause 8.5, 10, or Clause 11, which Transfer
         the Board shall register.

10.6.7   All Shares Transferred pursuant to Clauses 8.5 and 10.6 shall be
         transferred as beneficial owner and free from all Encumbrances together
         with all rights, benefits and advantages attached thereto as at the
         date of the Transfer Notice or deemed Transfer Notice except the right
         to any dividend declared but not paid prior to the date of the relevant
         Transfer Notice.



                                       14

<PAGE>   16

10.6.8   Immediately upon completion of the Transfer of any Shares by any
         Shareholder pursuant to the provisions of Clauses 8.5 and 10.6 the
         Vendor shall procure the resignation of any Director appointed to the
         Board by the Vendor without any claim or compensation for loss of
         office of any kind whatsoever.

10.6.9   The Shareholders shall together procure that at all times during the
         continuation of this Agreement the Board acts in accordance with the
         provisions of Clause 10.

10.7     The Shareholders shall procure that the Company maintains an executed
         copy of this Agreement on file and that the Company shall not transfer
         any certificates representing Shares or issue any certificates in lieu
         thereof unless all the conditions therein have been complied with and a
         purported transfer not in accordance with the terms hereof shall be
         null and void.

10.8     Notwithstanding that a Foreign Shareholder may at any time be prevented
         from increasing its shareholding in the Company by reason of any
         Applicable Law, decree, regulation, law directive or other requirement
         of the Japanese Governmental Authorities any Shareholder proposing to
         transfer any Shares shall nevertheless be obliged to serve a Transfer
         Notice on the Foreign Shareholder and the Foreign Shareholder shall
         (notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Articles)
         be entitled within thirty (30) business days of the notice served by
         the Company pursuant to Clause 10.6.3 to nominate in writing any third
         party approved by the other Shareholder(s) (such approval not to be
         unreasonably withheld or delayed) to acquire the relevant Shares which
         would otherwise have been offered to the Foreign Shareholder (provided
         that such acquisition by such third party does not itself infringe any
         Applicable Law, decree, regulation, law directive or other requirement
         of the Japanese authorities and such third party executes a Deed of
         Adherence) and such third party for all purposes shall be the
         transferee of such Shares on completion of the above procedures.

10.9     HSN may transfer all (but not part) of its Shares to a wholly owned
         subsidiary of HSN subject to obtaining the approval of JPC (such
         approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and to HSN guaranteeing the
         obligations of that subsidiary on terms satisfactory to JPC.

11.      DEEMED TRANSFER OF SHARES

11.1     If any Shareholder ("the Defaulter");

         (a)      goes into receivership, liquidation or administration or
                  passes a resolution putting it into voluntary liquidation
                  (other than for the purposes of amalgamation or
                  reconstruction) or some analogous procedure; or

         (b)      shall commit a material breach of any provision of this
                  Agreement to which it is a party or the Articles and shall
                  have failed to remedy such breach, if capable of remedy,
                  within sixty (60) days after the date of a notice from any
                  other Shareholder specifying the nature of the breach and
                  requiring it to be remedied; or

         (c)      shall become Controlled by another person or persons acting in
                  concert (other than by such person or persons who are
                  shareholders (or who are shortly to become shareholders
                  pursuant to an offer made prior to the date hereof) in the
                  relevant Shareholder at the date of this Agreement);



                                       15

<PAGE>   17

                  then in any such event (without prejudicing or in any way
                  limiting their other rights) the other Shareholder(s) ("the
                  Non-Defaulter(s)") shall be entitled (by notice) in its entire
                  discretion to treat the occurrence of any such event as the
                  deemed service by the Defaulter of a Transfer Notice pursuant
                  to Clause 10.6 the provisions of which shall accordingly apply
                  mutatis mutandis save that;

                  (i)      there shall be no right to withdraw the Transfer
                           Notice; and

                  (ii)     the Prescribed Price shall:

                           (1)      in the events referred to in Clause 11.1(a)
                                    and (c) be determined in accordance with
                                    paragraph (b)(i) of the definition of
                                    "Prescribed Price" in Clause 1.1; and

                           (2)      in the events referred to in Clause 11.1(b)
                                    be determined in accordance with paragraph
                                    (b)(ii) of the definition of "Prescribed
                                    Price" in Clause 1.1.

         To be effective, such notice shall be given to the Defaulter within
         thirty (30) days of the Non-Defaulter (or the last of them if more than
         one) becoming aware of the occurrence of such event.

11.2     The provisions of Clauses 10.6.7 and 10.6.8 shall apply to any Transfer
         pursuant to the provisions of this Clause.

11.3     Any notice given by the Non-Defaulter(s) pursuant to Clause 11.1
         shall have the effect that (notwithstanding any provision of the
         Articles) until further notice from the Non-Defaulter(s):

         (a)      any transfer by a Defaulter of its Shares ("the relevant
                  Shares") (other than to or at the direction of the
                  Non-Defaulter(s)) shall be void;

         (b)      no voting rights shall be exercisable by the Defaulter in
                  respect of its Shares;

         (c)      no further Shares shall be issued or need be offered to the
                  Defaulter;

         (d)      except in a liquidation, no interest, dividend or other
                  payment shall be made of any sums due from the Company on the
                  Defaulter's Shares (whether in respect of capital or
                  otherwise) to the Defaulter;

         (e)      all the Defaulter's rights under this Agreement shall be
                  suspended; and

         (f)      the Defaulter or its nominee (as appropriate) shall not be
                  required to be present to make a quorum for general meetings
                  of the Company or meetings of the Board.

         The Non-Defaulter(s) may by notice remove or relax such restriction in
         whole or in any particular case at any time.

12.      NEW SHARES

         If the Company at any time issues new Shares, the Shareholders shall
         (subject to Clause 4.5) subscribe for such new shares in proportion to
         their respective



                                       16

<PAGE>   18

         shareholding ratios in the Company at that time. No new shares may be
         issued to any third party without the approval of the Board.

13.      TERINATION

         This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect from the date
         thereof until:

(a)      all the Shareholders agree in writing to its termination; or

(b)      all of the Shares become beneficially owned by one Shareholder; or

(c)      the Company goes into liquidation whether voluntary or compulsory
         (other than for the purpose of an amalgamation or reconstruction
         approved by all the Shareholders) or is wound up;

         whereupon this Agreement (with the exception of Clauses 9, 16 and 29)
         shall automatically terminate with neither Party having a claim against
         the other save for any breach by a Party prior to the date of
         termination.

14.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

14.1     Each of the Parties hereto represents warrants and undertakes to each
         other that:

         (a)      it is a company duly incorporated and validly existing in all
                  respects under the laws of the jurisdiction or its
                  incorporation with full power and authority to own its assets
                  and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and
                  no action has been taken or threatened (whether by it or any
                  third party) for or with a view to its or their liquidation,
                  receivership or analogous process;

         (b)      so far as it is aware having made reasonable enquiry no
                  litigation or administrative or arbitration proceedings before
                  or of any court, judicial, administrative or governmental
                  authority, arbitrator(s) or other body is taking place,
                  pending or threatened against it or against any or their
                  respective assets which might have a material adverse effect
                  on its business, assets, condition or operations taken as a
                  whole, or might adversely affect its ability duly and
                  punctually to perform and observe all its obligations
                  hereunder.

15.      REGULATORY

15.1     In connection with the Company, JPC shall be primarily responsible for
         dealing with all Japanese Governmental Authorities and regulatory
         issues and seeking to obtain all necessary Japanese approvals which may
         at any time be required for the Company (but not HSN) for whatever
         purpose, with HSN providing such support and assistance as may be
         necessary.

15.2     In so far as HSN may itself require any Japanese Governmental
         Authority approvals for investing in the Company then JPC will use
         reasonable endeavours to assist HSN subject to HSN paying JPC for all
         costs it may incur in providing such assistance.

16.      COMPETITION

16.1     The Shareholders agree that the Company will be the sole vehicle
         through which all Business opportunities are conducted in the Territory
         and that they will not invest



                                       17

<PAGE>   19

         manage or otherwise participate in any Business opportunity which may
         compete with the Business without first offering such opportunity to so
         invest manage or otherwise participate to the Company and if the
         Company (by way of a simple majority Board decision) should decline
         only then will the particular Shareholder be free to invest manage or
         otherwise participate in such Business.

16.2     It is the intention of the Parties where and when practical and
         appropriate to discuss and offer new Business opportunities in Asia to
         the Company.

16.3     The provisions of this Clause 16 shall continue to apply to any
         Shareholder for a period of one year from the date it ceases to be a
         Shareholder.

17.      MANAGEMENT/SERVICES AGREEMENT

         The Parties agree that:

         (i)      JPC will support the management of the Company by providing
                  the services pursuant to the terms of the Management
                  Agreement; and

         (ii)     HSN will provide services to the Company pursuant to the terms
                  of the Services and Trademark Licence Agreement.

18.      NO ASSIGNMENT

         No Party may assign its rights under this Agreement.

19.      WAIVERS, REMEDIES CUMULATIVE, AMENDMENTS, ETC.

19.1     No failure or delay by any of the parties hereto in exercising any
         right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a
         waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise by any of the
         parties hereto of any right, power or privilege preclude any further
         exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or
         privilege.

19.2     The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not
         exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

19.3     No provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified, waived,
         discharged or terminated, otherwise than by the express written
         agreement of the parties hereto nor may any breach of any provision of
         this Agreement be waived or discharged except with the express written
         consent of the parties not in breach.

20.      INVALIDITY

         Should any provision of this Agreement be or become ineffective for
         reasons beyond the control of the parties, the parties shall use
         reasonable efforts to agree upon a new provision which shall as nearly
         as possible have the same commercial effect as the ineffective
         provision.

21.      COSTS

         Each of the parties hereto shall pay its own costs, charges and
         expenses connected with the preparation and implementation of this
         Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it.



                                       18

<PAGE>   20

22.      CONFLICT WITH ARTICLES ETC.

         To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, in the event of any conflict
         between the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles, the
         provisions of this Agreement shall at all times prevail and the Parties
         shall exercise all voting and other rights and powers available to them
         so as to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement and shall
         further if necessary procure any required amendment to the Articles as
         may be necessary to eradicate such conflict or any conflict between
         this Agreement and the Articles.

23.      NOTICES

         Any notice or other communication given or made under this Agreement
         shall be in writing in English and, without prejudice to the validity
         of any other method of service, may be delivered via facsimile or
         personally or by courier addressed as follows:

         (a)      If to JPC:                              
                  Jupiter Programming Co., Ltd            
                  Tokyo Opera City Tower 35F             
                  20-2, 3-chome                           
                  Nishi-Shinjuku                          
                  Shinjuku-ku                             
                  Tokyo 163-14                            
                  Japan                                   
                  Attention: President                    
                  Fax: 81-3-5353-7040                     
                                                          
         (b)      If to HSN:                              
                  2501 118th Avenue North, St. Petersburg 
                  Florida 33716                           
                  U.S.A.                                  
                  Attention: President                    
                  Fax: 813-573-0866                       
         
         or to such other address or facsimile number as the relevant addressee
         may hereafter by notice hereunder substitute.

24.      ENGLISH LANGUAGE

         Where this or any other English language agreement between the parties
         or referred to herein is translated into Japanese for the convenience
         of the parties or some of them the English language version
         hereof/thereof shall for all purposes be deemed to be the definitive
         and binding version thereof. Conversely where the Articles are
         translated into English for such convenience, the Japanese language
         version shall for all purposes be deemed to be the definitive and
         binding version thereof.

25.      GOVERNING LAW

         This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
         the laws of Japan. As required by the Applicable Law of Japan, this
         Agreement will be filed with the Japanese Fair Trade Commission.



                                       19

<PAGE>   21

26.      DISPUTES

26.1     Other than as provided in Clauses 8.3, 8.4 and 8.5, in the event of a
         disagreement among the Parties, including a disagreement regarding this
         Agreement, or any breach thereof, each Party will use its best efforts
         to resolve such disagreement amicably and where applicable the Party in
         breach shall promptly take all reasonable steps to remedy such breach.
         If, at the end of 15 days from the occurrence of such disagreement or
         breach, no resolution has been reached the President of each Party or
         an authorised person designated by the President of each party will
         meet to resolve the matter. If they, too, are unable to reach a
         mutually agreeable resolution within 30 days of the matter being
         referred to them, the matter will be arbitrated in accordance with
         Clause 26.2

26.2     Any and all disputes with respect to which such authorised persons
         failed to reach a mutually agreeable resolution pursuant to Clause 26.1
         shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in London under
         UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules by three (3) arbitrators (none of whom shall
         be Japanese or US citizens) in the English language. The award shall be
         final and binding upon the Parties.

27.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         This Agreement (including the Articles which are incorporated herein by
         reference) and the Subscription Agreement replaces, supersedes and
         cancels all other previous and contemporaneous arrangements,
         understandings, representations or agreements between the Parties
         either oral or written with respect to the subject matter of this
         Agreement and the Subscription Agreement and expresses and constitutes
         the entire agreement between the Parties with reference to the terms
         and conditions of the constitution and operation of the management of
         the Business and affairs of the Company.

28.      NO PARTNERSEHIP/AGENCY

         Nothing herein contained shall be construed or deemed to constitute a
         partnership or joint venture between the Parties and save as expressly
         herein provided no Party shall hold itself out as the agent of the
         other.

29.      SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS

         The expiry or earlier termination of this Agreement shall not operate
         to terminate any provisions which are expressed to continue in force
         thereafter.

30.      EXECUTION

         This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (which may be exchanged
         by facsimile transmissions) each of which shall be an original and
         which together shall constitute one document. Without prejudice to the
         foregoing, if this Agreement shall initially be exchanged by facsimile
         transmissions as aforesaid the Parties shall as soon as reasonably
         possible thereafter arrange for the signature and exchange of original
         signed copies of this Agreement.



                                       20



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.36

                           DATE 12th December 1996





                       (1)     HOME SHOPPING NETWORK INC.

                       (2)     JUPITER SHOP CHANNEL CO;.LTD





               ---------------------------------------------
                  SERVICES AND TRADEMARK LICENCE AGREEMENT
               ---------------------------------------------





<PAGE>   2

THIS SERVICES AND TRADEMARK LICENCE AGREEMENT is made the 12th day of December
1996.

BETWEEN:-

(1)      HOME SHOPPING NETWORK INC. a company incorporated in the State of
         Delaware United States of America whose principal place of business is
         at 2501 118th Avenue North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, USA
         ("HSN").

(2)      JUPITER SHOP CHANNEL CO;.LTD a company incorporated in Japan whose
         principal place of business is at Tokyo Opera City Tower 35F, 20-2
         3-chome, NishiShinjuku, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 163-14 Japan ("the
         Company").

WHEREAS:-

(1)      HSN owns thirty per cent (30%) of the Shares.

(2)      HSN has agreed to provide the Services and support to the Company as
         provided in this Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:-

1.       DEFINITIONS

         In this Agreement and the recitals hereto the following words and
         expressions shall save as otherwise specifically provided have the
         following meanings:

         "APPLICABLE LAW": with respect to a Party, any domestic or foreign,
         federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, rule, administrative
         interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, directive,
         judgement, decree or other
 requirement of any Governmental Authority
         applicable to such Party or its properties, business or assets;

         "BUSINESS": the Business as defined in the Shareholders Agreement;

         "FEES": those fees as referred to in Clause 4;

         "HSN PRIVATE LABEL TRADEMARK": the trademarks for which registration
         applications have been or may in the future be filed and/or for which
         common law rights have been or may in the future be established
         through use belonging to HSN or any of its subsidiaries which relate
         solely to HSN's private label products with the exception of those
         relating to HSN's private label products with the brand label "Essence
         of Time";

         "HSN TRADEMARKS": the trademarks (including Home Shopping, Home
         Shopping Network and The Home Shopping Network) registered or for
         which applications have been or may in the future be filed and/or for
         which common law rights have been or may in the future be established
         through use belonging to HSN excluding the HSN Private Label
         Trademarks;

         "PARTY" or "PARTIES": a party or the parties to this Agreement;




                                       1

<PAGE>   3


         "SERVICES": the services to be provided by HSN to the Company as set
         out in Clause 2;

         "SHAREHOLDER": a holder of Shares;

         "SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT":  the Shareholders Agreement dated
                                                                     --------   
         and made between Jupiter Programming Co., Ltd(l), HSN(2) and the 
         Company(3);

         "SHARES": ordinary shares of the Company;

         "TERRITORY": the country of Japan;

         "TRADEMARKS": the HSN Trademarks and the HSN Private Label Trademarks
         together.

2.       HSN SERVICES

         HSN shall provide the Services for the duration of this Agreement
         (including any renewal of it whether in full or on some other basis)
         exclusively to the Company in the Territory as follows:

2.1      HSN shall at all times (and at no cost to the Company):

         2.1.1   provide to the Company photos or samples of products as and
                 when available;

         2.1.2   inform the Company of on-going marketing trends identified in
                 its customers by item by season and by general market
                 segments;

         2.1.3   provide to the Company either at HSN's principal place of
                 business or in a manner as may be agreed between HSN and the
                 Company lists of its best selling products, and the following
                 information with respect to those products:

                 (a)       product description, specifications and background
                           information;

                 (b)       selling price(s) and product cost;

                 (c)       time of day airings;

                 (d)       frequency of airings;

                 (e)       return rates;

                 (f)       quantities of the products sold;

                 (g)       whether the product attracted new buyers or repeat
                           buyers;

                 (h)       sales of units per minute; and

                 (i)       gross profit per minute.




                                       2

<PAGE>   4


2.2      HSN will use all reasonable endeavours to:

         2.2.1   obtain for the Company access to all HSN products (including
                 obtaining product rights for the Territory when HSN purchases
                 new products from its various vendors).

         2.2.2   provide that the Company shall have access to the lesser of 15%
                 of an item's SKUs or 500 units per SKU of HSN's inventory, HSN
                 will provide such merchandise at HSN's cost for the particular
                 product.  HSN and the Company expect that products that are
                 subject to check fallout will also be available for allocation
                 to the Company.

2.3      Without prejudice to HSN's obligations hereunder, the Company will be
         permitted to have one of its employees located at HSN to help with the
         flow of information and communication between HSN and the Company.
         The Company will take reasonable steps to ensure that the information
         is kept confidential and that persons with access to such information
         will be limited.

2.4      HSN and the Company will work together to minimize, wherever possible,
         shipping costs to the Territory.  The Company will undertake its own
         quality control in the Territory unless HSN does on site inspections
         at the point of shipment or has already performed this function.  HSN
         will be reimbursed for any reasonable incremental costs that it may
         properly incur for quality control inspections on behalf of the
         Company.

2.5      HSN will use all reasonable endeavours to encourage its vendors to
         offer identical pricing and terms to the Company to those that HSN
         receives and to assist the Company in refining and/or altering
         products to meet the marketing needs of the Territory.

2.6      Any products that are identified for liquidation by HSN will be made
         available by HSN to the Company at HSN's liquidation value.

2.7      For all products that HSN is buying for its own purposes, all contacts
         with vendors should be through HSN.  HSN will use all reasonable
         endeavours (having regard to the circumstances) to ensure that the
         vendors provide the Company with similar quantities, prices, product
         information, and specifications to those that are made available to
         HSN.  HSN and the Company will use their mutual discretion in
         addressing unusual issues.

2.8      HSN will use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that products
         requested to be tested and aired by the Company will receive a fair
         airing on HSN in the hours between 10 a.m. and midnight.  HSN will air
         for the Company a minimum of five products per month that the Company
         identifies it wants aired.  In addition, products in excess of five
         items per month may be aired by HSN based on the desirability of the
         product from HSN's perspective.  Any product of the Company to be aired
         must reasonably satisfy basic standard HSN product requirements (for
         example quality assurance approval, regulatory compliance).

2.9      HSN will allow the Company to broadcast 3-hour remote programs from
         the HSN campus twice per year at times requested by the Company.  HSN
         will determine




                                       3

<PAGE>   5


         whether the program should be simultaneously broadcast on one or more
         of HSN's programming services.  The Company will reimburse HSN for
         any reasonable incremental costs that HSN may properly incur in
         respect of this broadcast.

2.10     With regard to HSN employees:

         (a)     The Company shall remains HSN for its reasonable out of pocket
                 expenses (e.g., travel, hotel, food) incurred in coming to the
                 Territory in connection with the Services so long as they have
                 been approved by the Company before they are incurred;

         (b)     HSN will provide full time two HSN employees dedicated to the
                 Company at no cost to Company.  Such employees may be hired
                 specifically for these positions, subject to the approval of
                 Company, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld;

         (c)     All communication between the Company and HSN will generally
                 be coordinated through the two HSN dedicated employees for day
                 to day operational matters and through HSN offices for other
                 general operational matters.  Any communication relating to the
                 Company and its business in Japan will be coordinated by and
                 through the Company;

         (d)     The Company will reimburse preapproved reasonable and proper
                 expenses, including salaries, relating to extended assistance
                 requested by the Company from other HSN employees other than
                 the two dedicated HSN employees.  Extended assistance means 12
                 days of work, excluding travel days, in any 6 month period;

         (e)     The timing of requests by the Company for assistance from
                 other HSN employees is subject to mutual agreement of the
                 Parties; and

         (f)     Neither Shareholder will hire employees of the other
                 Shareholder.

2.11     With regard to shipping any products direct from the United States of
         America to Japanese consumers in the Territory:

         (a)     HSN will be given reasonable notice;

         (b)     Assistance given by HSN must be during times reasonably
                 acceptable to HSN;

         (c)     The volume of shipments must be approved by HSN (not to be
                 unreasonably withheld) so as not to interfere with HSN's
                 ongoing operations;

         (d)     The Company must provide shipping labels to HSN unless
                 otherwise agreed;

         (e)     HSN will use a carrier designated by the Company and
                 reasonably acceptable to HSN and the Company shall be
                 responsible for payment, delivery, and all other matters
                 directly related thereto; and




                                       4

<PAGE>   6

         (f)    Any reasonable incremental costs properly incurred by HSN for
                such services will be paid by the Company within 30 days of the
                Company receiving an acceptable invoice from HSN.

2.12     HSN will use all reasonable endeavours to secure all on-air rights for
         products and related materials for the Territory.  If HSN has these
         rights, it will provide these to the Company at no cost to the
         Company.  In addition, HSN will provide at no cost to the Company, all
         audio, music, graphics, product B-roll, animated show opens, show
         titles, logos, and promotional materials that HSN has from time to
         time.  Videos will be provided as and when agreed between HSN and the
         Company.

2.13     HSN will provide to the Company at no cost to the Company access to
         any promotion, production technology equipment or software that HSN
         owns so long as the technology access relates to television shopping.
         HSN must own any rights prior to sublicensing any technology to the
         Company.

2.14     The terms of this Clause 2 shall survive termination of the
         Shareholders Agreement and HSN shall continue to comply with such
         terms (irrespective of whether it remains a Shareholder or not) until
         this Agreement expires or terminates pursuant to Clauses 5 or 6.

2.15     HSN hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless on demand
         from and against any and all costs, liabilities, obligations, losses,
         damages, penalties, actions, judgments, expenses and disbursements of
         any kind or nature whatsoever in any way relating to or arising out of
         this Clause 2.

2.16     The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold HSN harmless on demand
         from and against any and all costs, liabilities, obligations, losses,
         damages, penalties, actions, judgments, expenses and disbursements of
         any kind or nature whatsoever, which HSN suffers as a result of a
         default by the Company in complying with its direct contractual
         obligations to vendors and third party service providers under orders
         for goods and/or services (as appropriate) placed directly by the
         Company, or to customers of the Company in the Territory, provided
         that this Clause 2.16 shall not apply where HSN also has a contractual
         relationship with such vendor, third party service provider or
         customer and has not complied in full with its obligations to that
         vendor, third party service provider or customer or where HSN's actions
         or failure to act have caused or contributed to the Company's default.

2.17     Without prejudice to HSN's obligation to provide the Services, the
         Company shall:

         (a)   communicate its product selection to HSN promptly;

         (b)   where it has any communication with HSN's vendors, communicate
               in a professional manner, provided that this Subclause shall not
               apply to a vendor with whom the Company is in dispute;

         (c)   notify HSN promptly of any problems it encounters with the
               performance by HSN of HSN's obligations under this Clause 2
               (and for this purpose HSN shall inform the Company of the person
               or persons at HSN to whom such matters should be addressed and
               will keep the Company informed of any change); and





                                       5

<PAGE>   7

         (d)     not intentionally do anything to frustrate the due performance
                 by HSN of its obligations under this Clause 2.

3.       NAMES, LOGOS AND TRADEMARKS

3.1      So far as it proves necessary the Company grants HSN the right subject
         to the Company's prior approval to use the appropriate names and logos
         of the Company which the Company may designate as being appropriate
         for HSN carrying out the Services subject to HSN complying with any
         guidelines and conditions imposed by the Company relating to such use.

3.2      Clauses 3.4, 3.5 and 3.7 shall apply for the purposes of Clause 3.1 as
         if references to the Company therein were to HSN and vice versa and
         references to the HSN Trademarks were to the names and logos of the
         Company as referred to in Clause 3.1.

3.3      In consideration of the Company agreeing to pay the Fees to HSN, HSN
         hereby grants, to the Company for the duration of this Agreement
         (including any renewal of it whether in full or on some other basis)
         as follows:

         (a)     the Company shall have a nontransferable, exclusive licence to
                 use the HSN Trademarks in the Territory in connection with the
                 Business;

         (b)     the Company shall have a nontransferable licence to use the
                 HSN Private Label Trademarks in the Territory in connection
                 with selling HSN's private label products in connection with
                 the Business, which licence shall be exclusive to the Company
                 except to the extent that a licence or licences or other right
                 to use the HSN Private Label Trademarks has been granted to
                 the infomercial joint venture company established by the
                 Parties and others; and

         (c)     HSN hereby reserves all rights to the Trademarks, except as
                 specifically granted herein to the Company, and HSN may
                 exercise such reserved rights at any time.

3.4      Ownership of Trademarks
         The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

         (a)     HSN is and shall at all times remain the exclusive owner of
                 the Trademarks;

         (b)     it will not act inconsistently with HSN's ownership interests;

         (c)     nothing in this Agreement shall give the Company any right,
                 title or interest in the Trademarks other than the right to use
                 the Trademarks on the terms of this Agreement;

         (d)     it will not attack the validity of HSN's ownership of the
                 Trademarks;

         (e)     any goodwill arising solely out of the Company's direct use of
                 the Trademarks shall inure to the benefit of HSN;




                                       6

<PAGE>   8

         (f)     it shall not register (directly or indirectly) any trademark,
                 trade name or logo identical or substantially similar to any
                 Trademark. Any registration effected in contravention of this
                 subclause shall be deemed conclusively to have been effected 
                 on behalf of HSN and upon request shall be transferred to HSN;

         (g)     the nature and quality of all services rendered in conjunction
                 with the Trademarks shall conform to reasonable quality and
                 usage standards set by HSN;

         (h)     it shall not use the Trademarks in connection with
                 prescriptions, medications, or pornographic materials without
                 the prior consent of HSN;

         (i)     it shall at HSN's request submit samples of materials
                 containing the HSN Trademarks to enable HSN to confirm that
                 the Company's services conform to HSN's quality standards. Upon
                 written notice from HSN, the Company shall take such steps as
                 are reasonably necessary and which do not unreasonably delay
                 or otherwise interfere with the Company carrying on the
                 Business in the ordinary course to bring all services into
                 conformance with HSN's quality standards; and

        (j)      it will use the Trademarks in compliance with Applicable Law,
                 and

        (k)      it will use the Trademarks in a form approved by HSN (such
                 approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  Any
                 requirement imposed by HSN as a condition of their approval
                 shall be limited to matters necessary to ensure that the
                 Company's use of the Trademarks complies with this Clause 3.4
                 and shall not be such as to cause any unreasonable
                 interference or delay with the Company carrying on the
                 Business in the ordinary course.

3.5     Infringement

        (a)     The Company agrees to notify HSN Of.

                (i)      any unauthorized use or practice of the Trademarks by
                         third parties as soon as practical after discovery by
                         the Company of such third party use or practice;

                (ii)     any legal action or claim alleging a violation of any
                         of the Trademarks filed, threatened, or asserted
                         against the Company; and

                (iii)    any other act, matter or thing that has occurred or may
                         occur in connection with the licence that the Company
                         has knowledge of and that may adversely affect the
                         interests of HSN in the Trademarks.

       (b)      HSN shall have the right and discretion to bring, control, and
                compromise proceedings involving the Trademarks.  HSN shall bear
                all costs of any such action and any damages or other relief
                obtained by HSN as a result of such claim shall be retained
                solely by HSN except to the extent that such damages are awarded
                in respect of the loss incurred by the Company.





                                       7

<PAGE>   9
3.6    HSN shall use its best endeavors to secure for the benefit of the Company
       rights to use the trademark and trade name rights of vendors and third
       party service providers.

3.7    Termination

       Except as otherwise provided herein, upon termination or expiration of 
       this Agreement, the Company will:

       (a)      discontinue all use of the HSN Trademarks;

       (b)      cooperate where necessary with HSN to cancel records of the
                licences from all government records;

       (c)      where practical destroy any retained printed or visual
                materials in its possession which include a portion of the HSN
                Trademarks; and

       (d)      perform any act or execute any instrument reasonably necessary
                to vest in HSN all right, title and interest in and to the
                Trademarks and all goodwill associated therewith in the form
                reasonably requested by HSN

4.     FEES

4.1    Subject to HSN complying with its obligations in this Agreement and to
       Clauses 5 and 6 the Company agrees to pay to HSN from the date of this
       Agreement an all inclusive fee of twelve (12) instalments of Yen Thirty
       seven million five hundred thousand (Y37,500,000) each in arrears with
       the first payment due on the date being six (6) months after the date of
       this Agreement and each subsequent payment due on the date six months
       thereafter up to a total maximum amount of Yen Four Hundred and fifty
       million (Y450,000,000),

       which without limitation shall include:

       (i)     all fees, expenses and other costs of any nature whatsoever
               incurred by HSN in providing the Services with the exception
               of payments under Clauses 2.9, 2.10 (a) and 2.10 (d); and


       (ii)    any taxes payable by HSN in respect of any of its obligations
               under this Agreement or in respect of any costs, fees and
               expenses incurred by HSN in connection with this Agreement.

4.2    All payments by the Company shall be made net of any deduction for or
       on account of any taxes which the Company is required by Applicable Law
       to deduct.  If such tax or amount in respect of tax must be deducted
       from any amounts payable or paid by the Company under this Agreement,
       the Company shall supply to HSN a tax credit, voucher or other receipt
       evidencing the deduction.

5.     TERM

       This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect (unless 
       terminated pursuant to Clause 6 hereof) for a period of six (6) years
       from the date hereof (unless the Parties have agreed by the expiry
       of the fifth (5th) year from the date hereof that the





                                       8

<PAGE>   10
         Agreement will continue for a longer period either in full or on some
         other basis) or if earlier until the Company ceases trading for
         whatever reason whereupon this Agreement will automatically terminate
         with neither Party having a claim against the other save for any
         breach by a Party prior to the date of termination.

6.       DEFAULT

6.1      Either Party may (without prejudice to its other rights and remedies)
         by notice in writing to the other Party terminate this Agreement at
         any time during the term of this Agreement if the other Party shall:

         6.1.1   have committed any material breach of any of its obligations
                 hereunder and which such other Party shall not have remedied
                 (or taken substantive steps to diligently rectify the same)
                 within fifteen (15) days of receipt of written notification
                 thereof, or

         6.1.2   go into receivership or liquidation or some analogous
                 procedure,

         whereupon this Agreement win automatically terminate with neither
         Party having a claim against the other save for any breach by a Party
         prior to the date of termination.

6.2      Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under Clause 6.1 if HSN
         shall commit a breach of any provision of this Agreement in
         circumstances where there is a persistent lack of performance by HSN
         and/or where HSN fails to provide products or any of the Services to
         the Company on a timely basis or where the performance by HSN of its
         obligations under this Agreement is in the Company's opinion in any
         other way unsatisfactory then HSN shall, at its own cost, promptly
         make arrangements to rectify the problem in the manner requested by
         and satisfactory to the Company as dictated by the circumstances
         (e.g., provide for another shipment of the product by expedited
         transportation or by substitution of another substantially similar
         type of product for sale by the Company) and the Parties recognize
         that facts and circumstances surrounding each breach may vary but the
         Parties agree the following:

                 (i)      HSN shall be responsible for paying all additional
                          costs that may be incurred by it or the Company,

                 (ii)     The Company may at any time in its discretion suspend
                          payment of the Fees (or such proportion that the
                          Company considers appropriate);

                 (iii)    HSN shall also provide commercial remedies to the
                          Company similar to those that it provides to its
                          vendors or seeks from its vendors in the normal
                          course of its business;

                 (iv)     In the event that (other than set out in this
                          Agreement) a remedy to the particular issue cannot be
                          agreed within a fifteen (15) days of the issue
                          arising, then the Presidents of HSN and the Company
                          (or an authorized person designated by such
                          Presidents) will attempt to negotiate a mutually
                          acceptable agreement.  In the event that no such
                          agreement can be reached within a further period of
                          ten (10) days then the Parties agree that the
                          arbitration provisions set forth in Clause 13.2 shall
                          be




                                       9

<PAGE>   11

                          applicable with instructions to the arbitrators that
                          the panel may award the Company in its sole judgement
                          and discretion any form of monetary penalty which it
                          deems appropriate.

7.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

7.1      Each of the Parties hereto represents warrants and undertakes to each
         other that:

         (a)   it is a company duly incorporated and validly existing in all
               respects under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation
               with full power and authority to own its assets and to carry on
               its business as it is now being conducted and no action has been
               taken or threatened (whether by it or any third party) for or
               with a view to its or their liquidation, receivership or
               analogous process; and

         (b)   so far as it is aware having made reasonable enquiry no
               litigation or administrative or arbitration proceedings before
               or of any court, judicial, administrative or governmental
               authority, arbitrator(s) or other body is taking place, pending
               or threatened against it or against any of their respective
               assets which might have a material adverse effect on its
               business, assets, condition or operations taken as a whole, or
               might adversely affect its ability duly and punctually to
               perform and observe all its obligations hereunder.

8.       INVALIDITY

         Should any provision of this Agreement be or become ineffective for
         reasons beyond the control of the Parties, the Parties shall use
         reasonable efforts to agree upon a new provision which shall as nearly
         as possible have the same commercial effect as the ineffective
         provision.

9.       FORCE MAJEURE

9.1      On the occurrence of an event which would render compliance by a Party
         of its obligations under this Agreement:

         (a)     illegal according to the law of any jurisdiction in which it
                 is resident or incorporated or of the country in which
                 performance of the obligation is to take place; or

         (b)     otherwise impossible to perform;

         and that event is also outside of that Partys control, its relevant
         obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended indefinitely until
         performance by that Party is no longer illegal or impossible (as the
         case may be), at which time that Party's obligations under this
         Agreement shall resume in full force and effect.

9.2      If the suspension under Clause 9.1 continues for a period of six (6)
         months or longer, either Party shall have the right to terminate this
         Agreement upon written notice to the other.




                                       10

<PAGE>   12

9.3      The Party whose obligations are so suspended shall not be liable to
         the other Party for any breach of this Agreement resulting from its
         failure to perform those relevant obligations during the period of
         suspension.

10.      COSTS

         Each of the Parties hereto shall pay its own costs, charges and
         expenses connected with the preparation and implementation of this
         Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it.



11.      NOTICES

         Any notice or other communication given or made under this Agreement
         shall be in writing in English and, without prejudice to the validity
         of any other method of service, may be delivered via facsimile or
         personally or by courier addressed as follows:

         (a)   If to the Company:
               Jupiter Shop Channel Co;. Ltd.
               Tokyo Opera City Tower 35F
               20-2, Nishi-Shinjuku 3-chome
               Shinjuku-ku
               Tokyo 163-14
               Japan
               Attention: President
               Fax: 81-3-5353-7056

         (b)   If to HSN:
               2501 118th Avenue North, St. Petersburg
               Florida 33716
               U.S.A.
               Attention: President
               Fax: 813-573-0866

         or to such other address or facsimile number as the relevant addressee
         may hereafter by notice hereunder substitute.

12.      GOVERNING LAW

         This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
         the laws of Japan.

13.      DISPUTES

13.1     Other than as provided in Clause 6.2, in the event of a disagreement
         among the Parties, including a disagreement regarding this Agreement,
         or any breach thereof, each Party will use its best efforts to resolve
         such disagreement amicably and where applicable the Party in breach
         shall promptly take all reasonable steps to remedy such breach. If, at
         the end of fifteen(15) days from the occurrence of such disagreement
         or breach, no resolution has been reached the President of each Party
         or an authorized person designated by the President of each Party will
         meet to resolve the matter.  If they, too,




                                       11

<PAGE>   13
           are unable to reach a mutually agreeable resolution within thirty    
           (30) days of the matter being referred to them, the matter will be   
           arbitrated in accordance with Clause 13.2.                           
                                                                                
13.2       Any and all disputes with respect to which such authorized persons   
           failed to reach a mutually agreeable resolution shall be finally     
           settled by arbitration conducted in London under UNCITRAL Arbitration
           Rules by three (3) arbitrators (none of whom shall be Japanese or US 
           citizens) in the English language.  The award shall be final and
           binding upon the Parties.                                            

14.        ENTIRE AGREEMENT

           This Agreement replaces, supersedes and cancels all other previous
           and contemporaneous arrangements, understandings, representations or
           agreements between the Parties either oral or written with respect
           to the subject matter of this Agreement and expresses and constitutes
           the entire agreement between the Parties.

15.        NO PARTNERSHIP/AGENCY

           Nothing herein contained shall be construed or deemed to constitute a
           partnership or joint venture between the Parties and save as
           expressly herein provided no Party shall hold itself out as the
           agent of the other.

16.        SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS

           The expiry or earlier termination of this Agreement shall not
           operate to terminate any provisions which are expressed to continue
           in force thereafter.

17.        EXECUTION

           This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (which may be
           exchanged by facsimile transmissions) each of which shall be an
           original and which together shall constitute one document.  Without
           prejudice to the foregoing, if this Agreement shall initially be
           exchanged by facsimile transmissions as aforesaid the Parties shall
           as soon as reasonably possible thereafter arrange for the signature
           and exchange of original signed copies of this Agreement.

18.        NO ASSIGNMENT

           No Party may assign its rights under this Agreement.

19.        WAIVERS, REMEDIES CUMULATIVE, AMENDMENTS, ETC.

19.1       No failure or delay by any of the Parties in exercising any right,
           power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver
           thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise by any of the
           Parties of any right, power or privilege preclude any further
           exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or
           privilege.

19.2       The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not
           exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.




                                       12

<PAGE>   14

19.3       No provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified, waived,
           discharged or terminated, otherwise than by the express written
           agreement of the Parties nor may any breach of any provision of this
           Agreement be waived or discharged except with the express written
           consent of the Parties not in breach.

20.        ENGLISH LANGUAGE

           Where, this or any other English language agreement between the
           Parties or referred to herein is translated into Japanese for the
           convenience of the Parties or some of them the English language
           version hereof/thereof shall for all purposes be deemed to be the
           definitive and binding version thereof.
  
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
           the date first written above.


 
           HOME SHOPPING NETWORK INC.,


           By its duly authorized executive officer

           Name:  /s/ Michael W.D. McMullen
                -------------------------------------

           Title: President
                 ------------------------------------

           JUPITER SHOP CHANNEL CO;. LTD.


           By its duly authorised executive officer

           Name:  /s/
                -------------------------------------

           Title: President
                 ------------------------------------




                                       13



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.37

A.Prot. 1997/13                                               Vorab-Ausfertigung



                                 NOTARIAL DEED


                           PURCHASE & SALE AGREEMENT

Negotiated at Basel/Switzerland, this 16th (sixteenth) day of January 1997
(nineteen hundred and ninety-seven)

Before me, the undersigned notary


                                 STEPHAN CUENI

in my offices in Basel, Switzerland, today appeared

1.       Attorney-at-Law Dr.Hans-Jorg Ziegenhain, born August 9, 1961, German
         citizen, with business address c/o DOSER AMERELLER NOACK,
         Bethmannstrasse 50-54, D-60311 Frankfurt am Main, and private domicile
         at Wilhelm-Bonn-Str. 6C, D-61476 Kronberg, known by person,

         not acting on his own behalf, but as representative with authority of
         representation and exempted from the restrictions imposed by Section
         181 German Civil Code in the name and on behalf of

         a)       HSN Home Shopping Network GmbH i.Gr., a German company limited
                  by shares in process of incorporation with head office at
                  Bethmannstr. 50 - 54, D-60311 Frankfurt am Main, Germany,
                  to be registered in the Commercial Register at the local
                  court of Frankfurt am Main, according the attached certified
                  copy of the Deed of Incorporation dated December 12, 1996, and
                  the attached written power of attorney dated January 15, 1996
                  (recte 1997)

                                                        -hereinafter "HSN GmbH"-

         b)       Home Shopping Network Inc.,
 11831 30th Court North, St.
                  Petersburg, Florida 33716, U.S.A., according the
                  aforementioned power of attorney

                                                             -hereinafter "HSN"-

<PAGE>   2
                                                                               2


2.       Attorney-at-Law Philipp Blomeyer, born June 8, 1964, German citizen,
         with business address c/o Schickendanz Holding - Stiftung & Co.KG,
         Nurnberger Str. 91 - 95, D-90762 Furth, and with private domicile at
         Hallerwiese 10, D-90419 Nurnberg, identified by his German
         Personalausweis,

         not acting on his own behalf but 

         a)       as representative with authority of representation and
                  exempted from the restrictions imposed by Section 181 of the
                  German Civil Code for Quelle Schickedanz AG & Co., a German
                  limited partnership with head office at Nurnberger Strasse 91
                  - 95, D-90762 Furth, Germany, registered with the Commercial
                  Register at the local court of Furth under HRA 2425,
                  according the attached certified power of attorney dated
                  December 17,  1996, and the attached certified extracts from
                  the Commercial Register concerning the partnership (HRA 2425)
                  and its unlimited partner (HRB 4990) dated December 13, 1996,

                                                          -hereinafter "QUELLE"-

         b)       as representative without authority of representation and
                  waiving any personal liability for Mr. Thomas Kirch, born
                  ______________________, German citizen, with private domicile
                  at Felix-Dahm-Str. 8. D-81925 Munchen, Germany 

                                                      -hereinafter "KIRCH"-

         c)       as representative without authority of representation and
                  waiving any personal liability for Dr. Georg Kofler, born
                  ______________________, German citizen, with private domicile 
                  at Heinrich-Knote-Str. 14, D-82343 Pocking,

                                                      -hereinafter "DR. KOFLER"-

The persons appeared requested this Deed including certain Exhibits hereto to be
recorded in the English language. The acting Notary Public who is in sufficient
command of the English language ascertained that the persons appeared are also
in command of the English language. After having been instructed by the acting
Notary, the persons appeared waived the right to obtain the assistance of a
sworn interpreter and to obtain a certified German translation of this Deed
including the English Exhibits hereto.

The persons appeared, acting as indicated, asked for the Notarization of the
following:

<PAGE>   3
                                                                               3

PREAMBLE


WHEREAS, HSN sells a variety of consumer goods and services by means of customer
interactive electronic retail sales programmes which are transmitted via
satellite to cable television systems, affiliated broadcast television stations
and satellite dish receivers (hereinafter "HSN GmbH Business"). HSN GmbH is a
German limited liability company, newly formed for purposes of engaging in the
German electronic retail market and is indirectly wholly owned by HSN.

WHEREAS, H.O.T. Home Order Television GmbH & Co.KG (hereinafter "H.O.T.") is
Germany's first and only television shopping network, operating a teleshopping
T.V. programme comprising in particular the distribution of products and
merchandise by means of interactive home-ordering television (hereinafter
"H.O.T. Business").

WHEREAS, HSN GmbH intends to acquire a 29% partnership interest in H.O.T. and a
29% share interest in H.O.T.'s General Partner, Home Order Television
Verwaltungs GmbH (hereinafter "General Partner").

WHEREAS, Quelle and Kirch (hereinafter also referred to as "Sellers") are
willing to sell an aggregate interest of 29% in the Limited Partnership and
an aggregate interest of 29% in the General Partner.

WHEREAS, Dr. Kofler acceeds to this Agreement with respect to the provisions set
forth below in Section 2.5, Section 5 and Section 12 in his capacity as
shareholder of the General Partner and in his capacity as a limited partner of
H.O.T.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

Section 1 CURRENT STATUS

1.1      H.O.T.'s aggregate liability capital ("Haftkapital") of DM 5,000,000.00
         (hereinafter "Liability Capital") is held as follows:

                  Quelle holds an aggregate partnership interest ("Beteiligung
                  am Festkapital") in the amount of DM 2,500,000.00.

                  Kirch holds an aggregate partnership interest in the amount of
                  DM 2,000,000.00.

<PAGE>   4
                                                                               4


                  Dr. Kofler holds an aggregate partnership interest in the
                  amount of DM 500,000.00.

         The above partnership interests, save for Dr. Kofler's, are hereinafter
         referred to as the "Partnership Interests".

1.2      The General Partner's aggregate nominal share capital of DM 50,000.00
         (hereinafter "Share Capital") is held as follows: 

                  Quelle holds a share in the nominal amount of DM 25,000.00.

                  Kirch holds a share in the nominal amount of DM 20,000.00.

                  Dr. Kofler holds a share in the nominal amount of DM 5,000.00.

         The above shares, save for Dr. Kofler's, are hereinafter referred to as
         the "Shares".

1.3      Sellers and Dr. Kofler have entered into a cooperation agreement by
         written instrument dated December 7, 1995 which amended the former
         cooperation agreement, originally entered into by Quelle and Pro 7
         Televisions GmbH, in the meantime renamed into ProSieben Media
         Aktiengesellschaft (hereinafter "ProSieben") under the notarial deed of
         the notary public Dr. Dieter Granicher, Basel, of April 24, 1995 (deed
         roll  A.Prot. 1995/34), to the effect that, as to the cooperation
         agreement, ProSieben was succeeded by Kirch and Dr. Kofler (hereinafter
         jointly referred to as the "Existing Cooperation Agreement").

Section 2 SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS AND SHARES

2.1      Sellers hereby sell to HSN GmbH with economic effect ("mit
         wirtschaftlicher Wirkung") as of the Effective Date (as defined in
         Section 6.1) and hereby assign with effect of the Closing Date (as
         defined in Section 6.4) each a portion of their respective Partnership
         Interests in the following amounts:

                  Quelle                                       DM 950,000.00

                  Kirch                                        DM 500,000.00

         (hereinafter the "Acquired Partnership Interests").

<PAGE>   5
                                                                               5


         The Acquired Partnership Interests in the aggregate amount of DM
         1,450,000.00 equal a 29% partnership interest of HSN GmbH in HOT. The
         transfer in rem ("dinglicher Ubergang") shall be subject to the
         conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.4. and the registration of
         HSN GmbH in the Commercial Register as successor in title to the
         Acquired Partnership Interests ("Sonderrechtsnachfolge"). No additional
         conditions precedent exist as to the acquisition of the Acquired
         Partnership Interests. The passing of risk occurred as of the Effective
         Date (defined in Section 6.1).

2.2      Sellers hereby sell with economic effect as of the Effective Date and
         hereby assign as of the Closing Date by way of partitioning their
         Shares in the General Partner the following fractions of shares,
         including all rights and obligations pertaining thereto:

                  Quelle                                       DM 9,500.00

                  Kirch                                        DM 5,000.00

         (hereinafter the "Acquired Shares").

         Consent of General Partner to the above partitioning of Shares is
         attached in copy hereto as Exhibit 2.2. The assignment of the Shares is
         made subject to the compliance with the conditions precedent described
         under Section 6.4. No additional conditions precedent exist as to the
         assignment of the Acquired Shares. The passing of risk occurred as of
         the Effective Date.

2.3      HSN GmbH purchases the above Acquired Partnership Interests and
         Acquired Shares and hereby accepts their transfer and assignment
         subject to terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.4      Sellers shall not dispose of any of the above Partnership Interests
         sold to HSN GmbH between the Effective Date and the registration in the
         Commercial Register of HSN GmbH as successor in law without prior
         written consent of HSN GmbH. Further, Sellers shall not exercise any
         rights conferred with the Acquired Partnership Interests without prior
         written approval of HSN GmbH. Sellers shall account for and shall be
         severally liable for any breach of the foregoing undertakings.

2.5      Sellers and Dr. Kofler each hereby waive any rights of first refusal,
         preemptive rights or any rights of similar nature granted to them under
         the existing H.O.T. partnership agreement (hereinafter "Existing
         Partnership Agreement"), or the existing Articles of Association for
         the General Partner (hereinafter "Existing Articles of Associations")

<PAGE>   6
                                                                               6


         or the Existing Cooperation Agreement and consent hereby to the
         transfer of the Acquired Partnership Interests and of the Acquired
         Shares to HSN GmbH.

Section 3 PURCHASE PRICE



3.1      The Purchase Price to be paid by HSN GmbH for the Acquired Partnership
         Interests and the Acquired Shares shall be

                               US$ 15,000,000.00

                       (in words: 15 million US-Dollars)

         (hereinafter the "Purchase Price"). Permission of the Deutsche
         Bundesbank pursuant to Section 3 Wahrungsgesetz is attached hereto as
         Exhibit 3.1.

3.2      The Purchase Price for the Acquired Partnership Interests and
         the Acquired Shares is payable as follows:

         3.2.1    The first installment of US$ 5,000,000.00 was placed in escrow
                  under the escrow agreement dated November 20, 1996, with any
                  interest on such account payable to Sellers after HSN GmbH
                  has been reimbursed for all of its escrow-related costs. The
                  first installment shall be released upon the Closing Date (as
                  defined in Section 6.3).

         3.2.2    The second installment of US$ 5,000,000.00 shall become due 
                  and payable on April 1, 1997.

         3.2.3.   The third installment of US$ 5,000,000.00 shall become due and
                  payable on September 1, 1997.

3.3      Any monies payable under these provisions to Sellers shall be paid into
         Quelle's account with Deutsche Bank AG, Nurnberg, account no.0191650,
         sort code 760 700 12, swift code deutdemm 760. Quelle shall arrange
         that the monies received in the above account shall be distributed to
         the other Sellers in proportion to their Partnership Interests and
         Shares sold hereunder. With payment into the above account, Sellers'
         respective payment demands against the HSN GmbH are deemed to be
         fulfilled.

<PAGE>   7
                                                                               7


Section 4 BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENT AS OF AUGUST 31, 1996

4.1      Sellers shall make a payment to H.O.T. equal to the net deficit ("nicht
         durch Eigenkapital gedecker Fehlbetrag") as shown in the Management
         Accounts as of August 31, 1996, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.1, which
         have been prepared by H.O.T.'s management in accordance with generally
         accepted German principles of accounting and preparation of balance
         sheets in keeping the continuity and valuation principles compared to
         H.O.T.'s former audited annual accounts (hereinafter "Management
         Accounts"). Such payment shall be referred to as Balance Sheet
         Adjustment Payment.

4.2      HSN GmbH will not have any responsibility for any liability, which for
         purposes of this Clause shall include any liabilities within the
         meaning of Section 266(3)(C) HGB, any accruals to be provided for in
         connection with employee benefits (such as Christmas and holiday pay),
         tax accruals, deferred payments ("erhaltene Anzahlungen") and accruals
         for pending or conditional sales ("bedingte Umsatze") (hereinafter
         jointly "Liabilities") of which H.O.T. or the Sellers were aware or
         should have been aware of, except as reflected in the Management
         Accounts. Sellers shall, in lieu of any other remedies, be jointly and
         severally liable for putting H.O.T. in the same financial position that
         it would have been in if the liabilities were properly disclosed in the
         Management Accounts and had thereby increased the Balance Sheet
         Adjustment Payment.

4.3      All payments of Sellers and Dr. Kofler identified as partner
         contributions ("Gesellschafterzuschusse") provided to H.O.T. since
         September 1, 1996, shall be credited against any Balance Sheet
         Adjustment Payment determined in accordance with the provisions above.
         If and to the extent, the aggregate amount of these partner
         contributions exceed the Balance Sheet Adjustment Payment (hereinafter
         the "Excess Amount"), such Excess Amount shall be credited against
         Sellers' obligation to compensate losses of H.O.T. as from September 1,
         1996. In such case HSN GmbH shall make a contribution to H.O.T.
         equalling 29/71 times the Excess Amount within ten (10) banking days
         after the Closing Date.



Section 5 CHANGES TO THE CORPORATE STRUCTURE AND THE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

5.1      Immediately after the Closing Date, the parties to this Agreement

<PAGE>   8
                                                                               8


         5.1.1    will cause a general meeting of the partners of the H.O.T. to
                  be convened and that the Existing Partnership Agreement of the
                  Limited Partnership shall be amended in accordance with the
                  approved terms as set forth in Exhibit 5.1.1 hereto;

         5.1.2    shall undertake jointly to arrange for filing of the certified
                  application to the Commercial Register regarding the change of
                  title in the Partnership Interests and the amendment of the
                  Partnership Agreement, and HSN GmbH shall take all action to
                  deliver such application to the Commercial Register received
                  pursuant to Section 6.4.2 to the competent court for
                  registration of the above changes.

5.2      Immediately after the Closing Date, the Parties shall cause a general
         meeting of the shareholders of the General Partner to be convened and
         that

         5.2.1    the Existing Articles of Association shall be changed in
                  accordance with the approved terms set forth in Exhibit 5.2.1
                  hereto in notarial form before the notary public Dr. Rudiger
                  Graf von Stosch, Munchen, Maximilianplatz, 10;

         5.2.2    the existing rules of procedure for the managing directors
                  shall be changed in accordance with the approved terms as
                  set forth in Exhibit 5.2.2 hereto;

         5.2.3    the existing rules of procedure for the advisory board shall
                  be changed in accordance with the approved terms as set forth
                  in Exhibit 5.2.3 hereto.

5.3      The Parties hereto hereby execute the Joint Venture Agreement as set
         forth in Exhibit 5.3 hereto, which shall supersede and replace the
         Existing Joint Venture Agreement as from the Closing Date (An English
         translation of Exhibit 5.3 is also attached to this deed, but does not
         form part of the deed and shall not be deemed to be notarized).

5.4      The Partnership Agreement, the Articles of Association, the Joint
         Venture Agreement, rules of procedure for the managing directors and
         the rules of procedure for the advisory board, as amended in each case
         in accordance with the above provisions, shall ensure that all actions
         set forth in Exhibit 5.4 shall require the approval of 90% or more of
         the shareholders of the General Partner, the partners of the Limited
         Partnership, or their authorized representatives appointed to the
         advisory board (hereinafter "Veto Right Issues"). All of the Veto Right
         Issues may be amended by the shareholders of the General Partner or the
         limited partners of the Limited Partnership by a 90% supermajority.

<PAGE>   9
                                                                               9


Section 6 EFFECTIVE DATE, SIGNING DATE, CLOSING DATE

6.1      Effective Date shall be September 1, 1996, 0.00 hours (hereinafter
         "Effective Date").

6.2      Signing Date shall mean the day on which this Agreement shall be
         notarized (hereinafter "Signing Date").

6.3      Closing Date shall mean the day on which the conditions precedent
         under Section 6.4 are complied with (hereinafter "Closing Date).

6.4      On the Closing Date all of the following conditions must be fulfilled:

         6.4.1    premerger clearance of the Federal Cartel Office, Berlin, was
                  received in accordance with Section 24a GWB or any of the time
                  periods contained in Section 24a GWB have lapsed without the
                  issuance of an injunction prohibiting the transaction
                  contemplated hereunder;

         6.4.2    delivery of the duly certified applications to the Commercial
                  Register pursuant to Section 5.1.2 by Sellers to HSN GmbH.

Section 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTS of HSN GmbH AND HSN

7.1      HSN GmbH represents and warrants with regard to Section 7.1.1 and
         Section 7.1.2 as of the Signing Date and HSN represents and warrants
         with regard to Section 7.1.3 as of the Signing Date

         7.1.1    Organization

                  HSN GmbH is a limited liability company in formation ("GmbH i.
                  Gr.") duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
                  under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany and has the
                  necessary power and authority to conduct its business.

         7.1.2    Corporate Power

                  HSN GmbH has the corporate power and authority to execute and
                  deliver this Agreement and to consumate the transactions
                  contemplated hereunder. The execution and delivery of this
                  Agreement by HSN GmbH and the

<PAGE>   10
                                                                              10


                  consummation by HSN GmbH of the transactions contemplated
                  hereunder, have been duly authorized by HSN GmbH's
                  shareholders and no other corporate proceeding on the part of
                  HSN GmbH is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the
                  consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

         7.1.3    No Competitive Restrictions

                  The execution and implementation of this Agreement does not
                  constitute a violation of any non-compete restrictions HSN is
                  subject to in relation to any third parties.

7.2      If and to the extent, that representations and warranties of HSN GmbH
         or HSN, as the case may be, are untrue, misleading or broken, HSN GmbH
         shall (i) put Sellers in a position as if such representations and
         warranties were true by making the representations and warranties true
         ("Naturalrestitution") or, at Sellers option, shall (ii) pay damages
         for nonfulfilment of the representations and warranties
         ("Schadensersatz in Geld").

Section 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

8.1      Sellers represent and warrant as of the Effective Date, unless provided
         otherwise, hereinafter:

         8.1.1    Compliance with Articles

                  The execution of this Agreement and the performance of all
                  obligations undertaken hereunder have, as of the Signing Date,
                  been validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and
                  the obligations undertaken by Sellers under this Agreement
                  constitute valid, legal and binding, obligations enforceable
                  against each of them in accordance with the terms of such
                  authorization.

         8.1.2    Corporate Power

                  Each of Sellers, as of the Signing Date, is either a
                  corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in all
                  respects under the laws of the jurisdiction of their
                  respective incorporation or an individual with full power

<PAGE>   11
                                                                              11


                  and authority to own its assets and to carry on the H.O.T.
                  business as presently conducted.

         8.1.3    No Breach of Third Party Obligations

                  Neither the execution and the delivery by Sellers of this
                  Agreement nor the performance or observance of any of their
                  obligations hereunder does or will, as of the Signing Date,
                  conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of any
                  judgement, order or decree, indenture, mortgage, trust deed,
                  agreement or other instrument, arrangement, obligation or duty
                  in each case by which either Seller is bound at the date
                  hereof or cause any limitation on any of either Sellers'
                  powers whatsoever, howsoever imposed, or on the right or
                  ability of the directors of either Seller to exercise such
                  powers, to be exceeded.

         8.1.4    Existence of Partnership Interests and Shares

                  As of the Signing Date, all Partnership Interests and Shares
                  listed in Section 1 above exist in the amounts set out
                  therein, are fully paid up and have not been repaid; the 
                  Partnership Interests and the Shares and all rights attaching
                  thereto are free and clear of any third-party rights and have
                  not been pledged, assigned, charged or used as a security 
                  other than as listed in Exhibit 8.1.4; Sellers have all 
                  right, authority and power to transfer the Partnership 
                  Interests and Shares.

                  Sellers and Dr. Kofler are as of the Signing Date the only
                  partners in H.O.T. and the only shareholders in the General
                  Partner, and there are no options or agreements outstanding
                  which call for the grant to any other person of any
                  partnership or other interest in H.O.T. or the General
                  Partner, as the case may be.

         8.1.5    Bankruptcy

                  As of the Signing Date, no bankruptcy or judicial composition
                  proceedings concerning the assets of H.O.T. or the General
                  Partner or any of the Sellers exist pursuant to the Bankruptcy
                  or Reorganisation Code or the Avoidance Law
                  ("Anfechtungsgesetz") and there are no grounds which could
                  justify the voidance of this Agreement and that the
                  participation of each Seller in

<PAGE>   12
                                                                              12


                  H.O.T. or the General Partner does not represent the whole or
                  a substantial part of the assets of any of the Sellers within
                  the meaning of Section 419 BGB.

         8.1.6    Powers

                  As of the Signing Date, H.O.T. is a limited partnership duly
                  constituted and validly existing in all respects under the
                  laws of the Federal Republic of Germany with full power and
                  authority to own its assets and to carry on its business as
                  previously conducted.

                  As of the Signing Date, General Partner is a limited liability
                  company duly constituted and validly existing in all respects
                  under the laws of Germany with full power and authority to own
                  its assets and to carry on its business as previously
                  conducted.

         8.1.7    AGREEMENTS

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, all material agreements,
                  rights and duties binding on H.O.T. and/or enforceable against
                  H.O.T., in particular those specified hereunder, are made in
                  the ordinary course of business and have no material negative
                  effect on the financial condition or the H.O.T. Business, and
                  to the best knowledge of Sellers, those agreements and rights
                  remain unchanged and no circumstances exist, including the
                  transaction contemplated hereunder, which will impair or
                  endanger the unaltered continuation of these agreements. The
                  foregoing statements apply to all of the agreements of H.O.T.
                  including but not limited to the following agreements and
                  obligations:

                  8.1.7.1  employment agreements and pension and benefit plans
                           for Kirch, Dr. Kofler, general managers, Prokurists
                           and senior employees ("leitende Angestellte") of
                           H.O.T. and/or General Partner;

                  8.1.7.2  other employment contracts and service agreements
                           providing for an annual remuneration of more than DM
                           100,000.00, bonus, commission entitlements or similar
                           pension and benefit plans or having a termination
                           period of more than one year;

<PAGE>   13
                                                                              13


                  8.1.7.3  any consultancy agreements providing for an annual
                           remuneration of an average more than DM 50,000.00, or
                           having a termination period of more than six months;

                  8.1.7.4  any material technical assistance, programming,
                           licence, and production agreements;

                  8.1.7.5  material agreements with customers or suppliers as
                           well as agreements with customers and suppliers
                           outside the ordinary course of business, in
                           particular any agreements granting deductions,
                           discounts, credits or prepayments;

                  8.1.7.6  material rental and lease agreements, other than
                           usual leasing agreements relating to office
                           equipment;

                  8.1.7.7  loan, credit, guarantee and security agreements,
                           letters of credit and surety undertakings of any
                           nature, and loans to employees in excess of two
                           months' salaries;

                  8.1.7.8  material sales representative, agency and
                           distribution agreements;

                  8.1.7.9  insurance policies taken out by H.O.T. or the General
                           Partner, other than insurances for company cars;

                  8.1.7.10 restrictive covenants or agreements limiting any of
                           H.O.T.'s or General Partner's rights to deal in
                           certain products or in certain territories, or any
                           other restrictive covenants or agreements limiting
                           H.O.T.'s or General Partner's business as carried out
                           prior to the Signing Date;

                  8.1.7.11 any material agreements with or other rights and
                           obligations to Sellers or any of their relatives
                           according to Section 15 AO or any entity in which any
                           or several of them has a financial interest of more
                           than 5%, a list of which is set out in Exhibit
                           8.1.7.11;

                  8.1.7.12 any other material agreements and/or commitments
                           involving a consideration or liability per
                           agreement or in total of more than DM 50,000.00 per
                           annum for H.O.T. or the General Partner or providing
                           for performance beyond June 30, 1997;

<PAGE>   14
                                                                              14


                  8.1.7.13 works council agreements and agreements with trade
                           unions, other than industry-wide regional or
                           supraregional collective bargaining agreements;

                  8.1.7.14 all rights of third parties regarding the acquisition
                           of rights to H.O.T. or the General Partner.

         8.1.8    Performance of Agreements

                  H.O.T. and the General Partner have performed and complied,
                  to the best knowledge of Sellers, with all material 
                  obligations under the agreements referred to in Section 8.1.7
                  above and have done everything which is necessary in order to
                  be in a position to meet obligations under these agreements 
                  when they become due. To the best knowledge of Sellers, none 
                  of the parties referred to in Section 8.1.7 above is entitled
                  to terminate or modify its obligations thereunder as a result
                  of the execution of this Agreement. To the best knowledge of
                  Sellers, H.O.T. and General Partner have fulfilled all
                  requirements of these agreements and no event has occurred
                  which, but for the passage of time, would constitute a default
                  of such agreements. Prices on all agreements, bids, orders and
                  quotes of H.O.T. or the General Partner which were fully
                  enforceable against H.O.T. or the General Partner or given by
                  H.O.T. or the General Partner to any affiliates of ProSieben
                  as of the Signing Date, are calculated above cost and are
                  negotiated at arm's length.

                  H.O.T has in effect a transponder lease agreement through
                  April 2005 for a monthly lease payment not exceeding DM
                  850,000.00 as from January 1, 1997 per month exclusive of
                  V.A.T. and that SES has approved and consented to the
                  sub-leasing of the transponder agreement to H.O.T. in due
                  form.

         8.1.9    Intellectual Property Rights

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, H.O.T. owns and/or retains
                  all intellectual property rights used in the present or
                  planned business activities of H.O.T. or the General Partner,
                  including the rights from notifications, and to the best
                  knowledge of Sellers

<PAGE>   15
                                                                              15


                  8.1.9.1  these rights are the unencumbered and unlimited
                           property of H.O.T. or the General Partner and no
                           rights of third parties to these intellectual
                           property rights or their use exist;

                  8.1.9.2  none of the intellectual property rights have been
                           charged, nor have been threatened to be charged
                           with infringement and there exists no basis on which
                           any of these rights are threatened with nullification
                           or invalidation;

                  8.1.9.3  neither these intellectual property rights nor their
                           use infringes upon the intellectual property rights
                           of third parties;

                  8.1.9.4  all payment of fees and other measures needed to
                           maintain the intellectual property rights have been
                           undertaken fully and in a timely manner; and

                  8.1.9.5  the business of H.O.T. or the General Partner does
                           not infringe any intellectual property right of a
                           third party.

         8.1.10   Software

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, the software developed, used
                  and applied by H.O.T. or the General Partner (hereinafter "the
                  Software"), the copyrights relating thereto and the rights
                  accruing thereunder are not charged, burdened or encumbered in
                  any way or any rights of any employees or sub-contractors
                  whether arising under the Employees Invention Act
                  ("Arbeitnehmer-erfindungsgesetz") or on any other legal basis
                  attaching thereto. To the best knowledge of Sellers all source
                  codes relating to the developed Software are the unlimited
                  property of H.O.T. or the General Partner and have only been
                  supplied to third parties in the ordinary course of business.
                  All maintenance agreements relating to the Software have been
                  duly and completely performed.

         8.1.11   Insurances

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, H.O.T. or the General
                  Partner, as the case may be, maintain in full force and effect
                  for their own benefit, policies of insurance valid for a
                  period of at least up to December 31, 1996 against fire,
                  water, theft and any other usually insured business risks, in
                  particular with

<PAGE>   16
                                                                              16


                  regard to statutory liabilities and business interruption in
                  adequate amounts to provide reasonable protection for the
                  business and assets of H.O.T. or the General Partner. To the
                  extent, H.O.T. or the General Partner have benefitted or
                  benefit of umbrella insurance agreements taken out by Sellers,
                  ProSieben or any of their affiliates, H.O.T. or the General
                  Partner do not owe any outstanding premiums nor shall H.O.T.
                  or the General Partner be charged back for any such premiums
                  by Sellers or their respective affiliates, relating to periods
                  prior to the Closing Date.

         8.1.12   Assets

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, all assets of H.O.T. are in
                  a condition which is commensurate with the H.O.T. Business or
                  General Partner's business and in an adequate condition to
                  carry on the H.O.T. Business in substantially the same fashion
                  as carried out prior to the Closing Date. To the best
                  knowledge of Sellers, H.O.T. or the General Partner, as the
                  case may be, are in the lawful possession or are the
                  unrestricted owners, as the case may be, of all such assets
                  which are necessary to carry out the H.O.T. Business in the
                  same fashion as prior to the Closing Date. Except as disclosed
                  in Exhibit 8.1.12 each of the material assets of H.O.T. is the
                  absolute property of H.O.T. free from any mortgage, charge,
                  pledge, lien, encumbrance, license, lease, right of
                  pre-emption or any other third party interest and none of the
                  assets of the same subject to any hire, hire purchase,
                  conditional or credit sale or any other agreement for payment
                  on deferred terms.

         8.1.13   Permits and Licenses

                  H.O.T. has obtained all material licenses, permissions and
                  consents necessary to carry on its business as presently
                  conducted and is not in breach of any of the same. The current
                  media law situation, as understood by the Sellers, is
                  described in Exhibit 8.1.13.

         8.1.14   Litigation and Compliance

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, there is no litigation or
                  administration or arbitration proceeding before any court,
                  judicial, administrative or governmental authority or
                  arbitrators or other body to which H.O.T. or the

<PAGE>   17
                                                                              17


                  General Partner is a party, nor to the best of their knowledge
                  is any of such event pending or threatened against them or
                  against any of their assets which might have a material       
                  adverse effect on their ability to duly and punctually
                  perform and observe all of their obligations hereunder,
                  except as set forth in Exhibit 8.1.14.

         8.1.15   Taxes and Accounts

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, H.O.T. and General Partner
                  have duly complied with all material legal requirements
                  relating to taxation and H.O.T. and General Partner have in
                  particular

                  8.1.15.1 properly kept all material records and documents
                           required to be kept;

                  8.1.15.2 properly and punctually made all returns and provided
                           accurate information to the German tax authorities
                           and any other German body concerned as so required;

                  8.1.15.3 paid all taxation charged, assessed, levied or
                           payable in accordance with the relevant statute or
                           legislation as and when it became due;

                  8.1.15.4 deducted taxation from all payments where required so
                           to do by law and accounted to the appropriate fiscal
                           body for taxation so deducted;

                  8.1.15.5 not become liable and have not been liable to pay any
                           interest, penalty, fine or sum or similar nature in
                           respect of taxation;

                  8.1.15.6 not entered into any dispute with any fiscal
                           authority.

                  8.1.15.7 accrued sufficient amounts at the Effective Date in
                           the Management Accounts to address any material tax
                           liabilities.

         8.1.16   Foreign Tax Returns

                  No taxes or tax returns have become due by H.O.T. or General
                  Partner outside of the Federal Republic of Germany, except for
                  the Republic of Austria.

<PAGE>   18
                                                                              18


         8.1.17   Employee Benefits

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, all obligations whether
                  arising by operation of law, by agreement or by past custom,
                  for payments and contributions with respect to direct or
                  indirect pension and retirement benefits or other compensation
                  or benefits such as anniversary payments to the employees of
                  H.O.T. or the General Partner and pension fund old age pension
                  liabilities for the period prior to the Effective Date have
                  been paid by H.O.T. and the General Partner or full provision
                  therefor has been made in the Management Accounts to cover
                  fully their current value.

         8.1.18   Business Plan

                  The business plan exhibited hereto as Exhibit 8.1.18 shows a
                  substantially accurate view of the state of affairs and the
                  financial position of H.O.T. based on reasonable assumptions
                  and projections as of August 31, 1996.

         8.1.19   Management Accounts

                  The Management Accounts as attached hereto in Exhibit 4.1 show
                  a substantially accurate view of the state of affairs and the
                  financial position of H.O.T. as at and for the financial
                  period ending on August 31, 1996, and the profits and losses
                  of H.O.T. for the period ended on such date. Substantial for
                  purposes of this Section shall mean any discrepancy at or
                  exceeding DM. 1,000,000.00 (Deutsche Mark one million) and for
                  purposes of this Section, the DM 1,000,000.00 basket shall not
                  constitute a deductible and therefore the whole amount will be
                  taken into account for determining the remedies in accordance
                  with Section 9 below, if and to the extent the discrepancy
                  exceeds DM 1,000,000.00 ("Freigrenze").

         8.1.20   Absence of Material Changes

                  Since the Effective Date, H.O.T. and the General Partner have
                  carried on their businesses in the ordinary and usual course.

         8.1.21   Accurate Disclosure

                  To the best knowledge of Sellers, there is no material effect
                  or material matter relevant to the H.O.T. Business, H.O.T.
                  assets, and H.O.T. or the

<PAGE>   19
                                                                              19

                General Partner, as the case may be, which has not been
                disclosed to    HSN GmbH or which might render any information
                contained in the documents attached to this Agreement
                materially misleading or inaccurate.

8.2      Sellers shall account for all of the above representations and
         warranties jointly and severally with exception of the representations
         given under Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.5.

8.3      If and to the extent any of the above representations and warranties
         are made subject to the best knowledge, best knowledge shall mean
         actual knowledge of Sellers or any actual knowledge they should have
         obtained after due inquiry of the managing directors of General Partner
         and Mr. Henning Schnepper, inhouse counsel to H.O.T. Sellers shall not
         account for any knowledge they failed to obtain due to slight
         negligence ("leichte Fahrlassigkeit").

Section 9 REMEDIES

9.1      In the event of any breach or non-fulfilment by either of the Sellers
         of any of the warranties and representations contained in Section 8,
         Sellers shall be liable, at the Seller's election, for putting HSN
         GmbH, H.O.T. and/or the General Partner, into the same financial
         position that it would have been in if the warranties and
         representations contained in Section 8 had been correct or had not been
         breached, or, at Sellers' election, HSN GmbH can claim damages for
         non-performance ("Schadensersatz wegen Nichterfullung"). Any remedies
         granted under Section 4 above, shall be without prejudice to those
         remedies set forth hereunder, if and to the extent such remedies result
         from the breach or non-fulfilment of any of the warranties and
         representations contained in Section 8. To the extent any breach or
         non-fulfilment of any of the warranties and representations contained
         in Section 8 has been remedied by the way of the Balance Sheet
         Adjustment Payment, Sellers shall not have to account for hereunder
         ("no double dip").

9.2      HSN GmbH is entitled to rescind the Agreement only if any of the
         Acquired Partnership Interests or any of the Acquired Shares are
         legally defective.

9.3      In case of rescission pursuant to Section 9.2 above, the revocation of
         the Agreement ("Ruckabwicklung des Vertrages") is made in accordance
         with the provisions of the German Civil Code on the condition that
         Sellers have to reimburse HSN GmbH for all reasonable costs and
         expenses incurred in conjunction with the preparation, the

<PAGE>   20
                                                                             20


         negotiation and completion of this Agreement, including all legal, tax
         and economic due diligence in connection with this Agreement. Section
         352 BGB shall not apply.

9.4      In the event of any breach or non-fulfilment by Sellers of any of the
         representations and warranties contained in Section 8 of this
         Agreement, HSN GmbH will give to Sellers written notice of such breach
         or non-fulfilment stating the nature thereof and the amount involved
         to the extent that such amount has been determined at the time when
         such notice was given. Section 377 HGB shall not apply.

9.5      Any other remedies of HSN GmbH, regardless of the underlying legal
         basis therefor, including but not limited to, reduction of Purchase
         Price, recission of contract, damages arising under culpa in 
         contrahendo or clausula rebus sic stantibus, are expressly excluded 
         hereby.

9.6      The maximum aggregate liability of each Seller in respect of all claims
         arising hereunder shall not exceed the amount of the Purchase Price
         plus the aggregate amount of the contributions made by HSN GmbH between
         the Effective Date until the Closing Date plus any reasonable attorney
         fees spent in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder
         up to an amount of DM 300,000.00, allocable to each Seller in 
         proportion to the amount of the Purchase Price received by each Seller.

9.7      No liability shall attach to Sellers where the aggregate amount of
         claims is less than DM 100,000.00, such claims, however, not being
         ignored for the purpose of calculating the liability of Seller under
         this Agreement once the threshold is exceeded ("Freigrenze").

Section 10 STATUTE OF LIMITATION

10.1     All claims of HSN GmbH arising under this Agreement against Sellers are
         time barred as from March 31, 1998. Exempted herefrom are all claims of
         the HSN GmbH in respect of tax liabilities which shall expire six (6)
         months after the date of the final, non appealable assessment of the
         relevant liability of H.O.T. and/or the General Partner, in any event,
         not prior to March 31, 1998.

10.2     As to the defect of title, the statutory provisions shall apply.

<PAGE>   21
                                                                              21


Section 11 ADDITIONAL UNDERTAKINGS

11.1     H.O.T. and ProSieben entered into a sublease agreement regarding
         certain transponder services in the format as exhibited hereto in
         Exhibit 11.1 (however, the transponder agreement referenced in Section
         3 of the "Vereinbarung betreffend Transponderkapazitat will not be
         attached as part of Exhibit 11.1).

11.2     HSN guarantees the payment of the Purchase Price owed in accordance
         with Section 3.1 above. To the extent the Joint Venture Agreement, as
         defined in Section 5.3 above, provides for non-compete undertakings of
         the parties to the Joint Venture Agreement, HSN herewith acceedes to
         the respective undertakings.

11.3     If the pre-merger clearance referred to under Section 6.4.1 above shall
         not be withheld with final effect, this Agreement shall be rescinded in
         accordance with the provisions of the German Civil Code. Section 352
         BGB shall not apply.

Section 12 MISCELLANEOUS

12.1     Any notices or other communications in connection with this Agreement
         need to be made in writing and shall be delivered or sent by registered
         mail, fax or telecopy to the addresses below or to such other addresses
         which may be specified by the Parties in the future in writing.

                  to HSN GmbH:      Home Shopping Network GmbH
                                    Bethmannstr. 50-54
                                    D-60133 Frankfurt am Main

                  to Seller 1:      Quelle Schickedanz AG & Co.
                                    Nurnberger Str. 91-95
                                    D-90762 Furth
                                    Attention: Dr. Steffen Stremme

<PAGE>   22
                                                                            22


                                    with a copy to

                                    Attorney-at-Law Philipp Blomeyer
                                    Schickedanz Holding-Stiftung & Co. KG
                                    Nurnberger Str. 91-95
                                    D-90762 Furth

                  to Seller 2:      Thomas Kirch
                                    Felix-Dahm-Str.8
                                    D-81925 Munchen

                                    with a copy to

                                    Attorney-at-Law Dr. Bernhard-R. Heiss
                                    Rechtsanwalte Bosebeck Droste
                                    Marstallstr. 8
                                    D-80539 Munchen

                  to Dr. Kofler:    Dr. Georg Kofler
                                    Heinrich-Knote-Str. 14
                                    D-82343 Pocking

                                    with a copy to

                                    Attorney-at-Law Dr. Bernhard-R. Heiss
                                    Rechtsanwalte Bosebeck Droste
                                    Marstallstr. 8
                                    D-80539 Munchen

                  to HSN:           Home Shopping Network Inc.
                                    11831 30th Court North
                                    St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, U.S.A.
                                    Attention:  Michael McMullen

<PAGE>   23
                                                                            23

                                    with a copy to

                                    Attorney-at-Law Dr. Hans-Jorg Ziegenhain
                                    Doser Amereller Noack
                                    Bethmannstr. 50-54
                                    D-60311 Frankfurt am Main


12.2     The costs and expenses of this Agreement, including legal, financial
         and advisory fees, shall be borne by the party commissioning the
         respective cost. The costs incurred with regard to the notarisation of
         this Agreement shall be borne by HSN GmbH. The costs incurred with the
         premerger cartel clearance are borne by H.O.T.

12.3     All Exhibits to this Agreement constitute an integral part of this
         Agreement.

12.4     This Agreement and the Exhibits referred to under Section 12.3 comprise
         the Agreement between the Parties containing the subject matter of the
         Agreement and replace all oral and written declarations of intention
         made by the Parties in connection with the contractual negotiations.
         Changes or/and amendments to this Agreement need to be made in writing
         or by way of a notarial instrument, as the case may be.

12.5     The Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Federal Republic of
         Germany. As to the dispute resolution the Parties hereto will enter
         into a separate arbitration agreement of even date.

12.6     In the event that one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be, or
         shall be deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, or this Agreement is
         incomplete, the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of
         this Agreement shall not be affected hereby. In such cases the Parties
         hereto agree hereby on such valid and enforceable provision or on
         provisions completing the Agreement which are commensurate with the
         commercial intent of this Agreement. The same applies if it turns out
         that there are gaps in this Agreement.


                                                        (continued on next page)

<PAGE>   24




IN WITNESS THEREOF this Notarial Deed including the Exhibits hereto (except the
English translation of Exhibit 5.3, which is not notarized) has been read aloud
to the persons appeared. The persons appeared then confirmed and approved this
Deed including the Exhibits hereto and signed this Deed. All this was done at
the day herebelow written in the presence of me, the Notary Public, who also
signed this Deed and affixed my official Seal.

Basel, this 16th (sixteenth) day of January 1997 (nineteen hundred and
ninety-seven)


                                    /s/ Hans-Jorg Ziegenhain


                                    /s/ Philipp Blomeyer


                                    /s/ Stephan Cueni
                                        Notary

                  [NOTARY SEAL]



<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.38
 
                            JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT
 
                                    BETWEEN
 
     1. Quelle Schickedanz AG & Co. with its seat in Furth, Germany (hereinafter
referred to as "Quelle") and
 
     2. Home Shopping Network Inc. with its seat in St. Petersburg, Florida,
United States of America (hereinafter referred to as "HSN Inc."),
 
     3. Home Shopping Network GmbH i.Gr. with its seat in Frankfurt am Main,
Germany (hereinafter referred to as "HSN GmbH") (together with HSN Inc. jointly
referred to as "HSN").
 
     4. Thomas Kirch, (hereinafter referred to as "Kirch")
 
     5. Dr. Georg Jakob Kofler, (hereinafter referred to as "Kofler")
 
Quelle, HSN, Kirch and Kofler are occasionally referred to as "Shareholders" or
"Parties".
 
                                    PREAMBLE
 
     A. In April, 1995, Pro7 Television GmbH and Quelle have agreed to cooperate
in the area of teleshopping in the form of the joint venture company H.O.T. Home
Order Television GmbH & Co. KG, Unterfohring -- hereinafter referred to as
"HOT-KG" -- and its general partner H.O.T. Home Order Television Verwaltungs
GmbH, Unterfohring -- hereafter referred to as "HOT-GmbH". HOT-KG and HOT-GmbH
are occasionally also referred to hereafter as "HOT Companies".
 
     In December, 1995, Pro 7 Television GmbH was released from certain duties
under the said cooperation agreement. At that time, Pro 7 Television GmbH
divided
 its share in HOT-GmbH into two shares and transferred them to Kirch and
Kofler. Also, Pro 7 Television GmbH transferred its interests in HOT-KG to Kirch
and Kofler, who joined into the joint venture cooperation agreement described
above.
 
     Now, HSN, Quelle, Kirch and Kofler have agreed that HSN will join the HOT
Companies pursuant to the provisions of the Purchase and Sale Agreement of the
same day and the Articles of Incorporation attached as Exhibit 5.2.1
thereto -- hereafter referred to as Articles of Incorporation" -- for HOT-GmbH
and the Partnership Agreement for HOT-KG attached as Exhibit 5.1.1
thereto -- hereafter referred to as Partnership Agreement" -- as well as the
Rules of Procedure for the General Management of HOT-GmbH attached as Exhibit
5.2.2 thereto -- hereafter referred to as Rules of Procedure for the General
Management" -- and the Rules of Procedure for the Advisory Board of HOT-GmbH
attached as Exhibit 5.2.3 thereto -hereafter referred to as Rules of Procedure
for the Advisory Board" -- as of September 1,1996 hereafter referred to as the
"Relevant Date" -- or as soon as practicable and that HSN will join into the
joint venture pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
     B. HOT-KG produces teleshopping programs and broadcasts such programs via
cable, satellite and terrestrially in Germany and other German speaking
territories.
 
     C. As there have not been any experiences in Germany with teleshopping as a
new mode of distribution at the time of establishing the Joint Venture, HOT-KG
was entrusted with the development of specific teleshopping formats and systems.
In this respect the HOT-KG also took over the responsibility for selection of
products to be marketed by way of teleshopping.
 
     D. However, in order to enable HOT-KG to set up the teleshopping business
and to operate it successfully, the shareholders are supporting and will support
the HOT-Companies in the areas of their respective specific expertise as
provided hereunder.
 
     E. It is the purpose of this Agreement to govern the relationships among
the shareholders of the venture on the one hand, and the relationship of the
shareholders with the HOT-companies on the other hand in more

<PAGE>   2
 
detail. This Agreement shall control in the event that there is a conflict
between this Agreement and the other corporate agreements among the parties or
in the event that the other corporate agreements are silent on an issue.
 
     Therefore it is agreed as follows:
 
                                     PART 1
 
                             CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT
 
SEC. 1 -- PROJECT "TELESHOPPING"
 
     (1) The shareholders have agreed to distribute goods and services by way of
teleshopping through the HOT Companies.
 
     Teleshopping for the purposes of this Agreement is any form of broadcast
which makes direct offers to the public for the purposes of sale, purchase or
renting or leasing of goods or for the purposes of supplying services in
consideration of money.
 
     (2) HOT-KG currently operates, maintains and utilizes the systems required
for the distribution of goods by way of teleshopping. HOT-KG is and will be
responsible in particular for the choice of goods to be marketed by way of
teleshopping.
 
     (3) Furthermore, HOT-KG will rely on the support of the shareholders
pursuant to service agreements insofar as necessary, economically viable and
reasonable. All such related party agreements shall be subject to approval of
the Advisory Board.
 
     (4) The Parties are aware that HSN Inc. is subject to certain restraints of
competition relating to the infomercial business.
 
                                        2

<PAGE>   3
 
                                     PART 2
 
                         IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT
 
SEC. 2 -- ADVISORY BOARD
 
     (1) Currently the Advisory Board consists of Dr. Steffen Stremme
(Chairman), Dr. Gunter Moissl, Dr. Georg Jakob Kofler (Vice Chairman) and
Herbert Schroder.
 
     (2) With effect as of the execution of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the
number of the members of the Advisory Board will be extended to six. HSN GmbH
will appoint Michael McMullen and James G. Gallagher as members of the Advisory
Board. With effect from the next Ordinary Shareholders' meeting pursuant to
sec. 11 subsection (2) of the Articles of Incorporation of HOT-GmbH a
representative of HSN GmbH will be chosen Chairman of the Advisory Board
pursuant to sec. 10 Subsection (1) of the Articles of Incorporation of HOT-GmbH.
With effect from the point of time set forth in the sentence before, a
representative of Quelle will be chosen Vice Chairman of the Advisory Board.
Otherwise there are no changes to the alternating of the chairmanship among the
representatives of the Shareholders on the Advisory Board of HOT-GmbH as
provided in the Articles of Incorporation.
 
SEC. 3 -- BUDGET AND INVESTMENT PLAN
 
     (1) The Profit Plan attached as EXHIBIT 8.1.18 to the Purchase and Sale
Agreement (hereinafter: "Profit Plan"), covers the period until December 31,
2000. The Parties undertake to provide HOT-KG with the means necessary for the
implementation of the Profit Plan, subject to the reviews provided for in
sec. 6.
 
     (2) If due to a change of the underlying conditions, facts and
circumstances, the Profit Plan referred to in subsection (1) needs to be
changed, the parties undertake to amend it. Each Party hereof has the right to
request such a change within 3 months of the date of the request.
 
     If the Shareholders do not agree on a change to the Profit Plan as
described above within a further period of 21 days after such a request has been
submitted to the shareholders by the General Manager of HOT-KG the shareholders
will present the matter in dispute to the accountant of HOT-KG who shall act as
mediator. If the mediation fails for any reason whatsoever within a further
period of 21 days, the matter in dispute will be presented to an accountant, who
is not the accountant of HOT-KG -- hereinafter referred to as "Chartered
Accountant" -- who shall render an arbitration decision observing the
limitations set forth under sec. 3 (4) hereunder within a period of 21 days
after the issue is presented to him. If the Parties cannot agree on a Chartered
Accountant, the Chamber of Chartered Accountants in Dusseldorf shall nominate a
Chartered Accountant who shall serve as the arbitrator. The Profit Plan, as
amended by the Chartered Accountant, shall become binding on the Parties hereof.
 
     (3) For the avoidance of doubt, the shareholders are mutually obliged to
provide HOT-KG with the means necessary to continue its business operation in
the ratio respective to their shares and Partnership Interests after Execution
of the Purchase and Sale Agreement if the parameters on which the Investment
Plan is based -- whether in the version attached hereto as EXHIBIT 8.1.18 or in
a version adapted thereafter pursuant to subsection (2) above -- are changed
(e.g., less demand, less turnover of goods or increased costs/expenses). Subject
to any other agreement between the Parties, the required liquidity has to be
provided by payment of money into HOT-KG as a further contribution of the
limited partners. Such duties exist for each shareholder in relation to its
interests and shares in the HOT-Companies in such scope as means are required by
HOT-KG in order to remain solvent after consideration of other means to finance
the business. The shareholders will pass a resolution on such request by the
General Management of HOT-KG after taking into account all facts and
circumstances, including tax considerations, of the HOT-Companies and their
shareholders.
 
     (4) For purposes of the agreed upon Profit Plan the duty of the parties
shall be DM 130 million in aggregate. An amount of DM 68.717.600,-- out of the
amount of DM 130 million has already been provided until November 29, 1996. The
outstanding amount of DM 61.282.400,-- shall be provided by the shareholders
according to their interests in the HOT-Companies except for revisions due to
payments made after
 
                                        3

<PAGE>   4
 
November 29, 1996, and except for payments pursuant to sec. 4.3 of the Purchase
and Sale Agreement relating to the Balance Sheet Adjustment Payment. The request
to provide such liquidity cannot be made by HOT-KG itself but only by the other
parties to this Joint Venture Agreement. The amount set out above may be amended
upon mutual agreement of the Parties hereto.
 
     (5) The Parties may consider the establishment of a second shop at home
channel, aimed primarily at a market outside German-speaking territories. In
such event the HOT Advisory Board would vote on the creation of the second
channel. If the vote is approved, the second channel would be developed within
HOT-KG, in which case the above DM 130 million cap would have to be reasonably
raised. If the vote fails, any partners who elect to proceed with a second
channel may form a separate venture to do so which shall not be governed by the
provisions set forth hereunder. In such case the Parties are in agreement, that
all shareholders in HOT-KG will be invited to participate in the second venture
and that additional parties may be brought into the new venture. However, no
third party may be brought in if it competes with a shareholder in a country in
which the shareholder is otherwise engaged in significant business. For purposes
of this subsection a competitor of Quelle shall mean any electronic retailer. As
to the definition of HSN's and Kirch's and Kofler's competitors, reference is
made to sec. 7 (2) below.
 
SEC. 4 -- SERVICE AGREEMENTS
 
     (1) In so far as necessary, commercially viable and reasonable, HSN and
HOT-KG on the one hand and the other Parties hereto, Quelle and HOT-KG, on the
other hand will enter into service contracts pursuant to the general terms
provided in EXHIBIT (5.3) 4.1 for the services defined in following Subsection
(2).
 
     (2) HSN Inc. will support HOT-KG to the best of its ability in the
performance of the following functions itself or through its affiliates and
subsidiaries:
 
        - Access to, and purchase of, HSN's products and services
        - Access to related background information and selling materials on each
         item for use by show hosts
        - Access to HSN marketing and sales know how: consumer research, on-air
         presentation, sales histories of individual items and product
         categories, etc.
        - Consulting on HSN systems: computer, etc.
        - On the job training and consultation for HOT key employees
        - Various licenses and trademarks owned by HSN
        - Facilitate cooperation with HSN Direct, if mutually valuable.
 
     Quelle, Kirch and Kofler are supporting and will support HOT-KG to the best
of their ability in the performance of the following functions themselves or
through their affiliates and subsidiaries:
 
        - German management (i.e., operating the business in its entirety)
        - Equipment
        - Facilities and related operational requirements
        - Marketplace know how
        - Operating licenses (including transponder)
        - Inbound and outbound telemarketing (Quelle)
        - Governmental compliance and lobbying (federal and local)
        - Distribution (cable, satellite) in Germany and other German speaking
         markets
        - Order fulfillment (processing, accounting, physical distribution and
         supply of products) (Quelle)
        - Credit card processing (Quelle)
        - Customer service (Quelle)
        - Upsell marketing
        - Check processing (Quelle)
        - Ongoing accounting and financial services
        - Legal Compliance
        - HOT Catalogue/Program Guide
        - Access to and purchase of Quelle's products and services (Quelle)
        - MIS reports (Quelle)
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   5
 
     The above list is neither conclusive nor exclusive.
 
SEC. 5 -- "WINDOW"
 
     (1) Each party is entitled, possibly together with any third party, subject
to its own choice to use no more than 1 hour of broadcasting time per day on the
teleshopping channel for teleshopping activities in consideration of a fee to be
agreed with HOT-KG. Such fee shall cover HOT's cost and a reasonable profit
margin. sec. 8 of this Agreement shall only apply to such teleshopping
activities to the extent that one or more of the other Parties must not allow
such third party to be a mail-order company a broadcasting company, or a
electronic retailer.
 
     (2) In the set-up of the programs, the respective Party must take into
account the image of HOT-KG.
 
     (3) Further details are subject to a separate agreement. This agreement
shall be subject to the approval of Advisory Board of HOT-KG.
 
SEC. 6 -- REVIEW OF COOPERATION AND NOTICE OF TERMINATION
 
     (1) The parties will jointly review the status of the project in regular
intervals of no more than 6 months.
 
     (2) Each party has the right to terminate this Agreement and the
Participation in the HOT-Companies by giving two months' written notice if
 
          a) the broadcasting has been prevented by administrative action and
     legal measures against such administrative action have not been successful
     in summary proceedings in a second court instance; or
 
          b) in 1997 the turnover profits (gross sales) are below DM 75 million;
     or
 
          c) in 1997 the annual aggregate loss exceeds DM 51 million.
 
        This right to give notice of termination is to be exercised in writing
        only within the period from January 1, 1998 until April 30, 1998. Except
        as provided below, if such notice is duly given, the Joint Venture
        Agreement shall be terminated with effect at the expiration of the above
        notice period except for the parties' claims against each other which
        have already come into existence, in particular the obligation to
        provide the Company with the necessary liquidity pursuant to sec. 3 of
        this Agreement. The shareholder giving such notice is obliged to offer
        to the other shareholders pursuant to the provisions of the relevant
        Articles of Incorporation or Partnership Agreement the
        quotas/partnership interests in the appropriate form for purchase. In
        such case the compensation shall be determined pursuant to sec. 17 of
        the Partnership Agreement of HOT-KG and sec. 19 of the Articles of
        Incorporation of HOT-GmbH. If such offer has not been accepted within
        one month after receipt of the written notice in the appropriate form,
        the shareholders shall undertake to wind up the companies.
 
     (3) The exercise of rights arising from sec. 18 of the Articles of
Incorporation of HOT-GmbH and sec. 16 of the Partnership Agreement of HOT-KG
remains otherwise unaffected.
 
SEC. 7 -- DISPOSAL OF INTERESTS IN THE HOT-COMPANIES
 
     (1) Subject to sec. 6 of this Agreement the parties undertake not to
dispose of their interests in HOT-GmbH and HOT-KG prior to September 1, 1999.
This applies also to the transfer to affiliated undertakings in terms of sec. 15
AktG (German Stock Corporation Act).
 
     (2) The transfer of a share or a part of a share of HOT-GmbH or a
Partnership Interest of HOT-KG requires the written consent of the other
shareholders or partners, as applicable, pursuant to sec. 5 Subsection (1) of
the Articles of Incorporation of HOT GmbH and sec. 14 Subsection (1) of the
Partnership Agreement of HOT KG in order to be valid. The consent of a party
shall, however, not be unreasonably withheld. Such
 
                                        5

<PAGE>   6
 
consent may, in particular, be withheld if the interests and shares are to be
transferred to a competitor of the remaining Shareholders. For purposes of this
Subsection
 
        - Competitor of Quelle shall mean any mail order company,
        - Competitor of Kirch and Kofler shall mean any broadcasting company,
        - Competitor of HSN shall mean any electronic retailer,
 
        and affiliated entities to the competitors within the meaning of sec. 15
        AktG.
 
     Each Shareholder shall grant the written consent and waive any preemption
rights to sec. 5 subsections (1) through (3) of the Articles of Incorporation of
HOT GmbH and sec. 14 of the Partnership Agreement of HOT KG if it
 
          a) is transferred to an entity which is affiliated with the
     transferring shareholder within the meaning of sec. 15 Aktiengesetz and
 
          b) such entity does not directly or indirectly compete with the HOT-KG
     and
 
          c) it is ensured in an appropriate way that in case of the termination
     of the affiliation the share and Partnership Interest shall be transferred
     back to the disposing shareholder and
 
          d) the transferring shareholders transfers all of its shares or its
     Partnership Interests and
 
          e) the acceding party shall join into this Agreement.
 
     Any such transfer does not affect this Agreement nor any of the obligations
of the respective Party hereunder.
 
                                     PART 3
 
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
 
SEC. 8 -- TERMINATION OF JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT
 
     In general, each Party has the right to terminate this Agreement by giving
six months' written notice before the end of a calendar year. Such notice may
not be effective prior to the earlier of December 31, 2000 or at the return on
investment, (repayment of any capital contributions of all Parties to HOT-KG
plus interest at a rate of 6% p.a.). This termination shall not affect a
terminating party's interest in any of the HOT Companies nor any agreement
pursuant to sec. 4 of this Agreement. Upon the effective date of termination,
the party terminating shall no longer be party of this Agreement with the
exception of sec. 7 and sec. 9 hereunder which shall survive in relation the
terminating party. The Agreement shall continue in full force and effect among
the remaining parties except for the obligations set forth under sec. 3 (4)
hereunder.
 
SEC. 9 -- COMPETITION CLAUSE
 
     (1) During the time that a Party holds shares in HOT-GmbH or partnership
interests in HOT-KG and for one year thereafter, that party will neither
directly nor indirectly participate as an owner, partner, shareholder,
consultant, employee, affiliate, officer or director in other teleshopping
activities in terms of sec. 1 subsection (1) of this Agreement targeted at
German Speaking Territories or in the German Language other than those of HOT-KG
or support such teleshopping activities in any other way.
 
     (2) DRTV spots and infomercials broadcast as a part of any other TV-program
which does not have teleshopping as its focus are not affected by this sec. 9.
Not affected either is third party fulfillment unless it is for competitors of
HOT and its affiliated entities within the meaning of sec. 15 AktG which are
engaged in the electronic retailing business and of which the parent company is
based in the Americas.
 
                                        6

<PAGE>   7
 
SEC. 10 -- GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
     (1) If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or becomes invalid, the
validity of the rest of the Agreement shall not be affected. The parties
mutually undertake to replace the provision which is or became invalid by a
provision which equals the commercial purpose of the provision to be replaced as
far as possible. The same applies if there are gaps in the agreement.
 
     (2) Changes and amendments of this agreement need to be in writing in order
to be valid unless a notarized form is required. The same applies to the change
of this clause. Verbal collateral agreements have not been concluded.
 
     (3) Exclusive place of jurisdiction for disputes arising from this
Agreement is Frankfurt am Main unless prohibited by law.
 
     (4) This Agreement is exclusively subject to German law (unless
prohibited).
 
     (5) This Agreement is executed in German and English. Only the German
version is notarized and shall be binding.
 
                                                                   (End of text)
 
                                        7



<PAGE>   1
                                                              EXHIBIT 10.39

                   RONALD A. KATZ TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, L.P.
                               LICENSE AGREEMENT

                                 - CONTENTS -


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SECTION HEADING                                                                PAGE
         ---------------                                                                ----
         <S>   <C>                                                                        <C>
         l.    DEFINITIONS.............................................................    1
         2.    LICENSE.................................................................    3
         3.    CONSIDERATION...........................................................    5
         4.    REPORTS, PAYMENTS, RECORDS AND AUDITS...................................    8
         5.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..........................................    9
         6.    DEFAULT.................................................................   10
         7.    TERMINATION.............................................................   10
         8.    CONFIDENTIALITY.........................................................   11
         9.    ARBITRATION.............................................................   11
         10.   PRESS RELEASE...........................................................   12
         11.   PATENT MARKING..........................................................   12
         12.   NOTICES.................................................................   13
         13.   INVALIDITY..............................................................   13
         14.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT........................................................   13
         15.   SECTION HEADINGS........................................................   13
         16.   GOVERNING LAW...........................................................   13
         17.   NO AGENCY...............................................................   14 
         EXHIBITS                                                                             
               EXHIBIT A...............................................................   15
               EXHIBIT B...............................................................   19
               EXHIBIT C...............................................................   22
               EXHIBIT D...............................................................   24
</TABLE>





                          HOME SHOPPING NETWORK, INC.


<PAGE>   2
                                                                  

                               LICENSE AGREEMENT



  This License Agreement ("Agreement") is entered as of January 1, 1996 (the
  "Effective Date") by and between the Parties, Ronald A. Katz Technology
  Licensing, L.P. (Licensor), a California Limited Partnership, having offices
  at 9401 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 900, Beverly Hills, California 90212, and Home
  Shopping Network, Inc., having offices at 11831 30th Court North, St.
  Petersburg, Florida 33716.

  WHEREAS, Licensor is the owner of patent and patent application rights
  relating to Automated Transaction Processing Utilizing Communication
  Facilities and/or Computer Telephone Integration (ACTI patents) and has the
  right to grant non-exclusive licenses
 and covenants not to sue thereunder;

  WHEREAS, Licensee desires to obtain certain non-exclusive rights under the
  ACTI patents as provided herein;

  WHEREAS, Licensor and Licensee (the "Parties") recognize the potential
  difficulty and inefficiency to both parties of negotiating and administering
  individual licenses to each of such ACTI patents relating to a given activity
  of Licensee;

  WHEREAS, the Parties have reviewed the activities of Licensee as related to
  the ACTI patents and on the basis of their knowledge have selected
  appropriate Fields-Of-Use for the activities of Licensee with respect to the
  ACTI patents;

  WHEREAS, in view of the nature of the ACTI patents, the business and 
  activities of Licensee, the mutual convenience of and efficiency to the 
  Parties and the equities of the situation, the Parties have resolved that 
  specific Field-Of-Use Licenses are proper and appropriate as set forth 
  herein; and

  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and other
  consideration as set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:

  1.    DEFINITIONS

        1.1  "Licensed Patents" shall mean all United States and foreign 
  patents listed in Exhibit A, as well as all United States and foreign patents
  that have issued or may issue on applications whose subject matter in whole 
  or in part is entitled to the benefit of the filing date(s) of any such 
  patents or applications on which they are based, including, without 
  limitation, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, reissues and 
  extensions.



                                       1

<PAGE>   3

         1.2     "Licensed Territories" shall mean the United States and its
Territories, and all foreign countries in which one or more of the Licensed
Patents have issued and remain in effect at any time during the term of this
Agreement.

         1.3(a)  "Field-of-Use" shall mean an activity defined in Exhibit B.

            (b)  "Field-Of-Use License" shall mean a license to make, have made
and use (but not sell, lease or otherwise transfer for use by others, except as
specified herein) products and processes of the Licensed Patents within one
or more specified Fields-Of-Use.  As specified below in detail, the relative
Field-Of-Use of this Agreement is Television Shopping Systems.

         1.4.    "Carrier" shall mean any entity which transmits a communication
having a voice component over a communication channel.

         1.5(a)  "Campaign" shall mean automated transaction processing
services provided by Licensee or its Subsidiaries.

            (b)  "Customers" of Licenses are all those to whom Licensee sell
products during the course of electronic on-air retailing.

         1.6     "Elapsed Carrier Time" shall mean, with respect to Campaigns,
the transport minutes, i.e. the aggregate elapsed time of all callers
participating in Campaigns during which each caller is connected to a Carrier
(whether or not Licensee is the customer of record with the billing carrier) in
relation to the Campaign.  The following examples illustrate the proper
application of the foregoing definition: (i) if a caller is connected to a
Carrier in the execution of a Campaign and while the caller is so connected, an
outbound call is made by Licensee, the elapsed time during which the outbound
call is connected to a Carrier is not to be added to the elapsed time during
which the caller is connected to his Carrier in computing the Elapsed Carrier
Time of the Campaign, (ii) if ten (10) separate individual callers call Licensee
in connection with a Campaign and each caller is connected to Licensee for ten
(10) minutes, the Elapsed Carrier Time of the Campaign would be the aggregate of
the elapsed time for each Caller is connected through a Carrier to Licensee in
connection with the Campaign (in this example, one hundred (100) minutes), and
(iii) if three, (3) calls were connected to Licensee of the following durations:
first call, one hundred (100) seconds; second call, fifty (50) seconds; and
third call, forty (40) seconds (all as measured by the Carrier) the Elapsed
Carrier Time for these calls would be one hundred ninety (190) seconds
irrespective of any rounding methods that might be applied.

         1.7     "Automated Minutes" shall mean all minutes of Elapsed Carrier 
Time utilized in the course of Campaigns, other than: (i) minutes spent 
automatically answering a call and thereafter immediately transferring the call
to a live operator, without any automated call processing, because the caller 
elects not to use the automated system(s); (ii) minutes spent



                                       2


<PAGE>   4

with such live operator; and (iii) minutes spent waiting for connection to, or
talking to, a show host.  


         1.8     "Subsidiary" shall mean a person or entity controlled by 
Licensee; such control being exercised through the ownership or control,
directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of all the voting power of the shares
or other interests entitled to vote for the election of directors or other
governing authority; however, a person or entity shall be considered an
Subsidiary only for the time during which such control exists. Sublicensee's
"Subsidiaries" on the date of execution of this Agreement are: Home Shopping
Club, Inc., Home Shopping Network Outlets, Inc., Home Shopping Services, Inc.,
HSN Capital Corporation, HSN Credit Corporation, HSN Entertainment Events,
Inc., HSN Entertainment Holding Company, Inc., HSN Entertainment Joint Ventures
II Inc., HSN Fulfillment, Inc., HSN Fulfillment of Iowa, Inc., HSN Fulfillment
of Nevada, Inc., HSN Fulfillment of Virginia, Inc., HSN Insurance, Inc., HSN 
Interactive, Inc., HSN Lifeway Health Products, Inc. dba HSN Products, Inc., 
HSN Liquidation, Inc., HSN Liquidation of Florida, HSN Mail Order, Inc., HSN 
Realty, Inc., HSN Redi-Med, Inc., HSN Television Shopping Mall, Inc., HSN 
Transportation, Inc., HSN Travel, Inc., Internet Shopping Network, Inc., 
MarkeTechs Services, Inc., National Call Center, Inc., Ortho-Vent, Inc., Vela 
Research, Inc., World Rez, Inc.

         1.9      "Arbitrator" must be a patent attorney acceptable to the
parties having an electrical engineering, computer science or similar
background and licensing experience in the field of telecommunications and
experience in alternative dispute resolution procedures.



2.     LICENSE

         2.1     Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee's
Subsidiaries, a non-exclusive, Field-Of-Use License to make, have made, use and
provide services using (but not to sublicense, sell, lease or otherwise transfer
for use by others) products or processes embodying any and all inventions
claimed in the Licensed Patents within the Television Shopping Systems
Field-Of-Use and in the Licensed Territories.

         2.2 Although Licensee does not currently conduct activities within the
Television Shopping Systems Via Cable Facilities Field-Of-Use, Licensor hereby
covenants not to sue Licensee if Licensee undertakes such activities in the
future in conjunction with its use of interactive voice response system(s)
within the Television Shopping Systems Field-Of-Use; however, any such
activities shall not convey a license or right of any kind, either express or
implied, to any entity offering cable facilities and/or terminals to access
Licensee's ordering system(s).  This covenant not to sue is expressly
conditioned on Licensee's notifying any such entity that the entity's
activities are not licensed under the terms of this Agreement.



                                       3

<PAGE>   5

         2.3     Licensor agrees to release Licensee (and its Subsidiaries)
from any and all claims of infringement of the Licensed Patents for acts
performed prior to the Effective Date within the licensed Field-Of-Use of this
Agreement, subject to the following conditions:

         (a)      payment of the Advance Royalty pursuant to this Agreement; 
and,

         (b)      full and faithful performance of the term of the Agreement by
Licensee or any assigns or successors permitted under the terms of this
Agreement for a period of four (4) years after the Effective Date.

         No suit may be brought against Licensee (or its Subsidiary) during
such four (4) year period for infringement of the Licensed Patents in the
Television Shopping Systems Field-Of-Use as long as Licensee continues to
faithfully perform the terms of this Agreement.  If this Agreement has not been
terminated within the first four and one-half (4 1/2) years after the Effective
Date, then Licensee's full and faith performance hereunder shall be presumed,
However, nothing in this Section 2.3 alone. shall release or otherwise reduce
the, liability of Customers of licensee or its Subsidiaries.

         2.4     Neither this Agreement, nor the rights conveyed hereunder,
may be assigned by Licensee except that the entire license may be assigned
along with an assignment or transfer of Licensee's entire business relating to
the subject matter of the Agreement, provided, however, that: (a) on or before
the date of any such assignment or transfer the assignee executes and delivers
to Licensor an undertaking to assume and perform all obligations of Licensee
hereunder with respect to the business being assigned or transferred, including
maintenance of the systems used by Licensee (or other effective systems) to
determine Automated Minutes for purposes of this Agreement and distinguish them
from unlicensed activities of the assignee, and; (b) the assignee shall derive
no rights under this Agreement with respect to any other business or operations
conducted by it prior to, or after, the date of assignment or transfer, and
nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude Licensor from making claims
or asserting its rights with respect to such other business or operations
either before or after the date of assignment or transfer.

         2.5     Businesses acquired by Licensee (or its Subsidiaries) are
licensed under this Agreement to the extent they satisfy the definition of
"Subsidiaries" in Section 1.8, and accordingly shall bear the appropriate
royalty; however, no covenant not to sue or release granted herein shall be
applicable to the business acquired for activities prior to the acquisition. If
Licensee (or its Subsidiary) merges, acquires or is acquired by another licensee
under the Licensed Patents, the successor may elect as between redundant
agreements.  Furthermore, if Licensee contracts with another licensee that has a
royalty bearing license under the Licensed Patents to perform all of the
operations then performed by Licensee which fall within the claims of the
Licensed Patents, Licensee shall be relieved of its obligation to make any
further payments hereunder for the period during which such contract and such
other licensee's royalty bearing license remain in effect, except for Running
Royalties accrued to the date Licensee ceases performing such operations and
any



                                       4

<PAGE>   6

amounts deferred under Section 3.3 or rolled over under Section 3.4. For
purposes of Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement, payments made by such other
licensee under the Licensed Patents shall be deemed full and faithful
performance of the terms of this Agreement by Licensee.

       2.6  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7, if Licensor should
in the future grant a royalty bearing license to QVC or Value Vision ("QV or
VV") under the Licensed Patents for the Television Shopping Systems
Field-Of-Use and QV or VV obtains Lower Running Royalty terms for such
Field-Of-Use, or for any specific portion of such Field-Of-Use, Licensee (and
its Subsidiaries) shall have the right to obtain such Lower Running Royalty
rates for such Field-Of-Use or for the corresponding portion of such
Field-Of-Use, provided that Licensee also accepts any less favorable terms of
the other license, including but not limited to advance royalties, entry fees
or guaranteed minimum royalties.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Lower
Running Royalty terms" means lower Running Royalty terms or other more
favorable terms which could result in lower annual payments to Licensor than
the terms of Section 3 of this Agreement.  The date that Licensee shall be
entitled to such Lower Running Royalty terms for such Field-Of-Use or any
specific portion of such Field-Of-Use shall be the date of first accrual of
Running Royalty by QV or VV.  Licensor shall notify Licensee in writing within
sixty (60) days of QV or VV obtaining a Lower Running Royalty rate, providing
Licensee with a true and correct summary of the aforementioned Lower Running
Royalty rates and any less favorable terms, but not identifying QV or VV by
name.  Licensee's (or its Subsidiaries) right to obtain a Lower Running Royalty
rate must be exercised in writing by Licensee within sixty (60) days of the
receipt of written notice from Licensor of the Lower Running Royalty being
obtained by QV or VV.  Should Licensor fail to timely notify Licensee of the
Lower Running Royalty obtained by QV or VV, Licensee has the right to apply the
Lower Running Royalty rate retroactively to the date of such other license.
Licensee shall not be entitled, however, to any refund or credit based on other
terms of such other license, and any entry fee or additional advance royalty
due by Licensee shall be payable at the time the election is made.



3.          CONSIDERATION

            3.1 In consideration of the grants by Licensor, Licensee shall pay
Licensor an Advance Royalty and a Running Royalty as specified below.

            (a)  Licensee shall pay to Licensor upon execution of this 
                 Agreement a non-refundable Advance Royalty of Two Hundred
                 Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).  This Advance Royalty shall
                 be credited from January 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996,
                 against Running Royalties accrued during such period for use by
                 Licensee and its Subsidiaries in the Field-Of-Use licensed
                 under this Agreement.  If the total amount of Running Royalties
                 accrued any time through December 31, 1996 exceeds the Advance
                 Royalty, licensee shall



                                       5

<PAGE>   7

                 pay the excess to Licensor at the end of the then current
                 Royalty Reporting Period.  No credit shall be given, however, 
                 for any portion of the Advance Royalty greater than the amount
                 of Running Royalties accrued through December 31, 1996.

            (b)  During the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall pay to 
                 Licensor Running Royalty, accrued from January 1, 1996,
                 as follows (it being understood that while it is Licensee's
                 obligation to pay Running Royalty to Licensor, the Running
                 Royalty is computed on activities of Licensee and Licensee's
                 Subsidiaries):

                          (1) For the period from January 1, 1996 through
                          December 31, 1999, Running Royalties shall be $.01
                          (1.0 cent) per Automated Minute of usage by Licensee
                          and its Subsidiaries within the licensed
                          Field-Of-Use;

                          (2) For the period from January 1, 2000 through
                          December 31, 2002, Running Royalties shall be $.0125
                          (1.25 cents) per Automated Minute of usage by
                          Licensee and its Subsidiaries within the licensed
                          Field-Of-Use;

                          (3) For the period from January 1, 2003 through
                          December 31, 2005, Running Royalties shall be $.015 
                          (1.5 cents) per Automated Minute of usage by 
                          Licensee and its Subsidiaries within the licensed 
                          Field-Of-Use.

            (c)  Licensee shall incur Running Royalties only through December 
                 31, 2005.  If this Agreement remains in force beyond December
                 31, 2005, the license granted hereunder shall become a 
                 fully-paid license, subject only to Licensee paying any 
                 previously incurred Running Royalties which have been rolled 
                 over from prior years to the extent required under Section 3.3.

            3.2  Advance Royalty shall be paid by Licensee and credited by 
Licensor as required in Section 3.1(a), above. In addition, during the term of
this Agreement, Licensee shall pay Running Royalty as required under Section 
3.1(b), above, as follows.  At the end of each Royalty Reporting Period (as set
forth in Section 4.1 below) through December 31, 2005, the total accrued Running
Royalty from licensed activities of Licensee and its Subsidiaries shall be
determined.  For periods ending no later than December 31, 1996, this amount 
shall be reduced by any uncredited portion of the Advance Royalty.  The 
remaining amount of accrued Running Royalty, if any, shall be paid to Licensor
as set forth below.

            3.3  During the first two years following July 1, 1996, in any 
Royalty Reporting Period when Earning Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and
Amortization (EBITDA) is less than Two and One-Half Million Dollars 
($2,500,000), any payments due for such Royalty Reporting Period shall be 
deferred to the next Royalty Reporting Period when



                                       6

<PAGE>   8

EBITDA exceeds Two and One-Half Million Dollars ($2,500,000); however, in no 
event shall a deferral of Running Royalties last longer than three Royalty
Reporting Periods, nor shall any such deferred royalties be considered in
determining maximum annual payments for any subsequent year as provided in
Section 3.4. For example, if One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in
royalties are deferred under this Section 3.3 for the fourth quarter of 1998,
that amount shall not be applied toward the Six Hundred Thousand Dollar
($600,000) maximum annual payment for 1999.

         3.4     There shall be no limit on Running Royalty payments for
activities of Licensee and its Subsidiaries in foreign countries; however,
Running Royalty payments due by Licensee to Licensor for activities in the
United States and its Territories shall not exceed the following maximum annual
payments in the years indicated:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       1996-1997                  1998               1999         2000-2002                 2003-2005
       ---------                  ----               ----         ---------                 ---------
       <S>                        <C>                <C>          <C>                       <C>
       $500,000                   $550,000           $600,000     $650,000                  $750,000
       per year                                                   per year                  per year
</TABLE>


         Royalties earned in excess of the stated maximums shall be "rolled
over" for payment after December 31, 2005 at a rate of Seven Hundred Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($750,000) per year to the extent set forth in this paragraph.
The first One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) of any rolled over amount shall be
paid in full; of the second One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) rolled over, only
seventy-five percent (75%) of the face amount shall be payable by Licensee;
and of any rolled over royalties in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000),
only fifty percent (50%) of the face amount shall be payable by Licensee.  For
example, if Two and One-Half Million Dollars ($2,500,000) were rolled over
under the provisions of this Section, the full amount of the first One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000) would be paid, Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
($750,000) of the second One Million Dollars would be paid and Two Hundred
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) of the last Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
($500,000) would be paid, in full discharge of the Two Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) rolled over.  Thus, a total of Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000) would be paid after December 31, 2005 at a rate of Seven Hundred
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) per year until fully discharged.  This amount
represents a non-refundable, non-cancellable obligation of the Licensee in all
circumstances.

         3.5 All payments hereunder made by Licensee (except overpayments made
in error and identified by Licensee within twenty-four (24) months of erroneous
payment) are non-refundable.



                                       7


<PAGE>   9

4.       REPORTS, PAYMENTS, RECORDS AND AUDITS

         4.1     Licensees first report of its activities under this Agreement
to Licensor shall be for the period from January 1, 1996 through June 30, 1996,
and reports shall be made quarterly thereafter through December 31, 2005.  Such
periods shall be the "Royalty Reporting Periods" of this Agreement.

         Licensee has advised Licensor that as of the date of execution of this
Agreement it cannot determine the number of Automated Minutes precisely, but
can make a reasonable estimate.  Licensee is undertaking improvements to its
technology which will allow it to accurately determine Automated Minutes by
December 31, 1996.  Accordingly, Royalty Reports for 1996, including the annual
statement required under Section 4.2 below, will be based upon Automated
Minutes as Determined under Licensee's available technology, with such good
faith adjustments as Licensee can reasonably make after December 31, 1996 to
give effect to Automated Minutes which may not have been fully reflected in
earlier Royalty Reports.

         4.2     The reports of Section 4.1 shall include a statement prepared
by the Licensee stating, on a telephone number and name of activity basis, the
total minutes and the total Automated Minutes utilized in the course of the
activities of Licensee and its Subsidiaries in the Television Shopping Systems
Field-Of-Use, and the EBITDA for the Royalty Reporting Period involved.  The
report shall also identify the Subsidiaries benefitting from the license
granted herein and confirm that it is a complete and accurate accounting of all
minutes (including Automated Minutes) and EBITDA for the specified Royalty
Reporting Period.  A carrier statement from each of the appropriate
telecommunications carriers must be attached, showing net minutes, and
indicating that these are complete statements for the Licensee and any
appropriate Subsidiaries benefitting from the license granted herein.  The
reports must contain enough detail to allow Licensor to reconcile the carrier
statements to the Licensee reports.  In addition to reports for each Royalty
Reporting Period, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor an annual statement
confirmed by Licensee's chief information officer stating that the quarterly
statements for the past year have been examined and they correctly and fairly
indicate the amounts due.  All annual statements shall contain an accounting of
any royalties rolled over that year as well as the total amount of royalties
rolled over to date.

         4.3     Each report of Section 4.1 shall be made prior to the 
expiration of forty-five (45) days after the close of the Royalty Reporting
Period to which it pertains, with the first one due within forty-five (45) days
after June 30, 1996.  The reports shall be accompanied by all amounts due.  The
annual statements referred to in Section 4.2 shall be provided, with payment
due, if any, prior to the expiration of forty-five (45) days following December
31 of the year involved.  After December 31, 2005, annual statements and
accompanying payments shall continue to be made until all rolled over royalties
have been paid to the extent required under Section 3.4 above, with the first
such payment of rolled over royalties due prior to the expiration of forty-five
days following December 31, 2005.



                                       8

<PAGE>   10

         4.4     Licensee shall maintain regular and complete records for a 
period of three years after the expiration of the calendar quarter to which the
records pertain, sufficient to enable verification of the accuracy of reports. 
The records shall be maintained at Licensee's regular place of business and, on
thirty (30) days written notice, shall be available for inspection by Licensor's
outside accountants, after executing an appropriate confidentiality agreement,
during normal business hours, for three years immediately following each
calendar quarter while the Agreement is in force. Licensor shall have the right,
once a calendar year on thirty (30) days written notice to Licensee, to have its
accountants audit relevant records, systems and any other documents or things
underlying the calculation of amounts under this Agreement.  However, such
outside accountants shall maintain such information in confidence (executing an
appropriate confidentiality agreement) and shall disclose to Licensor only the
proper calculation of amounts.  Should any such audit reveal a payment
shortfall, the amount of the shortfall shall be paid by adding that amount to
Licensee's next royalty payment remittance after the discovery thereof, together
with pro rata interest calculated on a yearly basis at the prime rate, as it
appears in the "Money Rates" (or like) section of the Wall Street Journal on the
next business day after the shortfall is discovered. If any such shortfall is in
excess of twelve and one-half (12.5) percent of the amount due, Licensor shall
have the right to have its accountants audit such records, systems and other
documents one additional time in the ensuing year.  In the event an overpayment
is detected from such audit, licensee shall be credited an amount equal to the
overpayment in the next monthly royalty statement following the date of such
detection.  If licensee disagrees with an audit revealing a payment shortfall, a
determination of whether there is a shortfall and the payment due hereunder
shall be submitted to Arbitration in accordance with Section 10.  In any event,
each party shall bear its own costs, fees or expenses associated with any
inspection or audit specified in this provision.  Any audits beyond those
specified in this provision shall be at Licensor's expense.

         4.5     If Licensee fails to make timely payments of payments of 
amounts due or provide timely statements, Licensor may notify Licensee in
writing of such failure within thirty (30) days after such failure occurs.
Licensee shall have sixty (60) days from receipt of Licensor's written notice to
cure such failure; otherwise, such failure shall constitute a material breach
of this Agreement,

         4.6     Licensor agrees to hold in strict confidence all information
obtained from Licensee, including or relating to the reports, records, payments
and audits described herein.



5.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         5.1     Licensor represents and warrants that it is the sole owner of
all rights, title and interest (legal and equitable) of the Licensed Patents,
that it has the right to license the Licensed Patents, that it has the right to
enter into this Agreement and that it is not a party to any agreements or
obligations inconsistent with this Agreement.  Furthermore, Licensor



                                       9

<PAGE>   11




represents and warrants that there are no previously granted exclusive licenses
granted to any third parties in any of the Fields-Of-Use as defined in Exhibit
B. It is understood that any such license granted by Licensor is subject to the
rights granted by this Agreement to the Licensee and its Subsidiaries.

         5.2     This license does not and shall not be interpreted or
construed to include: (1) any warranty or representation as to the validity,
enforceability or scope of any Licensed Patent, (2) any warranty or
representation that any specific apparatus or method used by Licensee in
connection with any Licensed Patent is or will be free from infringement of
patents of others or other intangible rights of third parties, (3) any
requirement to file any patent application, secure or maintain any patent, (4)
any obligation to bring or prosecute any action for infringement of any
Licensed Patent, (5) any obligation to furnish any technical or support
information, (6) any license or right by implication or estoppel, or (7) any
warranty regarding implementations of Licensed Patents as with respect to
merchantability, use or fitness for any particular purpose.

         5.3     Licensee represents and warrants that the number of Automated
Minutes it utilized in 1995 in the course of its activities in the Television
Shopping Systems Field-Of-Use is Thirty-Nine Million, Five Hundred Fifty-Seven
Thousand, Two Hundred Fifty-Eight minutes (39,557,258).  These activities
include, but are not limited to, order calls ("Tootie") and customer service
calls ("Tooter").


         6.      DEFAULT

         6.1     Upon the occurrence of a default, Licensor may give written 
notice of the default to Licensee, identifying the nature of the default, within
sixty (60) days of Licensor having notice of the default.  Licensee shall have
sixty (60) days following receipt of such notice to cure the default. 
Thereafter, if the default is not cured by Licensee within the time provided,
Licensor may immediately terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of
termination to Licensee.



         7.      TERMINATION

                 7.1 Licensee shall have the right after January 1, 1997 to 
terminate this entire Agreement at any time by a written notice to Licensor at
km thirty (30) days in advance.  Such termination shall be effective on December
31 of the calendar year in which such notice is provided.

         7.2     The termination of the license granted herein shall not
relieve the duty and obligation to pay in full all amounts due as of the
effective date of such termination.



                                       10

<PAGE>   12

         7.3     If this Agreement is terminated any time Prior to the end
of year 10, all royalties "rolled over" under the terms of Section 3.4 shall,
be paid in full and represent non-refundable, non-cancellable obligations of
Licensee in all circumstances.

         7.4     Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, this Agreement
shalt continue until the expiration of the last to expire of the Licensed
Patents.



8.       CONFIDENTIALITY

         8.1     Except as stated in Section 10, PRESS RELEASE, the parties 
hereto agree to maintain the details of this Agreement in confidence and not to
reveal the same to third parties, except officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys and partners of Licensee, and except as required by law subject to 
the other provisions of this Agreement.

         8.2     Notwithstanding  the provisions of Section 8.1, Licensor 
may disclose a summary of the terms and conditions of this Agreement
to existing or potential licensees, providing such existing or potential
licensees agree in writing to maintain the disclosed summary of terms and
conditions confidential.  In addition, Licensor may disclose the names of
Licensee and its Subsidiaries in the normal course of its business.



9.       ARBITRATION

         9.1     No dispute between the Parties concerning validity of any of 
the Licensed Patents, enforceability of any of the Licensed Patents,
infringement of any of the Licensed Patents or the scope of any of the claims of
the Licensed Patents may be Submitted to arbitration unless otherwise agreed by
the parties in writing.

         9.2     Except for a dispute concerning the subjects of Section 10.1,
any dispute between the Parties concerning the interpretation, construction
or application of any terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall be
resolved by arbitration.

         9.3     Arbitration shall be in accordance with the Commercial
Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (AAA) by a sole
Arbitrator who shall be appointed by the parties; if the parties do not agree
on an arbitrator within sixty (60) days of notice, the arbitrator shall be 
appointed by the president of the AAA.  Any other choice of law clause to the 
contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, the arbitration shall be governed 
by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Section 1-16 and insofar as the
proceeding relates to patents, it shall also be governed by 35 U.S.C. Section
294, to the extent applicable.  The parties shall have the right to conduct
reasonable discovery in any such arbitration, as determined by the arbitrator.



                                       11

<PAGE>   13

         9.4     Any award made (i) shall be a bare award limited to a
holding for or against a party and affording such remedy as is deemed equitable,
just and within the scope of the Agreement, (ii) shall be with a brief statement
(not to exceed ten (10) pages) of the reasoning on which the award rests; (iii)
shall be made within four (4) months of the appointment of the arbitrator; (iv)
may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction; and (v) any award
pertaining to a patent which is subsequently determined to be invalid or
unenforceable or otherwise precluded from being enforced in a judgment rendered
by a court of competent jurisdiction from which an appeal can or has been taken
my be modified by any court of competent jurisdiction upon application by any
party to the arbitration,

         9.5     The requirement for arbitration shall not be deemed a waiver
of any right of termination under this Agreement and the arbitrator is not
empowered to act or make any award other than based solely on the rights and
obligations of the parties prior to any such termination.

         9.6     Each party shall bear its own expenses incurred in connection
with any attempt to resolve disputes hereunder, but those related to the
compensation and expenses of the arbitrator shall be borne equally.

         9.7     The arbitrator shall not have authority to award punitive or
other damages in excess of compensatory damages and each party irrevocably
waives any claim thereto.



10.      PRESS RELEASE

         10.1    A mutually approved press release in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit C may be released by Licensor on a date mutually agreed upon.  Both
the Licensee, its officers and principals, and the Licensor, its officers and
principals, agree and undertake that any and all future statements by them, or
any of them, to the public, the media or to business associates shall be
entirely consistent with the Press Release as mutually approved.  Nothing in 
this Agreement shall be construed to preclude Licensee, its officers or 
principals from making any disclosures required by law, regulation or judicial
process.



11.      PATENT MARKING

         11.1    If Licensee or its Subsidiaries at any time during the term of
this Agreement distribute printed materials regarding their automated systems,
such materials shall contain a notice of the Licensed Patents as indicated in
Exhibit D.



                                       12

<PAGE>   14

12.      NOTICES

         12.1    All notices and other communications required or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by Federal Express or other
nationally recognized overnight carrier, registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, with written
indication of delivery or tender, when applicable, addressed to the addressee
first set forth above or at such other address as either party may substitute
by written notice provided to the other party in such manner.  Such notices
shall be deemed to have been served when delivered, or if delivery is not
accomplished by reason of some fault of the addressee, when tendered.


13.      INVALIDITY

         13.1    If any paragraph, provision, clause of this Agreement or claim
of any Licensed Patent shall be found or held to be invalid or unenforceable by
a court or other decision-making body of competent jurisdiction, the remainder
of the Agreement or Licensed Patents shall remain valid and enforceable, and to
the extent required in the pursuit of this Agreement, the Parties shall
negotiate in good faith a substitute, valid and enforceable provision which
reflects the Parties, intent in entering the Agreement.



14.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         14.1    The terms and conditions herein constitute the entire
Agreement between the Parties and supersede all previous agreements and
understandings, whether oral or written, between the Parties hereto with
respect to the subject matter hereof, and no prior agreement or understanding
varying or extending the same shall be binding upon either Party hereto.



15.      SECTION HEADINGS

         15.1    Thee section headings contained in this Agreement are for
reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.



16.      GOVERNING LAW

         16.1    This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the state of California U.S.A., without reference to conflicts
of laws and principles.  Any



                                       13

<PAGE>   15

litigation between the Parties concerning the subjects of Section 9.1 shall
take place in the United States District Court for the Central District of
California and the Parties agree that the Court has jurisdiction over them. 
However, in the case of arbitration requested specifically by one of the Parties
under Section 9, the arbitration shall be held in the state of domicile of the
other Party.  For these purposes, any arbitration in Florida shall be held in
St. Petersburg or Tampa, at Licensee's election, and any arbitration in
California shall be held in Los Angeles.



17.      NO AGENCY

         17.1    Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to create or give
rise to an agency, joint venture or partnership relationship, or any
confidential or fiduciary relationship between the Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized officers to
execute this Agreement on the dates indicated below.


LICENSOR

RONALD A. KATZ TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, L.P., 
a California limited partnership,

By: A2D, L.P., a California limited partnership, 
its general partner,

By: A2D Corporation, a California corporation,
its general partner,    

By: /s/ Ronald A. Katz          DATE: 6/21   , 1996
   --------------------------        --------
        RONALD A. KATZ
Its Chief Executive


LICENSEE   

Home Shopping Network, Inc.  

By: /s/ James G. Held           DATE: 6/20   , 1996
   -------------------------         --------

Name: James G. Held  
     -----------------------

Its President & CEO
   -------------------------

                                      14



<PAGE>   16

                                  EXHIBIT A


                  RONALD A. KATZ TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, L.P.


UNITED STATES PATENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                EXPIRED PATENTS 

         Patent No.           Title
         ------               -----
         <S>                  <C>        
         4,071,698            Telephone System for Audio Demonstration
                              and Marketing of Goods or Services
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            UNEXPIRED PATENTS


        Patent No.                         Title                                       Issue Date
        ---------                          -----                                       ----------
   <S>   <C>                               <C>                                         <C>
   1.    4,792,968                         Statistical Analysis                        12/20/1988
                                           System for Use With
                                           Public Communication
                                           Facility
         
   2.    4,845,739                         Telephonic-Interface                        7/4/1989
                                           Statistical Analysis
                                           System
         
   3.    4,930,150                         Telephonic Interface                        5/29/1990
                                           Control System
         
         
   4.    4,932,046                         Telephone Programming                       6/5/1990
                                           System for Automated
                                           Calling
         
   5.    4,939,773                         Multiple Party                              7/3/1990
                                           Telephone Control
                                           System
         
   6.    4,975,945                         Universal Telephone                         12/4/1990
                                           Call Relay System
</TABLE>




                                       15

<PAGE>   17

                              EXHIBIT A - continued

                   RONALD A. KATZ TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, L.P.

                               UNEXPIRED PATENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Patent-No.              Title                                     Issue Date
                   ----------              -----                                     ----------
  <S>               <C>                    <C>                                        <C>
  7.                4,987,590              Multiple Party                             1/22/1991
                                           Telephone control
                                           System
                             
  8.                5,014,298              Voice-Data Telephonic                       5/7/1991  
                                           Control system                                         
                                                                                                  
  9.                5,0l6,270              Expanded Telephone                         5/14/1991 
                                           Data Organization                                      
                                           System                                                 
                                                                                                  
  10.               5,048,O75              Telephonic-Interface                       9/10/1991 
                                           Statistical Analysis                                  
                                           System                                                 
          
  11.               5,073,929              Voice-Data Telephonic                     12/17/1991
                                           Control System
          
  12.               5,091,933              Multiple Party                             2/25/1992  
                                           Telephone Control                                     
                                           System                                                
                                                                                                 
  13.               5,109,404              Telephone Call                             4/28/1992  
                                           Processor With Select                                 
                                           Call Routing                                          
                                                                                                 
  14.               5,128,984              Telephone Interface                         7/7/1992  
                                           Call Processing System                                
                                           With Call Selectivity                                 
                                                                                                 
  15.               5,185,787              Multiple Party                              2/9/1993  
                                           Telephone Control                                     
                                           System With Random                                    
                                           Dialing For Polling                                   
                                                                                                 
  16.               5,218,631              Telephonic-Interface                        6/8/1993  
                                           Game Control System                                   
</TABLE>




                                       16

<PAGE>   18


                            EXHIBIT A - continued

                   RONALD A. KATZ TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, L.P.

                               UNEXPIRED PATENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Patent No.                        Title                                        Issue Date
         ----------                        -----                                        ----------
   <S>    <C>                              <C>                                           <C>
   17.    5,224,153                        Voice-Data Telephonic                         6/29/1993
                                           Interface Control
                                           system
          
   18.    5,251,252                        Telephone Interface                           10/5/1993
                                           Call Processing System
                                           with Call Selectivity
          
   19.    5,255,309                        Telephonic-Interface                         10/19/1993
                                           Statistical Analysis
                                           System
          
   20.    5,259,023                        Telephonic-Interface                          11/2/1993   
                                           Statistical Analysis                                      
                                           System                                                    
                                                                                                     
   21.    5,297,197                        Multiple Party                                3/22/1994   
                                           Telephone Control                                         
                                           System                                                    
                                                                                                     
   22.    5,349,633                        Telephonic-Interface                          9/20/1994   
                                           Game Control System                                       
                                                                                                     
   23.    5,351,285                        Multiple Format                               9/27/1994   
                                           Telephonic Interface                                      
                                           Control System                                            
                                                                                                     
   24.    5,359,645                        Voice-Data Telephonic                        10/25/1994  
                                           Interface Control System                                  
                                                                                                     
   25.    5,365,575                        Telephonic-Interface                         11/15/1994  
                                           Lottery System                                            
                                                                                                     
   26.    5,442,688                        Multiple Party                                8/15/1995   
                                           Telephone Control System
</TABLE>




                                       17


<PAGE>   19


                             EXHIBIT A - CONTINUED

                   RONALD A. KATZ TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, L.P.

                               UNEXPIRED PATENTS


FOREIGN PATENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   COUNTRIES
                     PATENT NO.     COUNTRY      TITLE                                             EFFECTED IN
                    ------------    -------      -----                                             -----------
         <S>        <C>             <C>          <C>                                                <C>
         1.         0   229  170    EPC          Statistical Analysis                               Germany
                                                 system For Use with                                France
                                                 Public Communication                               U.K.
                                                 Facility (corresponds                              Netherlands
                                                 to U.S. Pat. No. 4,792,968)                        Sweden
                             
         2.         0   342  295    EPC          Telephonic-Interface                               Germany
                                                 Statistical Analysis                               France
                                                 System (corresponds to                             U.K.
                                                 U.S. Pat. No. 4,845,739)                           Netherlands
                                                                                                    Sweden
                             
         3.         0   230  403    UK           Voice-Data Telephonic
                                                 Control System (corresponds
                                                 to U.S. Pate No. 5,073,929)

</TABLE>



                                       18

<PAGE>   20


                                   EXHIBIT B


                   RONALD A. KATZ TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, L.P.
                               FIELDS OF USE

1.     GROUP CONFERENCING (including "broadcast services)
       One Example: Automated bridging of more than two callers utilizing some
       form of "listen only" (unilateral) communication which may be combined
       with some form of interactive communication.

2.     GOVERNMENT LICENSING REGISTRATION (i.e., automotive registration)
       The use of interactive voice services operated by a Government entity or
       its designee to handle the process of a caller renewing a license.

3.     STATE LOTTERY PREPAID TICKETS OR CARDS
       The use of interactive voice services by a State or its designee for the
       purpose of allowing a caller to enter a state lottery utilizing 
       interactive call processing technology.

4.     PAY-PER-VIEW
       Automated ordering of pay-per-view movies.  Typically involves automated
       ordering of a movie or event from a cable company utilizing automatic
       identification capabilities and/or voice processing capabilities to
       capture the number from which the subscriber is calling or the
       callers account number, to speed the order and increase security.

5.     PRODUCT/SERVICE SUPPORT
       The interactive processing of calls operated by the manufacturer of the
       product or the provider of the service, for the purpose of offering
       customer advice or support.  Typically the automated services are used 
       at the beginning of the call, often to greet callers, collect 
       information from then via touch tone and queue callers for subsequent 
       connection to some form of consultant.

6.     TELEVISION SHOPPING SYSTEMS (automated ordering)
       The use of interactive voice services operated by a television shopping
       network, to handle ongoing orders for products or services in an
       automated fashion.  Typically, this involves the processing of credit
       card information for payment.  In such cases, the mere utilization and
       authorization of credit cards by Licensee, whether with respect to cards
       of a third party credit card issuer or cards issued by Licensee itself
       in the conduct of its television shopping system business(es), fall
       within the Television Shopping Systems Field-Of-Use of this Agreement
       and shall not require a separate license for any other Field-Of-Use.
       Any time such a third party is involved, however, Licensee shall notify
       the third party in writing that it does not receive any



                                       19

<PAGE>   21

       license or other right, either express or implied, under the Licensed 
       Patents by virtue of its participation in Licensee's activities.

       In addition, automated promotions (i,e., games, contests, lotteries
       and polls) associated with the offering of products over television,
       and utilizing Licensee's television shopping system(s), fall within
       the Television Shopping Systems Field-Of-Use of this Agreement and
       shall not require a separate license for any other Field-Of-Use.

7.     TELEVISION SHOPPING SYSTEMS VIA CABLE FACILITIES (automated ordering,
       The automated processing of orders (over cable distribution media) for
       products or services based on television programming, where the order
       processing is offered directly by the licensee without an interactive
       voice component.

8.     ELECTRONIC PERSONAL CLASSIFIEDS
       The use of interactive voice services to allow advertisers and
       interested respondents to contact each other. Typically, advertisers
       create and store voice messages which can be heard by potential
       respondents who can, in turn, leave recorded voice messages for the
       advertisers.  Finally, advertisers have the ability to retrieve stored
       responses.  Advertisers may also have the ability to store attributes of
       that which is being advertised via touch tone entry, for the purpose of
       automatically matching similar attributes or requirements of the
       respondents.

9.     AUTOMATED SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS (buy/sell)
       Interactive call processing on an ongoing basis, operated by the broker
       or dealer of the securities, which allows callers to purchase, sell, or
       trade securities such as stock and mutual funds, or transfer funds
       between such securities.  May include automated customer service
       functions such as automated order status information and cancellation.

10.    AUTOMATED CREDIT & CALLING CARD AUTHORIZATION SERVICES (excluding
       prepaid cards) The provision of credit card authorization service by the
       credit card firm or designee using interactive voice response as a stand
       alone offering. (Note: This is as opposed to the obtaining of an
       authorization as a part of processing a call for another purpose, i.e.,
       an automated order, which is included in the Service Bureau 
       Field-Of-Use.)

11.    INTERACTIVE TRANSACTIONS THROUGH CABLE COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
       Automated interactive transactions of various types (e.g., games,
       contests, lotteries and polls) conducted over a cable distribution
       media (e,g., coaxial or fiber media).



                                       20


<PAGE>   22


                                FIELDS OF USE
                                  CONTINUED

12.    AUTOMATED SERVICE BUREAU

       All forms of fully automated call processing or combined automated
       and live call processing [except as described in each of the other 
       Fields-of-Use defined herein] using interactive voice services, where 
       an independent bureau offers call termination services, often including
       transport and call handling, to a sponsoring organization or an 
       internal group.

       This Field-Of-Use includes prepaid card use and automated ordering,
       which in turn include the obtaining of a credit card authorization as 
       part of such an order or other interactive process, at the regular per 
       minute rates.  Ongoing automated ordering on behalf of a television 
       shopping network would be excluded as it represents another Field-Of-Use.

13.    ENHANCED CABLE CUSTOMER SERVICE:
       Cable related customer service (not including Pay-Per-View or
       Interactive Transactions Through Cable Communications Facilities)
       typically involving communications with customers concerning cable
       accounting, billing, ordering of service and cable service related
       equipment, coordination of installation, repairs or other cable
       services.  These communications are all related to the provision and
       support of cable services only.  Communications related to any other
       area such as telephony or wireless service would be embraced in another
       Field-Of-Use.

14.    ENHANCED TELEPHONY CUSTOMER SERVICE:
       Telephony-related customer service typically involving communications
       with customers concerning local, long distance or other telephony
       accounting, billing, ordering of service and service-related equipment,
       coordination of installation, repairs, or other services only.
       Communications related to any other area such as cable service would be
       embraced in another Field-Of-Use.



                                       21

<PAGE>   23

                                  EXHIBIT C



DRAFT

             HOME SHOPPING NETWORK LICENSES KATZ PATENT PORTFOLIO



         Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. (RAK) announced today that
it has entered into a non-exclusive agreement with Home Shopping Network, Inc.
(NYSE-HSN) to license the extensive Katz patent portfolio of interactive 
telecommunications technology. Home Shopping Network is one of many
major companies that have licensed these patents including American Express,
First Data Corp. and MCI Communications Corporation.

         The RAK portfolio consists of 26 U.S. patents and 18 patent
applications resulting from Ronald A. Katz's pioneering work in the interactive
field during the 1980's.  Katz is the named inventor on more than 30 patents
primarily in telecommunications and computing.  He formed Telecredit, Inc., the
nation's first on-line real time credit and check cashing authorization system,
and was awarded a patent at co-inventor of that technology.

         "We are Pleased to welcome Home Shopping Network as a licensee and
appreciate their recognition of the importance of our patent portfolio to their
business," said Ronald Katz.

         James Held.  President and chief executive officer of HSN said, "The
Katz patent license agreement will allow us to continue our leadership in the
use of interactive voice response communications to effectively serve our
customers."

         Home Shopping Network pioneered the television shopping industry in
1982.  Its 24-hour programming reaches approximately 69 million households via
cable and broadcast station affiliates and satellite dish receivers.



                                      22

<PAGE>   24

                                  EXHIBIT D

                                PATENT NOTICE


Home Shopping Network, Inc. is licensed under the following, and related Ronald
A, Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. United Statics Patents: 4,845,739;
5,255,309; 5,259,023; 5,347,633; 5,351,285; 5,365,575; 5,251,252; 5,359,645;
5,297,197; and others.



                                       24



<PAGE>   1


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.40


                            SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT


                 This SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into
as of April 26, 1996, by and among CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA, INC., a
Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), WHITEHEAD MEDIA OF CALIFORNIA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation ("Whitehead"), and SILVER KING CAPITAL CORPORATION,
INC., a Delaware corporation ("Silver King"; collectively with Whitehead, the
"Shareholders", and individually, a "Shareholder").

                             W I T N E S S E T H

                 WHEREAS, the aggregate number of shares which the Corporation
has authority to issue pursuant to the Corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended as of the date hereof, is One Thousand Shares of
Class A Common Stock and Four Hundred Ninety Shares of Class B Common Stock,
all $1.00 par value (collectively, the "Common Stock");

                 WHEREAS, the Shareholders are subscribing to such shares of
Common Stock as are set forth on Exhibit A hereto; and

                 WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to set forth in writing
certain understandings and agreements relating to the issuance and transfer of
the Common Stock.

                 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the
mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:






<PAGE>   2

                                    - 2 -


                                   ARTICLE I

                         RESTRICTIONS ON
 STOCK TRANSFER

                 1.1      Scope of Agreement.      This Agreement to the extent
permitted by law shall apply to (i) any transfer of shares of Common Stock (now
owned or hereafter acquired) by any of the Shareholders, whether by sale,
exchange, assignment, disposition, bequest, gift, pledge, mortgage,
hypothecation, or otherwise, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of
law, whether resulting from death, bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise (any and
all such transfers referred to herein as a "Transfer"), and (ii) any issuance
or transfer by the Corporation of any shares of Common Stock or any options,
warrants or any form of debt or equity convertible into shares of Common Stock.

                 1.2      Restrictions on Transfer.

                          A.      Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, or as agreed upon by the prior written consent of the Shareholders,
no Shareholder shall agree to, cause or permit any Transfer of any or all of
the shares of Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by such Shareholder.

                          B.      Prior to the third (3rd) anniversary hereof,
no Shareholder may agree to, cause or permit any Transfer of any or all of its
Common Stock, except that a Transfer of Common Stock shall be permitted in
accordance with the terms of Sections 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5.

                 1.3      Silver King Transfers.  Except as restricted by
Sections 1.6, 1.7, and 1.8, Articles II and IV hereof, Silver King may freely
agree to cause or permit the Transfer of any or all of its shares of Common
Stock, subject to the provisions of Section 3.1.D hereof.






<PAGE>   3

                                    - 3 -

Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, Silver King may freely
agree to cause or permit the transfer of any or all of its shares of Common
Stock to Silver King Communications, Inc. ("SKCI") or any of its wholly owned
subsidiaries, without triggering the rights of first refusal or co-sale set
forth in Article II hereof.

                 1.4      Qualified Transferee.  Except as restricted by
Sections 1.6, 1.7 and 1.8 and Articles II, III and IV hereof, Whitehead may
freely agree to cause or permit the Transfer of any or all of its shares of
Common Stock to (a) during the period from the date hereof and until the date
of the third anniversary hereof, persons who are "qualified racial and ethnic
minorities" as defined by applicable regulations of the Federal Communications
Commission ("FCC"), or to a corporation, partnership or other entity which is
considered by the FCC to be controlled by "qualified racial and ethnic
minorities" ("Qualified Transferee") and (b) from and after the date of the
third anniversary hereof, to any person, corporation, partnership or other
entity.

                 1.5      Pledging of Shares.  If required by a lender as a
condition to the securing of financing for the Corporation's acquisition of a
television station, or construction thereof or working capital therefor,
Whitehead shall, at the request of the Corporation, pledge the Common Stock
owned by Whitehead as security for such financing.  The parties hereby
acknowledge that the Common Stock owned by Silver King may be pledged to
Chemical Bank as security for loans made to affiliates of Silver King.

                 1.6      Agreement Binding Upon Transferees.  In the event
that, at any time or from time to time, any shares of Common Stock are, as a
result of a Transfer, transferred by a Shareholder to any party (other than the
Corporation) pursuant to any provision hereof, the






<PAGE>   4

                                    - 4 -

transferee shall take such shares of Common Stock pursuant to all provisions,
conditions and covenants of this Agreement, and, as a condition precedent to
the transfer of such shares of Common Stock, the transferee shall agree (for
and on behalf of himself, his legal representative and his transferee and
assigns) in writing to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement as a party
hereto and in the capacity of a Shareholder; provided, however, that any
Shareholder who is a signatory hereto and is a transferee of additional shares
of Common Stock shall not be required to execute such agreement, but shall
nevertheless be bound with respect to such transferred shares.  In the event
that there shall be a Transfer to any person or entity pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement and in compliance with the provisions of this
Section 1.6, all references herein to the Shareholders or to any Shareholder,
shall thereafter be deemed to include such transferee or transferees.

                 1.7      Stock Transfer Record.  The Corporation shall keep a
stock transfer book in which shall be recorded the name and address of each
Shareholder.  No transfer or issuance of any shares of Common Stock shall be
effective or valid unless and until recorded in such stock transfer book.  The
Corporation agrees not to record any transfer or issuance of shares of Common
Stock in such stock transfer book unless  the transfer or issuance is in strict
compliance with all provisions of this Agreement.  Each Shareholder agrees
that, in the event it desires to make a Transfer within the provisions hereof,
it shall furnish to the Corporation such evidence of its compliance with this
Agreement as may be reasonably required by the Board of Directors of, or legal
counsel for, the Corporation.  Any Transfer in violation of the provisions of
this Agreement shall be null and void.






<PAGE>   5

                                    - 5 -

                 1.8      Investment Representation.  Each Shareholder
represents and warrants that, except as set forth in such Shareholder's stock
subscription agreement accepted by the Corporation, (i) it has acquired its
Common Stock for its own account for investment and not with a present view to,
or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof or the grant of any
participation therein, and that it has no present intention of distributing or
reselling the same; (ii) it fully understands the restrictions on the resale of
its Common Stock, specifically including the restrictions contained in the
legend set forth in Section l.9; (iii) it fully understands that such a legend
may limit or eliminate the value of its Common Stock, including its value as
collateral security; (iv) it has been afforded the opportunity to ask questions
of the Corporation and persons acting on its behalf concerning the Corporation,
and that it has received all the information and documents concerning its
Common Stock and the operations and financial structure of the Corporation that
it has requested; (v) it is knowledgeable and experienced in finance and
business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this
investment in Common Stock; and (vi) it will not transfer its Common Stock
except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable State
Securities laws.

                 1.9      Legend on Stock Certificate.  Until registered under
the Securities Act, or until such time as such registration may not be
necessary for the lawful sale or other disposition thereof, all certificates
evidencing shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall contain an
appropriate legend notifying the holder or any potential transferee of such
securities of the provisions of this Agreement, such legend to be substantially
in the following form:






<PAGE>   6

                                    - 6 -

                 This Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities
                 Act of 1933, as amended.  This Common Stock has been acquired
                 for investment and may not be sold or transferred in the
                 absence of an effective registration statement for this Common
                 Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an
                 opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Corporation that
                 registration is not required under said act.

                 The voluntary or involuntary encumbering, transfer or other
                 disposition (including without limitation any disposition
                 pursuant to the laws of bankruptcy, intestacy, descent and
                 distribution or succession) to the extent permitted by law, of
                 the shares of stock evidenced by this Certificate is
                 restricted under the terms of a Shareholder Agreement, dated
                 April 26, 1996, by and among the Corporation and all holders
                 of Common Stock of the Corporation, a copy of which agreement
                 is on file at the principal office of the Corporation.  Upon
                 written request of any Shareholder of the Corporation, the
                 Corporation shall furnish, without charge to such Shareholder,
                 a copy of such Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II

                      RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE

                 2.1      Receipt of Bona Fide Offer.  If any Shareholder (the
"Selling Shareholder") receives a bona fide written offer which such
Shareholder desires to accept (the "Offer") from a prospective purchaser (an
"Offeror") for any or all of its Common Stock (the "Offer Stock"), before
accepting the Offer, the Selling Shareholder shall, in accordance with the
procedures set forth in Sections 2.2 through 2.7 here below, offer the Offer
Stock in writing to the other Shareholders (the "Non-Selling Shareholders"), at
the price per share and upon materially the same terms set forth in the Offer
(except that the closing date shall be set in accordance with Section 2.3
hereunder).






<PAGE>   7


                                    - 7 -



                 2.2      Right of First Refusal of Non-Selling Shareholders.

                          (a)     The Selling Shareholder shall give the
Corporation notice which shall set forth the substantive terms of the Offer and
the price per share (the "Offer Notice").  Within ten (10) days of the date of
the Offer Notice (the "Notice Date",) the Corporation shall deliver a copy of
the Offer Notice to each Non-Selling Shareholder.   Within twenty-five (25)
days of the Notice Date, each Non-Selling Shareholder shall notify the
Corporation whether it desires to purchase all, but not less than all, of that
amount of Offer Stock which equals the proportion which the number of shares of
Common Stock owned by such Non-Selling Shareholder bears to the total number of
shares of Common Stock owned by all Non-Selling Shareholders.

                          (b)     In the event that any Non-Selling Shareholder
elects not to purchase its proportionate share of the Offer Stock ("Rejected
Stock"), the Corporation shall promptly so inform the Non-Selling Shareholders
who wish to buy the Offer Stock.  Within thirty-five (35) days of the Notice
Date, each Non-Selling Shareholder shall notify the Corporation whether it also
desires to purchase all, but not less than all, of that amount of the Rejected
Stock which equals the proportion which the number of shares of Common Stock
owned by such Non-Selling Shareholder bears to the total number of shares of
Common Stock owned by all Non-Selling Shareholders wishing to purchase the
Offer Stock, or such other methods, as the Non-Selling Shareholder or
Shareholders agree.






<PAGE>   8

                                    - 8 -

                          (c)     Within forty-five (45) days after the Notice
Date, the Corporation shall determine whether it has received requests to
purchase all the shares of Offer Stock, as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b)
above.  If the Corporation determines that it has received requests to purchase
all the shares of Offer Stock, it shall determine how many shares each
Non-Selling Shareholder shall be entitled to buy, determined by the procedure
set forth above.  The Corporation shall thereupon give written notice of this
determination to the Shareholders.

                          (d)     In the event that less than all of the Offer
Stock is subscribed by the Non-Selling Shareholders pursuant to this Section
2.2, the Selling Shareholder may sell its stock to the Offeror pursuant to
Section 2.4.

                 2.3      Closing Date.  If any Non-Selling Shareholder
determines to purchase all or a portion of the Offer Stock in accordance with
Section 2.2, the closing date for its purchase of the Offer Stock shall be the
ninetieth (90th) day after the Notice Date subject to the provisions of Article
IV hereof.

                 2.4      Sale to Offeror.  If the Non-Selling Shareholders do
not exercise their options in accordance with Sections 2.2 to 2.3, the Selling
Shareholder may, on the closing date set forth in Section 2.3 and during the
thirty (30) day period thereafter, sell its Offer Stock, or any remaining
portion thereof, to the Offeror; provided, however, the selling price per share
shall be not less than, and the other terms of sale shall not be materially
different than, those set forth in the Offer Notice, and the Offeror must,
prior to the purchase, execute such documents as the Corporation may reasonably
require to evidence that the Common Stock to be sold remains subject to this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as it had been in the hands






<PAGE>   9

                                    - 9 -

of the Selling Shareholder.  If the Selling Shareholder does not sell its Offer
Stock to the Offeror prior to the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day after
the Offer Notice Date, the rights of first refusal in this Article II shall
again apply to its Common Stock.

                 2.5      Right of Co-Sale.  If any Non-Selling Shareholder
shall decline to exercise its right of first refusal provided by this Article
II and if the Offeror is not affiliated with the Selling Shareholder, then any
such Non-Selling Shareholder shall have the option to sell to the Offeror at
the same price per share and on the same additional terms and conditions as set
forth in the Offer Notice that number of shares of Common Stock that bears the
same ratio to the total number of shares owned by such Non-Selling Shareholder
as the number of Shares to be purchased by the Offeror from the Selling
Shareholder bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by the
Selling Shareholder.  Any Non-Selling Shareholder shall exercise such option by
notifying the Selling Shareholder within thirty (30) days of the Notice Date
and thereafter the Selling Shareholder shall ensure that the Offeror shall
purchase the Offer Stock from the respective parties in the respective amounts.

                                 ARTICLE III

                           PUT AND CALL AGREEMENTS

                 3.1 Put Option.

                          A.      Commencing on the third anniversary of the
date of consummation of the Asset Purchase Agreement between the Corporation
and Pan Pacific Television, Inc., and continuing to, but not including the
fifth anniversary of such date, Whitehead may, by sending


<PAGE>   10
                                    - 10 -

written notice to Silver King (the "Put Notice"), require Silver King to
purchase from Whitehead (the "Put") all of Whitehead's shares of Common Stock.
Prior to the expiration of the period specified above, the Put shall be deemed
constructively exercised by Whitehead in the event of the death or legal
disability of Eddie Whitehead, the sole shareholder of Whitehead, at any time
even if prior to the third anniversary of the date hereof.  In addition to the
foregoing, Whitehead shall also have the right to exercise the Put within one
hundred and eighty (180) days of the termination of that certain Affiliation
Agreement dated the date hereof between Home Shopping Club, Inc., a subsidiary
of Home Shopping Network, Inc. ("HSN"), and the Corporation, as it may
hereafter be renewed or modified, regardless of when such termination occurs.

                          B.      Upon receipt by Silver King of written notice
of the Put (the date of which receipt shall be the "Put Notice Date"), Silver
King shall be obligated to purchase from Whitehead, and Whitehead shall be
obligated to sell to Silver King, all of Whitehead's shares of Common Stock, as
specified in the Put Notice, at the price (the "Option Price") and in the
manner described below.  The Option Price shall be determined in accordance
with the procedure set forth in Section 3.3 below.

                          C.      In the event Silver King or any affiliate of
it obtains the right, directly or indirectly, to operate KPST-TV, Vallejo,
California (the "Station") in connection with a transfer of the Corporation's
stock or assets arising out of a bankruptcy or insolvency action, a creditor's
sale or other similar proceeding or through the exercise of creditor's rights
under any pledge or security agreement, Silver King shall pay to Whitehead an
amount equal to the Option Price to which Whitehead would have been entitled
upon exercise of the Put (the "Substitute



<PAGE>   11


                                    - 11 -


Payment").  The amount of the Substitute Payment shall be determined as of the
date Silver King or its affiliate obtained the right to operate the Station.
The Substitute Payment shall be made on or before the sixtieth (60th) day
following such date.  For purposes of this section, the term "affiliate"
includes SKCI, HSN and any partnership or corporation, twenty-five percent
(25%) or more of whose capital, equity or other ownership interests are owned
by (or are subject to an option in favor of) SKCI, HSN or any company
controlling, controlled by or under common control with either of them
(collectively referred to as "SK/HSN Affiliate") and also includes any person
who is an Officer, Director, employee or greater than 1% shareholder of Silver
King or an SK/HSN Affiliate.

                          D.      In the event of the assignment of this
Agreement, this provision shall be binding on the assignee and, if Silver King
or an affiliate obtains the right to operate the Station this provision shall
continue to be binding on Silver King and Silver King's performance in this
respect shall continue to be guaranteed by SKCI.

                 3.2      Call Option.

                          A.      Commencing on the fifth anniversary of the
date hereof and continuing to, but not including, the sixth anniversary of the
date hereof, Silver King may, by sending written notice to Whitehead (the "Call
Notice"), require Whitehead to sell to Silver King (the "Call") all but not
less than all of Whitehead's shares of Common Stock.

                          B.      Upon receipt by Whitehead of written notice
of the Call (the date of which receipt shall be the "Call Notice Date"),
Whitehead shall be obligated to sell to Silver King, and Silver King shall be
obligated to purchase from Whitehead, all of Whitehead's shares



<PAGE>   12

                                    - 12 -


of Common Stock, as specified in the Call Notice, at the Option Price and in
the manner described below.  The Option Price shall be determined in accordance
with the procedure set forth in Section 3.3 below.

                 3.3      Option Price.

                          A.      The Option Price shall be Fifty-one percent
(51%) of the difference between (a) the appraised value of the Station assuming
an asset sale, and (b) the liabilities of the Corporation, each determined as
of the Put Notice Date or the Call Notice Date, as the case may be.

                          B.      The appraisal referred to in Section 3.3A
shall be conducted as follows:

                                  (1)      Silver King and Whitehead shall each
select a qualified, independent appraiser with experience in the broadcasting
industry within ten (10) days of the Put Notice Date or the Call Notice Date,
as the case may be, and these two appraisers shall select a third appraiser.

                                  (2)      The appraised value of the Station
shall be the average of the appraisals determined by the three appraisers
selected pursuant to subsection (1) above.

                                  (3)      The Corporation shall, promptly upon
request, provide to the appraiser(s) all information on itself and its
operations reasonably required by such appraiser(s) to complete the
appraisal(s).  All such information shall be true and accurate, and not,
because of a failure to disclose, misleading.



<PAGE>   13


                                    - 13 -

                                  (4)      The expenses of the appraisal
process will be shared equally between Silver King and Whitehead.

                 3.4      Closing of Put and Call Options.  The closing of
Silver King's purchase of the Common Stock of Whitehead pursuant to the Put or
the Call will take place at a time and place selected by Silver King, but not
later than one hundred and twenty days (120) after the Put Notice Date or the
Call Notice Date, as the case may be subject to the provisions of Article IV
hereof.  At the closing, Silver King will pay Whitehead the Option Price by
wire transfer of U.S. dollars to a bank and account number specified by
Whitehead, and Whitehead will surrender to Silver King the certificates for its
shares of Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to Silver King, and free and
clear of any encumbrances except any pledge agreement or any other financing
document pertaining to those shares requested in connection with the financing
of the Corporation or the Station.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                                 FCC CONSENT

                 If in connection with or as a condition to the Transfer of any
shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the consent of
the FCC ("FCC Consent") or any other governmental authority is required under
applicable law, then the Corporation shall forthwith take all steps required to
obtain and shall use its best efforts to duly obtain at the earliest possible
date such consent or approval.  Any time period limitation upon or requirement
for such Transfer or conversion, such as the closing dates specified in
Sections 2.3 and 3.4


<PAGE>   14


                                    - 14 -

hereof, shall, if necessary for the Transfer or conversion, be extended by such
period of time as is reasonably necessary to obtain such consent or approval.
All costs and expenses in obtaining such consent or approval shall be paid or
reimbursed by the Corporation.  The Shareholders shall cooperate with the
Corporation to the extent required to obtain such consent or approval.  FCC
Consent shall mean action by the FCC granting its consent which has not been
reversed, stayed, enjoined, set aside, annulled or suspended and with respect
to which no requests have been filed for administrative or judicial review,
reconsideration, appeal or stay and the time for filing any such requests and
for the FCC to set aside the consent on its own motion has expired, or, in the
event of review, reconsideration or appeal, the time for further review,
reconsideration or appeal has expired.  The Closing shall take place within ten
(10) days of FCC Consent.

                                  ARTICLE  V

                                 TERMINATION

                 This Agreement shall terminate and all rights and obligations
hereunder shall cease upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

        (a)     The agreement in writing to terminate by all of the
    Shareholders;

        (b)     The voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the Corporation; or

        (c)     The Corporation shall have only one Shareholder as a result of
    actions taken under the provisions of Article III hereof.

This Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Shareholder upon the
disposition by such Shareholder of his Common Stock and all rights relating
thereto, in accordance with the terms of






<PAGE>   15


                                    - 15 -


this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 3.l.D and 7.12 hereof
will survive any such disposition by Silver King.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                           DESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS

                 6.1      Members of the Board.  The parties hereby agree that
the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of up to four members.
Upon conversion of Silver King's Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock
and for so long as such Shareholder owns its shares of Class A Common Stock,
(a) Whitehead shall have the right to designate three nominees to serve as
directors of the Corporation and (b) Silver King shall have the right to
designate one nominee to serve as director of the Corporation.

                 6.2  Election of Directors.  The Corporation agrees to cause
the persons designated in accordance with Section 6.1 to be nominated for
election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at the time and in the
manner proper for such nomination.  Each Shareholder agrees to vote all Shares
owned by it (or as to which it shall otherwise have voting rights) in favor of
the election of directors designated in accordance with this Article VI.

                 6.3  Limitation.  The provisions of this Article VI shall be
effective for a period of ten (10) years from the date of this Agreement (or
such longer period as shall be permitted by applicable law), unless extended by
agreement of the Shareholders in accordance with applicable law.






<PAGE>   16

                                    - 16 -

                                 ARTICLE VII

                                MISCELLANEOUS

        7.1  Special Transactions.  The Corporation shall not, without the
consent of the holders of at least sixty-six percent (66%) of the outstanding
Common Stock and the approval of eighty percent (80%) of the Board of Directors,
engage in any of the following activities:

                        (a)  Purchase all or substantially all of the assets or
stock of another business entity;

                        (b)  Sell all or substantially all of the assets of the
Corporation;

                        (c)  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or 
permit any subsidiary to create, incur, assume, guaranty or suffer to exist, any
indebtedness other than in the ordinary course of business or to acquire
personal property in connection with the operation of the Corporation;

                        (d)  Make any increase of five percent (5%) or more in
the annual operating budget of the Corporation, provided, however, that the
foregoing restriction shall not apply for the two years following the
termination of the Affiliation Agreement by Home Shopping Club, Inc. or its
termination by the Corporation as a result of a reduction in the hourly rate
payable pursuant to the Affiliation Agreement if the Corporation is not then in
material default or material noncompliance with the Affiliation Agreement;

                        (e)  Make any amendment to the Certificate of 
Incorporation or By-Laws of the Corporation; or






<PAGE>   17
                                    - 17 -


                        (f)  Issue, whether in a single transaction or a series
of transactions, shares of capital stock of the Corporation (except for any     
conversion of class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock in accordance with
Section 4.B.5 of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended).

          7.2  Legal Fees and Expenses.  In any court action brought
by any party hereto to enforce its rights hereunder or to seek any legal or
equitable remedies due to a claimed breach hereof by any other party hereto,
the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its legal fees and other
expenses from the nonprevailing party as additional damages to be awarded in
such court action.

          7.3  Notices.  Any and all notices, requests or other
communications hereunder provided for herein shall be given in writing and sent
by hand delivery, registered or certified mail with return receipt requested,
or commercial delivery service; and such notices shall be addressed:  (i) if to
the Corporation, to the principal office of the Corporation; and (ii) if to any
Shareholder, to the address of such Shareholder as reflected in the stock
records of the Corporation.

          7.4  The Date of Notices and Actions.  All notices required to
be given hereunder shall be effective as of the date of delivery.  If the date
of any notice required to be given hereunder or action required to be taken
hereunder falls on a weekend or holiday, such notice or action may be delivered
or taken at any time through the next occurring business day.

          7.5  Invalid or Unenforceable Provisions.  The invalidity or
unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement under any
particular set of circumstances shall not






<PAGE>   18

                                    - 18 -

affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof, nor the
validity or enforceability of that particular provision under other
circumstances, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such
invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted in that particular set of
circumstances.

                 7.6  Entire Agreement.  This instrument contains the entire
agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior oral or written
agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to the matters proved
for herein.  No modification may be made hereto unless in writing and consented
to by all parties hereto.

                 7.7  Benefit and Burden.  All covenants and agreements in this
Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties shall bind and inure to the
benefit of their respective successors, assigns, legal representatives and
heirs.

                 7.8  Gender.  The use of any gender herein shall be deemed to
be or include the other genders and the use of the singular herein shall be
deemed to be or include the plural (and vice versa), wherever appropriate.

                 7.9  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with, and the right of the parties shall be governed by,
the laws of the State of Delaware.

                 7.10  Headings.  The descriptive headings, subheadings and
other captions on this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and do
not constitute a part of this Agreement.

                 7.11  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in a
number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument.






<PAGE>   19

                                    - 19 -

                 7.12  Guarantee.  SKCI shall guarantee the performance of
Silver King and any transferee or assignee of Silver King under the terms of
this Agreement.






<PAGE>   20

                                    - 20 -

                 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands
and acknowledged this Shareholder Agreement from the date first above written.

                        SILVER KING CAPITAL CORPORATION, INC.


                        By:
                           --------------------------------
                           Steven H. Grant
                           Secretary/Treasurer



                        WHITEHEAD MEDIA OF CALIFORNIA, INC.


                        By:
                           --------------------------------
                           Eddie L. Whitehead
                           President



                        CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA, INC.


                        By: 
                           --------------------------------
                           Eddie L. Whitehead
                           President






<PAGE>   21
                                    - 21 -

                 For the sole purpose of the Silver King Communications, Inc.
guarantee in Section 3.1D and Section 7.12.

                        SILVER KING COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                        By:
                           -----------------------------
                           Steven H. Grant
                           Executive Vice President






<PAGE>   22

                                  EXHIBIT A

                        SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR COMMON STOCK






<PAGE>   23

                   CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA, INC.

            STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT FOR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

                 The undersigned Whitehead Media of California, Inc., a
California corporation, hereby subscribes for Five Hundred and Ten (510) shares
of the Class A Voting Common Stock of Channel 66 of Vallejo, California, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation").  For the above-specified number of
shares of Common Stock, the undersigned agrees to pay Ten Dollars ($10.00) per
share for an aggregate purchase price of Five Thousand One Hundred Dollars
($5,100.00), which amount shall be paid in full upon demand of the President of
the Corporation.

                 The undersigned understands that the Corporation shall have an
authorized capital stock comprised of One Thousand (1,000) shares of Class A
Voting Common Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, and Four
Hundred Ninety (490) shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, with a par
value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, convertible into Class A Voting Common
Stock upon written notice by the holder(s) of such stock to the Corporation,
subject to receipt by the Corporation of any necessary governmental approvals.

                 The undersigned agrees that its subscription to and ownership
of the above-specified number of shares is contingent upon its agreement to
become a signatory to a Shareholder Agreement among the Corporation and its
prospective shareholders, and that its shares may be redeemed by the
Corporation at the purchase price paid by the undersigned upon its failure to
become a signatory to the Shareholder Agreement subsequent to its approval by
the Corporation's President.

                 The undersigned represents and warrants that (i) it has
acquired its Common Stock for its own account for investment and not with a
present view to, or for resale in connection with,






<PAGE>   24

                                    - 2 -

the distribution thereof or the grant of any participation therein, and that it
has no present intention of distributing or reselling the same; (ii) it fully
understands the restrictions on the resale of its Common Stock, specifically
including the restrictions contained in the following legend which shall be set
forth on each stock certificate:


                 This Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities
                 Act of 1933, as amended.  This Common Stock has been acquired
                 for investment and may not be sold or transferred in the
                 absence of an effective registration statement for this Common
                 Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an
                 opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Corporation that
                 registration is not required under said Act.

                 The voluntary or involuntary encumbering, transfer or other
                 disposition (including without limitation, any disposition
                 pursuant to the laws of bankruptcy, intestacy, descent and
                 distribution or succession) to the extent permitted by law of
                 the shares of stock evidenced by this Certificate is
                 restricted under the terms of a Shareholder Agreement, dated
                 April 26 1996, by and among the Corporation and all holders of
                 Common Stock of the Corporation, a copy of which Agreement is
                 on file at the principal office of the Corporation.  Upon
                 written request of any shareholder of the Corporation, the
                 Corporation shall furnish, without charge to such shareholder,
                 a copy of such Agreement.

(iii) it fully understands that such a legend may limit or eliminate the value
of its Common Stock, including its value as collateral security; (iv) its
representatives have been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the
Corporation and persons acting on its behalf, concerning the Corporation, and
that it has received all of the information and documents concerning its Common
Stock and the operations and financial structure of the Corporation that its
representatives have requested; (v) it is knowledgeable and experienced in
finance and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks
of this investment in Common Stock;






<PAGE>   25

                                    - 3 -

and (vi) it will not transfer its Common Stock except in compliance with the
Securities Act of 1933 and applicable State Securities laws.






<PAGE>   26

                                    - 4 -

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement has been
executed by the undersigned.

                                             WHITEHEAD MEDIA OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

                                             By:
                                                ---------------------------
                                                Eddie L. Whitehead
                                                President

Dated:             , 1996
      -------------

ACCEPTED BY:

CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA, INC.


By:
   -------------------------------
   Eddie L. Whitehead
   President






<PAGE>   27


                   CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA, INC.

            STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT FOR CLASS B COMMON STOCK

         The undersigned, Silver King Capital Corporation, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, hereby subscribes for Four Hundred and Ninety (490) shares of the
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of Channel 66 of Vallejo, California, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Corporation").  For the above-specified number of
shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, the undersigned agrees to pay Ten
Dollars ($10.00) per share for an aggregate purchase price of Four Thousand
Nine Hundred Dollars ($4,900.00), which amount shall be paid in full upon
demand of the President of the Corporation.

         The undersigned understands that the Corporation shall have an
authorized capital stock comprised of One Thousand (1,000) shares of Class A
Voting Common Stock, with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, and Four
Hundred Ninety (490) shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, with a par
value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, convertible into Class A Voting Common
Stock upon written notice by the holder(s) of such stock to the Corporation,
subject to receipt of any necessary governmental approvals.

         The undersigned agrees that its subscription to and ownership of the
above-specified number of shares is contingent upon its agreement to become a
signatory to a Shareholder Agreement among the Corporation and its prospective
shareholders, and that its shares may be redeemed by the Corporation at the
purchase price paid by the undersigned upon its failure to become a signatory
to the Shareholder Agreement subsequent to its approval by the Corporation's
President.






<PAGE>   28

                                     - 2 -

        The undersigned represents and warrants that (i) it has acquired its
Common Stock for its own account for investment and not with a present view to,
or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof or the grant of any
participation therein, and that it has no present intention of distributing or
reselling the same; (ii) it fully understands the restrictions on the resale of
its Common Stock, specifically including the restrictions contained in the
following legend which shall be set forth on each stock certificate:

         This Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of
         1933, as amended. This Common Stock has been acquired for investment
         and may not be sold or transferred in the absence of an effective
         registration statement for this Common Stock under the Securities Act
         of 1933, as amended, or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the
         Corporation that registration is not required under said Act.

         The voluntary or involuntary encumbering, transfer or other
         disposition (including without limitation, any disposition pursuant to
         the laws of bankruptcy, intestacy, descent and distribution or
         succession) to the extent permitted by law of the shares of stock
         evidenced by this Certificate is restricted under the terms of a
         Shareholder Agreement, dated April 26, 1996, by and among the
         Corporation and all holders of Common Stock of the Corporation, a copy
         of which Agreement is on file at the principal office of the
         Corporation. Upon written request of any shareholder of the
         Corporation, the Corporation shall furnish, without charge to such
         shareholder, a copy of such Agreement.

(iii) it fully understands that such a legend may limit or eliminate the value
of its Common Stock, including its value as collateral security; (iv) its
representatives have been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the
Corporation and persons acting on its behalf, concerning the Corporation, and
that it has received all of the information and documents concerning its Common
Stock and the operations and financial structure of the Corporation that its






<PAGE>   29

                                     - 3 -

representatives have requested; (v) it is knowledgeable and experienced in
finance and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks
of this investment in Common Stock; and (vi) it will not transfer its Common
Stock except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable State
Securities laws.






<PAGE>   30

                                     - 4 -

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement has been executed by
the undersigned.



                                           SILVER KING CAPITAL CORPORATION, INC.




                                           By:
                                              ------------------------------
                                              Steven H. Grant
                                              Secretary/Treasurer



Dated:           , 1996
      -----------

ACCEPTED BY:

CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA, INC.




By:
   ----------------------------------------
    Eddie L. Whitehead
    President






<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.41



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                             SKC INVESTMENTS, INC.

                                      AND

                    CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA, INC.

                                     DATED

                                 APRIL 26, 1996


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>   2





                                 LOAN AGREEMENT


      THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of this 26th day of April, 1996, is by and
between SKC INVESTMENTS, INC., a Delaware corporation having its principal
offices at 100 South Sangamon Street, Suite 300, Chicago, Illinois 60607 (the
"Lender"), and CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA, INC., a Delaware corporation
having its principal offices at 12144 Classic Drive, Coral Springs, Florida
33071 (the "Borrower");

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, the Borrower intends to purchase and operate Television Station
KPST-TV, Channel 66, Vallejo, California (the "Station"); and

      WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to borrow funds from the Lender to finance
the purchase of the Station from Pan Pacific Television, Inc. and to make other
improvements in the operation of the Station;

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements
herein contained, the Lender and the Borrower agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOANS

      SECTION 1.1  THE LOAN.  The Lender agrees, upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a loan or loans to the Borrower in an
aggregate principal amount not to
 exceed at any one time outstanding Eight
Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,900,000.00) (the "Loan").

      SECTION 1.2  THE PROMISSORY NOTE.  The outstanding principal amount
of the Loan shall be evidenced by and subject to the terms of a promissory
note, dated of even date herewith, substantially in the form set forth as
Exhibit 1 hereto (the "Note") payable to the order of the Lender and
representing the obligation of the Borrower to pay the Lender the amount of the
Loan, with interest thereon, as prescribed in Section 1.4.  The Lender is
authorized to endorse the date and amount of the Loan and each repayment of
principal and/or interest with respect thereto on the Schedule A annexed to and
constituting a part of the Note, which endorsement shall constitute prima facie
evidence of the information endorsed.

      SECTION 1.3  INTEREST.  The Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid
principal amount thereof at a rate per annum at all times equal to eleven and
five-tenths percent (11.5%).  Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a
year of three hundred sixty (360) days and actual number of days elapsed during
the period for which such interest is payable.  Interest shall begin to accrue
on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan on the date of commencement of
broadcast operations by the Borrower of the Station pursuant to Federal
Communications






<PAGE>   3

                                    - 2 -


Commission ("FCC") authorization and the first payment of interest to the
Lender shall be due sixty (60) days thereafter at which time all interest
accrued shall become due and payable; thereafter, accrued interest shall be
paid monthly, on the same date as the principal payments are due pursuant to
Section 1.4 hereof.  If any installment of principal or interest is not paid
when due, that installment shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the
lower of the highest rate permitted by law or eighteen percent (18%) from the
due date thereof until paid in full.

      SECTION 1.4  REPAYMENT OF THE LOAN.  Ninety (90) days after the
commencement of broadcast operations of the Station by the Borrower pursuant to
FCC authority, the Borrower shall begin repayment to the Lender of the Loan in
eighty-four (84) consecutive equalthe principal and interest payments
commencing on the next payment date thereafter.

      SECTION 1.5  USE OF PROCEEDS AND ADVANCEMENT OF FUNDS.

                  (a)    The proceeds of the Loans are to be used by Borrower
exclusively for the purpose of financing the acquisition of the Station and any
necessary construction and operation of the Station as follows:

                         (1)    Up to Seven Million Eight Hundred Thirteen
Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty and 86/100ths Dollars ($7,813,960.86) shall be used
to: (i) purchase the Station from Pan Pacific Television, Inc., pursuant to the
Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 27, 1989 (the "Purchase Agreement"); and
(ii) reimburse parties for legitimate and prudent expenses which opposed the
acquisition pursuant to a global settlement approved by the FCC;

                         (2)    Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) shall be
used for working capital and for purposes of operation of the Station;

                         (3)    Construction and capital improvement costs
pertaining to the building of a new studio which, in the aggregate, shall not
exceed Eight Hundred Eighty-Six Thousand Thirty-Nine and 14/100ths Dollars
(866,039.14), shall be paid pursuant to an operating and construction draw
schedule to be prepared by Borrower following receipt of documentary evidence
reasonably acceptable to Lender of a binding commitment for such capital
improvement.  Each such payment shall constitute an additional Loan to Borrower
which shall be amortized over the remaining term of existing loans pursuant to
Sections 1.5(a)(1) and (2) above upon the same terms as such existing loans with
the first additional Loan payment of interest to Lender payable on the next
payment date pursuant to the existing loans between thirty (30) and sixty (60)
days from disbursal of such additional loans, and the prinicipal and interest
payments commencing on the next payment date thereafter.


<PAGE>   4

                                     -3-

                  (b)    The Borrower agrees to furnish to the Lender such
information as the Lender may reasonably request in connection with the loans
including the submission of additional documentation involving invoices and
other requests for payment submitted to the Borrower.

      SECTION 1.6  INFORMATION.  The Borrower agrees to furnish to the
Lender such information as the Lender may reasonably request in connection with
the Loan or the Station.

      SECTION 1.7  PREPAYMENT.  The Borrower may prepay the Note in whole
at any time, or from time to time in part, with accrued interest to the date of
prepayment on the amount prepaid, without penalty, provided that each payment,
other than for the full amount of the outstanding balance, shall be in the
amount of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) or an integral multiple
thereof.  Each prepayment on the Note shall be applied to installments of
principal payable on the Note in the inverse order of maturity.

      SECTION 1.8  PAYMENT ON NON-BUSINESS DAYS.  Whenever any payment to
be made hereunder or under the Note shall become due on a Saturday, Sunday or
public holiday, such payment may be made on the next succeeding business day,
and such extension of time in such case shall be included in the computation of
interest hereunder and under the Note.

      SECTION 1.9  REDUCTION OR DEFERRAL OF PAYMENT.  In the event that
the television station affiliation agreement between Borrower and Home Shopping
Club, Inc. ("HSC") dated as of  April 26, 1996 is terminated by HSC or
Borrower, and at the time of such termination Borrower is not in material
default or material noncompliance with the affiliation agreement, then except
as provided for in the Excess Cash Flow Test in Section 1.10 below, payment on
the Note shall be deferred for a period of One (1) year from the date payments
under the affiliation agreement between HSC and Borrower are terminated.  At
the expiration of the One (1) year period, the payments of interest and
principal shall resume as provided herein with the date for each payment being
extended by One (1) year; provided, however, that to the extent interest is not
paid during this One (1) year period, such unpaid interest shall be added to
the remaining principal balance of the Note.

      SECTION 1.10       EXCESS CASH FLOW TEST PAYMENTS. In the event that the
television station affiliation agreement between Borrower and HSC is terminated
as described in Section 1.9 above, during the One (1) year deferral period
Borrower shall be required to make monthly payments of Total Excess Cash Flow,
as defined below, in lieu of interest and principal payments as otherwise
provided for in this Agreement with said Total Excess Cash Flow payments being
applied first to interest on a monthly basis:

Total Excess Cash Flow = Operating Profit/(Loss) + Depreciation/Amortization +
Payments to Owners or Affiliates (Other Than Salaries In Effect Prior to
Affiliation






<PAGE>   5

                                    - 4 -


Agreement Termination) + Proceeds from the Sale/Disposition of Assets - Capital
Expenditures Subject to Reasonable Approval of Lender - Federal and State
Income Taxes Paid in Cash - Fifty Thousand Dollar ($50,000) Cash Contingency
Fund

Salaries of Owners and Affiliates in effect prior to termination of the
affiliation agreement shall be on terms similar to those that a third party
would receive; provided, however, that the salary of Eddie L. Whitehead for
serving as General Manager of the Station shall be no less than that provided
in the 1989 Memorandum of Understanding executed by Whitehead Communications,
Inc., Silver King Broadcasting of Northern California, Inc. and Home Shopping
Network, Inc.

ARTICLE II.  CLOSING

      SECTION 2.1 CLOSING DATE.  Closing of this transaction shall occur on a
date set by Lender upon five (5) days written notice to Borrower, or such other
date agreed upon by the parties hereto (the "Closing Date").

ARTICLE III.  SECURITY

      SECTION 3.1 SECURITY INTEREST.  As security for the Loan, the Borrower
shall execute and deliver to the Lender, on or before the Closing Date, a
security agreement in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto (the "Security Agreement").

      SECTION 3.2 PLEDGE AGREEMENTS.  As further security for the Loan, on or
before the Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender a pledge
agreement in the form of Exhibit 3, duly executed by Whitehead Media of
California, Inc. ("WMC") and Lender (the "Pledge Agreement").  WMC and Silver
King Capital Corporation, Inc., the shareholders of the Borrower, are
hereinafter referred to as the "Shareholders."

      SECTION 3.3 MORTGAGES.  The Borrower shall execute a first mortgage or
deed of trust in favor of the Lender covering the real estate, if any, acquired
by Borrower pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.  If requested by the Lender, the
Borrower shall also deliver to the Lender, at Lender's expense,  an ALTA
mortgagee's policy of title insurance in customary form with respect to such
parcel.

ARTICLE IV.  CONDITIONS OF LENDING

      SECTION 4.1 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOAN FUNDS.  The obligation of the
Lender to Loan the funds pursuant to Section 1.5(a)(1) and the initial One
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) pursuant to Section 1.5(a)(2) hereunder
is subject to the condition precedent that the Lender shall have received all
of the following, on or before the Closing Date, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Lender:



<PAGE>   6

                                    - 5 -


            (a)   the Note, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower;

            (b)   the Security Agreement, together with appropriate UCC-1
forms, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower;

            (c)   the Pledge Agreement, duly executed and delivered by WMC;

            (d)   a certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors
of the Borrower evidencing approval of the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement, the Note and the Security Agreement and other matters
contemplated hereby;

            (e)   Certificates of Good Standing for the Borrower as of a recent
date prior to the Closing Date from the States of Delaware and California;

            (f)   Copies of the certificates evidencing the insurance required
to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.1(e);

            (g)   A copy of an executed television station affiliation
agreement between the Borrower and HSC that provides for hourly compensation to
the Borrower sufficient to permit the Borrower to repay the Loan as determined
by the Lender in its sole discretion and a copy of an executed Escrow Agreement
by and among HSC, Borrower and Lender in the form of Exhibit 4;

            (h)   A copy of the executed Purchase Agreement;

            (i)   Such documentation, as required by Sections 1.5(a) and (b);
and

            (j)   The written approval of the FCC for Borrower to acquire the
Station, including the FCC-issued licenses, and such Order is final and no
longer subject to administrative or judicial review or reconsideration.

            (k)   The remaining One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00)
pursuant to Section 1.5(a)(2) hereunder shall be made available to Borrower
upon the presentation of financial information reasonably acceptable to Lender
showing that Borrower has insufficient cash to cover expenses.

      SECTION 4.2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ADDITIONAL LOANS.  The obligation of
the Lender to make any additional loans pursuant to Section 1.5(a)(3) hereunder
shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions precedent:






<PAGE>   7

                                    - 6 -



            (a)   No Event of Default (as defined in Section 7.1) shall have
occurred and be continuing hereunder on the date of such advance and no such
Event of Default would result from the making of such advance.

            (b)   Neither the business nor assets, nor the condition, financial
or otherwise, of the Borrower shall have materially adversely changed since the
Closing Date, excluding, however, any changes occurring as a result of this
Agreement and related Agreements; provided, however, that this Section 4.2(a)
shall not apply to any changes resulting from termination of the affiliation
agreement between Borrower and HSC as described in Sections 1.9 and 1.10
hereof.

            (c)   The representations and warranties contained in Article V
hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date
of making such advance.

            (d)   At the time assets are acquired by Borrower, copies of the
certificates evidencing the insurance required to be maintained by the Borrower
pursuant to Section 6.1(e) shall have been received by Lender.

            (e)   Such documentation as required by Sections 1.5(a) and (b).

            (f)   Lender shall have received the working drawings and
specifications for the modification of the Station specifying the broadcast
equipment to be utilized by Borrower ("Plans and Specifications") in a form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

      Each borrowing by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a
representation and warranty to the effect of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b)
and (c).

      SECTION 4.3 COMPLIANCE.  All of the representations and warranties of the
Borrower in this Agreement shall be true and accurate in all material respects
on and as of the Closing Date and the date of any subsequent disbursement of
any portion of the Loan, as if made on and as of such date and time.  The
Borrower shall be in compliance with all of the applicable terms and provisions
of this Agreement and no Event of Default or any event which with the lapse of
any applicable grace period or the giving of notice or both would constitute an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  The Borrower shall
have performed all obligations and taken all actions to be performed or taken
by it hereunder on or prior to such date.  On the Closing Date, the Borrower
shall deliver to the Lender a certificate, dated as of such date and signed by
an executive officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the conditions
of this Section 4.3.  Each disbursement of all or a portion of the Loan to the
Borrower shall in and of itself, constitute a representation and warranty that
the Borrower as of the date of such Loan, is in compliance with this Section
and if the Borrower is not in






<PAGE>   8

                                    - 7 -


compliance with this Section, the Lender shall not be required to disburse such
Loan to the Borrower.

ARTICLE V.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      SECTION 5.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER.  In order to
induce the Lender to enter into this Agreement and make the Loan, the Borrower
represents and warrants as follows:

            (a)   Existence and Standing.  The Borrower is a corporation duly
incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Delaware and is qualified to do business and in good standing under the laws
of the State of California and any other jurisdiction in which it conducts its
business, and has all requisite power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to
conduct its business, to own its properties and to execute and deliver, and to
perform all of its obligations under this Agreement, the Note, the Security
Agreement and all other documents that have been or will be executed and
delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

            (b)   Authorizations, Compliance with Laws.  The execution,
delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Note, the
Security Agreement and all other documents required to be executed and
delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement have been duly authorized
by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not (i) violate (A) any
provision of any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction,
decree, determination or award presently in effect having applicability to the
Borrower or (B) any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower; or
(ii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any agreement or
instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which its properties may be
affected; or (iii) result in the creation of a lien, charge or encumbrance of
any nature upon the Borrower's properties or assets other than as contemplated
by this Agreement.

            (c)   No Consent.  No authorization, consent, approval, license,
exemption of or filing or registration with any court or governmental
department or agency, except for filing with the FCC, is or will be necessary
to the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this
Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement or any other document required to
be executed and delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

            (d)   Binding Obligations.  This Agreement, the Note, the Security
Agreement and all other documents required to be executed and delivered by the
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement have been or will be executed and delivered
by duly authorized officers of the Borrower and constitute or will constitute,
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.






<PAGE>   9



                                    - 8 -


            (e)   Litigation.  There are no actions, suits or proceedings
pending, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting
the Borrower or its properties before any court or governmental department or
agency which materially adversely affects the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or which would have a material adverse effect on the business,
properties, operation or condition of the Borrower.

            (f)   No Default.  The Borrower is not in default in the
performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations or conditions
contained in any material agreement or instrument to which it is a party, nor
with respect to any order, judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any court,
governmental authority or arbitration board.

            (g)   Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower has complied with all
applicable federal, state and local laws.  All necessary licenses and permits
related to the Station have either been obtained and are currently valid or
have been applied for and are now being diligently pursued.

            (h)   Taxes.  The Borrower has filed all tax returns and reports
(federal, state and local) required to be filed by it, and has paid all taxes
shown thereon, including interest and penalties, and all assessments received
by it (except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted and as to which adequate reserves
have been set aside on the books of the Borrower in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles).

            (i)   Title to Properties.  The Borrower has good and marketable
title to all of its property and assets and valid and enforceable leasehold
interests in the property which it holds under lease, all such property, assets
and leasehold interests being free and clear of any and all mortgages, deeds of
trust, assignments, liens, security interests, charges or encumbrances of any
nature whatsoever, except for those created hereby, and no mortgages, deeds of
trust, financing statements or other evidences of security interests covering
all or any of the aforesaid property are on file among the records of any
public office, except those evidencing a security interest in favor of the
Lender.

            (j)   Material Misstatement.  No statement made herein or
information, exhibit or report furnished by the Borrower to the Lender in
connection with this Agreement or its negotiation, contains any material
misstatement of fact or omits to state a material fact or any fact necessary to
make the foregoing not misleading.






<PAGE>   10


                                    - 9 -


ARTICLE VI.  COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

      SECTION 6.1 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  So long as the Note shall remain
unpaid, the Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will, unless the
Lender shall otherwise consent in writing:

            (a)   Payment of Obligations.  Pay punctually and discharge when
due:  (i) all indebtedness heretofore or hereafter incurred; (ii) all taxes,
assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or its income or
profits, or upon any properties belonging to it; (iii) claims or demands of
materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like
persons which, if unpaid might become a lien or charge upon the property of the
Borrower; provided that this covenant shall not require the payment of any of
the matters set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) above if the same shall be
contested in good faith and by proper proceedings diligently pursued and as to
which adequate reserves have been set aside on the books of the Borrower in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

            (b)   Preservation of Corporate Existence.  Preserve and maintain
its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction
of its incorporation.

            (c)   Maintenance of Properties.  Maintain and preserve all of its
properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good
working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

            (d)   Compliance with Laws.  Comply in all material respects with
the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any
governmental authority.

            (e)   Maintenance of Insurance.  Maintain with responsible and
reputable insurance companies policies on all of its properties and covering
such risks, including public liability and workers' compensation, in such
amounts as are usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and
owning similar properties as the Borrower, and promptly upon execution thereof
provide to the Lender copies of all such policies and any riders or amendments
thereto.  The policies of insurance required hereunder shall name the Lender as
an additional loss payee or additional insured, as applicable, and shall
provide that the Lender shall receive at least thirty (30) days' written notice
prior to the cancellation, termination or alteration of any such policy.

            (f)   Operations in Ordinary Course.  Continue to operate its
business in the ordinary course.






<PAGE>   11


                                    - 10 -


            (g)   Perfection of Liens.  Do all things requested by the Lender
to preserve and perfect the liens and security interests of the Lender arising
pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or any other agreement
required hereunder as first liens and security interests.

            (h)   FCC Approval.  If counsel to the Lender reasonably determines
that the consent of the FCC is required in connection with the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Security
Agreement or any other document delivered to the Lender in connection herewith
or therewith or as a result of any action which may be taken pursuant hereto or
thereto, then the Borrower, at its sole cost and expense, agrees to use its
best efforts to secure such consent and to cooperate with the Lender in any
action commenced by the Lender to secure such consent.

      SECTION 6.2 NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  So long as the Note shall remain unpaid
and the Agreement shall not have been terminated, the Borrower hereby covenants
that it will not, without the Lender's prior written approval:

            (a)   Indebtedness/Contracts.  Create or incur, assume or suffer to
exist any indebtedness, obligation or liability, whether matured or unmatured,
liquidated or unliquidated, direct or contingent, joint or several, whether by
contract or otherwise, except for:  (i) indebtedness to Lender pursuant to this
Agreement; and (ii) indebtedness (other than for borrowed money) incurred in
the ordinary course of business not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000.00) in the aggregate at any one time; provided, however, that this
restriction shall not apply to indebtedness for salaries of Station's employees
or to indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business prior to or as
of the Closing Date and Lender's prior written approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld with respect to any other such indebtedness incurred in
the ordinary course of business in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000.00) in the aggregate at any one time.

            (b)   Liens.  Create, assume or suffer to exist, directly or
indirectly, any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien,
charge or other encumbrance, of any nature whatsoever upon any of its
properties or assets, now owned or hereafter as acquired, excluding, however,
from the operation of this covenant:

                  (i)    any security interest or lien created pursuant to this
Agreement;

                  (ii)   liens for taxes or assessments either not delinquent
or the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal
or administrative proceedings and as to which adequate reserves shall have been
set aside on its books, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles;






<PAGE>   12

                                    - 11 -


                  (iii)  materialmen's, mechanics', carriers', workmen's,
repairmen's, warehousemen's or other like liens arising in the ordinary course
of business and either not yet due and payable or being contested in good faith
by appropriate legal proceedings and as to which adequate reserves shall have
been set aside on its books, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles;

                  (iv)   deposits or pledges to secure payment of workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security benefits or
obligations;

                  (v)    any judgment lien, unless the judgment it secures
shall not, within thirty (30) days after the entry thereof, have been
discharged, vacated, reversed, or execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or
shall not have been discharged, vacated or reversed within thirty (30) days
after the expiration of any such stay; or

                  (vi)   liens or other encumbrances arising out of
indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.2(a) hereof.

            (c)   Disposition of Assets.  Sell, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or any material part of its assets other than in the ordinary
course of business and in exchange for collateral of like value in which the
Lender shall have a security interest.

            (d)   Merger.  Enter into any consolidation or merger with, or into
any acquisition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of any
person or entity.

            (e)   Transfer or Issuance of Shares.  Permit the issuance or
transfer of any shares of the capital stock of the Borrower, or any options,
warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the Borrower's
stock .  The preceding sentence shall not apply to (i) transfers to the Lender;
(ii) transfers resulting from the death of the Shareholders; and (iii)
transfers effected by the Shareholders of the Borrower with the prior written
consent of the Lender (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), solely for
estate planning purposes of such Shareholders.

            (f)   Change of Business.  Change, in any material respect, the
nature or character of its business as intended, or engage in any activity not
reasonably related to such business, as set forth in the executed television
station affiliation agreement with HSC; provided, however, that this Section
6.2(f) shall not apply to a change in programming of Station resulting from
termination of the affiliation agreement between Borrower and HSC so long as
Borrower is not in material default or material noncompliance with the
affiliation agreement.






<PAGE>   13


                                    - 12 -

            (g)   Remove Assets.  Remove any of the assets procured with the
proceeds of the borrowings provided for herein, or any replacements for such
assets, to a county in which no financing statement on Form UCC-1 has been
filed by the Lender with respect to such assets.

            (h)   Distributions or Dividends.  Declare or make, directly or
indirectly, any payment or distribution, or incur any liability for the
purchase, acquisition, redemption or retirement of any capital stock of the
Borrower or as a dividend, return of capital or other payment or distribution
of any kind to a shareholder of the Borrower or any affiliate of the Borrower
(other than any stock dividend or stock split or similar distribution payable
only in capital stock of the Borrower) in respect of the Borrower's capital
stock, except that the Borrower may declare one annual dividend per year on all
classes of its capital stock with the prior written consent of the Lender.

            (i)   Transactions with Affiliates.  Enter into any transaction or
agreement with any affiliate of the Borrower (other than the Lender).

            (j)   Adverse Change.  Suffer any material adverse change in the
business, assets, properties, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise)
of the Borrower or the Station, or any damage, destruction or loss affecting
any assets used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower;
provided, however, that so long as Borrower is not in default under this
Agreement or the television station affiliation agreement between the Borrower
and HSC, the termination, amendment or waiver of any provision of said
affiliation agreement shall not constitute a material adverse change pursuant
to this Section 6.2(j).

            (k)   Employee Compensation.  Suffer any material increase in
excess of the reasonable range in the broadcast industry in the same or similar
markets in compensation payable or to become payable to any employees, or any
bonus payment made or promised to any employee, or any material change in
personnel policies, insurance benefits or other compensation arrangements
affecting any employees, provided that nothing in this clause shall be
construed to limit or restrict the commission compensation of employees who may
be selling brokered time for the Borrower.

            (l)   Cancellation of Debts.  Cancel any debts owed or claims held
by the Borrower.

            (m)   Write-Down.  Suffer any significant write-down of the value
of any assets or any significant write-off as uncollectible of any accounts
receivable without the prior written consent of the Lender.






<PAGE>   14


                                    - 13 -


            (n)   Rights.  Transfer or grant any right under, or enter into any
settlement regarding the breach or infringement of, any license, patent,
copyright, trademark, service mark, trade name, franchise, or similar right, or
modify any existing right relating to the Borrower.

            (o)   Plans and Specifications.  Make any material changes in or
departures from the Plans and Specifications or make any change in the
Station's transmission or antenna system as contained in the Plans and
Specifications.

      SECTION 6.3 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.  So long as the Note shall remain
unpaid and the Agreement shall not have been terminated, the Borrower shall,
unless the Lender shall otherwise consent in writing, furnish to the Lender:

            (a)   Default Certificate. As soon as possible and in any event
within seven (7) business days after the occurrence of each Event of Default
(as defined in Section 7.1) of which the Borrower has knowledge, the statement
of the chief financial officer of the Borrower setting forth details of such
Event of Default and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with
respect thereto.

            (b)   Financial Statements.  Beginning with the making of the
initial Loan disbursement, quarterly financial statements within thirty (30)
days after the end of each fiscal quarter; within ninety (90) days after the
end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the audited financial
statements for such year for the Borrower, including therein a balance sheet of
the Borrower as of the end of such fiscal year, statements of income and
expense of the Borrower for such fiscal year, and a statement of cash flow of
the Borrower for such fiscal year, in each case prepared by an independent
public accountant of recognized standing acceptable to the Lender, except that
the Lender may waive the audit requirement and accept a review of the
Borrower's financial records.

            (c)   Notice of Litigation.  Promptly give written notice of all
actions, suits and proceedings before any court or governmental agency,
domestic or foreign, which may be commenced or threatened against the Borrower
in which the claim involved is Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) or more and of
any other matter of the type described in Section 5.1(e).

            (d)   Budget.  An annual budget to the Lender within the first
thirty (30) days of each fiscal year of the Borrower.  Such budget shall be
satisfactory in form to the Lender.

            (e)   Other Information.  Such other information respecting the
business, properties, operations or the condition, financial or otherwise, of
the Borrower as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request.






<PAGE>   15

                                    - 14 -



ARTICLE VII.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      SECTION 7.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Under this Agreement, an Event of Default
shall be any of the following which have not been cured within thirty (30) days
of written notice to Borrower by Lender except where they have occurred due to
the breach by Lender (or any entity controlled by or under common control of
it) of any agreement between it and Borrower or due to breach by HSC of the
affiliation agreement between it and Borrower:

            (a)   The Borrower shall fail to pay any installment of principal
or interest on the Note, or any other obligation to the Lender when due whether
at the due date thereof or by acceleration or otherwise, and such default shall
remain unremedied for a period of five (5) days after the due date thereof; or

            (b)   The security interest or lien of the Lender in any material
portion of the collateral covered by the Security Agreement, Pledge Agreements
or any Leasehold Mortgage shall at any time not constitute a legal, valid and
enforceable security interest or lien; or

            (c)   Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower (or any
of its officers) herein, in the Security Agreement or in any certificate,
agreement, instrument or statement contemplated by or made or delivered
pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, the Note or the Security
Agreement, or by WMC in the Pledge Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect
in any material respect when made; or

            (d)   The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any other
material term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, the Note, the
Security Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, or  the Shareholders (other than a
Shareholder affiliated with Lender) shall fail to perform or observe any
material term, covenant or agreement contained in the Pledge Agreement; or

            (e)   The Borrower or its shareholders shall fail to pay any
indebtedness for borrowed money owing by the Borrower or its shareholders or
any interest or premium thereon, when due, whether such indebtedness shall
become due by scheduled maturity, by required prepayment, by acceleration, by
demand or otherwise, or the Borrower or its shareholders shall fail to perform
any term, covenant or agreement under any agreement or instrument evidencing or
securing or relating to any such indebtedness owing by the Borrower or its
shareholders if the effect of such failure is to accelerate, or to permit the
holder of such indebtedness to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness; or

            (f)   The Borrower shall expend the proceeds of the Loan for any
purpose other than the purchase and operation of the Station without the prior
written consent of the Lender, which may be withheld in the Lender's sole
discretion; or






<PAGE>   16


                                    - 15 -


            (g)   The Borrower shall (i) fail to pay its debts as they mature
in the ordinary course of business; (ii) file a petition commencing a voluntary
case concerning it under any Chapter of Title 11 of the United States Code
entitled "Bankruptcy"; or (iii) the Borrower shall apply for or consent to the
appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian or similar officer for it or
for all or any substantial part of its property; or (iv) such receiver,
trustee, custodian or similar officer shall be appointed without the
application or consent of the Borrower; or (v) an involuntary case is commenced
against the Borrower under any Chapter of the aforementioned Title 11 and an
order for relief under such Title 11 is entered or the petition commencing the
case is controverted; or (vi) the Borrower shall institute (by petition,
application, answer, consent or otherwise) any bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceeding relating to it
under the laws of any jurisdiction; or (vii) any such proceeding shall be
instituted against the Borrower; or (viii) the Borrower shall take any action
for the purpose of effectuating the foregoing; or

            (h)   Any court, government, or government agency shall condemn,
seize or otherwise appropriate or take custody or control of all or a
substantial portion of the property or assets of the Borrower; or

            (i)   There shall be an irrevocable and unappealable denial or
revocation of the broadcast license for the Station.

      SECTION 7.2 EFFECT OF EVENT OF DEFAULT.  Should any Event of Default
occur, the Lender may at its option by written notice to the Borrower declare
the entire unpaid principal amount of the Note, together with all unpaid
interest and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and every other
obligation of the Borrower to the Lender, immediately due and payable,
whereupon the Note and all such obligations shall become and be forthwith due
and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained
herein or in the Note or in such other note or evidence of indebtedness to the
contrary notwithstanding; provided, however, that in case of an Event of
Default under Section 7.1(g), all the obligations of the Borrower under this
Agreement and the Note shall become immediately due and payable as of the date
of any such Event of Default regardless of the cause of such Event of Default
and without any notice to the Borrower required from the Lender.  The Lender
shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies allowed by law, the
rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect in the State of California and, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the rights and remedies provided for in the Security Agreement and
Pledge Agreement, which provisions are hereby incorporated by reference.






<PAGE>   17

                                    - 16 -


ARTICLE VIII.  MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 8.1 NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  No failure or delay on the
part of the Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall
operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such
right, power or remedy hereunder.  The remedies herein provided are cumulative
and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

      SECTION 8.2 AMENDMENTS.  No amendment, modification, termination or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement or
the Escrow Agreement, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom,
shall in any event be effective unless in writing, signed by the Lender and
then only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given.  No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle it to
any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

      SECTION 8.3 CONFLICTS.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency
between any provision of this Agreement and a provision of the Note or the
Security Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

      SECTION 8.4 ADDRESS FOR NOTICES.  All notices and other communications
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given
if delivered personally or by nationally recognized overnight courier service
to the applicable party at the addresses indicated below:

            If to the Borrower:

                  Eddie L. Whitehead, President
                  Channel 66 of Vallejo, California, Inc.
                  12144 Classic Drive
                  Coral Springs, Florida 33071

            with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

                  James J. Freeman
                  Reed Smith Shaw & McClay
                  1301 K Street
                  Suite 1100 - East Tower
                  Washington, DC 20005






<PAGE>   18


                                    - 17 -



            If to the Lender:

                  SKC Investments, Inc.
                  c/o Steven H. Grant
                  12425 28th Street North
                  Suite 300
                  St. Petersburg, FL 33716

            with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

                  Michael Drayer
                  General Counsel
                  12425 28th Street North
                  Suite 300
                  St. Petersburg, FL 33716

or at such other address as may be designated by either party in a written
notice to the other complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section.
All such notices and other communications shall be effective upon delivery.

      SECTION 8.5 EXPENSES.  The Borrower agrees to pay on demand all costs and
expenses incurred by the Lender directly in connection with the enforcement of
this Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and
other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of any attorney to whom the Note
is referred for collection (whether or not litigation is commenced) or for
representation in proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency law.  In
addition, the Borrower shall pay any and all taxes and fees payable or
determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery and
recordation of any instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder.

      SECTION 8.6 BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement shall become
effective when executed and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the Borrower, the Lender and their respective successors and
assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign any rights
or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender.  The
Lender shall be permitted to assign any of its rights, interest and obligations
hereunder and as to all related agreements, whereupon the Lender shall be
released from performing all obligations so assigned which arise after the
effective date of such assignment.

      SECTION 8.7 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement, the Note, the Security
Agreement and related documents shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the






<PAGE>   19

                                    - 18 -


State of Illinois with the exception of its conflicts of laws provisions;
provided that the effect of any recordation shall be determined by the State
thereof.  The Borrower and Lender hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction
of the state and federal district courts for the district including Chicago,
Illinois for the purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof; waive and
agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such
action or proceeding, any claim that (A) they are not personally subject to the
jurisdiction of such courts, (B) the action or proceeding is brought in an
inconvenient forum or (C) the venue of the action or proceeding is improper;
and agree that, notwithstanding any right or privilege they may possess at any
time, the Borrower and Lender and their property are and shall be generally
subject to suit on account of the obligations they have assumed hereunder.

      The Borrower and Lender agree that service in person or by certified or
registered U.S. mail to its address set forth in Section 8.4, or as
subsequently changed as provided therein, shall constitute valid in personam
service upon the Borrower and Lender and their successors and assigns in any
action or proceeding with respect to any matter as to which they have submitted
to jurisdiction hereunder.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lender or Borrower may at their option
bring any action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof against the other party or
any of its assets in the courts of any jurisdiction or place where such party
or such assets may be found or where the such party may be subject to personal
jurisdiction, and may effect service of process as provided under any
applicable Governmental Rule.

      The obligations of the Borrower and Lender under this Section shall
survive any termination of this Agreement.

      SECTION 8.8 SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement,
the Note or the Security Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining
provisions or affecting the validity or enforceability of any provisions in any
other jurisdiction.

      SECTION 8.9 HEADINGS.  Article and Section headings in this Agreement are
including for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of
this Agreement for any other purpose.



<PAGE>   20

                                    - 19 -

      SECTION 8.10   RIGHTS AFFECTED BY EXTENSIONS.  The rights of the
Lender and its assigns shall not be impaired by any indulgence, release,
renewal, extension or modification which the Lender may grant with respect to
the indebtedness or any part thereof, or with respect to the collateral or with
respect to any endorser, guarantor, or surety without notice or consent of the
Borrower or any endorser, guarantee, or surety.

      SECTION 8.11   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  All
representations and warranties made in this Agreement and in any documents or
certificates delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall survive the execution
and delivery of this Agreement and the Note and the making of the Loan
hereunder and continue in full force and effect, as of the respective dates as
of which they were made, until all of the obligations of the Borrower to the
Lender hereunder have been paid in full.

      SECTION 8.12   ATTORNEYS' FEES. If any litigation arises between the
parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees in
addition to all other damages and remedies.

      SECTION 8.13   FURTHER ASSURANCES.  From time to time, the Borrower
shall execute and deliver to the Lender such additional documents as the Lender
may reasonably require to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or any of
the documents entered into in connection herewith, or to preserve and protect
the rights of the Lender hereunder or thereunder.

      SECTION 8.14   INDEMNIFICATION.  The Borrower hereby indemnifies and
holds harmless the Lender and its directors, officers, shareholders, employees,
agents, counsel, subsidiaries and affiliates (the "Indemnified Persons") from
and against any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or
nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any
Indemnified Person in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the
documents entered into in connection herewith, or any of them or any of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided, however, that the
Borrower shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person, if there is a judicial
determination that such losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely
from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person.

      SECTION 8.15   COUNTERPARTS.  This agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, and by each of the parties on separate counterparts,
each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all of which
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

      SECTION 8.16   SEVERABILITY.  Any provision of this Agreement which
is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of






<PAGE>   21


                                    - 20 -

such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining
portions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

      SECTION 8.17  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  The parties hereby waive the
right to a trial by jury in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating
to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the subject matter hereof or
thereof and brought by the other party.

             [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]






<PAGE>   22



            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers, as of the date
first above written.

WITNESS:                                        CHANNEL 66 OF VALLEJO,
                                                 CALIFORNIA, INC.



                                                By:                            
- ----------------------------                       --------------------------- 
                                                Name:                          
                                                     ------------------------- 
                                                Title:                         
                                                      ------------------------ 
                                                                               
                                                                               

WITNESS:                                        SKC INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                                By:                            
- ----------------------------                       --------------------------- 
                                                Name:                          
                                                     ------------------------- 
                                                Title:                         
                                                      ------------------------ 
                                                                              





<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
 
                            LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF
 
                                   HSN, INC.
 
                             A DELAWARE CORPORATION
                              AS OF MARCH 10, 1997
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PLACE OF
                         SUBSIDIARY                           INCORPORATION
                         ----------                           -------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Home Shopping Network, Inc..................................    Delaware
  d/b/a The Home Shopping Network
         Home Shopping Network
Home Shopping Club, Inc.....................................    Delaware
  d/b/a Home Shopping Club
         Telemation
         Spree
         Home Shopping Spree
         HSN Spree
         HSC Spree
         Home Shopping Network
Home Shopping Network GmbH..................................     Germany
Home Shopping Network Outlets, Inc..........................    Delaware
  d/b/a HSC Outlet
         Home Shopping Network Outlet
         HSN Liquidation Center
         HSN Wholesale Liquidation
HSN Capital Corporation.....................................     Nevada
HSN Corporation of Nevada, Inc..............................     Nevada
HSN Credit Corporation......................................    Delaware
HSN Direct, Inc.............................................    Delaware
  d/b/a Innovations in Living
         HSN Direct Joint Venture
         Home Shopping Showcase
HSN Fulfillment, Inc........................................    Delaware
HSN Lifeway Health Products, Inc............................    Delaware
HSN Mail Order, Inc.........................................    Delaware
  d/b/a HSC By Mail
         HSN By Mail
         Home Shopping By Mail
         Designer Direct
         Home Shopping Values
         Private Showing -- Jewelry Values by Mail
         HSN Media Merchandise
HSN Realty, Inc.............................................    Delaware
  d/b/a HSN Realty of Delaware, Inc.
HSN Transportation, Inc.....................................    Delaware
HSN Travel, Inc.............................................    Delaware
Internet Shopping Network, Inc..............................   California
MarkeTech Services, Inc.....................................    Delaware
National Call Center,
 Inc...................................    Delaware
Vela Research, Inc..........................................    Delaware
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   2

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PLACE OF
                         SUBSIDIARY                           INCORPORATION
                         ----------                           -------------
<S>                                                           <C>
World Rez, Inc..............................................    Delaware
                           ---------------------
North Central LTPV, Inc.....................................    Delaware
Northeast LTPV, Inc.........................................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Dallas, Inc.....................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Hollywood, Florida, Inc.........    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Houston, Inc....................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Illinois, Inc...................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Maryland, Inc...................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Massachusetts, Inc..............    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of New Jersey, Inc.................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Northern California, Inc........    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Ohio, Inc.......................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Southern California, Inc........    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Tampa, Inc......................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Vineland, Inc...................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting of Virginia, Inc...................    Delaware
Silver King Broadcasting -- LPTV, Inc.......................    Delaware
Silver King Capital Corporation, Inc........................    Delaware
Silver King Investment Holdings, Inc........................    Delaware
South Central LPTV, Inc.....................................    Delaware
Southeast LPTV, Inc.........................................    Delaware
SKC Holdings, Inc...........................................    Delaware
SKC Investments, Inc........................................    Delaware
SKTV, Inc...................................................    Delaware
Telemation, Inc.............................................    Delaware
UHF Investments, Inc........................................    Delaware
West LPTV, Inc..............................................    Delaware
                           ---------------------
Savoy Pictures Entertainment, Inc...........................    Delaware
Savoy Pictures, Inc.........................................    Delaware
Savoy Pictures, Inc.........................................  Massachusetts
Savoy Pictures Print Services, Inc..........................    Delaware
Bayou Productions, Inc......................................    Delaware
Bison Pictures, Inc.........................................    Delaware
Buffalo Development Corporation.............................    Delaware
Getting Away Productions, Inc...............................     Ontario
Getting Away With Murder Productions, Inc...................   California
Getting Away With Murder Productions, Inc...................    Delaware
J&H Productions, Inc........................................     Quebec
Jekyll Productions, Inc.....................................    Delaware
Laramie Productions, Inc....................................    Delaware
Mariette Productions, Inc...................................    Delaware
Mariette Productions Canada, Inc............................     Ontario
Simple Plan Productions, Inc................................    Delaware
The Stupids Family Productions, Inc.........................    Delaware
                                                                 British
The Stupids Productions (Canada), Inc.......................    Columbia
Thin Line Productions, Inc..................................    Delaware
Without Remorse Productions, Inc............................    Delaware
Zeus Productions, Inc.......................................    Delaware
</TABLE>

 
                                        2

<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PLACE OF
                         SUBSIDIARY                           INCORPORATION
                         ----------                           -------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Savoy Television Holdings, Inc..............................    Delaware
Savoy Pictures Television, Inc..............................    Delaware
Savoy Pictures Television Productions, Inc..................    Delaware
Savoy Pictures Television Development, Inc..................    Delaware
Inflammable Productions, Inc................................    Delaware
Savoy Pictures Television Programming, Inc..................    Delaware
Savoy Stations, Inc.........................................    Delaware
SF Honolulu License Subsidiary, Inc.........................    Delaware
SF Multistations, Inc.......................................    Delaware
SF Broadcasting of New Orleans, Inc.........................    Delaware
SF New Orleans License Subsidiary, Inc......................    Delaware
SF Broadcasting of Mobile, Inc..............................    Delaware
SF Mobile License Subsidiary, Inc...........................    Delaware
SF Broadcasting of Honolulu, Inc............................    Delaware
SF Broadcasting of Wisconsin, Inc...........................    Delaware
SF Broadcasting of Green Bay, Inc...........................    Delaware
SF Green Bay License Subsidiary, Inc........................    Delaware
</TABLE>

 
                                        3



<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                          CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement
(Form S-8 No. 333-18763) of HSN, Inc., formerly known as Silver King
Communications, Inc., pertaining to the Amended and Restated Savoy Pictures
Entertainment, Inc. Stock Option Plan, the Savoy Pictures Entertainment, Inc.
1995 Stock Option Plan, the Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan
for Outside Directors, the Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1986 Stock Option Plan
for Employees and the Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1986 Stock Option Plan for
Outside Directors, of our report dated February 26, 1997, with respect to the
consolidated financial statements and schedule of HSN, Inc. included in the
Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
New York, New York
April 10, 1997





<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of
HSN, Inc. (formerly Silver King Communications, Inc.) on Form S-8 (No.
333-18763) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Savoy Pictures Entertainment,
Inc. Stock Option Plan, the Savoy Pictures Entertainment, Inc. 1995 Stock Option
Plan, the Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan for Employees, the
Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, the
Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1986 Stock Option Plan for Employees and the Home
Shopping Network, Inc. 1986 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, of our
report dated July 2, 1996, included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of HSN,
Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1996.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Tampa, Florida
April 10, 1997





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
COMPANY'S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ON FORM 10-K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<CURRENCY> U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<CASH>                                          42,606
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   56,832
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    100,527
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               248,598
<PP&E>                                         195,934
<DEPRECIATION>                                  73,959
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,116,232
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          273,042
<BONDS>                                        271,430
<PREFERRED-MANDATORY>                                0
<PREFERRED>                                          0
<COMMON>                                           360
<OTHER-SE>                                   1,158,389
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,116,232
<SALES>                                         75,172
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                75,172
<CGS>                                           20,974
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   20,974
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                50,586
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              11,841
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (4,947)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     1,872
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (6,539)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (6,539)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     (.61)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     (.61)
        

</TABLE>